# CHIBI MARUKO-CHAN
Meet Maruko, a sweet schoolgirl with a hefty dose of curiosity (and occasional laziness!). She sails through life in a cozy town alongside her loving parents, grandparents, and sister. Maruko has a band of loyal friends, including her closest pal, Tama-chan, but her playful and doting grandpa is at the heart of it all. Life is never dull in this charming series.
# EP 1419 - 1446
# E1419 - Hiroshi Longs to Live in the Countryside \ The Sakura Family Enters a Marathon? \
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GD9UV31D4/hiroshi-longs-to-live-in-the-countryside--the-sakura-family-enters-a-marathon)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] Guy**
Attention, everyone!
**[00:02] Guy**
*Chibi Maruko-chan* is about to begin!
**[00:11] Maruko**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] Narr**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Hiroshi Longs to Live in the Countryside
**[01:30] Maruko**
"Hiroshi Longs to Live in the Countryside."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:36] Maruko**
Hey... gimme a snack.
**[01:39] Dad**
Don't say that!
**[01:41] Mom**
Of course not.
**[01:44] Dad**
You could at least think about it!
**[01:47] Mom**
*You're* the one who needs to think about this!
**[01:50] Maruko/Dad**
*Shock!*
**[01:51] Mom**
Now, we're done talking about this.
**[01:57] Maruko**
Dad, what's wrong?
**[01:59] Dad**
Well, I said I wanted to live in the
countryside, and she got all mad.
**[02:05] Maruko**
In the countryside?
**[02:06] Dad**
Or maybe in the mountains!
**[02:09] Dad**
It'd be so relaxing!
**[02:11] Maruko**
Don't tell me we're moving!
**[02:14] Dad**
Not right away. Someday.
**[02:17] Dad**
Remember how I went to stay at Yama-chan's
friend's house over the last break?
**[02:23] Dad**
It was so pretty...
**[02:26] Dad**
There's a river nearby so you
can fish any time you want,
**[02:30] Dad**
and you can wake up listening
to the birdsongs...
**[02:34] Dad**
And at night, gaze up
into a sky full of stars!
**[02:40] Dad**
And there's a big yard where
you can have barbecues!
**[02:44] Maruko**
Barbecues!
**[02:45] Dad**
And the bath is a hot spring!
**[02:47] Dad**
It felt so good...
**[02:49] Maruko**
You had a hot spring in your house?
**[02:51] Dad**
He says there's a farm nearby and
you can go eat fresh ice cream!
**[02:56] Maruko**
Ice cream!
**[02:58] Maruko**
That sounds great.
**[03:01] Dad**
That's what I said!
**[03:03] Dad**
But Mom says...
**[03:05] Maruko**
I'll be right back.
**[03:08] Maruko**
Mom, I heard.
***SIGN*** Tomorrow's Meal
**[03:10] Mom**
Heard what?
**[03:12] Maruko**
About moving to the countryside!
**[03:15] Maruko**
If you go to the countryside,
you can have barbecues
**[03:17] Maruko**
and take baths in the hot springs,
**[03:19] Maruko**
and there's yummy ice cream too.
**[03:21] Mom**
Listen to me, Maruko.
**[03:23] Mom**
When you live in the country,
it's hard to even go shopping.
**[03:26] Mom**
If you wanted to go to the
candy store, for instance...
**[03:31] Maruko**
The sun will set before I reach town.
**[03:34] Mom**
That's what'll happen.
***SIGN*** Tomorrow's Meal
**[03:36] Maruko**
But...
**[03:37] Mom**
Now, is your homework done?
**[03:43] Maruko**
It sounds great to me.
**[03:46] Sis**
But Dad says he wants to move someday, right?
**[03:51] Sis**
That's probably a long time from now.
**[03:53] Maruko**
Yeah, you're right.
**[03:56] Sis**
Are you going to live at home with your
parents even when you're grown up?
**[04:00] Maruko**
I don't know if I'll grow
up into a proper grown-up.
**[04:06] Maruko**
Maybe I'll grow up to be a stupid grown-up!
***SIGN*** Sake
***SIGN*** Manga
**[04:13] Maruko**
But if that happens,
**[04:15] Maruko**
I can live with Mom and Dad and enjoy
barbecues and hot springs and ice cream!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[04:22] Narr**
The next day!
**[04:23] Tamae**
Live in the countryside?
**[04:26] Maruko**
Yeah. You can do barbecues and there's
a hot spring, and yummy ice cream.
**[04:32] Tamae**
That sounds really fun.
**[04:34] Tamae**
But does that mean you're moving, Maru-chan?
**[04:37] Maruko**
No, it's not gonna happen for a long time.
**[04:41] Maruko**
Once I've grown-up.
**[04:44] Tamae**
*Huh? Maru-chan, when you grow up,*
**[04:47] Tamae**
* you're going to just play*
* in the countryside all day?*
**[04:50] Tamae**
Sometimes, I can't understand
what Maru-chan is saying!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[04:56] Maruko**
Hey Mom, about moving to the countryside...
**[05:00] Maruko**
Think about it a little more.
**[05:00] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[05:02] Mom**
Again?
**[05:03] Sis**
You're still going on about that?
**[05:05] Grandpa**
Moving to the countryside?
What are you talking about?
**[05:08] Dad**
It seems like something fun to do someday.
**[05:11] Mom**
We couldn't do that. Not our family.
**[05:13] Maruko**
Why?
**[05:14] Mom**
It's hard to do chores
when you have a big house.
**[05:18] Mom**
I know you won't help.
**[05:20] Maruko**
I will when the time comes.
**[05:23] Maruko**
W-Why are you looking at me like that?
**[05:26] Maruko**
You don't believe me, do you? That's mean!
**[05:30] Grandpa**
It's cruel not to believe in Maruko!
**[05:33] Maruko**
Grandpa!
**[05:36] Grandpa**
Maruko!
**[05:38] Mom**
If you want me to believe
you, then do the cleaning.
**[05:42] Maruko**
Come help me, Dad!
**[05:44] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[05:45] Dad**
I'm busy with stuff, so I can't.
**[05:48] Maruko**
No, that's no fair!
**[05:51] Mom**
See? You both try to get each other to do
it, and in the end, it doesn't get done.
**[05:56] Mom**
So there's no way we could
live in the countryside!
**[05:59] Sis**
The phone?
**[06:02] Dad**
Yeah. Yeah.
**[06:04] Dad**
Really, Yama-chan?
**[06:06] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[06:07] Maruko**
What did Yama-chan say?
**[06:09] Dad**
He says that somebody in the neighborhood
where I stayed wants to sell his house.
**[06:15] Dad**
He says to come see it if we're interested.
**[06:18] Maruko**
I want to go!
**[06:19] Grandpa**
Me too!
**[06:20] Mom**
There's no point.
**[06:22] Sis**
I'm opposed to us moving.
**[06:25] Grandma**
Wouldn't it be a bother if we went to
see it when we didn't intend to buy it?
**[06:29] Dad**
He says it's okay to just go look.
**[06:32] Maruko**
I want to see it!
**[06:33] Grandpa**
Me too! Me too!
**[06:35] Dad**
So do I!
**[06:38] Dad**
Okay? We'll just be looking.
**[06:41] Mom**
Oh, fine.
**[06:45] Narr**
And so, on Sunday...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[06:47] Dad**
Let's go, then!
**[06:49] Maruko/Grandpa**
Off we go!
**[07:09] Dad**
This is the place!
**[07:11] Maruko**
It's wonderful!
**[07:13] Grandpa**
Yeah!
**[07:15] Dad**
It seems so nice...
**[07:19] Wife**
I'm *sick* of you!
**[07:23] Wife**
I've had enough of all this!
**[07:26] Man**
Wait!
**[07:32] Dad**
Hello, we're the Sakuras.
**[07:34] Maruko/Grandpa**
Hello.
**[07:36] Man**
Oh, hello.
**[07:37] Man**
Welcome.
**[07:39] Man**
Come in.
**[07:40] Dad**
But was that... your wife?
**[07:44] Man**
Oh, yes.
**[07:45] Man**
I'm sure she'll be back soon.
**[07:48] Man**
Come on inside.
**[07:50] Maruko**
It's so warm!
**[07:51] Dad**
This fireplace is so nice!
**[07:54] Man**
I always wanted to live in
a house with a fireplace.
**[07:57] Man**
If you all end up living here, please use it.
**[07:59] Dad**
Oh, about that...
**[08:02] Dad**
We haven't decided if we're
moving. My wife's against it.
**[08:08] Man**
I understand.
**[08:09] Man**
I think you should make sure you
discuss it thoroughly with her.
**[08:13] Man**
That was my mistake.
**[08:17] Dad**
*W-What's this about?*
**[08:19] Maruko**
*Things suddenly got really dark.*
**[08:22] Man**
My wife was opposed to it when I moved here.
**[08:25] Man**
But I love fishing...
**[08:28] Dad**
*Just like me.*
**[08:31] Man**
I went fishing every day and
left her to do all the chores.
**[08:35] Man**
We fought all the time.
**[08:37] Dad**
* W-What? Is that what happens*
* when you just fish all day?*
**[08:42] Man**
My wife won't even talk to me
now, so I'm selling the house.
**[08:47] Dad**
*P-Please don't say that...*
**[08:50] Grandpa**
If you want to make up with your wife,
**[08:52] Grandpa**
why don't you think about
things you can do right now?
**[08:55] Maruko**
Like the cleaning, right?
**[08:58] Grandpa**
If she comes home to a sparkling-clean
house, it might make her happy!
**[09:03] Man**
Oh, yeah...
**[09:06] Grandpa**
We'll help, if you want!
**[09:09] Man**
Oh, but...
**[09:10] Man**
Would you?
**[09:26] Maruko**
It's a lot cleaner.
**[09:28] Grandpa**
I hope your wife is happy when she sees it.
**[09:31] Man**
Yes.
**[09:32] Man**
I'm going to apologize for
how I've behaved, too.
**[09:35] Man**
But I don't know if I
can get her to listen...
**[09:38] Maruko**
Okay, why not practice what
you're going to say with us?
**[09:42] Man**
Practice?
**[09:44] Maruko**
Yeah. Practice.
**[09:46] Maruko**
It'll be easier if one of
us pretends to be your wife.
**[09:49] Dad**
But who'll do that? You, Maruko?
**[09:53] Maruko**
I'm a kid. I think Grandpa would be
better, since he knows a lot about life.
**[09:59] Grandpa**
Me? Be his wife?
**[10:01] Maruko**
I know you can do it.
**[10:04] Grandpa**
Okay, I'll do it, then!
**[10:06] Man**
Thank you. Let's try it, then.
**[10:09] Dad**
*Wait, you're really doing this, Grandpa?*
**[10:16] Grandpa**
I'm back!
**[10:17] Man**
Yoshie, um, I'd like to
talk about something...
**[10:21] Grandpa**
What?
**[10:22] Grandpa**
I'm sick of you!
**[10:24] Dad**
Why are you being so mean, Grandpa?
**[10:27] Grandpa**
I'm imitating how she was
acting when we got here.
**[10:30] Grandpa**
Is that wrong?
**[10:32] Man**
No, it's fine!
**[10:34] Man**
Continue!
**[10:36] Maruko**
Nice work, Grandpa! I'm impressed!
**[10:39] Grandpa**
Thanks!
**[10:40] Grandpa**
So, what is it?
**[10:41] Man**
Um, uh... I know I've made
you do all the chores...
**[10:48] Maruko**
Look her in the eye, mister!
**[10:50] Man**
Okay!
**[10:52] Man**
Yoshie!
**[10:54] Man**
I'm so sorry for everything I've done!
**[11:00] Wife**
What are you doing?
**[11:10] Maruko**
I'm glad she decided to move back in.
**[11:15] Grandpa**
Yeah. I was worried for a bit.
**[11:20] Dad**
I'm not sure why we even went, though...
**[11:25] Narr**
Maruko and her family went to tour a
house, and had a surprising experience!
**[11:30] Narr**
Hiroshi thought to himself
that he wouldn't be able to
**[11:33] Narr**
move to the countryside after all.
***SIGN*** The Sakura Family Enters a Marathon?
**[11:42] Maruko**
"The Sakura Family Enters a Marathon?"
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[11:48] Maruko**
A marathon?
**[11:50] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[11:50] Grandpa**
Yeah. The old folks' association is doing it.
**[11:53] Grandpa**
They talked me into doing it by saying
"Sakura-san, you're so young!"
**[12:00] Maruko**
I thought a marathon was like 40 kilometers.
**[12:03] Maruko**
If you run that much, everyone in the
old folks' association will die, right?
**[12:07] Grandpa**
No, we're just running one
kilometer along the riverbank.
**[12:10] Maruko**
Oh, that sounds safe.
**[12:13] Grandpa**
But even 1 kilometer could kill you
if you don't practice it first.
**[12:18] Grandpa**
So I'm going to practice before the big day.
**[12:22] Maruko**
Yeah, that sounds smart.
**[12:25] Grandpa**
But it's really cold outside, right?
**[12:28] Maruko**
Yeah, it is. It's really cold.
**[12:31] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[12:32] Grandpa**
So I want you beside me, cheering me on!
**[12:37] Maruko**
Sure. Sounds great.
**[12:39] Maruko**
Hey, wait a second.
**[12:41] Maruko**
I'm fine with cheering you on, but
do I have to be right beside you?
**[12:45] Grandpa**
If you could, that'd be great.
**[12:48] Maruko**
But then I'd have to run!
**[12:51] Maruko**
No way! The only marathon I want to
do is the one we have to do at school.
**[12:56] Grandpa**
*Aww!*
**[12:58] Maruko**
Don't worry.
**[12:59] Maruko**
No matter where you're running,
my heart is always with you.
**[13:04] Maruko**
So do your best!
**[13:08] Grandpa**
*Lip-service cheering*
**[13:09] Grandpa**
*I hear it from the sidelines*
**[13:11] Grandpa**
*But I run alone*
**[13:12] Grandpa**
*Tomozou's lonely haiku.*
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[13:16] Narr**
The next day.
**[13:17] Hamaji**
My grandpa says he's doing the marathon too.
**[13:22] Hamaji**
I ran along the bank with him last night.
**[13:26] Hamaji**
It was cold.
**[13:27] Maruko**
You're such a good grandson.
**[13:29] Maruko**
The most I could do was cheer
him on from the kotatsu.
**[13:33] Hamaji**
Well, I only did it 'cause he promised to
take me to get some ramen on the way back.
**[13:40] Maruko**
It was still great that you did it,
**[13:42] Maruko**
even if it was only for the ramen.
**[13:48] Grandpa**
Maybe I don't mind practicing
for the marathon,
**[13:50] Grandpa**
if it means you'll give
me massages like this.
**[13:53] Maruko**
I'll do this every day if you want.
**[13:56] Grandpa**
Maruko, you're an angel!
**[13:59] Maruko**
*I won't go outside to cheer you on, though.*
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:02] Narr**
The next day...
**[14:05] Maruko**
Huh? Grandpa, why aren't you practicing?
**[14:08] Grandpa**
Well, you see...
**[14:10] Maruko**
I know that some people have
plans and some got hurt,
**[14:13] Maruko**
but I still can't believe more
than half the people quit.
**[14:16] Grandpa**
The people who are left might decide not
to participate on the day of the event.
**[14:21] Grandpa**
Maybe I'll be the only one to do it!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:29] Grandpa**
I just got a call from the old folks'
association, and they said our family can run too!
**[14:35] Grandpa**
How about it, Hiroshi? Want to run?
**[14:38] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[14:38] Dad**
I'm going to fish for pond
smelt that day. Sorry.
**[14:42] Grandpa**
What? You can fish for pond smelt any day!
**[14:46] Dad**
Nah. Even if I wasn't going fishing, I
still wouldn't want to do a marathon.
**[14:53] Grandpa**
Grandma, how about it?
**[14:56] Grandma**
I'll pass. I think I'd hurt my knees.
**[15:00] Grandpa**
How about you, big sis?
**[15:01] Sis**
No. It's too cold.
**[15:05] Maruko**
Everybody, it's good that you're
honest, but it's just 1 kilometer.
**[15:10] Maruko**
Why not do it?
**[15:12] Sis**
What about you?
**[15:14] Maruko**
Well, I'm not doing it, but...
**[15:17] Grandpa**
Well, listen, everyone!
**[15:19] Maruko**
What? Is there something else?
**[15:21] Grandpa**
The old folks' association asked
the shopping street to help!
**[15:27] Dad**
Oh. And?
**[15:29] Grandpa**
The sake shop, the clothing shop, the record
shop, the candy shop, and other shops
**[15:35] Grandpa**
have all agreed to give
prizes for the winners,
**[15:37] Grandpa**
and you get prizes for participating, too!
**[15:40] Grandpa**
How about that?
**[15:41] Maruko**
A participation prize?
**[15:43] Dad**
The sake shop, huh? That sounds pretty good.
**[15:46] Sis**
But if the record shop's prize is
just a single record player needle,
**[15:51] Sis**
then I don't think I need it.
**[15:52] Dad**
True.
**[15:54] Dad**
Maybe the sake shop would just
give you a single bottle-opener.
**[15:57] Dad**
Then I don't think I need it.
**[15:59] Grandpa**
*No... I was sure if I talked about
prizes, everyone would jump on it!*
**[16:05] Grandpa**
Oh, of course they said there's
sake, and a kimono sash clip,
**[16:10] Grandpa**
and a pack of candy, and a coupon you
can trade for your favorite record.
**[16:16] Grandpa**
Well? That's pretty good, right?
**[16:18] Dad**
Oh, maybe it's worth it, then.
**[16:22] Dad**
It's only 1 kilometer.
**[16:24] Sis**
Yeah, that's not long at all!
**[16:27] Grandma**
Well, maybe I'll try it.
**[16:29] Maruko**
Maybe I'll run too.
**[16:33] Grandpa**
*I just made all that up, though!*
**[16:37] Grandpa**
* If my whole family wins, I'll have to*
* pay for it all out of my pension fund!*
**[16:39] sign**
Sake
**[16:43] Grandpa**
* Okay, Tomozou, this is what your*
* pension fund's for, though!*
**[16:48] Maruko**
You're not going to run, Mom?
**[16:50] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[16:50] Mom**
Hm...
**[16:52] Mom**
I'd rather help and cheer
you all on, instead.
**[16:57] Maruko**
You say that, but you really
just don't want to run.
**[17:00] Grandpa**
You don't?
**[17:04] Narr**
The next morning...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[17:13] (Flashback) Young Grandpa**
I'm so late!
**[17:17] (Flashback) Girl**
See you!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[17:30] Hamaji**
I'm entering the marathon.
**[17:32] Maruko**
Me too. There's prizes.
**[17:36] Tamae**
If you're running, I'll go cheer you on.
**[17:40] Maruko**
Really?
**[17:41] Maruko**
Even though it's so cold out...
**[17:44] Narr**
That's very different from Maruko,
**[17:46] Narr**
who wouldn't leave her
kotatsu to cheer on Tomozou.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[17:50] Maruko**
It's so cold. I want to go home.
**[17:54] Sis**
The fewer participants, the better prize
I can get. If you want to quit, do it.
**[17:59] Sis**
I've got Hideki waiting for me!
**[18:02] Sis**
One, two, Hideki! Three, four, Hideki!
**[18:07] Sis**
I win!
**[18:09] Grandma**
Let's do our best, too.
**[18:12] Maruko**
Yeah.
**[18:13] Mom**
I need to find dad's workout clothes,
**[18:16] Mom**
and my sweater for when
I go to cheer them on...
**[18:18] Mom**
Oh, this is it.
**[18:20] Mom**
Oh no, did it get smaller?
**[18:23] Mom**
It's 100% wool, so maybe it's
when I washed it last year.
**[18:29] Mom**
I don't think the clothes got smaller...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[18:33] Mom**
Maybe I will enter the marathon, too.
**[18:36] Maruko**
Oh? What prize won you over?
**[18:40] Maruko**
The buns from the candy store?
**[18:41] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[18:42] Mom**
No, I just thought it seemed
fun when I watched you all run.
**[18:47] Maruko**
Huh...
**[18:48] Maruko**
Isn't your hamburg steak smaller than usual?
**[18:52] Mom**
Really? You're imagining it.
**[18:54] Sis**
*I bet she's on a diet.*
**[18:56] Dad**
*She's on a diet.*
**[18:58] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[18:59] Maruko**
I get it!
**[19:00] Maruko**
Are you on a diet?
**[19:03] Maruko**
I bet you are!
**[19:11] Dad**
Alright, I'll deliver this to the police
box and then turn around and go home.
**[19:18] Dad**
I'm out of breath 'cause
I don't run that often.
**[19:21] Dad**
If I tripped, I wouldn't be able
to laugh at grandpa anymore...
**[19:29] Dad**
Mr. Policeman! I was at
the intersection and...
**[19:34] Cop**
Are you okay? What happened?
**[19:37] Dad**
I found 100 yen.
**[19:44] Tamae**
Maru-chan, you were so fast today.
**[19:47] Maruko**
Yeah. I think it's because I've
been running every day lately.
**[19:51] Hamaji**
Yeah, it's really different
when you run every day.
**[19:54] Maruko**
You think so too, Hamaji?
**[19:56] Hamaji**
I think that even if I forgot something,
I could go home and get it really fast!
**[20:01] Hamaji**
My grandpa's gotten a lot faster
at bringing me stuff I forgot, too.
**[20:07] Tamae**
Wow! This marathon is great!
**[20:10] Narr**
Actually, you should be
careful not to forget things.
**[20:15] Maruko**
Hey, I don't see you running, Mom.
**[20:19] Maruko**
Are you practicing?
**[20:21] Mom**
Yes.
**[20:21] Mom**
I am, when I get a chance.
**[20:24] Mom**
*Like when I got to talking to Takamaru-san*
**[20:26] Mom**
* and had to run because the*
* bank was about to close,*
**[20:30] Mom**
* or when I remembered there was another*
* stack of newspapers to recycle*
**[20:35] Mom**
*and had to run with it in my arms...*
**[20:44] Maruko**
When you're running every day,
**[20:46] Maruko**
even if you're about to be late, you can
tell yourself "If I run, I can make it."
**[20:50] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[20:50] Dad**
Yeah. My sake tastes better
when I get exercise.
**[20:56] Grandpa**
I feel really happy that I
can run even in my old age.
**[21:01] Grandma**
Yeah.
**[21:02] Maruko**
I hope we all win tomorrow.
**[21:06] Grandpa**
*That's right...*
**[21:08] Grandpa**
*My pension! My pension!*
***SIGN*** Pension
**[21:10] Sis**
I have to do my best, for Hideki!
**[21:13] Grandpa**
W-Well, you don't have to win, you know!
**[21:17] Grandpa**
You can take it easy tomorrow!
**[21:19] Maruko**
Don't be silly, Grandpa!
**[21:21] Maruko**
The whole Sakura family is
gonna get 1st through 6th.
**[21:25] Grandpa**
Y-You are?
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[21:29] Narr**
And the next day...
**[21:31] sign**
Today's Weather
**[21:31] Announcer**
* The rain that started late last night*
* will only get stronger throughout today.*
**[21:34] [SONG] sign**
Sato Sake Shop
**[21:38] Grandpa**
I just got a call. They're canceling it!
**[21:42] Grandpa**
They don't think they can postpone. Too bad.
**[21:45] Maruko**
Aww, I wanted the prize.
**[21:49] Grandma**
Even without the prizes, we have our
healthy bodies. Isn't that enough?
**[21:55] Grandpa**
*And my pension will survive!*
**[21:59] Narr**
Tomozou was sweating even
though he hadn't run,
**[22:03] Narr**
and Maruko was thinking that she'd rather
have the prizes than a healthy body.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] Maruko**
Tama-chan, you look like
you're enjoying that book.
**[22:18] Maruko**
What kind of book is it?
**[22:19] Maruko**
I want to read it, too.
**[22:21] Maruko**
I don't have the thing in my house that
I need to survive, and I'm so bored!
**[22:25] Maruko**
Next time on *Chibi Maruko-chan*:
**[22:27] Maruko**
"The Sakura Family Spends 3 Days Without a TV",
***SIGN*** The Sakura Family Spends 3 Days Without a TV
***SIGN*** Tama-chan Wants to Focus On Her Reading
**[22:29] Maruko**
"Tama-chan Wants to Focus On Her Reading."
**[22:32] Maruko**
Look forward to it!
# E1420 - The Sakura Family Spends 3 Days Without a TV / Tama-chan Wants to Focus On Her Reading
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GZ7UVEWGX/the-sakura-family-spends-3-days-without-a-tv--tama-chan-wants-to-focus-on-her-reading)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] TAMAE**
Everyone, over here!
**[00:02] TAMAE**
*Chibi Maruko-chan* is about to begin!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** The Sakura Family Spends 3 Days Without a TV
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"The Sakura Family Spends
3 Days Without a TV."
**[01:44] MARUKO**
Grandma hit the TV three times,
but nothing happened.
**[01:48] MARUKO**
Usually that does the trick.
**[01:51] TOMOZOU**
Just like old folks, maybe TVs
don't work well when it's cold out.
**[01:59] TOMOZOU**
Oh no, TV!
**[02:01] TOMOZOU**
Pull yourself together!
**[02:02] MARUKO**
Grandpa, you landed the final blow.
**[02:05] TOMOZOU**
My fault? Is it my fault?!
**[02:08] SUMIRE**
We'll have to take it in for repairs.
**[02:11] SAKIKO**
We can't watch TV until it's fixed.
**[02:14] MARUKO**
Hold on, Mom!
**[02:15] MARUKO**
This is our chance to get a new TV!
**[02:18] MARUKO**
Why don't we buy a new one?
**[02:20] TOMOZOU**
Ah yes, a new one!
**[02:22] TOMOZOU**
Okay! Let's go to the electronics store!
**[02:25] SUMIRE**
TVs are expensive, and we can't
afford to get a new one so easily.
**[02:30] SUMIRE**
First, we'll try to repair it!
**[02:32] MARUKO**
Boo...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[02:34] HIROSHI**
Buying a new TV?
**[02:37] MARUKO**
Yes. Dad, you want the TV on
when you drink at night, right?
**[02:42] HIROSHI**
It doesn't bother me
if we don't have a TV.
**[02:47] MARUKO**
Huh?! Why?!
**[02:49] MARUKO**
What about baseball?
**[02:52] HIROSHI**
There's no baseball in the winter.
**[02:54] HIROSHI**
If spring arrives and the TV is still broken,
**[02:56] HIROSHI**
I'll think about it when
baseball starts up again.
**[03:00] MARUKO**
No, no!
**[03:01] MARUKO**
A TV is *absolutely* necessary for
survival, and we need one right away!
**[03:06] SAKIKO**
Exactly!
**[03:07] SAKIKO**
I'm diligently living my life every day,
so I *refuse* to have a life without Hideki!
**[03:13] MARUKO**
We can't wait for the repair.
**[03:15] MARUKO**
Grandpa, let's go and buy a TV, okay?
**[03:20] TOMOZOU/I**
* I got too excited and*
* said we'd get a new one,*
**[03:24] TOMOZOU/I**
* but I can't afford it*
* with my small pension...*
**[03:28] TOMOZOU**
L-Let's think about it for a little bit.
**[03:32] SUMIRE**
I called the electrician about the TV.
**[03:35] SUMIRE**
He says he'll come pick it up tomorrow.
**[03:37] SUMIRE**
The repair will take at least
3 days, at the earliest.
**[03:40] MARUKO**
Three days, huh?
**[03:42] MARUKO**
Maybe I'll go visit someone's house
and ask to watch a program?
**[03:46] MARUKO**
A comedy show is about to start,
so could I change the channel?
**[03:51] SAKIKO**
Comedy shows and music shows are on
late at night, so you can't do that.
**[03:59] MARUKO**
And it's too cold to go outside.
**[04:02] SAKIKO**
Hideki is making an appearance
on a music show today.
**[04:14] SAKIKO**
When I come back from school, the
TV will be gone, so this is goodbye.
**[04:21] MARUKO**
If only it could be fixed today...
**[04:24] MARUKO**
TVs are wonderful things, since we can
watch comedy shows, emotional dramas,
**[04:29] MARUKO**
and commercials for new products...
**[04:33] SAKIKO**
Yeah, if I can't watch TV,
**[04:36] SAKIKO**
I might not be able to keep up
conversations with my friends at school.
**[04:41] SUMIRE**
Come on, you two.
**[04:42] SUMIRE**
That's enough, go to school already.
**[04:49] TAMAE**
What?!
**[04:50] TAMAE**
You don't have a TV for
three days? That's tough.
**[04:55] MARUKO**
How was the music show last night?
**[04:58] TAMAE**
My dad was watching something
else, so I didn't see it.
**[05:04] UCHIDA**
I was taking a bath.
**[05:07] MARUKO**
Oh man, I was hoping to
hear the recap from you...
**[05:13] FUJIKI**
What's the matter, Sakura?
**[05:15] MARUKO**
Fujiki, did you see the
music show last night?
**[05:19] FUJIKI**
Yes, I did.
**[05:20] NAGASAWA**
Me too.
**[05:22] MARUKO**
You did?!
**[05:23] MARUKO**
So, what was it like?
**[05:24] MARUKO**
Momoe-chan was on, right?
**[05:27] FUJIKI**
Yes.
**[05:28] FUJIKI**
And so were Hideki and Tonosama Kings.
**[05:30] MARUKO**
What?! Tonosama Kings, too?!
**[05:33] MARUKO**
Man... I really wish I could have seen it!
**[05:37] NAGASAWA**
Sakura, you didn't watch it?
**[05:39] MARUKO**
Our TV broke.
**[05:42] FUJIKI**
It doesn't show anything?
**[05:44] MARUKO**
Right. It's being repaired right now,
so I'm without a TV for three days.
**[05:50] FUJIKI**
Wow, three days?
**[05:52] FUJIKI**
That's rough.
**[05:54] FUJIKI**
Hey Nagasawa-kun, you're
good at Tonosama Kings.
**[05:58] FUJIKI**
Why don't you sing it for her?
**[06:00] MARUKO/I**
*Huh?*
**[06:01] MARUKO/I**
* It's not like I want to listen to*
* Nagasawa's rendition of Tonosama Kings...*
**[06:06] NAGASAWA**
Why should I sing?
**[06:09] MARUKO**
Fujiki, he doesn't want to, so...
**[06:12] FUJIKI**
Our TV broke before too, and
parents tend to say stuff like,
**[06:17] FUJIKI**
"Go study instead," you know?
**[06:20] FUJIKI**
I couldn't relax,
and it was really tough.
**[06:24] MARUKO**
R-Right...
**[06:26] FUJIKI**
Nagasawa-kun, please sing for her.
**[06:29] MARUKO**
Um, Fujiki, I don't really...
**[06:32] FUJIKI**
Sakura, don't be shy.
**[06:35] FUJIKI**
Nagasawa-kun's Tonosama Kings is the best.
**[06:38] FUJIKI**
If you sing, then this becomes the stage.
**[06:42] FUJIKI**
You are a star!
**[06:47] NAGASAWA**
I am... a star...
**[06:53] MARUKO**
Hey now, Fujiki.
**[06:54] MARUKO**
Nagasawa, too...
**[06:58] NAGASAWA**
If you insist...
**[07:02] NAGASAWA/I**
*I promised to stay pure for you*
**[07:11] NAGASAWA/I**
*I'm not ready to give it up for someone else*
**[07:17] MARUKO**
Nagasawa is a good singer...
**[07:20] TAMAE**
Yes, he is...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[07:25] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[07:28] MARUKO**
Huh? What's this?! A... TV?
**[07:32] TOMOZOU**
Yes. You can at least feel its presence.
**[07:38] MARUKO**
Grandpa, it's pointless to have
a box that doesn't show anything.
**[07:48] TOMOZOU**
*Then...*
**[07:51] TOMOZOU**
Look, Grandpa is on TV!
**[07:55] TOMOZOU**
I am a TV!
**[08:04] MARUKO**
I'm bored...
**[08:07] SAKIKO**
I know.
**[08:09] TOMOZOU**
Ta-da!
**[08:11] TOMOZOU**
How about a radio?
**[08:13] MARUKO**
Woo, nice.
**[08:14] MARUKO**
Let's listen to it!
**[08:18] TOMOZOU**
The reception isn't great.
**[08:21] TOMOZOU**
Where would be a good spot?
**[08:26] MARUKO**
Grandpa, are you okay with this posture?
**[08:29] TOMOZOU**
No worries, it's for my family.
**[08:33] HIROSHI**
Radio's not bad every now and then.
**[08:35] SAKIKO**
I hope they play Hideki.
**[08:38] RADIO/I**
* We're waiting for your requests for*
* songs to play for next week,*
**[08:41] RADIO/I**
*so please mail in some postcards.*
**[08:44] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[08:44] TOMOZOU**
That's it!
**[08:45] TOMOZOU**
Let's mail in some postcards with requests!
**[08:48] TOMOZOU**
Then they'll play Hideki or
Momoe-chan, whatever we want!
**[08:53] SAKIKO**
That's only for next week...
**[08:58] MARUKO**
There's nothing to do, so I'm going to bed.
**[09:03] HIROSHI**
Sounds good.
**[09:05] SUMIRE**
I have to do the dishes.
**[09:08] SAKIKO**
I'm going to bed too.
**[09:16] MARUKO**
My dad yelled at me when I said I
wanted to watch TV this morning.
**[09:21] TAMAE**
If it's that hard for you, you can
come to my house and watch it.
**[09:25] MARUKO**
Thanks, Tama-chan.
**[09:27] MARUKO**
But I can't burden you
with my whole family...
**[09:30] TAMAE**
*What? You meant your whole family?*
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[09:35] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[09:37] TOMOZOU**
Maruko. Yocchan came over with
a souvenir from his trip.
**[09:42] MARUKO**
Oh, Yocchan was here?
**[09:45] TOMOZOU**
He said that his friend is getting a
new TV since they're moving.
**[09:50] TOMOZOU**
They might sell their old TV cheap to us.
**[09:55] MARUKO**
Wow, really?!
**[09:57] TOMOZOU**
I hear it's bigger than ours.
**[10:00] MARUKO**
Yes!
**[10:02] MARUKO**
Oh...
**[10:04] TOMOZOU**
Hm? It's a good deal, huh?
**[10:06] MARUKO**
It is a good deal, but if
our TV gets repaired,
**[10:12] MARUKO**
Mom would say, "We don't need two
TVs," and turn down that offer.
**[10:20] TOMOZOU**
I see...
**[10:22] TOMOZOU**
But we can't cancel the repair
order at this point...
**[10:27] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Please don't fix our TV, let
it be completely broken!
**[10:32] SAKIKO**
I'm home.
**[10:34] SAKIKO**
Huh?! What are you praying for?
**[10:40] SAKIKO**
I want it to be repaired, but I
want to see Hideki on a big screen!
**[10:48] SUMIRE**
What are you doing?
**[10:50] MARUKO**
You know, for the TV...
**[10:54] SUMIRE**
If the repair is impossible or ends up
delayed, he'll call us.
**[11:00] SUMIRE**
But since there's no call yet,
I assume it's ready tomorrow.
**[11:04] MARUKO**
But any minute now, he might call
to let us know it can't be fixed.
**[11:10] MARUKO**
I know! I'll wait for the call by the phone.
**[11:19] MARUKO**
Hello, this is the Sakuras!
**[11:24] SUMIRE**
It's so nice that it got fixed a day early.
**[11:28] TOMOZOU**
The electrician is very skilled...
**[11:32] MARUKO**
If he could make the screen bigger,
that would've been better...
**[11:37] SAKIKO**
I know.
**[11:40] NARRATOR/I**
Even though the TV they
missed so much had returned,
**[11:44] NARRATOR/I**
they had mixed feelings about it.
**[11:53] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Tama-chan Wants to Focus On Her Reading
**[11:54] MARUKO**
"Tama-chan Wants to
Focus On Her Reading."
**[12:07] GIRL**
Mom!
**[12:10] GIRL**
Mom!
**[12:13] HAMAJI**
Puppuku poo!
**[12:22] TAMAE/I**
* "Anna was finally reunited*
* with her long-lost mother."*
**[12:30] MARUKO**
Man, that's so funny.
**[12:32] MARUKO**
I laughed so much, my tummy aches.
**[12:35] NOGUCHI**
I know an even funnier story.
**[12:38] GIRLS/I**
What is it? Tell us!
**[12:46] TAMAE/I**
*This isn't good, I can't imagine any of it...*
**[12:50] MARUKO**
Tama-chan!
**[12:52] MARUKO**
Join us.
**[12:54] MARUKO**
Noguchi-san's story is funny!
**[13:00] TAMAE**
Sure!
**[13:02] FUYUTA**
Honami-san.
**[13:04] TAMAE**
Fuyuta-san.
**[13:05] FUYUTA**
You're reading "The Journey of Anna," right?
**[13:08] FUYUTA**
How far have you read?
**[13:09] TAMAE**
I'm still in the middle of vol. 1.
**[13:12] FUYUTA**
I started reading vol. 2, but
it's going to be really exciting.
**[13:18] TAMAE**
Wow, really?
**[13:20] FUYUTA**
Catch up to me quick, Honami-san.
**[13:22] FUYUTA**
Then let's talk about it together.
**[13:24] TAMAE**
Okay!
**[13:25] TAMAE**
I'll hurry home and continue reading!
**[13:31] MARUKO**
Hey Tama-chan, do you have plans for today?
**[13:34] TAMAE**
Huh?
**[13:35] MARUKO**
I found a mole's hole.
**[13:37] MARUKO**
Wanna go see it?
**[13:40] TAMAE**
Wow, do you think we can see a mole?
**[13:41] TAMAE**
I want to go!
**[13:43] TAMAE**
I'm home.
**[13:47] TAMAE'S MOM**
You're later than usual.
**[13:48] TAMAE'S MOM**
Dinner's almost ready.
**[13:50] TAMAE**
Okay!
**[13:51] TAMAE/I**
*I'll read a little before then.*
**[13:56] TAMAE'S DAD**
Muddy Tamae! Nice shot!
**[13:59] TAMAE**
Dad, stop it!
**[14:03] TAMAE/I**
* I got into a fight with Dad and*
* didn't get any time to read...*
**[14:07] TAMAE/I**
*I'll finish dinner quickly so I can go read.*
**[14:10] TAMAE'S MOM**
Tamae, after you're done with dinner, take
a bath before the bath water gets cold.
**[14:15] TAMAE**
What?
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:19] SAKIKO**
Maruko, what's this book?
**[14:22] MARUKO**
I borrowed it from Hanawa-kun.
**[14:24] SAKIKO**
Don't you have to return it?
**[14:26] MARUKO**
I haven't read it yet.
**[14:28] SAKIKO**
You haven't read it?
**[14:29] SAKIKO**
But it's been sitting here for a while.
**[14:32] MARUKO**
Because I don't have time to read.
**[14:35] SAKIKO**
Jeez, fine print!
**[14:37] MARUKO**
That book has more letters than pictures,
so I don't feel like reading it.
**[14:42] SAKIKO**
Then why did you borrow it?
**[14:44] MARUKO**
Because Tama-chan says it's a good read.
**[14:47] SAKIKO**
How far did you read?
**[14:48] MARUKO**
Um...
**[14:49] SAKIKO**
What is it about?
**[14:51] MARUKO**
The... main character is
called... Elizabeth, and...
**[14:57] MARUKO**
she's 12, and... a farmer's daughter.
**[15:01] SAKIKO**
Oh yeah?
**[15:04] SAKIKO**
And?
**[15:07] SAKIKO**
Is that *all* you read?
**[15:09] MARUKO**
Tama-chan said she finished it
in three days. Unbelievable.
**[15:13] SAKIKO**
She's more focused, unlike you.
**[15:16] SAKIKO**
Tama-chan's smart too, unlike you.
**[15:19] MARUKO**
That's none of your business.
**[15:20] SAKIKO**
If you won't read it, then give
it back to Hanawa-kun already.
**[15:24] MARUKO**
What?
**[15:25] MARUKO**
Who knows what he'll say if
I return without reading it.
**[15:29] SAKIKO**
Then why don't you read it?
**[15:32] MARUKO**
Fine. Man...
**[15:36] MARUKO**
I get cold when I don't move.
**[15:39] MARUKO**
Let's get warmed up.
**[15:44] MARUKO**
Ah, so tasty.
**[15:47] MARUKO**
Okay then, let's focus on the book...
**[15:51] MARUKO**
I'm Elizabeth, 12 years old.
A daughter of a farmer.
**[15:55] MARUKO**
What kind of adventure awaits me?
**[15:58] MARUKO**
I'm so excited.
**[16:06] TOMOZOU**
I had a little too much to drink...
**[16:08] TOMOZOU**
The moon is so pretty tonight.
**[16:11] TOMOZOU**
I should tell Maruko about it.
**[16:16] TOMOZOU**
Oh? I wonder if this is Maruko's new friend?
**[16:20] TOMOZOU**
Reading a book calmly by the window,
she looks like a noble lady.
**[16:25] TOMOZOU**
I should say hello.
**[16:29] TOMOZOU**
Um... excuse me?
**[16:33] TOMOZOU**
I'm Maruko's grandfather.
**[16:35] TOMOZOU**
My name's Sakura Tomozou, 76 years old.
**[16:38] TOMOZOU**
Thank you for taking care of Maruko.
**[16:43] TOMOZOU**
Um... hello?
**[16:51] TOMOZOU**
Maruko?
**[16:52] MARUKO**
I'm so full...
**[16:55] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[16:57] FUYUTA**
Honami-san, how far did you read?
**[17:00] TAMAE**
Fuyuta-san.
**[17:02] TAMAE**
Actually, I fell asleep after I took a bath
last night, so I didn't get to read it.
**[17:07] FUYUTA**
I see.
**[17:08] TAMAE**
I got to the part where Anna was
reunited with her mother.
**[17:13] FUYUTA**
That person isn't Anna's real mother.
**[17:17] TAMAE**
What?! For real?!
**[17:20] FUYUTA**
Oh my gosh!
**[17:22] FUYUTA**
I shouldn't say anything else!
**[17:26] TAMAE/I**
*I* have *to read more today!*
***SIGN*** Anna's Journey
**[17:36] HAMAJI**
Take off, take off!
***SIGN*** Anna's Journey
**[17:39] STUDENTS**
So funny!
**[17:41] MARUKO**
Take off, take off!
***SIGN*** Anna's Journey
**[17:43] TAMAE**
What?! Maru-chan?!
**[17:44] MARUKO**
Take off, take off!
**[17:46] HAMAJI**
No, no, this is how you do it.
**[17:48] HAMAJI**
Take off, take off!
**[17:50] MARUKO**
Take off, take off!
**[17:52] HAMAJI**
How could that happen?!
**[17:54] MARUKO**
How could that happen?!
**[18:02] HAMAJI**
Kin-chan run!
**[18:05] HAMAJI**
Take off, take off!
**[18:12] NARRATOR/I**
At the next recess...
**[18:14] HAMAJI**
Puppuku poo!
**[18:15] MARUKO**
Puppuku poo!
**[18:17] GUYS**
Good job!
**[18:19] TAMAE/I**
*I've got to focus on this book...*
***SIGN*** Anna's Journey
**[18:24] TAMAE/I**
*And then, Anna did...*
**[18:26] HAMAJI/MARUKO**
Konjac dance!
**[18:29] TAMAE/I**
*And then, Anna, did...*
**[18:34] TAMAE/I**
*konjac dance!*
**[18:37] TAMAE**
No!
**[18:39] MARUKO**
Konjac dance!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[18:44] NARRATOR**
At the next recess...
***SIGN*** Anna's Journey
**[18:57] NOGUCHI**
Here's a funny story.
**[18:59] NOGUCHI**
Sadakichi!
**[19:00] TAMAE/I**
*What?! Noguchi-san is doing rakugo?!*
**[19:00] NOGUCHI**
What is it, sir?
***SIGN*** Anna's Journey
**[19:03] TAMAE/I**
*I want to hear it too!*
**[19:08] TAMAE**
*I couldn't read at all..*
**[19:11] FUYUTA**
Honami-san, did you finish vol. 1?
**[19:13] TAMAE**
Oh, not yet...
**[19:15] FUYUTA**
What, you didn't?
**[19:19] FUYUTA**
Do you not like the book?
**[19:22] TAMAE**
What?! No!
**[19:25] TAMAE**
That's not true.
**[19:26] TAMAE**
I'll read. I'll go home and read.
**[19:29] FUYUTA**
And we'll talk about it. Promise?
**[19:32] TAMAE**
Y-Yes, I'll read it.
**[19:41] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, are you in a hurry?
**[19:43] TAMAE**
Huh? No, not really.
**[19:46] MARUKO**
Hey, look!
**[19:47] MARUKO**
A bagworm!
**[19:49] TAMAE**
Oh yeah, I see it!
**[19:52] TAMAE/I**
* I don't have time for a detour,*
* I need to go home and read.*
**[19:58] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, after this...
**[20:02] MARUKO**
I wanted to play with you,
**[20:04] MARUKO**
but I promised my grandpa I'd go
eat sweet bean soup with him.
**[20:09] TAMAE**
Oh, you did?
**[20:13] TAMAE/I**
*Did I feel... relieved just now?*
**[20:17] TAMMY/I**
*I'm sorry!*
**[20:18] TAMMY/I**
*It's not that I don't want to play with you!*
**[20:21] TAMMY/I**
*I just want to...*
**[20:24] TAMMY/I**
Read the rest of the book!
**[20:28] TAMMY/I**
The book! The book! The book...
**[20:34] SIGN**
No entry allowed!
**[20:37] TAMAE**
I can finally read more about Anna.
**[20:45] TAMAE/I**
* Anna reminds me of Tama-chan*
* because she's a bit of a clown.*
**[20:50] TAMAE'S MOM**
Tamae! Maru-chan's on the phone!
**[20:53] TAMAE**
What?!
**[20:55] MARUKO/I**
*Hello, Tama-chan?*
**[20:56] MARUKO/I**
*Listen, my grandpa was...*
**[20:59] TAMAE**
Really?!
**[21:05] TAMAE**
Then what happened?
**[21:06] SIGN**
No entry allowed!
***SIGN*** Elementary school
***SIGN*** Anna's Journey
**[21:14] TAMAE**
I'd like to renew this.
**[21:17] LIBRARIAN**
Sure, just a moment.
**[21:20] FUYUTA**
Oh, Honami-san.
**[21:22] FUYUTA**
Renewing? You haven't finished it?
**[21:25] TAMAE**
Fuyuta-san...
**[21:27] FUYUTA**
I see. So you don't like it.
**[21:30] TAMAE**
Oh no, t-that's not true.
**[21:33] FUYUTA**
Oh, Migiwa-san!
**[21:35] FUYUTA**
I read that book too!
**[21:37] FUYUTA**
Let's talk about it together.
***SIGN*** Anna's Journey
**[21:44] TAMAE/I**
*This book is interesting.*
**[21:46] TAMAE/I**
*It is, but...*
**[21:49] MARUKO**
Oh, Tama-chan.
**[21:51] MARUKO**
Let's play!
**[21:59] TAMAE**
Sure!
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
Maru-chan may be much more
interesting than this book.
**[22:05] NARRATOR/I**
That's what Tama-chan thought.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
My sweater is covered in lint
balls, but lint balls are amazing.
**[22:19] MARUKO**
Maybe I'll dedicate my life to lint balls.
**[22:22] MARUKO**
Then maybe my luck would go up and
I may be able to live a happy life.
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on *Chibi Maruko-chan*:
**[22:28] MARUKO**
"Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune,"
and "Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls."
***SIGN*** Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune
***SIGN*** Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls
**[22:32] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1421 - Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune \ Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GD9UV31MD/maruko-wants-to-bring-good-fortune--maruko-wants-to-remove-lint-balls)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] NAGASAWA**
Hey you all, *Chibi Maruko-chan*
is about to start.
**[00:03] NAGASAWA**
Care to take a look?
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
**[00:14] SIGN**
Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune."
**[01:37] SIGN**
Pin Badge Lottery
**[01:37] SIGN (yellow/red)**
You can win!
**[01:42] MARUKO/I**
*I want it, I must have it.*
**[01:45] MARUKO/I**
*Momoe-chan's pin badge!*
**[01:48] MARUKO**
I'll pull three lotteries for pin badges.
**[01:51] CANDY STORE LADY**
Sure. Three lotteries.
**[01:57] MARUKO**
This is it!
**[01:58] SIGN**
No. 12
**[02:00] MARUKO**
No good.
**[02:02] MARUKO**
The prize for No. 12 is...
**[02:04] SIGN**
Kappa
**[02:07] MARUKO**
What the heck is this kappa?
**[02:09] MARUKO**
One more time!
**[02:14] MARUKO**
This is it!
**[02:16] SIGN**
You Lose
**[02:18] SIGN**
Lottery
**[02:18] MARUKO**
I lost...!
**[02:20] CANDY STORE LADY**
Here you go, a consolation candy.
**[02:25] SIGN (yellow/red)**
You can win!
**[02:25] SIGN**
Pin Badge Lottery
**[02:27] MARUKO/I**
*The next one is my final chance!*
**[02:29] MARUKO/I**
*For Momoe-chan's pin badge!*
**[02:33] MARUKO**
Please!
**[02:40] SIGN**
Kappa
**[02:41] MARUKO**
Man...
**[02:42] MARUKO**
I really wanted Momoe-chan's pin badge.
**[02:46] MARUKO**
Ouch!
**[02:48] MARUKO**
What was that?
**[02:50] MARUKO**
A pinecone?
**[02:52] MARUKO**
What?
**[02:53] MARUKO**
I lose on the lottery, but this doesn't miss?
**[02:58] MARUKO**
I'm absolutely out of luck...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[03:03] WOMAN/I**
* Since this Mike came to*
* us, we've been very lucky.*
**[03:07] REPORTER/I**
*Is that so?*
**[03:09] WOMAN/I**
* We have more customers at our*
* store, and we've won lotteries.*
**[03:14] REPORT/I**
*Is that so?*
**[03:15] MAN/I**
*This is truly a lucky cat.*
**[03:19] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[03:19] REPORTER/I**
* Today, we introduced a cat that*
* brings fortune, Mike-chan.*
**[03:24] MARUKO**
A cat that brings fortune, huh?
**[03:26] MARUKO**
I want something that brings fortune to me.
**[03:30] TOMOZOU**
Something that brings fortune?
**[03:31] TOMOZOU**
Why? Did anything bad happen?
**[03:35] MARUKO**
Well, kind of.
**[03:37] TOMOZOU**
What?!
**[03:38] TOMOZOU**
That's not good!
**[03:40] MARUKO**
We should get a cat.
**[03:42] MARUKO**
A calico like Mike-chan.
**[03:44] SUMIRE**
Huh?
**[03:45] MARUKO**
I'm sure it will bring lots of fortune.
**[03:48] MARUKO**
Come on, let's get a cat. Please?
**[03:52] NARRATOR/I**
This is what you call an ingratiating voice.
**[03:55] SUMIRE**
No, we won't.
**[03:56] MARUKO**
Booo.
**[03:57] SUMIRE**
You say it can bring fortune,
but you just want a cat.
**[04:02] MARUKO**
Of course I do, but more importantly,
**[04:05] MARUKO**
I've got to do something to make sure
good things happen, or I can't be happy.
**[04:09] TOMOZOU**
That's not good!
**[04:11] TOMOZOU**
Mom! We have to get a cat right now!
**[04:13] SUMIRE**
Grandpa, not you too...
**[04:16] MARUKO**
It might bring good luck to you too.
**[04:18] SUMIRE**
I'm not interested.
**[04:21] TOMOZOU**
So you aren't interested in luck or cats...
**[04:28] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[04:30] TAMAE**
Mike-chan was so cute!
**[04:32] MARUKO**
Yeah, now I want a cat too.
**[04:36] MARUKO**
A good luck cat.
**[04:38] TAMAE**
Yeah, they did say it brings luck.
**[04:40] MARUKO**
But my mom said no...
**[04:43] TAMAE**
That's too bad.
**[04:45] KONAGAYA**
Momoe-chan's pendant?
**[04:47] MARUKO/TAMAE**
Huh?
**[04:48] UCHIDA**
Yes, it's *super* cute.
**[04:51] MARUKO**
Hey, what about Momoe-chan's pendant?
**[04:54] UCHIDA**
I entered a magazine sweepstakes and won it!
**[04:57] UCHIDA**
The pendant with Momoe-chan's photo in it!
**[05:00] MARUKO**
Wow, that's nice.
**[05:03] UCHIDA**
I wanted it so badly, so I left the form
on the Shinto altar at home
**[05:06] UCHIDA**
for a couple of days before sending it in.
**[05:09] MARUKO**
You did?
**[05:10] UCHIDA**
Yes, and then I did win it,
which took me by surprise.
**[05:14] MARUKO**
So doing stuff like that really works.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[05:18] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[05:20] TOMOZOU**
Welcome home.
**[05:21] MARUKO**
I'm back.
**[05:23] TOMOZOU**
I've been waiting for you.
**[05:24] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[05:26] MARUKO**
Fuku-warai?
**[05:28] MARUKO**
But New Year's Day is long over.
**[05:30] TOMOZOU**
Fortune comes in to the merry gate, they say.
**[05:34] TOMOZOU**
Let's laugh a lot playing
fuku-warai and bring in luck!
**[05:37] MARUKO**
Well, I suppose we can give it a try.
**[05:40] TOMOZOU**
Let's try it!
**[05:49] TOMOZOU**
Oh boy.
**[05:56] MARUKO**
My goodness, that was funny.
**[05:58] TOMOZOU**
We sure laughed.
**[05:59] TOMOZOU**
That's fuku-warai for you.
**[06:02] MARUKO**
Laughing makes you feel
refreshed and ready for luck.
**[06:06] TOMOZOU**
Then let's laugh some more
to bring in more luck!
**[06:09] MARUKO**
Laughing is good, but I wonder if there's
something else that can bring us luck?
**[06:14] TOMOZOU**
Hmm, luck, luck...
**[06:18] TOMOZOU**
How about buying a lucky bag?
**[06:21] MARUKO**
Like I said, Grandpa, New Year's Day is over.
**[06:25] TOMOZOU**
Then the only option is to get a cat...
**[06:28] TOMOZOU**
I know!
**[06:29] TOMOZOU**
We can secretly make its bed in
the closet and sneak it in...
**[06:32] KOTAKE**
Don't be silly, Grandpa.
**[06:35] TOMOZOU**
I'm sorry...
**[06:38] KOTAKE**
Maybe you might want to
try drinking fuku-tea.
**[06:41] MARUKO**
Fuku-tea?
**[06:42] KOTAKE**
Yes, it's auspicious tea you
drink for New Year's or setsubun.
**[06:49] MARUKO**
I didn't know that!
**[06:51] MARUKO**
Tomorrow is setsubun, so it's perfect.
**[06:53] TOMOZOU**
I think I've heard of it.
**[06:56] KOTAKE**
On New Year's Day, it's called o-buku tea.
**[07:00] KOTAKE**
Either way, you put auspicious ingredients
like beans and kelp in the tea.
**[07:05] MARUKO**
I wonder what it tastes like.
**[07:07] KOTAKE**
I'll make it for dinner then.
**[07:10] MARUKO**
Really?!
**[07:14] MARUKO**
So this is fuku tea.
**[07:17] KOTAKE**
I put sour plums, salty kelp, and black
beans into a cup, then poured green tea.
**[07:23] MARUKO**
Thank you for the tea!
**[07:27] MARUKO**
It's good!
**[07:29] MARUKO**
It's a little salty, and it
reminds me of plum kelp tea.
**[07:33] KOTAKE**
Just like osechi cuisine,
kelp symbolizes joy,
**[07:37] KOTAKE**
and beans signify the
wish to live diligently.
**[07:42] KOTAKE**
Since sour plums wrinkle
and plum trees live long,
**[07:47] KOTAKE**
sour plums are considered to
be the source of longevity.
**[07:52] TOMOZOU**
So we can live longer by drinking this?
**[07:55] MARUKO**
Then we have to drink a lot.
**[07:59] TOMOZOU/I**
*Maruko...*
**[08:01] TOMOZOU**
Okay, I'll drink plenty!
**[08:10] MARUKO**
Are you okay, Grandpa?!
**[08:12] TOMOZOU**
I-I'm fine, I'm fine.
**[08:15] HIROSHI**
You could have kicked the bucket,
let alone living a long life.
**[08:20] NARRATOR/I**
On the day of setsubun...
**[08:23] MARUKO**
Out with the ogres!
**[08:26] TOMOZOU**
Okay, out, out!
**[08:29] MARUKO**
Out with the ogres!
**[08:33] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Nakano-san?!
**[08:36] NAKANO**
I-I only brought some food to share with you.
**[08:40] MARUKO**
Come on now, join us.
**[08:44] TOMOZOU**
Let's throw some beans!
**[08:50] MARUKO**
Out with the ogres!
**[08:52] MARUKO**
Nakano-san, throw some!
**[08:54] NAKANO**
Huh? Oh, b-but...
**[08:57] TOMOZOU**
Nakano-san, there's no need to be shy.
**[09:07] NAKANO**
I-I can't...
**[09:09] NAKANO**
I'm so sorry...
**[09:12] NAKANO**
I-I'll be the ogre, please!
**[09:15] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Out with the ogres!
**[09:17] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Out with the ogres!
**[09:20] MARUKO**
Nakano-san, could you try
and be a bit more ogre-like?
**[09:24] NAKANO**
O-Okay!
**[09:27] NAKANO**
R-Roar...!
**[09:29] MARUKO**
That's more of... a monster than an ogre?
**[09:32] TOMOZOU**
Or maybe a ghost.
**[09:35] NAKANO**
R-Roar...!
**[09:39] NAKANO**
Ouch...
**[09:41] MARUKO**
Nakano-san, are you okay?!
**[09:43] MARUKO**
Hm?
**[09:45] MARUKO**
Your earlobes are big.
**[09:48] NAKANO**
Huh?
**[09:48] TOMOZOU**
Yes, they're good luck ears.
**[09:51] MARUKO**
Nice to have good fortune on your body.
**[09:54] MARUKO**
There must be a lot of
good things in your life.
**[09:56] NAKANO**
What?!
**[09:57] MARUKO**
Did anything good happen to you recently?
**[10:00] NAKANO**
N-No, nothing particularly good...
**[10:04] MARUKO**
Seriously?! Nothing?
**[10:06] TOMOZOU**
I'm sure there is.
**[10:07] NAKANO**
What?!
**[10:09] NAKANO**
W-Well, if I must pick one...
**[10:12] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Yes?
**[10:14] NAKANO**
I cracked an egg open to make
rice with egg this morning...
**[10:24] NAKANO**
And there were two yolks.
**[10:28] MARUKO**
Two yolks?
**[10:29] MARUKO**
That's cool!
**[10:31] TOMOZOU**
Someone with luck experiences
extraordinary things.
**[10:35] MARUKO**
Then, let's have Nakano-san with
lucky ears to be the god of luck,
**[10:40] MARUKO**
and do "in with good fortune."
**[10:43] TOMOZOU**
Ah, that's a good idea.
**[10:47] MARUKO**
Are you ready?
**[10:49] MARUKO**
In with good fortune!
**[10:51] TOMOZOU**
In with good fortune!
**[10:53] MARUKO**
Nakano-san, get inside the house.
**[10:55] NAKANO**
O-Okay!
**[10:59] MARUKO**
Good, now luck is inside the house.
**[11:01] TOMOZOU**
It is.
**[11:03] NAKANO/I**
*Wh-What the heck am I doing here...?!*
**[11:11] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko has tried many things to bring
luck, but it hasn't gone so easy.
**[11:19] MARUKO**
Good luck cat.
**[11:22] MARUKO**
This should bring in good luck.
**[11:24] SIGN**
Lucky Bag
**[11:25] NAKANO**
A lucky bag?
**[11:27] NAKANO**
I didn't know it was still here.
**[11:31] SIGN (left to right)**
Roasted Sesame
**[11:31] SIGN (left to right)**
White Sesame
**[11:31] SIGN (left to right)**
Ground Sesame
**[11:31] SIGN (left to right)**
Black Sesame
**[11:31] SIGN (left to right)**
Golden Sesame
**[11:31] NAKANO**
Ah, an assortment of sesame seeds!
**[11:35] NAKANO**
That's nice.
**[11:37] NARRATOR/I**
Perhaps it was the benefit of
throwing beans or his lucky ears,
**[11:43] NARRATOR/I**
tiny good fortune came to Nakano-san.
***SIGN*** Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls
**[11:53] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[11:54] MARUKO**
"Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls."
**[12:06] MARUKO**
Anyhow, it all looks so dull.
**[12:09] SAKIKO**
What are you doing?
**[12:11] MARUKO**
I'm looking for clothes
to wear for ice skating.
**[12:15] MARUKO**
Oh!
**[12:17] MARUKO**
I forgot that I had this.
**[12:19] SAKIKO**
That takes me back!
**[12:21] SAKIKO**
I used to wear that a lot.
**[12:24] MARUKO**
Hm?
**[12:25] MARUKO**
Jeez, lint balls.
**[12:27] MARUKO**
Oh no, here, too!
**[12:30] SAKIKO**
There are quite a lot.
**[12:32] MARUKO**
Man!
**[12:33] MARUKO**
I want new clothes!
**[12:36] MARUKO**
Can anyone buy some for me?
**[12:41] TAMAE**
I'm looking forward to ice skating.
**[12:44] SASAYAMA**
Yes, me too!
**[12:48] TAMAE**
What's the matter, Maru-chan?
**[12:50] MARUKO**
I don't have clothes to wear to go ice skating.
**[12:53] TAMAE**
Oh no, you don't?
**[12:55] MARUKO**
All my clothes are old and shabby.
**[12:58] SASAYAMA**
I see.
**[13:00] HANAWA**
I think vintage is cool, Sakura-kun.
**[13:04] MARUKO**
Vintage?
**[13:05] HANAWA**
It means antique.
**[13:07] MARUKO**
Antique?
**[13:09] HANAWA**
In our world, there are things that
are valuable because they're old.
**[13:14] MARUKO**
Is that so?
**[13:16] HANAWA**
Depending on the items, some are
more valuable than new items.
**[13:20] TAMAE**
Being new doesn't necessarily
mean good, then.
**[13:23] HANAWA**
That's right!
**[13:26] HANAWA**
I found these jeans at a
vintage shop in the USA.
**[13:31] MARUKO**
Huh? There are holes.
**[13:34] HANAWA**
That's what makes it good.
**[13:36] HANAWA**
You can feel its history.
**[13:38] SASAYAMA**
History, huh?
**[13:40] SASAYAMA**
That's kind of cool.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[13:44] TOMOZOU**
I see, vintage, eh?
**[13:47] KOTAKE**
There's value in being old.
**[13:50] MARUKO**
For what it's worth, this
sweater is easy to wear.
**[13:55] MARUKO**
Maybe that's vintage.
**[13:57] TOMOZOU**
It fits you well.
**[14:00] MARUKO**
Oh, and Grandpa and Grandma are vintage too.
**[14:04] TOMOZOU/KOTAKE**
Huh?
**[14:05] MARUKO**
Grandma knows a lot of things and is good
at knitting, so you're a perfect vintage.
**[14:12] KOTAKE**
You think so? Thank you, Maruko.
**[14:15] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, what kind of vintage am I?
**[14:19] MARUKO**
Grandpa is... it's kind of like...
**[14:22] MARUKO**
There's a quality only you have...
**[14:25] TOMOZOU**
I see.
**[14:26] MARUKO**
The more you chew, the
more flavorful it gets...
**[14:29] TOMOZOU**
The more you chew?
**[14:32] MARUKO**
So you're vintage like... dried squid?
**[14:35] TOMOZOU**
Oh, dried squid!
**[14:43] NARRATOR/I**
What exactly is "vintage like squid"...?
**[14:48] MARUKO**
I've been to many places wearing this.
**[14:52] MARUKO**
On a second look, lint
balls are sort of cute.
**[14:56] LINT BALL 1**
Maru-chan, we played together a lot.
**[14:59] LINT BALL 1**
We went to an amusement park.
**[15:02] LINT BALL 2**
We went to a café.
**[15:05] LINT BALL 3**
We had roasted sweet potatoes.
**[15:08] MARUKO**
Lint balls...
**[15:11] SUMIRE**
What are you doing?
**[15:14] MARUKO**
Remembering my memories with lint balls.
**[15:17] SUMIRE**
I don't know what you mean,
but give me that sweater.
**[15:20] MARUKO**
Hey, what will you do with it?!
**[15:26] SUMIRE**
There we go!
**[15:28] SUMIRE**
Now you can wear it again.
**[15:30] MARUKO**
Wow.
**[15:34] MARUKO**
Look how clean it is.
**[15:38] MARUKO**
Oh no! The lint balls!
**[15:41] MARUKO**
Lint balls...!
**[15:42] SUMIRE**
Don't scream at the trash can.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[15:45] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[15:47] MARUKO**
I got the lint balls removed from
this sweater to make it cleaner.
**[15:51] HANAWA**
Sakura-kun, that's a very
nice vintage sweater.
**[15:54] TAMAE**
Wow, it looks good on you.
**[15:57] MARUKO**
Lint balls are wonderful things.
**[15:59] TAMAE/HANAWA**
Huh?
**[16:01] MARUKO**
They feel nice, like I can't stop it.
**[16:06] HANAWA**
W-What are you talking about, Sakura-kun?
**[16:09] TAMAE/I**
*Hey, Maru-chan.*
**[16:11] TAMAE/I**
*What do you mean by lint balls are wonderful?*
**[16:16] TAMAE/I**
*What do you mean by they feel nice?*
**[16:20] SIGN**
Hey, Maru-chan
What do you mean by lint balls
are wonderful?
What do you mean by they
feel nice?
Tell me, Maru-chan
Please, Maru-chan
**[16:21] TAMAE/I**
*Tell me, Maru-chan.*
**[16:23] TAMAE/I**
*Please, Maru-chan.*
**[16:26] TAMAE/I**
*Tamae's poem of the heart.*
**[16:26] SIGN**
Tamae's
poem of the heart
**[16:30] NARRATOR/I**
After school...
**[16:32] MARUKO**
I'm really into removing
lint balls right now.
**[16:35] MARUKO**
My mom told me how to do it yesterday.
**[16:37] TAMAE**
Ah, so that's what you meant.
**[16:40] MARUKO**
When all of them are removed
nicely, it feels really good.
**[16:44] TAMAE**
Oh yeah?
**[16:46] MARUKO**
Okay, I've got to remove more lint balls.
**[16:49] MARUKO**
See you later, Tama-chan!
**[16:51] TAMAE**
Okay!
**[16:52] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[16:54] TAMAE**
You didn't get enough sleep
because of lint balls?!
**[16:57] MARUKO**
Exactly.
**[16:58] MARUKO**
I was so absorbed I lost track of time.
**[17:00] TAMAE**
That's why you looked so sleepy.
**[17:04] TAMAE/I**
*Are lint balls that captivating?*
**[17:07] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, why don't you try it too?
**[17:10] TAMAE**
Huh?
**[17:11] NARRATOR/I**
After school...
**[17:26] TAMAE/I**
*I can't help but be absorbed...*
**[17:32] TAMAE**
This does feel nice...
**[17:39] TAMAE**
Huh?! Look at the time!
**[17:41] MARUKO**
What's wrong, Tama-chan?
**[17:43] TAMAE**
Time just flew by.
**[17:46] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, that is the power of lint balls!
**[17:50] NARRATOR/I**
It's not something one
should be too proud of.
**[17:52] MARUKO**
If only time passed this
quickly during classes.
**[17:57] TAMAE**
You're right.
**[18:00] MARUKO**
I wish there was a class
for removing lint balls.
**[18:03] MARUKO**
Then I know my grade would be five.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[18:08] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[18:10] TAKAMARU**
Hello, Maru-chan. You're home.
**[18:13] MARUKO**
Oh, hello, Takamaru-sa... hm?
**[18:17] TAKAMARU**
What's the matter, Maru-chan?
**[18:20] MARUKO/I**
*There are lint balls on her sweater.*
**[18:24] MARUKO/I**
*Nice looking lint balls...*
**[18:27] TAKAMARU**
Maru-chan...?
**[18:29] MARUKO**
Um... may I remove your lint balls?
**[18:33] TAKAMARU**
Lint balls?
**[18:44] MARUKO**
Here we go!
**[18:45] TAKAMARU**
Wow, it looks so clean!
**[18:49] TAKAMARU**
Maru-chan, please have some, if you like.
**[18:52] MARUKO**
Really? Are you sure?
**[18:54] TAKAMARU**
Of course!
**[18:55] TAKAMARU**
Come on, take a break.
**[18:57] MARUKO**
Yay!
**[19:01] MARUKO**
Oh, if there are any more,
I'd be happy to do it.
**[19:04] TAKAMARU**
You don't mind?
**[19:06] MARUKO**
Leave it to me!
**[19:10] MARUKO**
Oh, this sweater.
**[19:13] MARUKO**
Is it your daughter's? So cute.
**[19:16] TAKAMARU**
You think so?
**[19:17] TAKAMARU**
I made it.
**[19:19] TAKAMARU**
It was her favorite, so there
are a lot of lint balls.
**[19:23] MARUKO**
It's a nice vintage sweater.
**[19:27] TAKAMARU**
Vintage, you say?
**[19:29] TAKAMARU**
It's just old.
**[19:31] TAKAMARU**
Anyhow, you're so good at it, Maru-chan.
**[19:35] MARUKO**
You're too kind.
**[19:38] TAKAMARU**
I think you have a talent for this.
**[19:39] MARUKO**
A talent?
**[19:42] TAKAMARU**
Oh, let me get you more juice.
**[19:45] MARUKO/I**
* At first glance, this might*
* look like a trivial skill,*
**[19:49] MARUKO/I**
* but when I did it for my family,*
* it made them very happy too.*
**[19:54] MARUKO/I**
* Maybe I'll start up a company*
* with this skill in the future?!*
**[20:00] SIGN**
Lint Ball Remover Co. Ltd.
**[20:04] INTERVIEWER**
You're known as the first professional lint
ball removal craftworker in the world.
**[20:08] INTERVIEWER**
What do lint balls mean for you, Sakura-san?
**[20:11] MARUKO**
They're life itself.
**[20:16] SIGN**
I've become
the president
***SIGN*** Lint Ball President says
***SIGN*** "Lint balls are my life itself"
**[20:19] SIGN (vertical; right)**
It makes people happy
**[20:19] SIGN (vertical; center)**
The timing is now
**[20:19] SIGN (vertical; left)**
That type of person is great
**[20:25] TAKAMARU**
Maru-chan?
**[20:27] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[20:32] MARUKO**
What do I do?!
**[20:34] TAKAMARU**
Don't worry, Maru-chan.
**[20:36] TAKAMARU**
I can fix it.
**[20:38] DAUGHTER**
I'm home.
**[20:39] DAUGHTER**
Oh, Maru-chan! Hello.
**[20:41] MARUKO**
Oh, miss!
**[20:45] MARUKO**
I...
**[20:46] DAUGHTER**
Huh?
**[20:47] MARUKO**
I'm so sorry, I ruined your sweater!
**[20:50] DAUGHTER**
Don't worry about it.
**[20:51] DAUGHTER**
I was thinking that it's time to retire it.
**[20:56] MARUKO**
What?
**[20:59] DAUGHTER**
More importantly...
**[21:01] DAUGHTER**
What do you think of this sweater?
**[21:04] DAUGHTER**
I saved up my allowance,
and finally got it.
**[21:09] MARUKO/I**
*No lint balls. So pretty.*
**[21:14] NARRATOR/I**
The dream of becoming a lint ball
removal craftworker faded away.
**[21:17] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko thought to herself, "On second
thought, new clothes are nice."
**[21:23] SIGN**
Winter Ice Skate Rink
**[21:23] SIGN**
Until the end of March
**[21:23] SIGN (horizontal; left)**
Skating Rink
**[21:23] SIGN (vertical; right)**
Ice Skates
**[21:23] NARRATOR/I**
On Sunday...
**[21:35] MARUKO**
Fujiki, what's up with your pants?
**[21:38] FUJIKI**
This is what's called vintage.
**[21:41] FUJIKI**
I bought it at an open-air market.
**[21:43] MARUKO**
Isn't that just a tattered pair of pants...?
**[21:47] FUJIKI**
Huh?
**[21:48] TAMAE**
It feels a bit different from Hanawa-kun's...
**[21:51] FUJIKI**
Huh?
**[21:52] SASAYAMA**
Fujiki-kun, aren't you cold?
**[21:54] FUJIKI**
Huh?!
**[22:00] NARRATOR/I**
Vintage was too early for Fujiki.
**[22:03] NARRATOR/I**
At that moment, all Fujiki wanted
was a warm pair of pants.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Grandpa, let's go for "a great escape"
together with this beautiful suitcase.
**[22:19] MARUKO**
We can pack lots of important items neatly,
**[22:22] MARUKO**
then we won't need the strange
spell to find lost stuff.
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on *Chibi Maruko-chan*:
**[22:28] MARUKO**
"The Suitcase is Filled With Dreams,"
and "Maruko Looks for a Lost Item."
***SIGN*** The Suitcase is Filled With Dreams
***SIGN*** Maruko Looks for a Lost Item
**[22:32] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1422 - The Suitcase is Filled With Dreams \ Maruko Looks for a Lost Item
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GQJUG3X5P/the-suitcase-is-filled-with-dreams--maruko-looks-for-a-lost-item)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] SAKIKO**
Everyone, gather around!
**[00:01] MARUKO**
*Chibi Maruko-chan* is
**[00:03] SAKIKO/MARUKO**
about to start!
**[00:11] ---**
Let's go, everyone!
**[00:14] SIGN**
Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** The Suitcase is Filled with Dreams
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"The Suitcase is Filled with Dreams."
**[01:35] COMEDIAN A/I**
*Wow, look at this!*
**[01:38] COMEDIAN A/I**
* A field covered in snow,*
* as far as you can see!*
**[01:40] COMEDIAN A/I**
*I want to ski right now!*
**[01:42] COMEDIAN B/I**
* We'll fill this suitcase with*
* amazing souvenirs and come back!*
**[01:45] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[01:47] MARUKO**
That's called a suitcase, huh?
**[01:50] MARUKO**
It looks easy to use with wheels.
**[01:52] TOMOZOU**
You can carry anything with ease!
**[01:55] MARUKO**
That looks kind of cool.
**[01:57] MARUKO**
Hey, Mom...
**[01:58] SUMIRE**
There's no need for a travel bag
since we have no plans to travel.
**[02:03] MARUKO**
I haven't said anything.
**[02:05] SUMIRE**
I can tell without you saying anything.
**[02:06] MARUKO**
Come on, let's buy a bag like that and
go on a trip, even if it's close by.
**[02:12] MARUKO**
It's important to spread your
wings every now and then.
**[02:15] SUMIRE**
Sure, at some point.
**[02:16] MARUKO**
At some point, huh?
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[02:20] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[02:21] TAMAE**
The suitcase the comedians
had on TV last night...
**[02:25] TAMAE**
you like it, don't you?
**[02:28] MARUKO**
Yes, I love it!
**[02:30] MARUKO**
I wish the two of us could go
on a trip with a bag like that.
**[02:35] MARUKO**
Oh, maybe Hanawa-kun already has a suitcase?
**[02:40] MARUKO**
He travels often.
**[02:42] TAMAE**
Yeah, he might!
**[02:45] HANAWA**
Oh, sorry.
**[02:47] HANAWA**
I don't have a personal suitcase.
**[02:50] MARUKO**
I'm surprised that you don't have one.
**[02:53] HANAWA**
Oh, in my case, I don't take more
stuff than I can carry myself,
**[02:59] HANAWA**
and Hide the Butler helps me,
so I don't have need my own suitcase.
**[03:02] MARUKO/TAMAE**
I see...
**[03:04] MARUKO**
But isn't it difficult to reduce
the amount of your luggage?
**[03:07] MARUKO**
I end up bringing all kinds of stuff
because I think, "just in case."
**[03:12] TAMAE**
I know how that is!
**[03:14] TAMAE**
Even if I don't think I'll use it,
I get anxious if I don't bring it.
**[03:19] HANAWA**
When you're in need of
an item on your travel,
**[03:23] HANAWA**
buying it locally becomes
a memory of the trip.
**[03:26] MARUKO**
But buying something that's
not a souvenir on our trip...
**[03:32] MARUKO**
We're plebeians, and that's luxury
beyond our means, Master Hanawa.
**[03:37] TAMAE**
By the way, what did you buy on your trip?
**[03:40] HANAWA**
A toothbrush and slippers.
**[03:42] MARUKO**
That screams you weren't ready...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[03:47] NARRATOR/I**
On Sunday...
**[03:49] MARUKO**
Hey Grandpa, do you want to go see suitcases?
**[03:52] TOMOZOU**
What? Suitcases?
**[03:55] MARUKO**
Just taking a look at a bag store.
**[03:58] TOMOZOU**
Um, sure...
***SIGN*** Pension
**[04:01] NARRATOR/I**
Tomozou says yes, knowing
fully that if Maruko begs him,
***SIGN*** Pension
**[04:06] NARRATOR/I**
it'll be more than just looking...
***SIGN*** Yoshizawa Bag Store
**[04:09] MARUKO**
Hm, there are regular bags here...
**[04:13] TOMOZOU**
But we don't see suitcases.
**[04:16] CLERK**
Are you looking for something?
**[04:18] TOMOZOU**
If you have bags with wheels,
we'd love to take a look.
**[04:24] MARUKO**
The kind that are square and has a sturdy
handle, with lots of room for stuff.
**[04:30] CLERK**
Ah, yes.
**[04:33] CLERK**
This one.
**[04:36] MARUKO**
It sure has wheels and a sturdy handle.
**[04:41] TOMOZOU**
With lots of room for stuff...
**[04:44] MARUKO/TOMOZOU/I**
*But this isn't it...*
**[04:46] CLERK**
This actually turns into a chair.
**[04:49] TOMOZOU**
Wow!
**[04:49] MARUKO**
Amazing!
**[04:50] CLERK**
My mother uses it, and it's so convenient.
**[04:54] CLERK**
You'll enjoy shopping even more.
**[04:58] TOMOZOU**
You can carry stuff and it becomes a chair?
**[05:01] TOMOZOU**
Maybe it's better than a suitcase.
**[05:05] MARUKO**
Yes, but it's not really.
**[05:07] MARUKO**
It's the mood, yes.
**[05:09] MARUKO**
That's what matters.
**[05:12] TOMOZOU**
Hm, another possibility is the bag
section at the department store.
**[05:18] MARUKO**
Let's go check it out, Grandpa!
***SIGN*** Pension
**[05:22] TOMOZOU/I**
*They only carry expensive stuff...*
**[05:27] TOMOZOU**
Well, I'm tired today, so
maybe another day.
**[05:31] MARUKO**
Okay, that's a promise.
**[05:33] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[05:36] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[05:38] MARUKO**
Wow! A suitcase!
**[05:41] MARUKO**
Grandpa, Grandpa!
**[05:43] MARUKO**
Did you buy that suitcase?
**[05:45] TOMOZOU**
No, no.
**[05:47] TOMOZOU**
I met Hide-san when I went to the department
store's bag section to take a look.
**[05:52] TOMOZOU**
I told him about the suitcase,
and he rented his.
**[05:58] MARUKO**
That's Hide the Butler for you.
**[05:59] MARUKO**
Now all we need to do is travel.
***SIGN*** Hot Spring Inns You Must
Check Out This Winter
**[06:03] TOMOZOU**
What do you think of this?
**[06:05] TOMOZOU**
A weekend-overnight stay at a
hot spring inn in Yamanashi.
**[06:08] TOMOZOU**
Looks like you can go sledding nearby.
**[06:12] MARUKO**
Hot springs and sledding?!
**[06:14] MARUKO**
We'll soak in the hot spring, go sledding,
**[06:17] MARUKO**
and pack our suitcase with
souvenirs to come home!
**[06:22] MARUKO**
Hey Mom, I'm going on a trip to
Yamanashi this weekend with Grandpa.
**[06:26] MARUKO**
It's a one night stay.
**[06:28] SUMIRE**
What? A trip?!
**[06:30] MARUKO**
We already have a travel suitcase, since
we rented one from Hide the Butler.
**[06:34] SUMIRE**
You may have the suitcase, but you need
money for the train, hotel, and food.
**[06:41] SUMIRE**
You can't let Grandpa
waste his money like that.
**[06:44] MARUKO**
No, I'm going!
**[06:47] MARUKO**
It would be rude to return the
suitcase without using it.
**[06:52] SUMIRE**
We don't want to break a borrowed item,
**[06:55] SUMIRE**
So it's better to return it without using it.
**[06:57] SUMIRE**
Don't you remember you broke
the kickboard you borrowed?
**[07:04] MARUKO**
I won't break it because I'll be careful.
**[07:07] MARUKO**
It can be a day trip.
**[07:09] MARUKO**
Please, Mom!
**[07:10] SUMIRE**
I'm telling you, no!
**[07:13] MARUKO**
When she's like this, she'll never say yes.
**[07:18] MARUKO**
So what do you call it, um...
**[07:20] MARUKO**
Not a great escape, but...
**[07:24] MARUKO**
I saw it on TV once.
**[07:26] MARUKO**
A man and a woman say, "I'll go
to the end of hell with you."
**[07:34] TOMOZOU**
Ah, that's a secret escape.
***SIGN*** Secret Escape
**[07:37] MARUKO**
That's it, a secret escape!
**[07:39] MARUKO**
Let's go do that, Grandpa!
**[07:41] TOMOZOU**
Yes, of course! To the end of hell!
**[07:46] NARRATOR/I**
Are you really sure you want to go there?
**[07:54] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, I'm ready.
**[07:57] SAKIKO**
Are you two going somewhere?
**[08:00] MARUKO**
It's nothing, just a secret escape.
**[08:03] SAKIKO**
A secret escape, huh?
**[08:06] SAKIKO**
Mom is making fried shrimp
for dinner, though.
**[08:10] MARUKO**
Fried shrimp?!
**[08:15] MARUKO**
*So crunchy and crispy!*
**[08:18] MARUKO**
Crispy...
**[08:19] MARUKO**
No, no, I'm going no matter what.
**[08:27] MARUKO**
Anyhow, our secret escape has begun.
**[08:30] TOMOZOU**
Yes.
**[08:31] TOMOZOU**
Let's go towards the train station
and find a place to stay.
**[08:34] TOMOZOU**
What type of place do we want?
**[08:37] TOMOZOU**
Moon viewing after the bath would be nice.
**[08:42] MARUKO**
I wouldn't mind feeling like
a princess on a huge bed.
**[08:46] MARUKO**
Hey Grandpa, there are
a lot of dreams in here.
**[08:50] TOMOZOU**
Dreams, you say?
**[08:51] MARUKO**
Because we're ready to stay
at any fabulous hotel,
**[08:57] MARUKO**
since we have everything
we need for an overnight stay.
**[09:01] TOMOZOU**
A suitcase is filled with dreams.
**[09:04] MARUO**
If it isn't Sakura-san and
Sakura-san's grandfather.
**[09:07] MARUO**
Good evening. You've got quiet luggage there.
**[09:11] MARUKO**
Isn't it nice?
**[09:12] MARUKO**
We're actually on a secret escape.
**[09:16] MARUO**
A secret escape?
**[09:17] MARUO**
Sakura-san,
**[09:19] MARUO**
are you telling me that you mean to
escape from your class duty on Monday?
**[09:23] MARUKO**
Huh?! No, that's not what I meant.
**[09:26] MARUO**
That's good.
**[09:27] MARUO**
Please make sure you come.
**[09:29] NARRATOR/I**
You can't escape from your class duty with
a secret escape to the train station.
**[09:34] MARUKO**
Hey Grandpa, where are we gonna stay?
**[09:38] TOMOZOU**
We need to get closer to the train station.
**[09:41] MARUKO**
It's cold, and I'm hungry.
**[09:45] TOMOZOU**
Dinner is supposed to be fried shrimp...
**[09:48] MARUKO**
A secret escape is tough.
**[09:50] TOMOZOU**
Right, watching it on TV is enough.
**[09:54] MARUKO**
But if we go home now,
Big Sis will laugh at us!
**[09:58] MARUKO**
I can't take it!
**[10:00] TOMOZOU**
If only there was something else...
**[10:03] MARUKO**
Oh, Grandpa!
**[10:05] MARUKO**
The public bath!
***SIGN*** Tomi no yu
**[10:06] MARUKO**
You can change your clothes there, and
it's almost like we went to a hot spring!
**[10:12] TOMOZOU**
Good idea! Let's go!
**[10:19] MARUKO**
Phew, this is paradise.
**[10:22] WOMAN A**
Little girl, are you by yourself?
**[10:25] MARUKO**
Yes, I am in the middle of a secret escape.
**[10:30] WOMAN A**
What?!
**[10:31] MARUKO**
Oh, I'm only kidding.
**[10:34] MARUKO**
Our bath is broken.
**[10:37] WOMAN A**
If you have a problem,
I can help. So tell me!
**[10:42] MARUKO**
Huh? Okay...
**[10:44] MARUKO/I**
*Am I being mistaken for a runaway child?*
**[10:56] TOMOZOU**
I won't lose!
**[11:03] MARUKO**
Man, I was able to clear up that lady's
misunderstanding, but I'm exhausted.
**[11:08] TOMOZOU**
My back hurts now.
**[11:12] MARUKO**
A secret escape sure isn't easy...
**[11:15] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
We're home.
**[11:17] SAKIKO**
I knew it.
**[11:19] SAKIKO**
Knowing you,
**[11:21] SAKIKO**
we were saying you'd come home after you
went to the public bath or something.
**[11:25] MARUKO**
You called it...
**[11:27] TOMOZOU**
So sharp of you.
**[11:29] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[11:29] SUMIRE**
I was worried about you.
**[11:31] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
We're sorry...
**[11:33] SUMIRE**
Come on, finish your dinner.
**[11:39] MARUKO**
So good!
**[11:40] MARUKO**
But I bet it was even better freshly fried.
**[11:43] TOMOZOU**
Indeed.
**[11:47] NARRATOR/I**
A fleeting dream of a
secret escape faded away,
**[11:50] NARRATOR/I**
leaving only the change of clothes
and the wet towels in the suitcase.
***SIGN*** Maruko Looks for a Lost Item
**[12:02] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[12:03] MARUKO**
"Maruko Looks for a Lost Item."
**[12:08] MARUO**
Wh-What is going on?!
**[12:12] MARUKO**
What's wrong?!
**[12:13] MARUO**
It's gone! Gone! Gone!
**[12:16] MARUO**
It's gone!
**[12:18] MARUKO**
What's gone?
**[12:20] MARUO**
A brand new eraser which
belongs to me, Maruo Sueo!
**[12:24] HAMAJI**
Your eraser?
**[12:25] MARUO**
It was supposed to be inside my pencil case.
**[12:28] MARUKO**
Maybe you dropped it somewhere?
**[12:30] MARUO**
I just came into the classroom!
**[12:33] MARUO**
Even if I dropped it, it could
only be inside this classroom!
**[12:37] TAMAE**
But it's gone, right?
**[12:40] MARUO**
It's gone, gone, gone!
**[12:43] MARUO**
I can't concentrate on
my studies like this!
**[12:47] MARUO**
Oh no!
**[12:48] MARUKO**
So dramatic.
**[12:50] MARUKO**
Let's all look for it.
**[12:52] TAMAE**
Okay.
**[12:56] HAMAJI**
I don't see it.
**[12:57] MARUO**
Don't tell me...
**[12:59] MARUO**
someone is pulling a prank on
me and hiding it somewhere?!
**[13:03] MARUKO**
What?
**[13:04] MARUKO**
If that's your attitude, then
I won't help you anymore!
***SIGN*** Maruo Sueo's Eraser
Looking for it!
When found, please inform Maruo!
**[13:11] MARUO/I**
Looking for Maruo Sueo's eraser!
**[13:14] MARUO/I**
When found, please inform Maruo.
**[13:18] HAMAJI**
Hm, this is almost like the seven mysteries
of the world like Bermuda Triangle...
**[13:24] MARUKO**
What are you talking about?
**[13:27] NARRATOR/I**
The next morning...
***SIGN***
Maruo Sueo's Eraser
Looking for it!
When found, please
inform Maruo!
**[13:29] MARUO**
I'm so terribly sorry.
**[13:32] MARUKO**
What's the matter?
**[13:33] MARUO**
The thing is, yesterday...
**[13:35] MARUO**
I went home and there it was on my desk.
**[13:39] TAMAE**
Ah, so you just left it at home.
**[13:41] MARUO**
I was admiring it
**[13:43] MARUO**
because I was happy to get a new one,
and forgot to put it in the case.
**[13:47] MARUO**
It's the biggest mistake of my life!
**[13:50] MARUKO**
We were suspected for nothing.
**[13:52] MARUKO**
Talk about a false alarm.
**[13:54] MARUO**
I'm truly sorry!
***SIGN***
Maruo Sueo's Eraser
Looking for it!
When found, please
inform Maruo!
**[13:57] MARUKO**
You can't find what's not lost.
**[13:59] MARUO**
I'm so ashamed!
**[14:03] MARUKO**
Maruo-kun's lost item caused
quite a stir yesterday and today.
**[14:08] SUMIRE**
But you forget to bring gym clothes
in the morning every now and then.
**[14:13] MARUKO**
When did I ever do that?
**[14:15] SAKIKO**
That's not lost, you just forgot it.
**[14:19] MARUKO**
Hm?
**[14:20] TOMOZOU**
What do you mean?
**[14:22] SAKIKO**
Um, you leave something behind because
you forget, that's a forgotten item.
***SIGN*** Forgotten Items
**[14:28] SAKIKO**
You don't know where you lost it, and you
somehow lose it. That's a lost item, right?
***SIGN*** Lost Items
**[14:34] MARUKO**
So forgotten items and
lost items are different.
**[14:38] TOMOZOU**
Well, my forgetting and losing
is a daily occurrence...
**[14:45] TOMOZOU/I**
*"Things I have lost"*
**[14:46] TOMOZOU/I**
*"I have even forgotten that I've lost them"*
**[14:49] TOMOZOU/I**
*'And these days"*
**[14:50] TOMOZOU/I**
*"I don't even remember that I have forgotten"*
**[14:52] TOMOZOU/I**
*Tomozou's poem of the enlightenment*
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:57] NARRATOR/I**
A few days later...
**[14:59] SAKIKO**
It's gone!
**[15:00] MARUKO**
Why are you yelling out of nowhere?
**[15:03] SAKIKO**
There used to be a broach I made
with Yoshiko-san right here!
**[15:08] MARUKO**
Oh yeah, it's gone.
**[15:11] NARRATOR/I**
On the way home that day...
**[15:13] YOSHIKO**
Oh! I believe there'll be a rerun of
the music show in the evening today.
**[15:18] SAKIKO**
Really?
**[15:19] YOSHIKO**
I think Hideki is going to appear as well.
**[15:22] SAKIKO**
Hideki?!
**[15:23] SAKIKO**
Sorry, I have to go home now!
**[15:26] YOSHIKO**
Huh? Uh, sure.
**[15:28] YOSHIKO**
Bye!
**[15:31] SAKIKO**
And when I saw it just
now, it was gone.
**[15:34] TOMOZOU**
Was it there when you got home?
**[15:37] SAKIKO**
I don't remember.
**[15:38] MARUKO**
Where did you drop it?
**[15:40] SAKIKO**
If I knew that, I would have picked it up!
**[15:43] MARUKO**
There's no need to be that mad...
**[15:45] SAKIKO**
I have to go and look for it!
**[15:46] MARUKO**
But it'll rain soon and it's getting dark.
**[15:50] SAKIKO**
But someone might take it...
Maruko, help me look!
**[15:54] MARUKO**
What? I don't wanna.
**[15:57] SAKIKO**
If you find it, I'll buy you snacks.
**[15:59] MARUKO**
Really?
**[16:01] MARUKO**
I'll take a strawberry candy!
**[16:03] SAKIKO**
Okay, fine.
**[16:05] MARUKO**
Then I'll help.
**[16:07] TOMOZOU**
I will come with you!
**[16:11] TOMOZOU**
Is there a name on it?
**[16:13] SAKIKO**
One usually doesn't put
one's name on a broach.
**[16:19] MARUKO**
It's getting dark.
**[16:21] TOMOZOU**
I suppose it's time for this one.
**[16:32] TOMOZOU**
There's something over there.
**[16:37] MARUKO**
Grandpa, what's up?
**[16:39] TOMOZOU**
Looks like the battery ran out.
**[16:42] MARUKO**
It's useless when it counts.
**[16:45] TOMOZOU**
Please turn on!
**[16:47] MARUKO**
I can't see anything since it's so dark.
**[16:50] MARUKO**
Where was that thing?
**[17:01] MARUKO**
Oh, is this it?
**[17:06] SAKIKO**
It's totally not it!
**[17:08] TOMOZOU**
My bad.
**[17:10] MARUKO**
We still can't find the lost item.
**[17:13] MARUKO**
It's about to rain.
**[17:15] MARUKO**
Maybe we should try again tomorrow?
**[17:17] SAKIKO**
But...
**[17:18] TOMOZOU**
Oh!
**[17:19] SAKIKO**
What?! Did you find it?
**[17:21] TOMOZOU**
The flashlight is gone!
**[17:23] TOMOZOU**
It's stolen!
**[17:25] SAKIKO**
Who'd steal it?
**[17:27] MARUKO**
Grandpa, find it quickly!
**[17:30] TOMOZOU**
Sorry everyone, please help me find it.
**[17:35] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[17:37] TAMAE**
And you didn't find the broach?
**[17:40] MARUKO**
No.
**[17:41] NOGUCHI**
A lost item...
**[17:44] MARUKO**
Noguchi-san, what's up?
**[17:46] NOGUCHI**
I know...
**[17:48] MARUKO**
Know what?
**[17:49] NOGUCHI**
A spell to find a lost item.
**[17:51] MARUKO**
A spell?
**[17:53] NOGUCHI**
The well-known trick is to coil
a thread around the scissors.
**[17:57] MARUKO**
Oh, I've done that before,
but it didn't really work.
**[18:03] NOGUCHI**
There's another one.
**[18:04] TAMAE**
You know of a different one?
**[18:06] MARUKO**
Really? Tell us.
**[18:08] NOGUCHI**
Licnep, resare...
**[18:11] MARUKO**
Huh? What is... Resare?
**[18:14] NOGUCHI**
You look for an item as you say it backwards.
***SIGN*** Pencil
**[18:18] NOGUCHI**
"Pencil" is "licnep."
***SIGN*** Licnep
***SIGN*** Eraser
**[18:21] NOGUCHI**
"Eraser" is "resare."
***SIGN*** Resare
**[18:23] MARUKO**
Never heard that one.
**[18:25] TAMAE**
As expected, you know a
lot of spells and tricks.
**[18:33] MARUKO**
Big sis.
**[18:34] SAKIKO**
What? I'm studying, don't disturb me.
**[18:37] MARUKO**
Do you know a spell that
helps you find a lost item?
**[18:40] SAKIKO**
The one with scissors, right?
**[18:42] MARUKO**
I suppose you would know that one.
**[18:45] SAKIKO**
If that really worked,
I would have done it already.
**[18:47] MARUKO**
Then how about the reverse one?
**[18:50] SAKIKO**
The reverse one?
**[18:51] MARUKO**
Yup. If it's a "pencil," you reverse
it and say "licnep" as you look for it.
**[18:58] SAKIKO**
Huh? That's dumb.
**[19:00] MARUKO**
It might be, but...
**[19:03] MARUKO**
It's a broach, and it'd be "hcaorb."
**[19:07] MARUKO**
Hcaorb, hcaorb, hcaorb...
**[19:10] SAKIKO**
Be quiet!
**[19:11] MARUKO**
If I repeat it, I might find it.
**[19:14] MARUKO**
Hcaorb, hcaorb, hcaorb, hcaorb...
**[19:19] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[19:21] MARUKO**
I came to school while repeating
the reversed word, but...
**[19:24] NOGUCHI**
It didn't work?
**[19:25] YAMADA**
Reversed words?
**[19:27] YAMADA**
That sounds fun!
**[19:29] MARUKO**
Yamada, we're not playing.
**[19:31] TAMAE**
It's a spell to find a lost item.
**[19:34] YAMADA**
Oh yeah? It really does sound fun.
**[19:37] MARUKO**
You say a word from the back.
***SIGN*** Yamada Shouta
**[19:41] YAMADA**
Well then, my name is Yamada Shouta,
so it'll be "Atuohs Adamay"!
***SIGN*** Asuohs Adamay
**[19:49] MARUKO**
Why do you need to find yourself?
**[19:55] MARUKO**
Oh? That's Yamada.
**[19:57] YAMADA**
Llab, llab...
**[19:59] MARUKO**
What are you doing, Yamada?
**[20:01] YAMADA**
I'm looking for a ball I lost.
**[20:04] YAMADA**
You have to reverse it, right?
**[20:06] YAMADA**
Llab, llab.
**[20:07] YAMADA**
Where are you, llab?
**[20:10] MARUKO**
Reversed words don't seem to work.
**[20:14] YAMADA**
But it might be better than not doing it.
**[20:17] YAMADA**
Llab! Oh!
**[20:19] MARUKO**
What's up?
**[20:20] YAMADA**
I found it!
**[20:23] TAMAE**
Wow, amazing!
**[20:24] YAMADA**
Hm? But something isn't quite right.
**[20:27] YAMADA**
My ball wasn't new like this.
**[20:31] MARUKO**
What?
**[20:32] YAMADA**
Someone else must have lost it.
**[20:34] MARUKO**
Yamada, what will you do with it?
**[20:37] YAMADA**
Hmm, they might come look for it later...
**[20:41] YAMADA**
Llab, I hope your owner finds you.
**[20:44] TAMAE**
That's very much like you, Yamada.
**[20:47] YAMADA**
Let's look for Sakura's lost item next.
**[20:50] YAMADA**
What are you looking for?
**[20:52] MARUKO**
My sister's broach.
**[20:54] MARUKO**
A reward for finding it
is a strawberry candy.
**[20:57] YAMADA**
Yes! I want a strawberry candy!
**[21:00] YAMADA**
Broach... so it'd be hcaorb!
**[21:05] SAKIKO**
It's Maruko.
**[21:06] SAKIKO**
I wonder what she's doing?
**[21:07] MARUKO/TAMAE/YAMADA**
Hcaorb, hcaorb, hcaorb...
**[21:11] YOSHIKO**
Hcaorb? Hcaorb...
**[21:14] YOSHIKO**
Oh, broach.
**[21:16] YOSHIKO**
It's the reversing spell.
**[21:18] SAKIKO**
That girl...
**[21:19] YOSHIKO**
I've tried it in the past.
**[21:23] MARUKO**
Oh, Big Sis.
**[21:25] SAKIKO**
Maruko, you can forget it.
**[21:27] SAKIKO**
I'll make a new one with Yoshiko-san.
**[21:30] MARUKO**
Is that so?
**[21:32] MARUKO**
Yamada, we can stop it!
**[21:34] YAMADA**
No, we can't!
**[21:35] YAMADA**
If we don't find it, we can't
eat strawberry candies!
**[21:39] YOSHIKO**
Strawberry candies?
**[21:41] YAMADA**
Sakura is looking for the broach
for the strawberry candy!
**[21:45] SAKIKO**
Maruko, you...
**[21:48] SAKIKO**
Let's go home.
**[21:53] MARUKO**
Hcaorb...
**[21:55] SAKIKO**
Maruko, thank you for looking for it.
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
The lost item didn't turn up.
**[22:04] NARRATOR/I**
But Maruko felt somehow happy
with her gentle big sister.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
You can do it, Kosugi!
**[22:16] MARUKO**
Tonkatsu pagoda is a formidable
foe, but you can do it!
**[22:19] MARUKO**
Big Sis, if you're going to
write about me in your essay,
**[22:22] MARUKO**
you should write about my generosity
supporting friends or how I'm reliable.
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on *Chibi Maruko-chan*:
**[22:28] MARUKO**
"Big Sis Has a Hard Time
Writing About Her Family,"
***SIGN*** Big Sis Has a Hard Time Writing About Her Family Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship
**[22:30] MARUKO**
and "Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1423 - Big Sis Has a Hard Time Writing About Her Family/Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G50UZV809/big-sis-has-a-hard-time-writing-about-her-familytonkatsu-challenge-of-friendship)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] OHNO/SUGIYAMA**
Everyone, gather around!
**[00:02] OHNO/SUGIYAMA**
*Chibi Maruko-chan* is about to start!
**[00:11] ---**
Let's go, everyone!
**[00:14] SIGN**
Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Big Sis Has a Hard Time Writing About Her Family
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Big Sis Has a Hard Time
Writing About Her Family."
**[01:38] MARUKO**
What's the matter, Big Sis?
**[01:40] SAKIKO**
My Japanese class essay.
**[01:43] SAKIKO**
I have to write about my family, but
there isn't much to write about.
***SIGN*** My Family
Class 2, Grade 6, Sakura Sakiko
We are a family of six
We get along well, but I fight with my sister every now and then.
The other day, she neglected to clean our room, and we got into a fight.
My father loves drinking, and he drinks every night.
My mother is good at cooking.
My Grandpa loves game of *go* and narrative singing...
**[01:49] MARUKO**
"We are a family of six.
**[01:51] MARUKO**
We get along well, but I fight
with my sister every now and then.
**[01:56] MARUKO**
The other day, she neglected
to clean our room..."
**[01:59] MARUKO**
Hey, why are you writing trash about me?
**[02:03] SAKIKO**
Not trash, it's the truth.
**[02:05] MARUKO**
If you're gonna write about
me, write something good!
**[02:09] MARUKO**
Like, "My sister is cute.
She looks like Momoe-chan."
**[02:12] SAKIKO**
I can't write a lie, can I?
**[02:15] SAKIKO**
Geez, what else am I supposed to write?
**[02:18] MARUKO**
Then, how about spelling
it out all in hiragana?
**[02:21] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[02:22] MARUKO**
Like, "father" and "little sister."
***SIGN*** FATHER
MOTHER
LITTLE SISTER
GRANDMOTHER
**[02:26] MARUKO**
That should fill up the paper real quick.
**[02:29] SAKIKO**
Are you serious?
**[02:31] MARUKO**
Oh, how about elongating words?
**[02:33] MARUKO**
"Heey," or "Yaay!"
***SIGN*** HEEY YAAY HAPPYY
**[02:36] MARUKO**
That adds one letter already.
**[02:39] MARUKO**
Or adding lots of commas?
**[02:41] MARUKO**
Like, "I, the other day,
went to eat," or something.
**[02:50] SAKIKO**
Could you please not get in my way?!
**[02:53] MARUKO**
S-Sure...
***SIGN*** Curry
**[02:59] MARUKO**
Mom, Big Sis is having trouble
with her essay about her family
**[03:03] MARUKO**
since there's nothing to write about.
**[03:05] SUMIRE**
Is that so?
**[03:07] MARUKO**
Don't "Is that so" me.
**[03:09] MARUKO**
Why don't you make beef
steak for tonight's dinner?
**[03:12] MARUKO**
That way, Big Sis will be able
to finish her essay in no time.
**[03:16] SUMIRE**
Why?
**[03:17] MARUKO**
Because beef steak is a huge deal.
**[03:20] MARUKO**
You don't want her to write,
"our dinner is plain," do you?
**[03:25] SUMIRE**
You just want to eat beef steak.
**[03:28] MARUKO**
No, that's not it!
**[03:30] MARUKO**
I'm saying it for the sake of the Sakuras.
**[03:33] SUMIRE**
If you're saying it for the family,
the why don't you help with chores?
**[03:37] MARUKO**
Oops, I've got some errands to run.
**[03:43] MARUKO**
Grandpa!
**[03:45] MARUKO**
Big Sis is having trouble with
her essay about her family
**[03:48] MARUKO**
because there's nothing to write.
**[03:49] TOMOZOU**
What?
**[03:50] TOMOZOU**
That's a problem.
**[03:52] MARUKO**
Why don't you give her allowance?
**[03:55] MARUKO**
That way, she might be able
to write a lot about you.
**[03:59] TOMOZOU**
I see.
**[04:00] MARUKO**
How about 100 yen?
**[04:02] TOMOZOU**
Okay.
**[04:04] TOMOZOU**
But I can't give allowance only to Big Sis.
**[04:08] TOMOZOU**
I should give some to you too.
**[04:11] MARUKO**
Oh no, you can just give me 50 yen.
**[04:14] MARUKO**
This is for Big Sis.
**[04:17] TOMOZOU**
My word!
**[04:19] TOMOZOU**
You're so kind.
**[04:21] MARUKO**
I wouldn't say that...
**[04:26] SAKIKO**
Maruko!
**[04:28] MARUKO**
B-Big Sis?!
**[04:30] SAKIKO**
What are you pulling,
using my essay as excuse?!
**[04:34] SAKIKO**
I'm writing all of that,
from beginning to end!
**[04:37] MARUKO**
Oh no, Big Sis!
**[04:38] MARUKO**
Miss Big Sis!
**[04:40] MARUKO**
Please have mercy, don't do that!
**[04:43] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko, try and be a bit
cleverer about begging.
**[04:48] NARRATOR/I**
The Next Day...
**[04:51] SAKIKO**
Yoshiko-san, what's wrong?
**[04:53] SAKIKO**
Didn't sleep well?
**[04:54] YOSHIKO**
Well, yesterday, I was
hanging out with my dad.
**[04:58] SAKIKO**
What?
**[04:59] YOSHIKO**
I was going to write about my dad,
**[05:03] YOSHIKO**
so I followed him all day and
interviewed him about his work.
**[05:08] SAKIKO**
Wow, all day...
**[05:12] SAKIKO/I**
*Yoshiko-san is amazing.*
**[05:14] SAKIKO/I**
*She's doing research for the essay.*
**[05:25] MARUKO**
What's the matter, Big Sis?
**[05:27] SAKIKO**
I'm observing, trying to see if there's
anything else I can write about you.
**[05:33] MARUKO**
I guess I have no choice.
**[05:34] MARUKO**
I will show you my brand-new dance I made.
**[05:38] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[05:39] MARUKO**
Ha ha ha ha hamburg!
**[05:42] MARUKO**
Ha ha ha ha!
**[05:44] MARUKO**
Gu ha ha ha hamburg!
**[05:45] SAKIKO**
What is that?
**[05:47] MARUKO**
The song of joy when the school
lunch is hamburg steak.
**[05:50] MARUKO**
I made it with Hamaji today.
**[05:52] SAKIKO**
Oh yeah?
**[06:05] SAKIKO/I**
*N-Nibbling on food...*
**[06:08] SAKIKO**
Grandpa?
**[06:14] SAKIKO**
Grandpa?
**[06:22] SAKIKO**
Grandpa...
**[06:26] SAKIKO**
Th-There are two sloths now...
**[06:40] MARUKO**
Hamburg steak!
**[06:42] MARUKO**
Ha ha ha ha hamburg!
**[06:44] MARUKO**
Gu ha ha ha hamburg!
**[06:46] MARUKO/HIROSHI**
Ha ha ha ha hamburg!
**[06:49] MARUKO/HIROSHI**
Gu ha ha ha hamburg!
**[06:52] SAKIKO**
Th-The apple doesn't fall far
from the tree, I guess...
**[06:59] SAKIKO**
After all that, I was only able
to add stuff about Grandma.
**[07:03] SAKIKO**
"When Grandma eats, she always
makes a comment and says,
**[07:06] SAKIKO**
'It tastes good.' I would
like to follow her example."
**[07:12] SAKIKO**
Oh man, what else am I going to say?
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[07:17] SAKIKO**
I'm home.
***SIGN*** To Big Sis, I'm running errands for the neighborhood association. I'll be home around 5:30 PM."
**[07:20] SAKIKO**
"I'm running errands for the
neighborhood association"
**[07:23] SAKIKO**
"I'll be home around 5:30 PM"
**[07:31] SAKIKO**
Grandma and Grandpa are at
the seniors' association...
**[07:37] SAKIKO**
It's nice and quiet.
**[07:39] SAKIKO**
Maruko's gone to her friend's house.
**[07:42] SAKIKO**
So relaxing!
**[07:47] SAKIKO**
Oh, Hideki?!
**[07:50] SAKIKO**
Lola, Lola, Lola!
**[07:57] SAKIKO**
Who would have guessed
these two would go out?
**[08:02] SAKIKO**
Exactly, I was shocked!
**[08:03] SAKIKO**
It was a happy ending.
**[08:05] SAKIKO**
Huh? Time?
**[08:07] SAKIKO**
It's fine, my family isn't back yet.
**[08:11] SAKIKO**
Maybe that was too long of a call!
**[08:27] SAKIKO**
I wonder when everyone's coming home.
**[08:52] SAKIKO**
All right!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[08:55] MARUKO/I**
* Oh man, why didn't I bring*
* my flute to the music class?*
**[09:01] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, where's your flute?
**[09:04] MARUKO/I**
*Talk about being scatterbrain... that's me.*
**[09:07] SAKIKO**
"My Family, Sakura Sakiko."
**[09:14] SAKIKO**
In my house, there are a lot of sounds.
**[09:18] SAKIKO**
My father makes a "pushooo,
tuc tuc, shwaaa" sound.
**[09:23] MARUKO/I**
*Pushooo, tuc tuc, shwaaa?*
**[09:26] MARUKO/I**
*Pushoo?*
**[09:29] SAKIKO**
My mother makes a "ton ton ton" sound.
**[09:32] MARUKO/I**
*Ton ton ton?*
**[09:35] MARUKO/I**
*One ton?*
**[09:36] SAKIKO**
These are the sounds of beer
being poured into a glass,
**[09:40] SAKIKO**
and cutting vegetables with a knife.
**[09:43] MARUKO/I**
*Oh.*
**[09:50] SAKIKO**
And my little sister makes a "flip
flip, rustle rustle, zzz zzz " sound.
**[09:55] MARUKO/I**
*Flip flip, rustle rustle, zzz zzz?*
**[09:59] MARUKO/I**
* Is "rustle rustle" rummaging*
* through something?*
***SIGN*** Zzz Zzz
**[10:01] MARUKO/I**
*"Zzz zzz."*
***SIGN*** 9 x 9
***SIGN*** 81
**[10:04] MARUKO/I**
*Nine times nine is eighty-one?*
**[10:07] SAKIKO**
"Flip flip" is the sound
of turning pages of manga.
***SIGN*** Potato chips
**[10:11] SAKIKO**
"Rustle rustle" is the sound of
her eating snacks, lying down.
**[10:16] SAKIKO**
"Zzz zzz" is the sound of her taking a nap.
**[10:23] MARUKO/I**
*So it wasn't about the multiplication.*
**[10:26] SAKIKO**
She is usually cheeky with me, but when
I was staying home alone the other day,
**[10:32] SAKIKO**
I didn't hear her noise and
it made me feel a bit lonely.
**[10:37] SAKIKO**
It reminded me that I live
surrounded by precious sounds.
**[10:43] MARUKO/I**
*Big Sis...*
**[10:45] SAKIKO**
Grandpa's sound is slurping his tea.
**[10:52] SAKIKO**
Grandma's sound is the banging on the TV.
**[10:56] SAKIKO**
When our TV stops working,
that's how she fixes it.
**[11:04] SAKIKO**
These are the sounds of my family.
**[11:07] SAKIKO**
The Sakuras.
**[11:13] MARUKO**
Big Sis...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[11:24] SAKIKO**
What is it?
**[11:26] MARUKO**
Oh, I'm just wondering what yours would be.
**[11:29] SAKIKO**
Huh? My "what" would be?
***SIGN*** Hideki taking a walk
**[11:36] SAKIKO**
Look at this Hideki!
**[11:39] SAKIKO**
It's the best!
**[11:40] SAKIKO**
Best I've ever seen!
**[11:45] MARUKO**
So that's yours.
**[11:49] NARRATOR/I**
Banging on the table,
overexcited about Hideki.
**[11:53] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko thought that was her sister's sound.
***SIGN*** Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship
**[12:02] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[12:03] MARUKO**
"Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship."
**[12:09] TOMOZOU**
Thanks to you coming along with
me, I managed to find nice stuff.
**[12:13] MARUKO**
Glad to hear it.
**[12:15] TOMOZOU**
Let me treat you to something as a thank-you.
**[12:19] TOMOZOU**
What would you like to eat?
**[12:20] MARUKO**
Hmm...
**[12:22] MARUKO**
A hamburger steak, then.
**[12:23] TOMOZOU**
That is your favorite.
***SIGN*** Japanese Sweets Kitchen Ishimatsu
Cleaning
**[12:28] TOMOZOU**
Oh, here's a western-style restaurant.
***SIGN*** Western-style Menu
***SIGN*** Hamburg steak
***SIGN*** Hamburg steak with cheese
***SIGN*** Omelet rice
**[12:32] MARUKO**
Here it is, they have the
hamburger steak combo.
***SIGN*** Combo menu
***SIGN*** Tonkatsu combo
***SIGN*** Loin
***SIGN*** Fillet
***SIGN*** Minced meat cutlet combo
**[12:35] MARUKO**
Oh, tonkatsu sounds good too.
**[12:37] MARUKO**
It feels like a feast.
***SIGN*** Combo menu
***SIGN*** Tonkatsu combo
***SIGN*** Loin
***SIGN*** Fillet
**[12:41] MARUKO**
What is the difference
between fillet and loin?
**[12:44] TOMOZOU**
They're different parts of the meat.
**[12:47] MARUKO**
So where is fillet?
**[12:49] TOMOZOU**
Fillet is... um...
**[12:52] TOMOZOU/I**
*Pork fillet?*
**[12:54] TOMOZOU/I**
*As in filet-o-fish?*
**[12:57] TOMOZOU/I**
*Pigs can swim too?*
**[13:02] STAFF**
Fillet is the pork meat at the center
of pig's body, and loin is at the back.
***SIGN*** Cuts of Meat
***SIGN*** Shoulder loin
***SIGN*** Loin
***SIGN*** Fillet
***SIGN*** Ham
***SIGN*** Belly
***SIGN*** Picnic
**[13:09] MARUKO**
I see.
**[13:10] STAFF**
There's not much fillet per
pig, so it's precious meat.
**[13:14] MARUKO**
That makes me want to try fillet,
but it's a bit expensive.
***SIGN*** Loin
***SIGN*** Fillet
***SIGN*** Tonkatsu combo
***SIGN*** Combo menu
**[13:19] TOMOZOU**
D-Don't worry about the money.
**[13:21] TOMOZOU**
You should order that, Maruko.
**[13:24] TOMOZOU**
I'll... take the loin.
***SIGN*** Double Combo
***SIGN*** Tonkatsu & Hamburg
Steak combo
***SIGN*** Fried Prawn &
Hamburg Steak combo
**[13:29] MARUKO**
There's tonkatsu and hamburger steak combo.
**[13:32] TOMOZOU**
What?
**[13:34] MARUKO**
But it costs 1,400 yen...
**[13:37] TOMOZOU/I**
*1,400 yen?!*
**[13:39] TOMOZOU/I**
*That's pricey...*
**[13:42] TOMOZOU/I**
*Over my budget!*
**[13:44] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, go ahead and order that.
**[13:47] TOMOZOU**
I'll take...
**[13:49] TOMOZOU**
Fried horse mackerel combo.
**[13:52] MARUKO**
Yay!
**[13:54] STAFF**
One hamburger steak and tonkatsu combo,
and one fried horse mackerel combo?
**[13:59] TOMOZOU**
Yes, please...
**[14:05] MARUKO**
Mmm, so good!
**[14:09] TOMOZOU**
I'm happy for you.
**[14:12] MARUKO**
What's that?
**[14:13] TOMOZOU**
One, two, three...
**[14:15] TOMOZOU**
Five pieces!
**[14:16] TOMOZOU**
There are five pieces of tonkatsu on it!
**[14:19] STAFF**
Here's your tonkatsu pagoda!
**[14:23] MARUKO**
Tonkatsu pagoda?!
**[14:25] STORE OWNER**
If you finish eating within
20 minutes, you win.
**[14:30] CUSTOMER A**
Understood.
**[14:32] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[14:33] MARUKO**
What does that mean?
**[14:34] STORE OWNER**
Oh, he's doing this.
***SIGN*** Tonkatsu Pagoda Challenge!
***SIGN*** Prizes
**[14:37] STORE OWNER**
Finish all five tonkatsu,
and 2,000-yen dish is free!
**[14:41] STORE OWNER**
You'll also win five vouchers for the
fried food combo and a golden piggy bank.
**[14:46] MARUKO**
Golden piggy?
**[14:48] STAFF**
This one.
**[14:50] STORE OWNER**
This will help you save money.
**[14:54] MARUKO**
I want one!
**[14:56] STORE OWNER**
Ready? Start!
**[15:03] STORE OWNER**
Okay, one down!
**[15:11] MARUKO**
He's eating single-mindedly.
**[15:13] TOMOZOU**
Yes, he is indeed.
**[15:15] MARUKO**
I wonder what he's thinking?
**[15:19] MARUKO**
"I'm going to finish this!" maybe?
**[15:22] TOMOZOU**
Yes, he's trying to confront
"the tower of tonkatsu."
**[15:33] STORE OWNER**
Time's up!
**[15:34] STORE OWNER**
Too bad!
**[15:38] MARUKO**
Ah, he didn't make it!
**[15:40] TOMOZOU**
He finished four pieces though.
**[15:43] MARUKO**
Maybe five pieces are impossible...
**[15:47] MARUKO**
I know it's not impossible for Kosugi!
**[15:50] KOSUGI**
Tonkatsu pagoda?
**[15:53] KOSUGI**
I'm definitely going to give it a try!
**[15:55] MARUKO**
That's the spirit!
**[15:57] MARUKO**
And here's the thing...
**[16:00] KOSUGI**
What?
**[16:01] MARUKO**
If you're successful, could
I please have the golden piggy bank?
**[16:05] KOSUGI**
You got me good intel,
so sure, you can have it.
**[16:09] MARUKO**
Yay!
**[16:11] BOOTAROU**
I love pork, but five pieces
is too much for me, boo.
**[16:17] MARUKO**
I know, right?
**[16:18] KOSUGI**
Eating five pieces of tonkatsu
for free is like a dream.
**[16:22] MARUKO**
But if you can't finish them in 20
minutes, you have to pay 2,000 yen.
**[16:28] KOSUGI**
What? I don't have 2,000 yen though.
**[16:31] MARUKO**
But it won't be a problem
if you finish it all.
**[16:36] KOSUGI**
I don't know if I can finish it...
**[16:38] BUTAROU**
Don't give up, boo!
**[16:40] KOSUGI/MARUKO**
What?
**[16:42] BUTAROU**
I know you can do it, boo.
**[16:44] KOSUGI**
Y-You think so?
**[16:46] BUTAROU**
Yes.
**[16:47] BUTAROU**
You told me the same
thing the other day, boo.
**[16:51] STUDENTS**
This way!
**[16:53] STUDENTS**
To me!
**[16:54] STUDENTS**
Watch out!
**[16:55] BUTAROU**
I can't do this anymore, boo!
**[16:58] KOSUGI**
Butarou, don't you give up!
**[17:00] KOSUGI**
We're gonna make a huge comeback!
**[17:02] BUTAROU**
What?!
**[17:03] KOSUGI**
I know we can do this!
**[17:15] BUTAROU**
And we really did win!
**[17:18] KOSUGI**
I guess that happened.
**[17:20] MARUKO**
You get passionate sometimes, Kosugi.
**[17:24] BUTAROU**
Kosugi, I'll root for you.
**[17:26] BUTAROU**
You've got to complete the mission, boo!
**[17:30] KOSUGI**
Okay.
**[17:31] KOSUGI**
All right, I'll eat it up!
**[17:33] MARUKO**
I'll cheer for you too!
**[17:36] BUTAROU**
Now, it's time for training, boo!
**[17:38] KOSUGI/MARUKO**
Training?
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[17:42] BUTAROU**
I brought leftover ham, boo.
**[17:45] KOSUGI**
I've got leftover croquette from lunch.
***SIGN*** Big Cutlet
**[17:48] MARUKO**
I have fried cutlet snack with sauce.
**[17:51] BUTAROU**
Now we'll make a tower out of these, boo.
**[17:54] KOSUGI**
And finishing it is the training?
**[17:57] BUTAROU**
That's the idea, boo.
**[18:03] MARUKO**
Total of ten layers.
**[18:04] MARUKO**
Double of the pagoda.
**[18:06] BUTAROU**
If you can finish this, then
tonkatsu pagoda is easy, boo!
**[18:10] KOSUGI**
Yeah.
**[18:11] MARUKO**
Then I'll time 20 minutes.
**[18:14] MARUKO**
Ready? Start!
**[18:21] BUTAROU**
He finished eating, boo.
**[18:23] MARUKO**
Th-Three minutes...
**[18:26] KOSUGI**
This is a piece of cake.
**[18:29] MARUKO**
It's not challenging enough to be a training.
**[18:31] BUTAROU**
I underestimated Kosugi's appetite, boo.
**[18:35] KOSUGI**
But I was thinking about the
2,000 yen in case I fail.
**[18:38] KOSUGI**
I only have 500 yen.
**[18:41] BUTAROU**
I have a saving of 500 yen, boo.
**[18:44] MARUKO**
All I have is 30 yen
allowance due tomorrow...
**[18:48] TOMOZOU**
Then I will pitch in 1,000
yen from me and Maruko.
**[18:54] KOSUGI**
Are you sure?
**[18:55] TOMOZOU**
I'm sure you'll be successful, Kosugi-kun!
**[18:59] MARUKO**
That's true.
**[19:00] MARUKO**
Do your best, Kosugi.
**[19:02] KOSUGI**
Yeah!
**[19:03] KOSUGI**
Leave it to me!
**[19:05] SUMIRE**
Is Kosugi-kun taking on
another food challenge?
**[19:09] MARUKO**
Yes, it's tonkatsu pagoda this time.
**[19:12] HIROSHI**
What the heck is that?
**[19:13] MARUKO**
It's five layers of tonkatsu.
**[19:16] HIROSHI**
Eating that much would give me heartburn.
**[19:19] MARUKO**
Please, don't you underestimate
Kosugi's stomach.
**[19:24] MARUKO**
He finishes a whole watermelon
for snack in summer.
**[19:28] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[19:29] HIROSHI**
That's impressive.
**[19:30] MARUKO**
Exactly, his appetite is impressive.
***SIGN*** Kitchen Ishimatsu
**[19:35] NARRATOR/I**
On the day Kosugi challenges
the tonkatsu pagoda...
**[19:41] STORE OWNER**
Start!
**[19:49] STORE OWNER/I**
Wow, look at him go.
**[19:56] MARUKO/I**
*This is going to work.*
**[19:58] MARUKO/I**
*The golden piggy bank will be mine!*
**[20:01] BUTAROU/I**
Don't underestimate Kosugi's appetite, boo.
**[20:05] KOSUGI/I**
*So good!*
**[20:06] KOSUGI/I**
*I can eat this endlessly.*
**[20:12] MARUKO**
Kosugi, are you okay?!
**[20:14] KOSUGI**
I-It's in my throat!
**[20:16] MARUKO**
D-Do you want some water?
**[20:17] BUTAROU**
He can't, boo!
**[20:18] BUTAROU**
It'll make him full, boo!
**[20:28] KOSUGI**
I'm okay now.
**[20:35] KOSUGI**
Last one to go.
**[20:37] KOSUGI/I**
*I'm getting full...*
**[20:40] MARUKO/I**
*The last one is the obstacle.*
**[20:42] MARUKO/I**
*Man, my golden piggy bank!*
**[20:51] BUTAROU**
Don't give up, boo!
**[20:53] BUTAROU**
You can do it, Kosugi, boo!
**[20:55] KOSUGI**
Y-Yeah!
**[21:06] MARUKO**
He finished it!
**[21:08] STORE OWNER**
No, not yet!
**[21:10] BUTAROU**
There's still cabbage, boo!
**[21:13] MARUKO**
We have one more minute to go!
**[21:15] BUTAROU**
Squeeze it into a ball
and shove it down, boo!
**[21:17] KOSUGI**
L-Like this?!
**[21:22] STORE OWNER**
Excellent!
**[21:23] STORE OWNER**
Tonkatsu pagoda challenge is a success!
**[21:26] BUTAROU**
You did it, boo!
**[21:28] MARUKO**
You're amazing, Kosugi!
**[21:29] TOMOZOU**
Incredible!
**[21:31] NARRATOR/I**
Kosugi and Butarou accomplished their
goal through their beautiful friendship.
**[21:39] MARUKO**
This is going to make me rich.
**[21:44] MARUKO**
But there's nothing in there yet...
**[21:47] TOMOZOU**
Well, then if I may...
**[21:50] MARUKO/I**
*Hehehe...*
**[21:51] MARUKO**
Please!
**[22:00] NARRATOR/I**
Due to her wicked thought,
**[22:03] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko failed to share the luck of
Kasugi and Butarou's friendship.
**[22:06] NARRATOR/I**
And Maruko felt disheartened.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
A black shadow approaches Hanawa-kun.
**[22:17] MARUKO**
A rich boy going home alone is just
what a kidnapper's looking for.
**[22:21] MARUKO**
Grandpa, let's ring that bell
you totally didn't mean to buy,
**[22:24] MARUKO**
and surprise the bad guy!
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time, on *Chibi Maruko-chan*:
**[22:28] MARUKO**
"Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs,"
and "Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone."
***SIGN*** Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs
***SIGN*** Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone
**[22:32] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1424 - Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs/Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GWDU8J42X/tomozou-gets-distressed-by-souvenirshanawa-kun-commutes-alone)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] HANAWA**
Hey, babies.
**[00:02] HANAWA**
*Chibi Maruko-chan* is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
**[00:14] SIGN**
Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs."
**[01:38] MARUKO**
Grandpa, is something troubling you?
**[01:40] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[01:40] TOMOZOU**
Yes, I'm meeting a friend for
the first time in a long time,
**[01:44] TOMOZOU**
and I want to bring a gift.
**[01:47] MARUKO**
Okay, that sounds good.
**[01:49] TOMOZOU**
But they don't like sweets.
**[01:52] TOMOZOU**
And their teeth are getting weak,
so I'm not sure what to bring.
**[01:57] SAKIKO**
Tea would be the best choice
in a situation like that.
**[01:59] TOMOZOU**
One of their relatives runs a tea store,
so it'll have to be really good tea.
**[02:05] MARUKO**
That happens a lot, living in Shizuoka.
***SIGN*** Shopping Street
**[02:12] STAFF 1**
Nara's local product fair!
***SIGN*** Cleaning
***SIGN*** Irie Shopping Street
***SIGN*** Nara's Local Product Fair
***SIGN*** Nara's Local Product Fair
**[02:13] STAFF 2**
Come over and take a look!
**[02:15] TOMOZOU**
Nara's local product fair, huh?
**[02:17] MARUKO**
Let's go take a look.
**[02:25] MARUKO**
The flavor seeps into my body. Yum!
**[02:28] TOMOZOU**
Yes, it's nice.
**[02:30] STAFF 3**
Warm somen noodle has a gentle flavor,
so anyone can enjoy it regardless of age.
**[02:37] MARUKO**
It's soft, not sweet, and tasty.
**[02:40] MARUKO**
Isn't this a perfect choice for the gift?
**[02:43] TOMOZOU**
You're right.
**[02:44] TOMOZOU**
I'll take one, please.
**[02:47] MARUKO**
We found a perfect item!
**[02:49] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[02:49] SAKIKO**
What did you get?
**[02:50] TOMOZOU**
I bought somen noodle.
**[02:52] TOMOZOU**
We sampled warm noodles,
and it was very good!
***SIGN*** Somen
***SIGN*** Nara
Souvenir
**[02:56] SAKIKO**
It clearly says Nara souvenir.
**[03:00] SAKIKO**
You didn't even go to Nara, so wouldn't
it be weird to give that to someone?
**[03:05] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
That's true.
**[03:06] MARUKO**
Well, I'm sure it's all right.
**[03:08] MARUKO**
Because, you know, it tastes good. Right?
**[03:12] TOMOZOU**
Exactly, it's tasty!
**[03:14] SAKIKO**
Wouldn't they think that you're
re-gifting someone's gift?
**[03:19] TOMOZOU**
Then I just need to go to Nara!
**[03:22] TOMOZOU**
To turn this into an actual Nara souvenir!
**[03:24] MARUKO**
Finding a new gift would
be faster and cheaper.
**[03:27] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[03:29] MARUKO**
I thought it was a good choice.
**[03:31] MARUKO**
It's too bad.
**[03:32] TOMOZOU**
But it's true that it is tasty,
so we can eat it together.
**[03:39] TOMOZOU**
Please cook for us.
**[03:41] SUMIRE**
Sure.
**[03:44] SUMIRE**
Wow, these are very nice.
**[03:46] [SONG] SIGN**
Somen
**[03:46] SUMIRE**
It looks delicious.
**[03:48] HIROSHI**
I'm home!
**[03:50] HIROSHI**
Why don't you tell them honestly that you
had it at Nara's local product fair and liked it,
**[03:54] HIROSHI**
so you bought it?
**[03:56] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[03:57] HIROSHI**
Your friend has bad teeth, right?
**[03:59] HIROSHI**
You are trying to be considerate,
so it shouldn't be a problem.
**[04:02] MARUKO**
Since you put it that
way, maybe you're right.
**[04:04] TOMOZOU**
All right, let's follow Hiroshi's
advice and tell them the truth.
**[04:07] MARUKO**
But Mom opened the package already.
**[04:11] TOMOZOU**
Maybe there's some left at the fair.
**[04:13] TOMOZOU**
I'll go check!
***SIGN*** Irie Shopping Street
**[04:15] STAFF 3**
Somen noodles are sold out.
**[04:17] STAFF 3**
The only item we have left is this.
***SIGN*** Nara
**[04:20] TOMOZOU**
And this is...
**[04:23] STAFF 3**
You ring this bell, and you can
remember Nara anytime, anywhere!
**[04:26] STAFF 3**
Let's ring in Nara!
**[04:30] STAFF 3**
Your heart will always be with Nara.
**[04:32] TOMOZOU**
That's nice.
**[04:34] TOMOZOU**
I'll take one, please...
**[04:37] TOMOZOU/I**
*Tomozou, you idiot!*
**[04:39] TOMOZOU/I**
* What do I do with this bell*
* which will never be a good gift?*
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[04:45] HIROSHI**
How silly!
**[04:47] HIROSHI**
This is so dumb.
**[04:49] TOMOZOU**
It cost me 800 yen.
**[04:51] HIROSHI**
Huh?! This simple bell?!
**[04:54] TOMOZOU**
It's fine, Hiroshi.
**[04:56] TOMOZOU**
When that bell rings, you're always in Nara.
**[04:59] HIROSHI**
You should have said no, you dummy.
**[05:03] TOMOZOU**
Hiroshi, you don't mince your words.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[05:07] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[05:08] MARUKO**
Finding a gift is hard.
**[05:12] MARUKO**
What's the right kind of food, I wonder?
**[05:15] TAMAE**
Right, what would it be?
**[05:18] KOSUGI**
How about bottled or canned
foods at the department store?
**[05:23] KOSUGI**
Salmon flakes, scallops, jam and such.
**[05:26] KOSUGI**
They're on a different level, super yummy.
**[05:30] MARUKO**
Oh yeah, that might be a good idea.
**[05:33] TAMAE**
Yes, they're easy to carry too.
**[05:37] KOSUGI**
Talking about it made me want to eat it.
**[05:40] MARUKO**
Now I want to try it too.
**[05:43] NARRATOR/I**
On that weekend...
**[05:45] MARUKO**
What Kosugi said reminded me of the time
when I gave a canned crabs to Momoe-chan.
**[05:52] MARUKO**
Canned foods make great gifts.
**[05:55] TOMOZOU**
Oh yes, I remember that.
**[05:59] TOMOZOU**
You were the one who took the canned crab,
but somehow I was blamed for it, wasn't I?
**[06:07] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Yeah, you ate it, like a week ago.
**[06:10] (Flashback) TOMOZOU**
I don't remember it, but I might have.
**[06:13] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
Maruko, I know you took the canned crabs!
**[06:16] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Gasp!
***SIGN*** School Supply Fair
Food Gift Special Event
**[06:21] MARUKO**
As expected of a department store,
everything looks delicious.
**[06:25] MARUKO**
They're almost sparkling.
**[06:27] TOMOZOU**
I see seaweed in soy sauce.
**[06:28] TOMOZOU**
Gosh, that sounds good!
**[06:31] MARUKO**
Come on, let's look around a little more.
***SIGN*** Black Fish Cakes
***SIGN*** Shizuoka
***SIGN*** Shimmered in Soy Sauce
Clams Kelp
***SIGN*** Premium Jelly with Fruits
**[06:43] [SONG] SIGN**
Hotel's Soup
**[06:46] TOMOZOU**
This is tasty.
**[06:48] MARUKO**
This isn't sweet, you can eat it
with bad teeth, so it's perfect.
**[06:53] MARUKO**
Although it's a bit heavy.
**[06:55] TOMOZOU**
I'll take a bus, so it's fine if it's heavy.
**[06:58] MARUKO**
Then get this canned soup.
**[07:01] TOMOZOU**
I will.
**[07:03] TOMOZOU**
Excuse me, may I please have this?
***SIGN*** Hotel'
***SIGN*** Soup
**[07:05] STAFF 4**
Thank you very much!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[07:08] HAMAJI**
Sakura, you like moss, don't you?
**[07:11] MARUKO**
Yes, I do. Why?
**[07:14] HAMAJI**
I was cleaning the yard at home yesterday
and found a huge chunk of moss.
**[07:19] HAMAJI**
So I kept it. Do you want it?
**[07:21] MARUKO**
Yes, I want it!
**[07:23] MARUKO**
I'm so happy that you remember about moss.
**[07:28] HAMAJI**
Seeing you collect moss at a
graveyard is hard to forget.
**[07:33] HAMAJI**
Then come over after school to pick it up.
**[07:36] MARUKO**
Okay, I will.
**[07:39] HAMAJI**
The moss was about to crumble,
so I put it in a box.
**[07:43] MARUKO**
What a nice moss!
**[07:45] MARUKO**
I'm so happy, thank you!
**[07:51] MARUKO**
It's rather heavy.
**[07:52] HAMAJI**
Is it?
**[07:54] HAMAJI**
How's that?
**[07:56] MARUKO**
You even gave me a bag, thanks.
**[07:59] HAMAJI**
There are tons of bags here, so I picked
the prettiest and most sturdy one.
**[08:05] MARUKO**
Why do mothers save the bags
from department stores?
**[08:10] HAMAJI**
Yeah, the number of bags
just keeps growing.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[08:14] MARUKO**
I'm home!
**[08:16] MARUKO**
Mom, where is the fish tank?
**[08:20] SUMIRE**
Fish tank?
**[08:23] MARUKO**
I found it.
**[08:25] MARUKO**
Hm?
**[08:27] MARUKO**
Hey, Mom.
**[08:29] SUMIRE**
Hm?
**[08:29] MARUKO**
Do you know what happened to the
bag I put at the entrance hall?
**[08:32] SUMIRE**
Bag? I don't know.
**[08:35] SUMIRE**
Oh no, look at that!
**[08:37] SUMIRE**
Grandpa forgot to take the gift with him.
**[08:40] MARUKO**
What?
**[08:41] SUMIRE**
He just left to go see his friend.
**[08:45] MARUKO/I**
*Don't tell me...*
**[08:47] (Flashback) TOMOZOU**
So thoughtful of Mom to
place this bag here for me.
**[08:53] SUMIRE**
What do we do?
**[08:54] SUMIRE**
He said he'd take a bus, so I'm sure
he's still in the neighborhood.
**[08:58] SUMIRE**
Could you bring it to him?
**[09:00] MARUKO**
Of course!
**[09:01] MARUKO**
Oh Grandpa, how could he forget the
gift we spent so much time choosing?
**[09:06] MARUKO**
I'll go give it to him!
**[09:10] MARUKO/I**
*Man, so heavy!*
**[09:11] MARUKO/I**
* Why did you choose something*
* so heavy, Grandpa?*
**[09:15] MARUKO/I**
*Jeez, Grandpa!*
***SIGN*** Do Not Litter
**[09:29] MARUKO**
Grandpa! You left this!
***SIGN*** Bus Stop
**[09:33] OLD MAN**
Huh? Can I help you?
**[09:36] MARUKO**
Oh, um...
**[09:37] MARUKO**
Wrong person.
**[09:39] OLD MAN**
Okay.
**[09:44] SUMIRE**
I see.
**[09:46] SUMIRE**
He might notice halfway and come back.
**[09:49] SUMIRE**
There's nothing we can do now.
**[09:50] SUMIRE**
Thank you for trying.
**[09:51] MARUKO**
Sure.
**[09:53] MARUKO**
Listen...
**[09:54] SUMIRE**
What's the matter?
**[09:55] MARUKO**
Well, the thing is...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[10:01] HIROSHI**
So he brought moss, not the
gift he spent hours choosing?
**[10:01] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[10:05] MARUKO**
Since Hamaji put it in the prettiest and
sturdiest bag, he mistook it by accident.
**[10:12] HIROSHI**
His friend must be confused,
receiving filthy moss for a gift.
**[10:18] MARUKO**
It's not filthy. Moss is beautiful.
**[10:22] NARRATOR/I**
No matter how pretty it is, it
will not make a suitable gift.
**[10:26] TOMOZOU**
I'm home!
**[10:28] TOMOZOU**
They were surprised when they opened the box,
**[10:31] TOMOZOU**
but they enjoy doing bonsai, and they were
planning to buy some moss next month.
**[10:36] TOMOZOU**
So they happily accepted it.
**[10:38] HIROSHI**
Wow. That's a nice friend.
**[10:41] MARUKO**
I'm happy to hear that the moss
I got was of help to someone.
**[10:46] MARUKO**
Everyone, we must continue to
treasure moss from here on.
**[10:48] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[10:48] HIROSHI**
But you collect it from the graveyard.
**[10:53] TOMOZOU**
They mentioned that they
like sweets nowadays.
**[10:58] MARUKO**
Then we didn't need to look further
than Oiwake yokan bean jelly.
**[11:03] TOMOZOU**
Yes... Choosing a gift is tough.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[11:07] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[11:09] MARUKO**
My grandpa gave away the moss you got for
me yesterday, mistaking it as a gift.
**[11:14] MARUKO**
But they liked it.
**[11:16] HAMAJI**
Really?
**[11:17] HAMAJI**
We've got plenty more of that, so if you
want, you can have as much as you like.
**[11:21] MARUKO**
Are you sure?
**[11:23] MARUKO**
I sampled the canned food you recommended
at a department store the other day,
**[11:28] MARUKO**
and it was very tasty!
**[11:30] KOSUGI**
Yeah, I'm sure they loved the gift.
**[11:33] MARUKO**
Well, my grandpa actually
brought moss instead.
**[11:36] MARUKO**
But they really liked the gift!
**[11:39] KOSUGI**
Wait, moss?
**[11:40] MARUKO**
Yup.
**[11:41] MARUKO**
Thanks, Kosugi, bye!
**[11:45] KOSUGI/I**
* Bringing moss as a gift, not the*
* canned food that's super tasty,*
**[11:49] KOSUGI/I**
*and they actually like it?*
**[11:50] KOSUGI/I**
*What does that mean?*
**[11:52] KOSUGI/I**
*Did they eat the moss?*
**[11:55] KOSUGI/I**
*Does moss taste good?*
**[11:58] MARUKO**
Here you go.
**[11:59] MARUKO**
I got lots of it, so you
can have one, Grandpa.
**[12:02] TOMOZOU**
Th-Th-Thank you.
**[12:08] TOMOZOU/I**
*Tomozou, you idiot!*
**[12:12] TOMOZOU/I**
*What do I do with the moss?*
**[12:15] TOMOZOU/I**
* I'm repeating the same*
* mistake as the Nara bell.*
**[12:18] NARRATOR/I**
Tomozou writhed in the
hardship of choosing a gift,
**[12:23] NARRATOR/I**
while Maruko felt happy that her
favorite thing made a good gift.
***SIGN*** Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone
**[12:35] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[12:36] MARUKO**
"Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone."
**[12:46] MARUKO**
I wanna go home and get into the kotatsu.
**[12:49] TAMAE**
Let's hurry home.
**[12:50] HIDE**
Here you go, young master.
**[12:52] HANAWA**
Thanks, Hide the Butler.
**[12:55] BOY 1**
That's Hanawa from the third grade, right?
**[12:58] BOY 1**
There's always someone driving
him back and forth to school.
**[13:01] BOY 2**
He's spoiled.
**[13:02] BOY 3**
They're overprotective.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[13:14] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[13:15] MARUKO**
I'm off!
**[13:20] MARUKO**
Tama-chan!
**[13:21] TAMAE**
Good morning, Maru-chan.
**[13:23] MARUKO**
Good morning!
**[13:24] MARUKO**
We're late.
**[13:26] TAMAE**
I overslept.
**[13:27] MARUKO**
That's rare.
**[13:29] MARUKO**
Let's hurry up.
**[13:32] MARUKO**
I wish Hanawa-kun's car would drive
by at a time like this and say,
**[13:36] MARUKO**
"Hey babies, would you
like a ride with me?"
**[13:44] TAMAE**
I know.
**[13:49] MARUKO/TAMAE**
Hanawa-kun?
**[13:51] HANAWA**
Hello, babies. Good morning.
**[13:54] MARUKO**
What are you doing?
**[13:55] HANAWA**
What am I doing?
**[13:56] HANAWA**
I'm going to school.
**[13:58] TAMAE**
What about your car?
**[13:59] HANAWA**
Unfortunately, Hide the Butler caught a cold.
**[14:02] MARUKO**
That's rough.
**[14:04] HANAWA**
I can't depend on Hide the Butler forever,
**[14:08] HANAWA**
so I took this opportunity to commute
to school alone like everyone else.
**[14:14] MARUKO**
I see.
**[14:15] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, we don't have time to chit-chat!
**[14:19] MARUKO**
Oh! That's right, we're about to be late!
**[14:24] HANAWA**
Is that so?
**[14:25] HANAWA**
School is rather far, isn't it?
**[14:28] MARUKO**
Let's run!
**[14:39] HANAWA**
Oops!
**[14:41] MARUKO/TAMAE**
Hanawa-kun!
**[14:43] HANAWA**
Oh my god...
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[14:51] MARUKO**
It was close, but I'm
so happy we made it.
**[14:53] TAMAE**
Yes.
**[14:54] TAMAE**
I hope Hanawa-kun is okay.
**[14:56] TAMAE**
He scraped his knees.
**[14:58] MARUKO**
He went to the nurse's office,
so I'm sure he's okay.
**[15:02] MARUKO**
My goodness, he surprised us.
**[15:07] TOGAWA**
Moving on to the next question.
**[15:11] HANAWA**
I apologize for being late.
**[15:13] TOGAWA**
It's all right.
**[15:14] TOGAWA**
Please take your seat.
**[15:16] HAMAJI**
Hanawa, why are you wearing gym clothes?
**[15:19] MISAWA**
He fell in the ditch.
**[15:21] MISAWA**
Kids from the other class saw him.
**[15:26] HAMAJI**
Sounds like what Fujiki would do.
**[15:28] HAMAJI**
So rare of Hanawa to do such a thing.
**[15:31] FUJIKI**
Wait, it's not like I fall
in the ditch all the time.
**[15:36] MISAWA**
Hanawa fell in the ditch! It's a scoop!
**[15:39] MISAWA**
Snap, snap!
**[15:40] MIGIWA**
Hey, what's so wrong with
falling in the ditch?!
**[15:43] MIGIWA**
Even Hanawa-kun falls in
the ditch every now and then!
**[15:46] HANAWA**
Everyone, I'd appreciate it if you didn't
repeat "the ditch" so many times...
**[15:50] TAMAE**
Hanawa-kun's pride is in tatters.
**[15:53] MARUKO**
Yes, it's hard to watch.
**[15:57] TOGAWA**
Everyone, please be quiet.
**[15:58] TOGAWA**
We're in the middle of the class.
**[16:09] MARUKO**
Hanawa-kun, why don't you bring it home
and ask your servants to wash it for you?
**[16:15] HANAWA**
It's okay.
**[16:16] HANAWA**
I want to be able to take care of myself.
**[16:20] MARUKO**
Don't push yourself too much.
**[16:23] MARUKO**
I'd rather depend on others
as much as possible.
**[16:32] MARUKO**
Hanawa-kun, you don't have an umbrella?
**[16:35] HANAWA**
No, because Hide the Butler usually has
it ready for me when it's about to rain.
**[16:41] MARUKO**
You're truly useless when
Hide the Butler isn't around.
**[16:46] MARUKO**
You can share this with me.
**[16:48] HANAWA**
Baby, are you sure?
**[16:50] MARUKO**
What else can I do?
**[16:52] HANAWA**
Thank you.
**[16:53] HANAWA**
I'm so fortunate to be able
to share an umbrella with you.
**[16:57] HANAWA**
I'm a lucky boy.
**[17:00] MARUKO**
I don't know if I'd call it lucky.
**[17:03] MARUKO**
Come on, let's go.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[17:13] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
***SIGN*** Sakura | Hanawa
**[17:19] WAKABAYASHI**
Woo hoo!
**[17:21] WAKABAYASHI**
So passionate!
**[17:22] WAKABAYASHI**
Woo hoo!
**[17:24] MISAWA**
You two are in love!
**[17:25] MISAWA**
Snap, snap!
**[17:26] MISAWA**
Such passion!
**[17:28] MIGIWA**
Sakura-san, I resent you!
**[17:30] MIGIWA**
Don't steal my Hanawa-kun!
**[17:33] MARUKO**
Stealing? I wouldn't even dream of it.
**[17:36] MISAWA**
It's a love triangle.
**[17:39] MISAWA**
What do you do, Hanawa?
**[17:40] MISAWA**
Snap, snap!
**[17:44] HANAWA**
Ladies, please do not fight over me.
**[17:49] HANAWA**
Love and peace!
**[17:51] MARUKO**
I wouldn't have shared my umbrella
if I'd known it would come to this.
**[17:59] MARUKO**
So you know...
**[18:00] WAKABAYASHI**
Woo hoo hoo!
**[18:03] MISAWA**
Isn't Hanawa with you?
**[18:05] MARUKO**
Jeez, you need to cut it out already!
***SIGN*** Do Not Run
**[18:08] MISAWA**
Hey, speaking of which...
**[18:11] HANAWA**
Hello.
**[18:16] MISAWA**
So passionate, you two!
**[18:19] MISAWA**
Snap, snap!
**[18:20] WAKABAYASHI**
Woo hoo!
**[18:22] HANAWA**
Bye!
**[18:23] MISAWA**
Wait, you're not going home together?
**[18:26] HANAWA**
I'll go home by myself today.
**[18:28] HANAWA**
That's how I feel today.
**[18:30] HANAWA**
Ciao.
**[18:43] TAMAE**
Maybe Hanawa-kun tried to be considerate.
**[18:47] MARUKO**
What?
**[18:48] TAMAE**
So that Maru-chan didn't get
teased by Misawa and the others.
**[18:52] MARUKO**
Maybe.
**[18:54] TAMAE**
You think Hanawa-kun will be okay on his own?
**[18:57] TAMAE**
Won't he fall in the ditch again?
**[19:00] MARUKO**
I'm sure he's okay.
**[19:04] TAMAE**
He might get lost.
**[19:06] MARUKO**
If he does, then he can ask
someone for directions.
**[19:12] TAMAE**
He might get tangled up with bad guys?
**[19:14] MARUKO**
Hanawa-kun knows karate.
**[19:18] TAMAE**
He might get kidnapped.
**[19:20] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[19:21] TAMAE**
I saw it in the TV drama yesterday.
**[19:23] TAMAE**
A rich kid is abducted,
and they ask for ransom.
**[19:27] MARUKO**
What?!
**[19:28] TAMAE**
Is Hanawa-kun okay?
**[19:32] MARUKO**
We should follow him!
**[19:47] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, that person...
**[19:49] TAMAE**
Yes, he's staring at Hanawa-kun.
**[20:01] TAMAE**
Wh-What do we do, Maru-chan?
**[20:03] MARUKO**
What should we do?
**[20:19] HANAWA**
Hello!
**[20:21] HANAWA**
Come here.
**[20:24] TAMAE**
Maru-chan!
**[20:26] TAMAE**
Hanawa-kun will be kidnapped!
**[20:28] HANAWA**
Come here.
**[20:39] MARUKO/TAMAE**
Hanawa-kun!
**[20:40] SERVANTS**
Young master!
**[20:41] SERVANTS**
Young master!
**[20:43] SERVANT 1**
Young master, are you okay?
**[20:46] HANAWA**
I was a bit surprised, that's all.
**[20:52] MARUKO**
Phew, that's a relief!
**[20:55] HANAWA**
Thank you for worrying about me.
**[20:57] HANAWA**
I'm okay now.
**[20:59] MARUKO**
My heart almost stopped.
**[21:01] MARUKO**
I thought you were going to get kidnapped.
**[21:05] HANAWA**
Hide the Butler!
**[21:06] HIDE**
That concern is only natural.
**[21:09] HIDE**
That's why all of us servants
were secretly watching over you,
**[21:13] HIDE**
even though you said we should not interfere.
**[21:18] HANAWA**
Hide...
**[21:22] HANAWA**
How is your cold?
**[21:24] HIDE**
I'm better now.
**[21:25] HANAWA**
Oh shoot, I'm sorry I depend on you so much.
**[21:29] HIDE**
Young master, you're still nine years old.
**[21:32] HIDE**
Please do not rush to become an adult.
**[21:35] HIDE**
Let us spoil you.
**[21:45] HANAWA**
Good morning, señoritas.
**[21:47] MARUKO**
Oh, Hanawa-kun.
**[21:49] HANAWA**
Everyone insisted, so I'm getting
a ride to and from school again.
**[21:56] HANAWA**
I'll see you later, ciao!
**[22:03] NARRATOR/I**
Seeing Hanawa-kun happy made
Maruko and Tama-chan happy as well.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Grandpa, that mask seems to have a
mysterious power to make me happy.
**[22:20] MARUKO**
I wonder what it will do for me next.
**[22:22] MARUKO**
I hope a nice bonfire will
warm up my body and soul.
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:28] MARUKO**
"Maruko's Mask of Happiness," and
"Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire."
***SIGN*** Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire
***SIGN*** Maruko's Mask of Happiness
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1425 - Maruko's Mask of Fortune/Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GG1U2NKJ8/marukos-mask-of-fortunemaruko-wanders-looking-for-a-bonfire)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] TAMAE**
Everyone, over here!
**[00:02] TAMAE**
*Chibi Maruko-chan* is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Maruko's Mask of Fortune
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Maruko's Mask of Fortune."
**[01:38] SUMIRE**
Maruko.
**[01:39] MARUKO**
Hm?
**[01:40] SUMIRE**
Here, your mask.
**[01:41] MARUKO**
What?
**[01:43] MARUKO**
I don't need it. I'm healthy.
**[01:46] SUMIRE**
I hear there's a cold going around at school.
**[01:49] SUMIRE**
Prevention is important, so put it on.
**[01:51] SUMIRE**
Got it?
**[01:53] MARUKO**
Boo.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[01:58] HANAWA**
Wow, there's a flower on Migiwa-kun's mask.
**[02:02] HANAWA**
That is so pretty.
**[02:04] MIGIWA**
Thank you.
**[02:06] MIGIWA**
Hanawa-kun gave me a compliment!
**[02:09] TAMAE**
Your mask is cute, Migiwa-san.
**[02:12] MARUKO**
I'm jealous.
**[02:13] MIGIWA**
Oh yeah?
**[02:15] MIGIWA**
My name is Hanako, as in "flower girl."
***SIGN*** Hanako
**[02:17] MIGIWA**
That's why my mother embroidered
a flower patch for me.
**[02:21] HANAWA**
Migiwa-kun's mother has wonderful taste.
**[02:24] HANAWA**
It looks great on you.
**[02:26] MIGIWA**
That makes me happy.
**[02:28] MIGIWA**
Hanawa-kun complimented me again.
**[02:32] HANAWA**
Are you okay?
**[02:34] MIGIWA**
What should I do?
**[02:35] MIGIWA**
I think I'm so happy that I have a fever...
**[02:38] HANAWA**
Do take care of yourself.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[02:42] MARUKO**
I'm home!
**[02:43] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[02:45] TOMOZOU**
A flower patch for her mask?
**[02:47] TOMOZOU**
Migiwa-san's fashionable, huh?
**[02:49] MARUKO**
I want a cute mask like Migiwa-san now.
**[02:54] KOTAKE**
You do?
**[02:55] KOTAKE**
Maruko, bring me your new mask.
**[03:02] KOTAKE**
Here you go.
**[03:05] MARUKO**
Wow, it's so cute!
**[03:08] TOMOZOU**
Indeed. It looks great on you, Maruko.
**[03:11] KOTAKE**
It's a symbol of good
luck, a four-leaf clover.
**[03:15] MARUKO**
A symbol of good luck.
**[03:19] MARUKO**
Thank you, Grandma.
**[03:20] MARUKO**
I'll wear this to school tomorrow.
**[03:23] KOTAKE**
I hope it brings you good luck, Maruko.
**[03:28] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[03:30] TOWAGA**
I'm returning your essays.
**[03:32] TOWAGA**
Sakura-san.
**[03:33] MARUKO**
Yes.
**[03:36] TOGAWA**
It was very well-written.
**[03:38] STUDENTS**
Nice, Sakura!
**[03:38] STUDENTS**
Good job, Maru-chan!
**[03:40] MARUKO**
Thank you very much.
**[03:43] MARUKO**
*Yes! I got praised!*
**[03:46] TAMAE**
Way to go, Maru-chan!
**[03:55] TAMAE**
Today's fruit cocktail has
sweet dumplings in it.
**[03:59] MARUKO**
Sweet dumplings? Nice.
**[04:03] MARUKO**
Woo, I got three of them!
**[04:06] TAMAE**
Lucky you, Maru-chan.
**[04:08] TAMAE**
Maybe Fujiki gave you an extra.
**[04:10] MARUKO**
Maybe he did.
**[04:15] MARUKO**
Anyhow, it seems that I'm in luck today.
**[04:19] MARUKO**
Does that mean this mask
is a mask of fortune?
**[04:23] TAMAE**
I'm sure it is.
**[04:24] TAMAE**
It must be thanks to the mask
your grandma made for you.
**[04:28] MARUKO**
Thanks for the extra earlier, Fujiki.
**[04:31] FUJIKI**
What are you talking about?
**[04:33] MARUKO**
You gave me an extra dumpling earlier.
**[04:38] FUJIKI**
*Huh?*
**[04:39] FUJIKI/I**
*I don't think I gave her extra...*
**[04:43] MARUKO**
You have a commendable quality in you.
**[04:46] MARUKO**
I'm seeing you in a different light.
**[04:48] FUJIKI**
Y-You are?
**[04:49] FUJIKI/I**
*She seems happy.*
**[04:51] FUJIKI/I**
*So I'll pretend that I did give her an extra.*
**[04:54] FUJIKI**
Maybe I'll give you an extra again.
**[04:58] MARUKO**
You will?!
**[05:00] MARUKO**
I love sweet dumplings, thanks!
**[05:02] MARUKO**
I'm counting on you!
**[05:04] NARRATOR/I**
Quite unexpectedly, Fujiki has become
a nice person in Maruko's book.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[05:11] NARRATOR/I**
After school...
**[05:13] MARUKO**
Grandma, thank you so much.
**[05:15] MARUKO**
Wearing this mask of fortune, it feels
like only good things can happen to me.
**[05:21] KOTAKE**
That's good to hear.
**[05:23] TOMOZOU**
Maybe you could share your luck
with me and be fortunate as well.
**[05:28] KOTAKE**
That reminds me...
***SIGN*** Raffle Ticket
**[05:30] KOTAKE**
Grandpa, why don't you go try the raffle
at the shopping street with Maruko?
**[05:36] MARUKO**
Raffle?
**[05:38] MARUKO**
I'd love to go!
**[05:39] STAFF**
Welcome, welcome!
***SIGN*** Raffle Draw
Raffle
**[05:43] MARUKO**
Nakano-san, hello.
**[05:45] TOMOZOU**
Hello, it's been a while.
**[05:47] NAKANO**
H-Hello.
***SIGN*** First
Prize
***SIGN*** Second
Prize
**[05:49] SIGN**
Hot Spring
Trip
***SIGN*** Sakumomo Sakura Kochiku
**[05:49] MARUKO**
The first prize is a trip to a hot spring.
**[05:52] TOMOZOU**
The second prize is the
sake tasting set, huh?
**[05:55] TOMOZOU**
Hiroshi would love that.
**[05:58] MARUKO**
The third prize is an
assortment of canned foods.
**[06:02] MARUKO**
If we win it, Mom would be happy.
**[06:05] MARUKO**
Grandpa, the first prize is still left!
***SIGN*** Hot Spring Trip
**[06:08] TOMOZOU**
It is?!
**[06:09] TOMOZOU**
I wish we could win that one!
**[06:12] TOMOZOU**
I'd love to go to hot spring with Grandma,
**[06:14] TOMOZOU**
since her back and legs are
stiff and giving her trouble.
**[06:17] MARUKO**
Grandpa, leave it to me.
**[06:19] MARUKO**
I'll win the first prize for you!
**[06:23] TOMOZOU**
Oh, Maruko...
**[06:25] TOMOZOU**
You're so reliable.
**[06:28] TOMOZOU**
Your mask of fortune is
starting to look divine.
**[06:32] MARUKO**
What? You think?
**[06:34] TOMOZOU**
Maruko's mask of fortune, please
grant the first prize to Maruko.
**[06:39] TOMOZOU**
Please!
**[06:42] NAKANO/I**
*What is happening, Sakura-san?*
**[06:45] NAKANO/I**
*Why are you praying to Maru-chan?*
**[06:48] TOMOZOU**
Nakano-san.
**[06:50] TOMOZOU**
You should try praying to Maruko's
mask of fortune as well.
**[06:54] TOMOZOU**
I'm sure there are blessings.
**[06:57] NAKANO**
R-Right...
**[07:00] NAKANO/I**
*A mask of fortune?*
**[07:02] NAKANO/I**
* Oh, Maru-chan's mask*
* has a four-leaf clover.*
**[07:06] NAKANO/I**
* Does that mean this four-leaf*
* clover will give you good luck?*
**[07:12] MARUKO**
Leave everything to this mask of fortune!
**[07:16] NAKANO/I**
* But I don't believe that praying*
* to a mask will help win the raffle.*
**[07:22] NAKANO/I**
* And praying to a mask in a*
* public place like this...*
**[07:25] NAKANO/I**
*But I can't say no.*
**[07:28] NAKANO/I**
*Ah, whatever!*
**[07:29] NAKANO/I**
*Let's just pray. Pray to the mask!*
**[07:32] NAKANO**
P-Please let me win...
**[07:35] NAKANO**
Th-Thank you!
**[07:37] MARUKO**
Let there be blessings
for Nakano-san's draws!
**[07:44] STAFF**
You win the fifth prize, a box of detergent!
**[07:47] MARUKO**
Congratulations, Nakano-san!
**[07:49] TOMOZOU**
I'm happy for you.
**[07:51] NAKANO**
Th-Thank you very much.
**[07:53] TOMOZOU**
It's thanks to Maruko's mask of fortune.
**[07:57] TOMOZOU**
Congratulations.
**[07:59] NAKANO**
Y-Yes...
**[08:01] NAKANO/I**
*Even though it is the fifth prize, I did win.*
**[08:05] NAKANO/I**
*Is this truly because of Maru-chan's mask?!*
**[08:09] NARRATOR/I**
Nakano-san was perplexed by
his mysterious luck of winning
**[08:13] NARRATOR/I**
the fifth prize by praying to the mask.
**[08:18] MARUKO**
Mom, look, look!
**[08:20] MARUKO**
I won this.
**[08:21] MARUKO**
A lucky prize: a stationery set!
**[08:24] SUMIRE**
That's amazing.
**[08:24] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[08:25] SUMIRE**
Good for you.
**[08:26] TOMOZOU**
Because Maruko was wearing her mask
of fortune, she won the lucky prize.
**[08:31] MARUKO**
I actually wanted to win the
hot spring trip for Grandma.
**[08:36] KOTAKE**
Thank you.
**[08:38] KOTAKE**
It's your thought that counts.
**[08:41] MARUKO**
Mom, you should pray to
my mask of fortune too.
**[08:45] MARUKO**
I'm sure something lucky will happen to you.
**[08:47] SUMIRE**
Yeah, sure, I get it.
**[08:49] SUMIRE**
But don't fling around your mask so much.
**[08:52] MARUKO**
Let there be blessings for Mom too!
**[08:58] MARUKO**
Please, mask of fortune.
**[09:00] MARUKO**
Let me get a good score on tomorrow's test.
**[09:03] MARUKO**
I'm begging you.
**[09:05] MARUKO**
Let there be blessings for Maruko's test!
**[09:07] MARUKO**
I'm kidding.
**[09:09] MARUKO**
Good night.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[09:12] NARRATOR/I**
The next morning...
**[09:14] MARUKO**
Grandpa, help!
**[09:16] TOMOZOU**
What's the matter, Maruko?!
**[09:18] MARUKO**
Mom washed my mask of
fortune, and it's still wet!
**[09:24] TOMOZOU**
Oh, no!
**[09:25] MARUKO**
Mom said "no", but I'll be in
trouble without this mask!
**[09:30] MARUKO**
I'll get a zero on my test!
**[09:33] TOMOZOU**
A zero?!
**[09:34] TOMOZOU**
We can't have that!
**[09:36] MARUKO**
Grandpa, the test is second period.
**[09:38] MARUKO**
So please, can you dry this mask quickly
and bring it to school by then?
**[09:44] TOMOZOU**
Okay, I'll dry it and bring
it to you at any cost.
**[09:47] TOMOZOU**
Leave it to me!
**[09:48] MARUKO**
I'm counting on you, Grandpa.
**[09:50] MARUKO**
I'm off!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[09:54] MARUKO/I**
Will Grandpa make it work?
**[09:58] TOMOZOU**
Mask of fortune, please dry quickly.
**[10:02] TOMOZOU**
I beg of you!
**[10:04] TOMOZOU**
Hot!
**[10:05] TOMOZOU**
It was too close and too hot, wasn't it?
**[10:07] TOMOZOU**
I'm sorry, Mask of fortune.
**[10:10] TOMOZOU**
Hmm, the fire is not strong enough...
**[10:13] KOTAKE**
Grandpa.
**[10:15] KOTAKE**
Why don't you use the iron to dry it?
**[10:18] TOMOZOU**
Yes, that's a good idea!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[10:22] MARUKO/I**
*Grandpa, the test is about to begin.*
**[10:25] MARUKO/I**
*Come quickly, please!*
**[10:29] NARRATOR/I**
Tomozou runs.
**[10:30] NARRATOR/I**
With Maruko's hopes on his shoulders,
he cuts through the cold wind and runs.
**[10:36] TOMOZOU/I**
*I can't let Maruko get a zero on her test!*
**[10:39] TOMOZOU/I**
*Maruko, I'm coming!*
**[10:41] TOMOZOU/I**
*Wait for me!*
**[10:43] NARRATOR/I**
Three minutes before the test begins...
**[10:46] MARUKO**
Grandpa!
**[10:47] TOMOZOU**
Maruko!
**[10:49] TOMOZOU**
M-Maruko, here's your mask of fortune!
**[10:53] MARUKO**
Thank you, Grandpa!
**[10:55] TOMOZOU**
N-Now you can get a 100 on your test!
**[10:57] MARUKO**
Yes, I'll do my best.
**[11:00] MARUKO**
Are you okay, Grandpa?
**[11:02] TOMOZOU**
Yes. Don't worry about me and go.
**[11:05] TOMOZOU**
You go, Maruko!
**[11:07] MARUKO**
Thank you, Grandpa!
**[11:10] TOMOZOU**
Let there be blessings for Maruko...
**[11:18] MARUKO/I**
All righty, mask of fortune.
**[11:20] MARUKO/I**
I'm counting on you.
**[11:23] TOGAWA**
Everyone, please begin.
**[11:28] MARUKO/I**
*Oh no, what do I do?*
**[11:32] MARUKO/I**
*I don't understand a thing!*
**[11:34] MARUKO/I**
*Why?!*
**[11:35] MARUKO/I**
*Mask of fortune, please help me!*
**[11:42] NARRATOR/I**
Mask of fortune did not smile upon
Maruko, who didn't study for the test.
***SIGN*** Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire
**[11:53] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[11:54] MARUKO**
"Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[12:02] MARUKO**
Ah, so warm.
**[12:03] MARUKO**
I love the kotatsu.
**[12:08] SUMIRE**
I see you being lazy inside
the kotatsu again.
**[12:12] MARUKO**
I'm a kotatsu-nail.
**[12:14] MARUKO**
Kotatsu and I are one body and one mind.
**[12:17] SUMIRE**
You're being silly again!
**[12:19] MARUKO**
Hey Mom, can you bring me the rice crackers?
**[12:22] SUMIRE**
Don't be lazy; get them yourself!
**[12:25] MARUKO**
Come on, I don't want to be away
from this warmth even for a second.
**[12:30] SUMIRE**
My goodness, what do we do with you?
**[12:33] MARUKO**
Then tea?
**[12:34] MARUKO**
Could I at least get more tea?
**[12:37] SUMIRE**
This child...
**[12:38] MARUKO**
Oh, before you go, could
you change the channel?
**[12:41] SUMIRE**
Do it yourself.
**[12:43] MARUKO**
Come on, please?
**[12:45] MARUKO**
You only need to turn the knob a bit.
***SIGN*** Anger Gauge
**[12:48] SUMIRE**
Do it yourself.
**[12:50] MARUKO**
Boo.
**[12:51] MARUKO**
Now I want to use the bathroom.
**[12:53] MARUKO**
But I don't want to get out.
**[12:55] MARUKO**
If only Mom could go use the bathroom for me.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[13:01] SUMIRE**
Stop being ridiculous!
**[13:03] SUMIRE**
You're so lazy, all year round!
**[13:05] SUMIRE**
And now you're trying to make someone
else go to the bathroom for you?!
**[13:08] SUMIRE**
I'm absolutely appalled!
**[13:10] SUMIRE**
If you can't be a little more independent,
I'm worried about your future!
**[13:14] MARUKO/I**
*This might take awhile...*
**[13:17] SUMIRE**
At this rate, you're not gonna
grow up to be a decent adult.
**[13:20] MARUKO**
Excuse me...
**[13:21] SUMIRE**
What?!
**[13:23] MARUKO**
I'd like to go pee...
**[13:32] MARUKO**
It looks so warm...
**[13:35] MARUKO**
But before that, gotta go pee!
**[13:38] MARUKO**
So warm!
**[13:42] MARUKO**
Looking at a bonfire, I'm
starting to feel peaceful.
**[13:48] MARUKO**
I was a bit fed up at Mom yelling at
me, but staring at the wavering flame,
**[13:56] MARUKO**
it's like I don't care about the small stuff.
**[14:00] KOTAKE**
They say a bonfire has a power to heal.
**[14:04] MARUKO**
Heal?
**[14:05] KOTAKE**
Or rather, it calms you down.
**[14:09] KOTAKE**
Doesn't it feel like looking at the
flame helps you forget bad feelings?
**[14:13] MARUKO**
Oh yeah, now that you mention it...
**[14:19] MARUKO**
Welcome home, Dad.
**[14:21] MARUKO**
Did you catch any fish?
**[14:23] HIROSHI**
That's the thing.
**[14:25] HIROSHI**
There were a couple of guys
who were so noisy nearby.
**[14:29] HIROSHI**
I couldn't relax, and the fish fled,
so I didn't catch any.
**[14:35] MARUKO**
That's too bad.
**[14:37] MARUKO**
It must have been cold.
**[14:39] MARUKO**
Come join us and enjoy the warmth.
**[14:44] HIROSHI**
It's so warm.
**[14:45] MARUKO**
A bonfire can apparently heal your soul.
**[14:49] MARUKO**
Right, Grandma?
**[14:50] KOTAKE**
That's right.
**[14:52] HIROSHI**
I see.
***SIGN*** FRUSTRATION
**[14:54] HIROSHI**
Indeed, my frustration seems to melt away.
**[14:59] MARUKO**
Right?
**[15:00] MARUKO**
Perhaps the flame of a bonfire
burns away feelings like that.
**[15:05] KOTAKE**
It may be so.
**[15:07] HIROSHI**
I can watch it all day.
**[15:11] TOMOZOU**
Ah, you've got a bonfire?
**[15:13] TOMOZOU**
Let me join you.
**[15:17] TOMOZOU**
Looking at a bonfire, I can
forget about everything.
**[15:22] NARRATOR/I**
You forget a lot of things all year round.
**[15:25] MARUKO**
Not only that, it helps
you forget bad memories.
**[15:30] TOMOZOU**
Oh, is that so?
**[15:33] MARUKO**
You must have those.
**[15:34] MARUKO**
So chuck them into the fire,
and it'll burn them away.
**[15:39] TOMOZOU**
That sounds nice.
**[15:45] MARUKO**
Hm? What's the matter?
**[15:47] TOMOZOU**
Try as I may, I can't remember bad memories.
**[15:52] MARUKO**
That's a good thing, isn't it?
**[15:54] HIROSHI**
Indeed, I envy you.
**[15:56] TOMOZOU**
You do?
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[16:00] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[16:01] MARUKO**
It's warm and brings peace to your soul.
**[16:05] MARUKO**
I am really seeing a bonfire in a new light.
**[16:08] TAMAE**
I love it.
**[16:09] TAMAE**
You can roast sweet potatoes in it, too.
**[16:11] MARUKO**
You've got to roasted sweet
potatoes in a bonfire.
**[16:14] HANAWA**
Hey, babies.
**[16:16] HANAWA**
Staring at flicking flames
calms your mind, doesn't it?
**[16:20] MARUKO**
Hanawa-kun, you've used a bonfire too?
**[16:23] HANAWA**
No, it's my fireplace.
**[16:25] HANAWA**
I was lost in thought in front of the
fireplace as I drank hot milk tea.
**[16:31] MARUKO**
A fireplace sounds great too.
**[16:33] MARUKO**
But Hanawa-kun, I didn't know
you could get lost in thought.
**[16:36] MARUKO**
Were you thinking, "What's for dinner?"
**[16:38] NARRATOR/I**
That's what you think.
**[16:40] HANAWA**
The firewood used for the fireplace
can be different based on the type,
**[16:44] HANAWA**
and yesterday, I used cherry wood.
**[16:46] MARUKO**
Firewood from a cherry tree?
**[16:48] HANAWA**
Yes. Cherry wood smells nice.
**[16:51] HANAWA**
It not only entertains us with its blossoms,
but also gives us healing as firewood.
**[16:57] MARUKO**
Wow, I had no idea.
**[16:59] NAGASAWA**
Hm, fireplace, huh?
**[17:01] MARUKO**
Nagasawa.
**[17:03] NAGASAWA**
I don't get how you could be
healed, looking at flames.
**[17:08] NAGASAWA**
For me, fire is something to be despised.
**[17:13] NAGASAWA**
Anyhow, please watch out how you handle
a bonfire, fireplace, or any open flames.
**[17:18] MARUKO**
You're right, I will.
**[17:21] HANAWA**
Thank you for your advice.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[17:25] MARUKO**
Listen, can we have a fireplace too?
**[17:25] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[17:28] SUMIRE**
There's no way we can have
a fireplace so easily.
**[17:31] HIROSHI**
Of course you can't.
**[17:33] HIROSHI**
More importantly, a fireplace
wouldn't fit our house.
**[17:37] MARUKO**
Boo.
**[17:38] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, I know this won't replace a
fireplace, but we do have a brazier.
**[17:43] MARUKO**
Hmm, a brazier is nice, but I want
to look at a fire, not at charcoal.
**[17:49] TOMOZOU**
I see.
**[17:50] TOMOZOU**
Then next Sunday, let's have a bonfire again.
**[17:54] MARUKO**
Sounds good.
**[17:55] KOTAKE**
But we don't have leaves
or twigs to burn anymore,
**[17:59] KOTAKE**
since I cleaned it all up yesterday.
**[18:02] MARUKO**
You did?
**[18:03] TOMOZOU**
In that case, Maruko, let's
go to Sasaki-san's place.
**[18:07] TOMOZOU**
I'm sure they have plenty
of fallen leaves and twigs.
**[18:11] MARUKO**
You're right.
**[18:12] MARUKO**
Let's do that!
**[18:14] NARRATOR/I**
On Sunday...
**[18:16] SASAKI**
The thing is, we just had a bonfire
ourselves, so there's no leaves or twigs.
**[18:22] SASAKI**
I'm sorry.
**[18:23] MARUKO**
Oh no, really?
**[18:25] TOMOZOU**
That's too bad.
**[18:26] TOMOZOU**
I guess we'll have to ask someone else.
**[18:29] MARUKO**
Oh man, if you're on the lookout, you
don't really find them so easily.
**[18:34] MARUKO**
Isn't there anyone who's
making a bonfire right now?
***SIGN*** Be Careful With Fire
**[18:37] TOMOZOU**
Isn't there smoke somewhere?
**[18:40] MARUKO**
Hmmm...
**[18:43] MARUKO**
Hey, look!
**[18:51] MARUKO**
Fish?
**[18:52] MARUKO**
Are you having lunch now?
**[18:54] HAMAJI**
Yeah, it's dried sardines.
**[18:56] HAMAJI**
Sakura, you want some?
**[18:57] MARUKO**
Th-Thanks, but no thanks.
**[19:08] MARUKO**
Oh, it's Kawada-san.
**[19:09] TOMOZOU**
Cleaning the river again.
**[19:12] TOMOZOU**
What a diligent person.
**[19:14] TOMOZOU**
How admirable.
**[19:15] MARUKO**
Yes, Kawada-san is admirable.
**[19:19] MARUKO**
Oh, there are a lot of leaves.
**[19:22] KAWADA**
Bonfire?
**[19:23] KAWADA**
Of course.
**[19:24] KAWADA**
I was about to make one in my backyard.
**[19:27] KAWADA**
Come join me.
**[19:28] MARUKO**
Yes! Thank you, Kawada-san.
**[19:31] TOMOZOU**
I'm happy for you, Maruko.
**[19:32] TOMOZOU**
It was worth running around,
looking for it in the cold.
**[19:36] MARUKO**
Now that it's settled, we can
help with the river cleaning.
**[19:39] TOMOZOU**
Of course, let's help.
**[19:43] MARUKO**
A bonfire sure is nice.
**[19:46] TOMOZOU**
Indeed.
**[19:48] KAWADA**
It warms up our chilled bodies.
**[19:54] MARUKO**
It'll be spring soon.
**[19:56] TOMOZOU**
Almost time for you to release
the fish you raised with care
**[20:00] TOMOZOU**
into the Tomoe River, Kawada-san.
**[20:02] KAWADA**
Yes, it is.
**[20:04] KAWADA**
I hope the fish continue to grow soundly.
**[20:08] KAWADA'S WIFE**
And I've been through a
lot because of the fish,
**[20:11] KAWADA'S WIFE**
having to take care of them every single day.
**[20:14] KAWADA**
H-Hey now, we don't need
to discuss that right now.
**[20:18] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
H-Hello.
**[20:20] KAWADA'S WIFE**
Please, have some tea.
**[20:22] TOMOZOU**
Thank you very much.
**[20:24] MARUKO**
Thank you very much.
**[20:26] KAWADA**
Why don't you get warmed up too?
**[20:29] KAWADA'S WIFE**
No, thank you.
**[20:31] KAWADA'S WIFE**
I have to go feed the fish soon.
**[20:34] KAWADA**
Y-You're right.
**[20:39] MARUKO**
Did something happen?
**[20:40] KAWADA**
Well, we had a fight
about the fish yesterday.
**[20:45] TOMOZOU**
You did, huh?
**[20:46] TOMOZOU**
It's not totally roses, I suppose.
**[20:48] MARUKO**
Then all the more reason she should
enjoy the bonfire together.
**[20:53] TOMOZOU**
Indeed, that's a good idea.
**[20:55] KAWADA**
What?
**[20:56] MARUKO**
I'll go get her.
**[21:01] MARUKO**
E-Excuse me...
**[21:03] KAWADA**
I'm sorry that I'm making
you do a lot for the fish.
**[21:07] KAWADA'S WIFE**
Huh? What is it, out of the blue?
**[21:10] KAWADA**
Yeah well, I thought I should
verbalize how I feel.
**[21:15] KAWADA'S WIFE**
I'm sorry that I snapped at you yesterday.
**[21:20] KAWADA**
No...
**[21:21] KAWADA**
I can help clean the river and release
the fish there, all thanks to your help.
**[21:28] KAWADA**
I should never forget that.
**[21:31] KAWADA'S WIFE**
Dear...
**[21:32] KAWADA**
Thank you.
**[21:34] KAWADA'S WIFE**
No problem.
**[21:37] KAWADA**
W-Water!
**[21:40] NAGASAWA**
Watch out!
**[21:41] MARUKO**
Nagasawa!?
**[21:49] NAGASAWA**
I told you to be careful
when you make bonfires!
**[21:53] MARUKO**
Yes, you did...
**[21:55] NAGASAWA**
Please be more careful when you handle fire.
**[21:58] KAWADA**
I-I will.
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
A bonfire can warm your body and soul,
**[22:04] NARRATOR/I**
but please be careful with fire.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Playing darts looks a little difficult, but
apparently you shouldn't think too much.
**[22:20] MARUKO**
Dad, stop thinking so much
and apologize to Yama-chan.
**[22:24] MARUKO**
You should treasure your friendship
that lasted over 30 years.
**[22:27] MARUKO**
Next time, on *Chibi Maruko-chan*:
***SIGN*** Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship
***SIGN*** Maruko Wants to Play Darts
**[22:29] MARUKO**
"Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship,"
and "Maruko Wants to Play Darts."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1426 - Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship / Maruko Wants to Play Darts
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G0DUNKV28/hiroshis-friendship-marukos-friendship--maruko-wants-to-play-darts)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] MARUKO**
Hey everyone, gather around!
**[00:02] MARUKO**
*Chibi Maruko-chan* is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
**[01:27] NARRATRO/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:37] MARUKO**
February is short, since
there's only 28 days.
**[01:42] TOMOZOU**
A leap year has one extra
day, so it has 29 days.
**[01:47] MARUKO**
It's strange that we have one extra day.
**[01:51] TOMOZOU**
Here we go!
***SIGN*** February
**[01:53] TOMOZOU**
February gets longer and longer!
**[01:55] TOMOZOU**
February 29th, 30th, 31st, 32nd, 33rd,
**[02:04] TOMOZOU**
34th, 35th, 36th, 37th...
**[02:06] HIROSHI**
Stop being so silly.
**[02:09] YAMA-CHAN**
Hello!
**[02:12] YAMA-CHAN**
I've brought you a bamboo shoot.
**[02:15] HIROSHI**
Oh, the first bamboo shoot of the year.
**[02:17] HIROSHI**
Thanks, Yama-chan.
**[02:19] YAMA-CHAN**
If you have time, you wanna come with me?
**[02:22] HIROSHI**
Sounds good!
**[02:24] HIROSHI**
I'll be off!
**[02:27] MARUKO**
I'm jealous of Dad.
**[02:29] MARUKO**
I'm totally wasting this beautiful weather.
**[02:36] SAKIKO**
Maruko, Tama-chan's on the phone for you.
**[02:39] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, do you want to bring snacks
**[02:42] TAMAE**
and a water bottle to go
on picnic after lunch?
**[02:46] MARUKO**
A picnic?
**[02:47] MARUKO**
Sounds great!
**[02:49] MARUKO**
It's so nice and warm out today.
**[02:58] MARUKO**
My dad and Yama-chan have been friends
since they were in elementary school,
**[03:03] MARUKO**
for like 30 years.
**[03:05] TAMAE**
Wow, that's amazing!
**[03:07] MARUKO**
I wish we could be friends
like that for years to come.
**[03:11] TAMAE**
Me too.
**[03:12] MARUKO**
Should we sit around here somewhere?
**[03:15] TAMAE**
Okay.
**[03:18] MARUKO**
Oh?
**[03:19] TAMAE**
Hm?
**[03:22] MARUKO**
They seem to be fighting?
**[03:26] TAMAE**
Oh, they're leaving!
**[03:28] MARUKO**
What?!
**[03:29] MARUKO**
They were having fun just a second ago.
**[03:31] MARUKO**
I wonder what happened?
**[03:33] TAMAE**
I know...
**[03:41] TAMAE**
Hey, do you want to come over after this?
**[03:43] TAMAE**
We decorated hina dolls yesterday.
**[03:45] MARUKO**
Nice, I'd love to come!
**[03:47] MARUKO**
It's only two more weeks
until the hina doll festival.
**[03:51] TAMAE**
Did you decorate the dolls at your house?
**[03:53] MARUKO**
No, we have dolls for me and my sister,
**[03:57] MARUKO**
so my mom really needs to get
into gear to make it happen.
**[04:01] MARUKO**
I'm hoping that will happen soon.
**[04:05] TAMAE**
I see, it's not easy to
decorate a lot of dolls.
**[04:13] MARUKO**
This is so nice.
**[04:13] MARUKO**
It's like spring is here already.
**[04:16] TAMAE**
That's true.
**[04:18] MARUKO**
Spring is the perfect season
to zone out, you know?
**[04:23] MARUKO**
Ah, this is bliss.
**[04:26] NARRATOR/I**
You're zoning out every season of the year.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[04:30] MARUKO**
Dad.
**[04:32] MARUKO**
I don't know what happened with
Yama-chan, but you two should make up.
**[04:32] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[04:36] HIROSHI**
It's fine, I don't want
to see him for a while.
**[04:39] TOMOZOU**
What, did you have a fight with Yama-chan?
**[04:44] TOMOZOU**
He's your precious friend.
**[04:47] TOMOZOU**
The sooner you apologize, the better.
**[04:49] HIROSHI**
That's none of your business.
**[04:54] TOMOZOU**
Thirty years ago, both you and
Yama-chan used to be adorable boys...
**[05:00] (Flashback) YOUNG YAMA-CHAN**
Hiroshi, let's go fishing!
**[05:02] (Flashback) YOUNG HIROSHI**
Sure, I'll come!
**[05:07] MARUKO**
In thirty years, any boys will
grow to be middle-aged men.
**[05:12] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[05:13] MARUKO**
But after 30 years, you're still fishing?
**[05:17] MARUKO**
You haven't changed at all.
**[05:19] TOMOZOU**
Yes, indeed.
**[05:20] TOMOZOU**
And it's not like they're
getting any better at it.
**[05:29] MARUKO**
My dad said, "I don't want to see Yama-chan."
**[05:33] MARUKO**
He's supposed to be a grownup.
**[05:35] TAMAE**
But they have 30 years of friendship.
**[05:38] TAMAE**
Maybe something unthinkable happened?
**[05:41] MARUKO**
I know.
**[05:42] MARUKO**
I do hope they make up...
**[05:45] TAMAE**
I wonder if we'd ever go
through something like that.
**[05:48] MARUKO**
I doubt it.
**[05:50] MARUKO**
We'll be close forever and ever.
**[05:53] TAMAE**
I'm sure you're right.
**[05:54] MARUKO**
And if we did fight, I'm
sure I'd be my fault.
**[05:59] MARUKO**
So please wait for me until
I come to you to apologize.
**[06:02] MARUKO**
I'm sorry for always troubling you.
**[06:05] TAMAE**
We'll be best friends forever.
**[06:07] MARUKO**
Yes, we will.
**[06:11] NARRATOR/I**
A couple days later...
**[06:12] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[06:14] MARUKO**
Hey Dad, are you still
fighting with Yama-chan?
**[06:20] HIROSHI**
I don't know!
**[06:22] MARUKO/I**
*Yeah, he still is...*
**[06:26] TAMAE**
Maru-chan!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[06:29] MARUKO**
We've finally decorated the hina dolls.
**[06:32] TAMAE**
Wow!
**[06:37] TAMAE**
Hina dolls for two are really gorgeous!
**[06:41] TAMAE**
I love it!
**[06:42] MARUKO**
The room gets smaller though.
**[06:44] TAMAE**
Your dolls are tiny and
they're cute like you.
**[06:50] MARUKO**
My big sis said the lady-in-waiting
on the right looked like me.
**[06:55] TAMAE**
Yes, I think so too.
**[06:58] MARUKO**
I know!
**[06:59] MARUKO**
If we put my dolls next to my
sister's, they'd look so cute!
**[07:04] MARUKO**
Let's try it.
**[07:06] TAMAE**
What?
**[07:07] SAKIKO**
Don't touch my dolls.
**[07:12] MARUKO**
If you heard me, that makes it easier.
**[07:14] MARUKO**
I'll put them back later, so please?
**[07:17] SAKIKO**
No!
**[07:18] SAKIKO**
You might break them.
**[07:20] MARUKO**
I won't!
**[07:22] MARUKO**
I just want to try. Please?
**[07:23] SAKIKO**
Sweet talking to me won't work.
**[07:25] MARUKO**
You meanie!
**[07:26] MARUKO**
By the way, this doll's face
looks haughty, just like you!
**[07:31] MARUKO**
A haughty hina doll for you!
**[07:36] SAKIKO**
Humph!
**[07:40] TAMAE**
Maybe you've gone too far?
**[07:43] MARUKO**
I only wanted to see them side by side...
**[07:46] TAMAE**
I should get going now.
**[07:49] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[07:53] MARUKO**
Mom told me to get something
to eat with you for dinner.
**[07:59] MARUKO**
Should we go to a restaurant,
or a sushi place?
**[08:02] HIROSHI**
I've got no plan.
**[08:07] HIROSHI**
Oh, maybe we could go to the oden place?
**[08:11] MARUKO**
Yes, please!
**[08:16] MARUKO/I**
*The oden place, huh?*
**[08:18] MARUKO/I**
*He usually goes with Yama-chan.*
***SIGN*** Diner Koyama Chan
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Udon Oden Yakisoba
***SIGN*** We Have
Combo
Sets
***SIGN*** Koyama-chan
**[08:28] HOSTESS**
Welcome.
**[08:33] MARUKO/I**
*Yama-chan's here!*
**[08:35] MARUKO/I**
* What will Dad do if he*
* notices Yama-chan's here?*
**[08:37] HOSTESS**
This way, please.
**[08:45] MARUKO**
Hey Dad, why did you have
a fight with Yama-chan?
**[08:50] MARUKO**
Come on, tell me!
**[08:54] HIROSHI**
We didn't bring enough gizzards.
**[08:58] MARUKO**
Gizzards, as in skewered food?
**[09:01] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
There's only one, so I'll take
it off the skewer to share.
**[09:05] (Flashback) YAMA-CHAN**
Come on, it doesn't look good
if you take them off a skewer!
**[09:09] (Flashback) YAMA-CHAN**
I don't need it, so you eat it.
**[09:11] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
No, thanks.
**[09:12] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
I know it's your favorite.
**[09:13] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
You eat it.
**[09:15] (Flashback) YAMA-CHAN**
You're making me look like I took it off
the skewer because I wanted to eat it.
**[09:20] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
That's not what I said.
**[09:22] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Here, eat it.
**[09:23] (Flashback) YAMA-CHAN**
No, it's fine!
**[09:25] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Huh? You're so stubborn!
**[09:31] HIROSHI**
And then I left.
**[09:35] MARUKO**
If you're going to be so stubborn
over such a silly thing,
**[09:38] MARUKO**
bring it home next time and I'll eat it.
**[09:43] YAMA-CHAN**
It was a silly thing, indeed.
**[09:47] HIROSHI**
Yama-chan, you're here.
**[09:51] YAMA-CHAN**
What were we so hung up on?
**[09:54] HIROSHI**
Ha, seriously.
**[09:56] YAMA-CHAN**
Can I sit with you?
**[09:58] HIROSHI**
Sure, join us.
**[10:01] HOSTESS**
Here's amazake.
**[10:03] HOSTESS**
It's almost the hina doll festival,
so this one's on us for you.
**[10:06] MARUKO**
Wow, thank you!
**[10:09] HIROSHI**
Tonight, I'm buying.
**[10:11] YAMA-CHAN**
Now you're making me look like I came over
here because I wanted you to pay for me.
**[10:15] MARUKO/I**
*There are two Ministers of the Right here.*
**[10:31] TAMAE**
Your dolls are tiny and
they're cute like you.
**[10:42] MARUKO**
I only wanted to see them side by side...
**[10:45] TAMAE/I**
* I could have agreed with her and*
* said, "I know," or something...*
**[10:51] MARUKO**
Listen,
**[10:52] MARUKO**
About the hina dolls... I went too far.
**[10:55] MARUKO**
I'm sorry.
**[11:00] SAKIKO**
You can put them side by side.
**[11:03] MARUKO**
Really?!
**[11:14] MARUKO/I**
*Tomorrow, I'll apologize to Tama-chan.*
**[11:21] MARUKO**
I'm sorry about the other day.
**[11:22] TAMAE**
Not at all.
**[11:24] TAMAE**
I'm sorry for leaving so soon.
**[11:28] MARUKO**
You didn't do anything wrong.
**[11:30] MARUKO**
Like I said before, I was truly
at fault when you think about it.
**[11:35] MARUKO**
I'm really sorry.
**[11:37] TAMAE**
Maru-chan.
**[11:39] MARUKO**
Oh yeah, my dad and Yama-chan made up.
**[11:43] TAMAE**
Is that so?
**[11:44] TAMAE**
I'm glad to hear it.
**[11:45] MARUKO**
Yes, everything is back to normal.
**[11:49] TAMAE**
So what was the cause of the fight?
**[11:51] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[11:52] MARUKO**
Oh, it was just gizzards...
**[11:55] TAMAE**
What?
**[11:56] TAMAE**
What is that?
**[11:57] TAMAE**
Gizz...?
**[11:58] MARUKO**
It's skewered food.
**[12:01] TAMAE**
Huh? Skewered food?!
**[12:03] NARRATOR/I**
The more Maruko explained, and
the more Tama-chan listened,
**[12:06] NARRATOR/I**
the more they felt the
whole thing was so silly.
***SIGN*** Maruko Wants to Play Darts
**[12:18] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[12:19] MARUKO**
"Maruko Wants to Play Darts."
**[12:29] MARUKO**
I get sleepy after lunch.
**[12:32] TAMAE**
I know.
**[12:35] HAMAJI**
The pitcher throws the ball!
**[12:39] BUTAROU**
It's a miss, boo!
**[12:41] HAMAJI**
Tsk, too bad.
**[12:45] HAMAJI**
One more time.
**[12:46] TAMAE**
Did you need to get back here?
**[12:49] HAMAJI**
I want to make it from here.
**[12:52] MARUKO**
It's a miss again.
**[13:00] HAMAJI**
What's with that pose?
**[13:11] BUTAROU**
Incredible, boo!
**[13:11] MARUKO/TAMAE**
Amazing!
**[13:11] HAMAJI**
Wow!
**[13:13] MARUKO**
Hanawa-kun, what was that pitch?
**[13:16] HANAWA**
That's how you throw darts.
**[13:18] MARUKO**
Darts?
**[13:20] MARUKO**
I've heard that somewhere.
**[13:21] HANAWA**
It's a game where you throw small arrows.
**[13:24] HANAWA**
I got it as a souvenir from abroad.
**[13:26] HANAWA**
I'm working on my skills at home.
**[13:29] TAMAE**
You have darts at home?
**[13:32] MIGIWA**
I don't like it!
**[13:35] MARUKO**
Wh-What's wrong, Migiwa-san?
**[13:37] MIGIWA**
That's so dangerous!
**[13:39] MIGIWA**
What if it stabs you, Hanawa-kun?!
**[13:46] HANAWA**
No need to worry.
**[13:48] HANAWA**
They're for kids with suction cups.
**[13:52] MARUKO**
I didn't know you played with toys like that.
**[13:58] HANAWA**
Darts aren't toys.
**[13:59] HANAWA**
It's a sport with depth.
**[14:02] HAMAJI**
Sport?
**[14:03] HANAWA**
The exact height of the target and the
distance to the target are specified,
**[14:08] HANAWA**
and there are rules for scoring
from single, double, to triple.
**[14:14] MARUKO**
Sounds complicated.
**[14:16] HANAWA**
If you'd like, you can join
me at my house this Sunday.
**[14:21] HAMAJI**
Yeah, that sounds good.
**[14:23] HANAWA**
It'll be fun to play with all of us together.
**[14:25] BUTAROU**
I'd love to try, boo,
**[14:27] HANAWA**
Sakura-kun, Honami-kun,
would you like to join us?
**[14:30] MIGIWA**
I'd love to!
**[14:32] HANAWA**
S-Sure, of course.
**[14:35] MARUKO/I**
* They give us tasty snacks*
* at Hanawa-kun's place.*
**[14:40] MARUKO**
Yeah, I'll come.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:46] MARUKO**
Oops, here's tissue I used
to blow my nose with.
**[14:50] SAKIKO**
That's nasty. Throw it away.
**[14:54] MARUKO**
I know.
**[14:58] TOMOZOU**
What are you doing?
**[14:59] MARUKO**
Don't you know what darts is, Grandpa?
**[15:02] HIROSHI**
I've seen it on TV.
**[15:04] MARUKO**
You throw arrows at a target.
**[15:07] TOMOZOU**
Kind of like horseback archery?
**[15:15] TOMOZOU**
Bullseye!
**[15:18] MARUKO**
I think it went something like this.
**[15:20] MARUKO**
Easy peasy.
**[15:21] MARUKO**
There!
**[15:23] SAKIKO**
That was a miss.
**[15:25] MARUKO**
Shut up.
**[15:28] HIROSHI**
All right, let me try.
**[15:29] HIROSHI**
There!
**[15:31] HIROSHI**
Shoot, that was close.
**[15:33] MARUKO**
That wasn't close at all.
**[15:35] TOMOZOU**
Then let me find...
**[15:37] TOMOZOU**
Oh, here it is.
**[15:39] TOMOZOU**
Something like this?
**[15:41] MARUKO**
I thought you didn't know darts.
**[15:44] TOMOZOU**
It's just a ball toss game.
**[15:46] TOMOZOU**
That's my specialty.
**[16:01] HIROSHI**
It didn't even reach it.
**[16:03] MARUKO**
You two talk big.
**[16:06] SUMIRE**
I should check tomorrow's weather.
**[16:11] SUMIRE**
Hm?
**[16:12] SUMIRE**
What's going on?
**[16:13] SUMIRE**
Maruko!
**[16:14] MARUKO**
Why me?
**[16:16] MARUKO**
Not all of this is mine.
**[16:19] SUMIRE**
Just throw them away.
**[16:21] MARUKO**
Boo.
**[16:23] NARRATOR/I**
On Sunday...
**[16:26] HIDE**
Right this way.
**[16:28] MARUKO**
Oh!
**[16:29] HANAWA**
Welcome, babies.
**[16:32] HANAWA**
This is the board, which is the target.
**[16:35] HAMAJI**
It looks like roulette.
**[16:37] BUTAROU**
Does it spin?
**[16:39] HANAWA**
Oh no, it doesn't spin,
so please don't move it.
**[16:45] MARUKO**
Wow, this is impressive.
**[16:47] TAMAE**
Hanawa-kun, throw one for us.
**[16:49] HANAWA**
Sure, I'd be happy to.
**[16:54] HANAWA**
There are detailed rules, but
let's aim at the center for now.
**[16:59] MARUKO**
Yeah, let's stay easy and simple.
**[17:04] HANAWA**
There!
**[17:08] HANAWA**
Too bad.
**[17:09] MIGIWA**
That was cool!
**[17:11] MARUKO**
So that is the right throwing form.
**[17:14] HANAWA**
This is where I usually throw,
**[17:17] HANAWA**
but since this is your first time,
let's try from somewhere closer.
**[17:21] MIGIWA**
Hanawa-kun, you're so kind!
**[17:24] MIGIWA**
I know!
**[17:25] MIGIWA**
Can I be your manager?
**[17:28] MARUKO**
Manager?
**[17:29] HANAWA**
Hahaha, I appreciate you volunteering,
but I'm not in competition or anything—
**[17:34] MIGIWA**
But I want to do it, like handing
you darts and wiping your sweat.
**[17:39] HANAWA**
I don't think I'll sweat.
**[17:42] HAMAJI**
Whatever, just let her be. You know?
**[17:45] MARUKO**
Exactly.
**[17:46] HANAWA**
O-Okay, I guess I'll take you up on that.
**[17:50] HAMAJI**
All right, it's my turn next!
**[17:56] BUTAROU**
You missed, boo.
**[17:59] HAMAJI**
Hmm, this is a difficult way to throw.
**[18:01] HAMAJI**
Hanawa, show it to me again.
**[18:03] HANAWA**
Sure, of course.
**[18:05] MIGIWA**
Hanawa-kun, I'm rooting for you!
**[18:10] HANAWA**
Migiwa-kun, these are for you.
**[18:13] MIGIWA**
I have received your love!
**[18:22] MIGIWA**
Hanawa-kun!
**[18:25] MARUKO**
Migiwa-san, you're way too close.
**[18:34] HAMAJI**
Huh?
**[18:35] BUTAROU**
It's farther away than before, boo.
**[18:38] HANAWA**
Hahaha, I don't know why, but I got nervous.
**[18:43] MIGIWA/I**
*I made Hanawa-kun nervous!*
**[18:45] MIGIWA/I**
* I'm a failure as his manager;*
* how stupid of me!*
**[18:50] MARUKO**
Is there a trick to it?
**[18:52] HANAWA**
Right, I hear top-rated players don't
think anything unnecessary to throw.
**[18:58] TAMAE**
Don't think anything unnecessary?
**[19:01] MARUKO**
Hm, not thinking, huh?
**[19:04] MARUKO/I**
* Don't think anything unnecessary,*
* anything unnecessary...*
***SIGN*** Caramel
**[19:08] MARUKO/I**
*Snacks I'm hiding from Big Sis.*
**[19:11] MARUKO/I**
*Tomorrow's UFO TV show I'm excited about.*
**[19:15] MARUKO/I**
*A fat cat I saw on my way home...*
**[19:18] MARUKO**
Ah! I'm totally thinking
about everything unnecessary!
**[19:22] BUTAROU**
Don't think anything unnecessary, boo?
**[19:26] BUTAROU/I**
* Don't think anything*
* unnecessary, don't think...*
**[19:31] BUTAROU/I**
*What's "anything unnecessary," boo?*
***SIGN*** Unnecessary
**[19:37] BUTAROU**
It's hard not to think, boo!
**[19:41] HAMAJI**
I'm really good at not thinking.
**[19:44] HAMAJI**
All right!
**[19:46] HAMAJI**
I'll try that with my next throw.
**[19:50] HAMAJI**
I'm thinking nothing right now!
**[19:55] HAMAJI**
There!
**[20:03] HAMAJI**
Sorry, Hide the Butler!
**[20:04] MARUKO**
That was cool!
**[20:06] HIDE**
Everyone, how about a break?
**[20:09] MARUKO**
That's what I've been waiting for!
**[20:13] HANAWA**
Everyone, let's drink some tea and relax.
**[20:17] MARUKO**
So good!
**[20:19] TAMAE**
It is, isn't it?
**[20:22] MARUKO**
It's so tasty, I'm in heaven!
**[20:25] HANAWA**
Sakura-kun, you don't seem to
be thinking anything unnecessary
**[20:28] HANAWA**
when you're eating delicious food.
**[20:31] BUTAROU**
I also feel anything
unnecessary fading away, boo.
**[20:36] HAMAJI**
Maybe now you can hit the target?
**[20:40] BUTAROU**
Okay... boo!
**[20:46] BUTAROU**
I did it, boo!
**[20:48] HAMAJI**
That was incredible!
**[20:50] BUTAROU**
I threw without thinking
much and it made a hit, boo.
**[20:54] HANAWA**
Sakura-kun, would you like to try next?
**[20:57] MARUKO/I**
* There's nothing more to be done*
* since Butarou hit the bullseye.*
**[21:03] MARUKO**
Then just one throw...
**[21:11] HAMAJI**
Are you serious?
**[21:12] MARUKO**
I did hit it! I can't believe it!
**[21:15] MARUKO**
Yay! I hit the bullseye!
**[21:19] HAMAJI**
Huh?
**[21:20] HAMAJI**
Oh!
**[21:23] BUTAROU**
It fell, boo.
**[21:25] MARUKO**
But it did hit the center, right?
**[21:28] HAMAJI**
But it didn't stick, so...
**[21:31] HANAWA**
That's unfortunate.
**[21:33] MARUKO**
What?!
**[21:34] MARUKO**
But you all saw it!
**[21:36] MARUKO**
It hit the center, it
was the bullseye, right?
**[21:40] BUTAROU**
So I'm still number one, boo!
**[21:42] TAMAE**
Maru-chan...
**[21:44] MARUKO**
No way... I did hit it.
**[21:48] HIDE**
Now now, Sakura-san.
**[21:49] HIDE**
Would you like another helping of cake?
**[21:52] MARUKO**
Huh? More cake?
**[21:55] MARUKO**
Yes!
**[21:56] MARUKO**
Oh.
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko loves delicious food
more than playing darts,
**[22:04] NARRATOR/I**
and her mind is always full
of unnecessary thoughts.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] NARRATOR/I**
Momoe-chan's going to appear on today's TV show.
**[22:17] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko and Tomozou, who want to see
it no matter what, are in a bind.
**[22:20] NARRATOR/I**
Hiroshi is determined to watch the
baseball game on TV, and he won't budge.
**[22:24] NARRATOR/I**
They attempt all kinds of ways
to persuade Hiroshi, but...
***SIGN*** Professional Baseball Season Begins!
**[22:29] NARRATOR/I**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
"Professional Baseball Season Begins!"
**[22:33] NARRATOR/I**
Look forward to it!
# E1427 - Professional Baseball Season Begins!
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GEVUZD17N/professional-baseball-season-begins)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] HANAWA**
Hey, babies.
**[00:02] HANAWA**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Professional Baseball Season Begins!
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:31] MARUKO**
"Professional Baseball Season Begins!"
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[01:37] HAMAJI**
I'm a huge fan of Taiyo.
**[01:40] HAMAJI**
I'll be rooting for them this year again!
**[01:43] MARUKO**
Taiyo?
**[01:44] MARUKO**
I never knew that you liked
the Sun so much, Hamaji.
**[01:48] BUTARO**
That's a wrong "Taiyo," boo.
***SIGN*** The Sun
**[01:51] BUTARO**
He means Taiyo, the professional
baseball team, boo.
***SIGN*** Taiyo
**[01:55] HAMAJI**
Oh yeah, I'll show you Yamashita's autograph.
**[01:59] HAMAJI**
I went to his autograph session at a
department store in January and got it.
**[02:04] MARUKO**
Oh, that was on TV!
**[02:07] MARUKO**
I saw it on the news.
**[02:10] TAMAE**
I saw it too!
**[02:11] TAMAE**
I was surprised to see the closeup of
your face when I changed the station.
**[02:27] FUJIKI**
We also went there on that
day, but we weren't on TV.
**[02:32] NAGASAWA**
Yeah, because of Hamazaki-kun's
flashy closeup,
**[02:35] NAGASAWA**
plain people like us
disappeared from the screen.
**[02:39] BUTARO**
Yamashita is from Shimizu city, boo.
**[02:43] MARUKO**
Oh really? Shimizu city sure has
produced an incredible person.
**[02:48] MARUKO**
It's not just Jirocho, huh?
**[02:50] HAMAJI**
Anyhow, I can't wait for the official
opening game of the season.
**[02:54] BUTARO**
Boo.
**[02:54] MARUKO**
Professional Baseball? Come to think
of it, Dad was excited about it.
**[02:59] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[03:01] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Baseball season is upon us.
**[03:03] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
It makes me happy!
**[03:05] MARUKO**
Are you that excited about
professional baseball?
**[03:08] BUTARO**
Of course we are, boo.
**[03:10] BUTARO**
You have no idea how we've
longed for April, boo.
**[03:14] BUTARO**
I want to be a professional
baseball player too, boo.
**[03:17] BUTARO**
I'm glad I was born a man, boo.
**[03:20] MARUKO**
Boys look up to baseball players, don't you?
**[03:24] BUTARO**
Of course, boo.
**[03:26] BUTARO**
They're cool, boo.
**[03:28] BUTARO**
They're the men of all men, boo.
**[03:31] TAMAE**
That's true.
**[03:33] NAGASAWA**
I don't think baseball caps
will sit well on my head,
**[03:37] NAGASAWA**
so I have no chance of
becoming a baseball player...
**[03:39] MARUKO**
Th-That's not...
**[03:42] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko couldn't bring herself
to finish the sentence.
**[03:49] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, let's go home together.
**[03:51] MARUKO**
Yes, let's.
**[03:54] HAMAJI**
Wow, that's nice!
**[03:56] HANAWA**
Well, it's nothing unusual.
**[03:58] MARUKO**
What is nothing unusual?
**[04:01] HANAWA**
The Giants' game.
**[04:03] HANAWA**
I watch the Giants' games twice
a month at the Korakuen Stadium.
**[04:08] MARUKO**
Wow, that's cool.
**[04:11] HAMAJI**
Must be nice.
**[04:12] HAMAJI**
A game at the Korakuen Stadium is my dream.
**[04:15] MARUKO**
Hanawa-kun, you're living everyone's dreams.
**[04:20] TAMAE**
That's true.
**[04:21] TAMAE**
The least you can do is to share
one with Hamaji or Nagasawa-kun.
**[04:31] HIROSHI**
Yes! It's time for baseball!
**[04:35] HIROSHI**
With beer and baseball, life is all roses!
**[04:43] HIROSHI**
Okay, changing the station!
**[04:45] MARUKO**
What?
**[04:49] MARUKO**
This ends in 10 minutes, so please wait!
**[04:53] TOMOZOU**
Please wait!
**[04:54] HIROSHI**
No, no!
**[04:56] MARUKO**
Come on, I want to watch this!
**[04:58] TOMOZOU**
Me too!
**[05:04] MARUKO**
How are we supposed to know
what happens to Columbo?
**[05:08] TOMOZOU**
So regretful!
**[05:14] ANNOUNCER/I**
*Now, Takada is up.*
**[05:15] ANNOUNCER/I**
*The team could really use a hit here.*
**[05:18] ANNOUNCER/I**
*One out, the bases are loaded.*
**[05:19] ANNOUNCER/I**
* The Giants have a chance*
* to score an additional run.*
**[05:22] HIROSHI**
All right, let's go, Takada!
**[05:26] MARUKO**
Humph. Stingy Dad, I hope the Giants lose.
**[05:30] TOMOZOU**
Humph, I hope they lose!
**[05:32] HIROSHI**
Shut up! Go away!
**[05:35] ANNOUNCER/I**
*Oh, Takada's ready for a bunt.*
**[05:36] ANNOUNCER/I**
* The Giants are going for a*
* safe and solid additional run.*
**[05:39] HIROSHI**
One more run!
**[05:42] HIROSHI**
Let's go!
**[05:43] MARUKO**
Grandpa, it's cold, isn't it?
**[05:46] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, it's your heart
that's feeling the cold...
**[05:52] ANNOUNCER/I**
*Takada swings and hits!*
**[05:53] ANNOUNCER/I**
*The ball flies to first base!*
**[05:55] HIROSHI**
Run, run!
**[05:59] ANNOUNCER/I**
*And that's a double play!*
**[06:01] ANNOUNCER/I**
*The Giants get three outs, change!*
**[06:03] ANNOUNCER/I**
*Runners left on base!*
**[06:03] HIROSHI**
Darn idiot!
**[06:06] MARUKO**
Oh Grandpa, I hear someone
somewhere saying "idiot."
**[06:12] TOMOZOU**
Who cares?
**[06:14] HIROSHI**
Darn it, it was a chance to score a run! Man!
**[06:25] MARUKO**
It's the grudge of detective Columbo.
**[06:29] TOMOZOU**
Cold... isn't it, Hiroshi?
**[06:34] HIROSHI**
Leave me alone!
**[06:37] MARUKO**
Oh man, this sucks.
**[06:39] MARUKO**
I hope the baseball game ends soon.
**[06:41] TOMOZOU**
Hiroshi can be so bossy!
**[06:45] MARUKO**
Mom, what are you doing?
**[06:48] SUMIRE**
I'm making Dad's snack for his drink.
**[06:50] MARUKO**
Mom, stop wasting your time
and energy on that man.
**[06:55] TOMOZOU**
That's right, Sumire-san.
**[06:57] TOMOZOU**
I'm sorry about my son.
**[06:59] SUMIRE**
What about?
**[07:00] MARUKO**
Because of Dad's baseball, we
couldn't see the end of Columbo.
**[07:07] TOMOZOU**
It was only ten more minutes!
**[07:10] TOMOZOU**
I can't fall asleep because I need to know
how Columbo found out about the culprit!
**[07:15] SUMIRE**
Oh my...
**[07:16] SUMIRE**
I see you two are rather stressed out.
**[07:19] MARUKO**
Mom, can't you do something?
**[07:22] MARUKO**
We want to see other programs.
**[07:24] TOMOZOU**
We do.
**[07:26] SUMIRE**
I can't.
**[07:27] SUMIRE**
No matter what we do, Dad's
baseball craze won't be fixed.
**[07:31] MARUKO**
Seriously?!
**[07:33] MARUKO**
Then until I get married
and leave this house,
**[07:35] MARUKO**
I can't watch the shows
I want because of Dad?
**[07:39] TOMOZOU**
For me, it's until the day I die!
**[07:44] MARUKO**
Come on, let's buy another TV.
**[07:49] TOMOZOU**
Please!
**[07:50] MARUKO**
TV! TV!
**[07:51] TOMOZOU**
Please, please, please!
**[07:51] NARRATOR/I**
Grandpa, you're a grownup.
**[07:51] MARUKO**
TV! TV!
**[07:53] NARRATOR/I**
Buy one with your own money.
**[07:59] HIROSHI**
All right, well done!
**[08:02] HIROSHI**
They held on to their lead.
**[08:04] HIROSHI**
I'll take a bath and go to sleep.
**[08:06] MARUKO**
Humph.
**[08:07] MARUKO**
All you do is take a bath and go
to sleep even if the Giants win.
**[08:12] MARUKO**
Doesn't make any difference.
**[08:15] HIROSHI**
It's nice to take a bath feeling the victory.
**[08:19] MARUKO**
Humph, humph, humph!
**[08:21] MARUKO**
I want to take a bath feeling the victory
of Columbo catching the culprit.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[08:30] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[08:32] MARUKO**
Hey, Maruo-kun.
**[08:34] MARUKO**
Can you tell me how Columbo ended last night?
**[08:37] MARUKO**
I didn't get to watch the ending.
**[08:40] MARUO**
Yes, of course!
**[08:42] MARUO**
The culprit turned off the electricity
of the house at the time of the crime,
**[08:47] MARUO**
which raised the temperature
of the wine cellar.
**[08:51] MARUO**
That, indeed, was the conclusive evidence!
**[08:54] YAMADA**
I see, so that's what happened.
**[08:57] YAMADA**
I saw it until the end, but
I didn't get that at all.
**[09:01] YAMADA**
Maruo, you're amazing.
**[09:05] MARUO/I**
Being amazing for that doesn't
really make me happy...
**[09:13] MARUKO**
The boys are pretending to play baseball again.
**[09:16] WAKABAYASHI**
Hamazaki winds up for the first pitch.
**[09:19] WAKABAYASHI**
He prepares...
**[09:33] WAKABAYASHI**
And he throws!
**[09:37] SEKIGUCHI**
Oh, a dead ball.
**[09:40] WAKABAYASHI**
Fujiki seems to be in great pain.
**[09:43] MARUKO**
Oh no, they made Fujiki cry.
**[09:46] TAMAE**
When they know it's going
to end up like that,
**[09:48] TAMAE**
why would the boys do this every single day?
**[09:54] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, don't cry.
**[09:57] NAGASAWA**
Tears should be reserved for
when they really matter.
**[10:00] FUJIKI**
I know.
**[10:01] FUJIKI**
Compared to the tears you shed on on
the day of the fire, mine are not...
**[10:07] TAMAE**
Oh, your dad is a Giants' fan.
**[10:12] MARUKO**
When the night game starts,
no one can stop him.
**[10:16] MARUKO**
I'd rather watch a different show.
**[10:18] TAMAE**
Then you can't watch
today's Kin-Don, can you?
**[10:22] TAMAE**
The guest is Momoe-chan today...
**[10:24] MARUKO**
Momoe-chan is the guest?!
**[10:26] MARUKO**
Is that really true?
**[10:28] MARUKO**
I have got to watch it!
**[10:30] NARRATOR/I**
Continue to the second half...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[10:38] MARUKO**
I'm home!
**[10:40] MARUKO**
Mom, Momoe-chan is today's guest on Kin-Don.
**[10:45] MARUKO**
Wanna watch, huh?
**[10:46] SUMIRE**
Oh my. But Dad will want to see
the night game, so maybe not.
**[10:50] MARUKO**
Can't you do something?
**[10:52] MARUKO**
That's why you're his wife, no?
**[10:55] SUMIRE**
That's not why we got married.
**[11:03] MARUKO**
Grandpa, Momoe-chan will
appear on today's Kin-Don.
**[11:08] TOMOZOU**
What?! Momoe-chan will?!
**[11:12] TOMOZOU/I**
*L, O, V, E, love, love, Momoe!*
***SIGN*** Momoe
**[11:17] TOMOZOU/I**
*Banzai!*
**[11:18] TOMOZOU/I**
*Banzai!*
**[11:21] MARUKO**
We have to watch it no matter what, right?
**[11:24] TOMOZOU**
Yes, we must!
**[11:27] TOMOZOU**
I'm going to!
**[11:28] MARUKO**
But there's a baseball game today,
so maybe Dad won't let us...
**[11:33] TOMOZOU**
Uh, Hiroshi...
**[11:35] TOMOZOU**
Today, something must be done.
**[11:38] MARUKO**
We need to come up with a good plan.
**[12:04] NARRATOR/I**
Three hours later...
**[12:21] MARUKO**
It's evening already.
**[12:22] MARUKO**
Not the time to be napping.
**[12:25] TOMOZOU**
O-Oh, you're right.
**[12:29] MARUKO**
A good plan came to me while I was napping.
**[12:32] MARUKO**
What if you pretend to be sick, Grandpa?
**[12:36] TOMOZOU**
Sick?
**[12:37] MARUKO**
Be like, "It hurts! I'm going
to die!" or something, and say,
**[12:40] MARUKO**
"I want to watch Kin-Don before I die."
**[12:43] MARUKO**
He's not a monster, so
I bet he'll let us watch it.
**[12:46] TOMOZOU**
Well done!
**[12:48] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, you're a genius.
**[12:49] TOMOZOU**
That's a good plan.
**[12:51] TOMOZOU**
You can grow up to be a super spy agent.
**[12:54] NARRATOR/I**
That's her future?
**[12:59] MARUKO**
It'll be perfect.
**[13:03] TOMOZOU**
Indeed.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[13:07] HIROSHI**
Okay, it's time for baseball!
**[13:11] HIROSHI**
A night game!
**[13:19] MARUKO**
Grandpa, are you ready?
**[13:21] TOMOZOU**
Yes.
**[13:23] ANNOUNCER/I**
Here comes Oh.
**[13:24] ANNOUNCER/I**
Let's see if he can give us the hit we want.
**[13:27] HIROSHI**
Okay, Oh!
**[13:29] HIROSHI**
I'm counting on you!
**[13:32] MARUKO**
Grandpa, maybe it's time.
**[13:34] TOMOZOU**
Okay.
**[13:35] TOMOZOU**
Ugh! It hurts...!
**[13:38] TOMOZOU**
I feel a sharp pain deep in my chest!
**[13:42] MARUKO**
Oh no, Grandpa!
**[13:45] ANNOUNCER/I**
*Oh swings and hits!*
**[13:47] ANNOUNCER/I**
*It's in!*
**[13:48] ANNOUNCER/I**
*It's a home run!*
**[13:49] HIROSHI**
Yes!
**[13:51] TOMOZOU**
I want to watch Kin-Don before I die...
**[13:54] MARUKO**
Grandpa!
**[13:56] HIROSHI**
Well done! Good job!
**[13:58] TOMOZOU**
Watch... Kin-Don... before I die...
**[14:01] MARUKO**
Dad, Grandpa's in trouble!
**[14:04] HIROSHI**
Hey, did you see that home run?!
**[14:08] HIROSHI**
Oh is the man! Truly!
**[14:20] TOMOZOU/I**
*"Despite my convincing performance"*
**[14:22] TOMOZOU/I**
*"I've been ignored"*
**[14:24] TOMOZOU/I**
*"That's my son, Hiroshi"*
**[14:25] TOMOZOU/I**
*"And I'm his father"*
**[14:27] TOMOZOU/I**
*Tomozou's poem of the heart*
**[14:31] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, let's go to Yamano-ya.
**[14:34] TOMOZOU**
Let's watch the TV there...
**[14:37] MARUKO**
Yes. We can eat ramen while we're at it.
***SIGN*** Yamano-ya
***SIGN*** Ramen
***SIGN*** Ramen
**[14:43] CUSTOMER A**
Nice!
**[14:44] ANNOUNCER/I**
*One out with runners on first and second.*
**[14:46] ANNOUNCER/I**
* Here's another opportunity for*
* the Giants to score a run.*
**[14:50] CUSTOMER A**
Oh! He's stealing a base!
**[14:53] MARUKO**
Everyone's watching baseball.
**[14:56] TOMOZOU**
Right.
**[14:57] TOMOZOU**
We can't ask them to change
the station to Kin-Don.
**[15:00] ANNOUNCER/I**
* He was caught stealing,*
* and the batter is out!*
**[15:04] ANNOUNCER/I**
* Top of the seventh inning, the Giants*
* miss the perfect chance for a run!*
***SIGN*** Yamano-ya
***SIGN*** Ramen
***SIGN*** Ramen
**[15:09] MARUKO/I**
Grandpa, what did we come to Yamano-ya for?
**[15:14] TOMOZOU/I**
* Maruko... It's ramen. We*
* came here to eat ramen.*
**[15:18] MARUKO/I**
*Oh right.*
**[15:20] MARUKO/I**
*It's yummy, Grandpa.*
**[15:22] TOMOZOU/I**
*Yes, it's yummy.*
**[15:24] TOMOZOU/I**
*Right, Maruko?*
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[15:30] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[15:33] MARUKO**
Man, last night was truly
the last straw for me.
**[15:38] MARUKO**
Because of baseball,
I couldn't watch Kin-Don.
**[15:41] MARUKO**
I even went to Yamano-ya to watch it.
**[15:44] TAMAE**
You went all the way to Yamano-ya
but couldn't watch it?
**[15:47] MARUKO**
Other customers were
watching the baseball game.
**[15:51] MARUKO**
I couldn't say I wanted to watch Kin-Don.
**[15:54] MARUKO**
Oh, man...
**[15:57] TAMAE**
People sure love baseball.
**[15:59] MARUKO**
Man, I wish there was a machine that can
record the other shows that are happening.
**[16:05] NARRATOR/I**
I'm sorry to tell you this,
**[16:06] NARRATOR/I**
but it'll be another ten years
until you get a hold of that.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[16:12] NARRATOR/I**
That evening...
**[16:14] HIROSHI**
Hey, the game is canceled tonight.
**[16:17] HIROSHI**
You can watch whatever you want.
**[16:22] SUMIRE**
On a day like this, there's
nothing that's worth watching.
**[16:26] SAKIKO**
Oh man, I wish this happened last Friday.
**[16:30] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
I'm begging you!
**[16:31] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
I really want to see Hideki's special!
**[16:34] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
Please!
**[16:35] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
No! Absolutely not.
**[16:38] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
Dad, it won't kill you to listen
to the game on the radio.
**[16:42] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
Look at the poor kids.
**[16:44] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
Especially Sakiko. She never says
anything selfish, and she's begging you.
**[16:49] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
No amount of begging is going to work.
**[16:52] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Just pretend that we never
had a TV in this house.
**[16:56] (Flashback) MARUKO**
If there's no TV in the house,
then I'll turn it off!
**[16:59] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Hey, you idiot! What are you
doing?! Maruko, turn it on!
**[17:02] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Who cares about baseball?!
**[17:03] (Flashback) MARUKO**
You watch it every single day, but
you can't grant our occasional wish?
**[17:10] (Flashback) MARUKO**
I hate you!
**[17:11] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Fine, hate me all you want.
**[17:14] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
I don't want you to like me if it means
I have to give up watching baseball.
**[17:20] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
I hate you, Dad!
**[17:23] (Flashback) MARUKO**
You jerk, jerk, jerk!
**[17:25] (Flashback) MARUKO**
This TV can be broken, for all I care!
**[17:27] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Gah, you're in the way.
**[17:29] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Get out!
**[17:36] SAKIKO**
If only they did a rerun of
Hideki's special program...
**[17:40] MARUKO**
If only they did a rerun of Kin-Don from
the other day, I could watch Momoe-chan...
**[17:46] SUMIRE**
There's nothing good on.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[17:50] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[17:55] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[17:56] MARUKO**
Hamaji, you look pale.
**[17:59] MARUKO**
What's the matter?
**[18:00] HAMAJI**
Th-The autograph of Taiyo's Yamashita...
**[18:04] HAMAJI**
I've lost it...
**[18:06] MARUKO**
What?
**[18:07] MARUKO**
Why did you bring such a
precious item to school?!
**[18:11] HAMAJI**
I told you I was going
to show it to everyone.
**[18:13] HAMAJI**
S-So... I wanted to show it off.
**[18:21] HAMAJI/I**
I'm... I'm...
**[18:22] HAMAJI/I**
I'm such an idiot!
**[18:24] HAMAJI/I**
I jumped through hoops to get it!
**[18:27] HAMAJI/I**
I waited in a long line
for two hours to get it.
**[18:32] HAMAJI/I**
Nagasawa and Fujiki were there together,
**[18:35] HAMAJI/I**
so they could take turns
to get a break and such.
**[18:38] HAMAJI/I**
But I went there by myself!
**[18:41] HAMAJI/I**
So I had to wait in line alone.
**[18:44] HAMAJI/I**
It was cold and I wanted to pee and I got
hungry, but I put up with all of that!
**[18:49] HAMAJI/I**
And I'll never forget how
it felt to have shaken hands
**[18:52] HAMAJI/I**
with Yamashita and get his autograph...
**[18:55] HAMAJI/I**
But I lost his autograph!
**[18:59] HAMAJI/I**
I'm such an idiot!
**[19:05] TAMAE**
Poor Hamaji.
**[19:07] MARUKO**
I don't know how to console him.
**[19:10] SEKIGUCHI**
Hey, Hamaji.
**[19:11] SEKIGUCHI**
Did you bring Yamashita's autograph?
**[19:14] WAKABAYASHI**
Show us.
**[19:18] SEKIGUCHI**
What? You lost it?
**[19:20] SEKIGUCHI**
That must be a lie.
**[19:21] SEKIGUCHI**
You never had it to begin with, did you?
**[19:24] HAMAJI**
It's not a lie!
**[19:25] HAMAJI**
Please believe me!
**[19:27] HAMAJI**
I was even on TV!
**[19:29] MARUKO**
I hope he finds it soon.
**[19:32] TAMAE**
I know.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[19:34] MARUKO**
What?! You're watching
the baseball game again?!
**[19:38] SAKIKO**
I want to watch a drama.
**[19:40] SUMIRE**
Me too.
**[19:41] MARUKO**
I want to watch a comedy show!
**[19:44] HIROSHI**
Humph, shut up!
**[19:46] HIROSHI**
I bought this TV.
**[19:47] HIROSHI**
If you want to watch something
else, buy your own TV.
**[19:50] SAKIKO**
You're being so unreasonable.
**[19:52] HIROSHI**
First of all, you simply don't
understand the appeal of baseball.
**[19:57] HIROSHI**
Man, it's pathetic!
**[20:00] ANNOUNCER/I**
*What is Shibata going to do?*
**[20:02] ANNOUNCER/I**
*Runners are on first and second, two outs.*
**[20:04] ANNOUNCER/I**
*We want a run here.*
**[20:06] HIROSHI**
Look.
**[20:07] HIROSHI**
Shibata is driven into a corner right now.
**[20:11] HIROSHI**
Every game, there's a drama like that.
**[20:14] HIROSHI**
Baseball is not like a fake TV drama.
**[20:17] HIROSHI**
You can laugh and cry every game,
it's the best entertainment of all.
**[20:22] MARUKO**
But I don't get the rules,
so it's not interesting.
**[20:25] SAKIKO**
Exactly.
**[20:26] HIROSHI**
Learn them!
**[20:28] HIROSHI**
Three outs and you change.
**[20:30] HIROSHI**
Run through the bases and you score
a run when you touch the home base.
**[20:34] HIROSHI**
Learn the rules of baseball and
root for the Giants with me.
**[20:39] HIROSHI**
Then you'll have fun for the whole summer.
**[20:42] MARUKO**
First of all, why are
you a fan of the Giants?
**[20:47] HIROSHI**
Huh? Me?
**[20:50] HIROSHI/I**
* Come to think of it, why am I so*
* passionate about rooting for the Giants?*
**[20:54] HIROSHI/I**
*I've never thought about it.*
**[20:57] HIROSHI/I**
* I'm cheering for them, but I don't*
* have a specific reason for it.*
**[21:02] HIROSHI/I**
*It's more fun to have a team you root for.*
**[21:06] HIROSHI/I**
*And it just happens to be the Giants.*
**[21:09] HIROSHI/I**
* So I've been cheering for*
* the Giants for no reason...*
**[21:14] MARUKO**
So why the Giants, huh?
**[21:17] HIROSHI**
It's more fun to have a team
to root for, so no reason.
**[21:21] MARUKO**
What?! No reason?!
**[21:24] MARUKO**
You can be that passionate
about the Giants for no reason?
**[21:28] HIROSHI**
Right. If I had to choose,
they're on TV a lot,
**[21:32] HIROSHI**
and Tokyo is kind of close
to Shizuoka, you know?
**[21:36] SAKIKO**
Then if we move to Osaka,
you'll become a Tigers' fan?
**[21:40] HIROSHI**
Sure, of course.
**[21:42] HIROSHI**
If we move to Nagoya, a Dragons' fan.
**[21:45] HIROSHI**
In Hiroshima, a Carp's fan.
**[21:47] HIROSHI**
In Yokohama, a Taiyo's fan.
**[21:49] HIROSHI**
That's how it works.
**[21:53] SUMIRE/I**
This man...
**[21:55] NARRATOR/I**
With no policy to speak of, he haphazardly
enjoys watching baseball: that's Hiroshi.
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
The days of not being able
to watch the TV shows
**[22:05] NARRATOR/I**
during the baseball season still continue.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
I know the teacher is
coming to visit the house,
**[22:18] MARUKO**
but it is really necessary to
clean up the house this much?
**[22:21] MARUKO**
Are teachers that great?
**[22:23] MARUKO**
Then, is the tutor who will be
coming to us really great as well?
**[22:27] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan: "Today's
Home Visit Day," and "A Tutor is Coming."
***SIGN*** Today's Home Visit Day
***SIGN*** A Tutor is Coming
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1428 - Today's Home Visit Day / A Tutor is Coming
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G7PU41G7M/todays-home-visit-day--a-tutor-is-coming)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] MARUO**
I, indeed, need your attention!
**[00:02] MARUO**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Today's Home Visit Day
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:30] MARUKO**
" Today's Home Visit Day."
**[01:36] NARRATOR/I**
In early May, there's quite a cumbersome
event where your homeroom teacher
**[01:42] NARRATOR/I**
comes to visit your house to speak to your
parents about how you're doing at school.
***SIGN*** - Notice -
For Sakura Momoko, Third
Grade, Class 3, Number 15
I'm planning to visit your
house on the (O)th, around
X:â–³ pm. If this doesn't work
for you, please let me know
by O/X.
3rd Grade, Class 3,
homeroom teacher: Togawa
**[01:48] NARRATOR/I**
People call it, "Home Visit Day."
**[01:54] MARUKO**
You know what, home visit
day is such a bother.
**[01:59] MARUKO**
Seriously, why does a teacher have
to come all the way to our houses
**[02:04] MARUKO**
and tattle to our parents?
**[02:06] MARUKO**
On every home visit day, my mom yells
at me after the teacher leaves.
**[02:12] MARUKO**
I've had enough.
**[02:14] TAMAE**
O-Oh...
**[02:16] NARRATOR/I**
* Maruko wasn't quite aware that she was*
* going to get yelled at again this year.*
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[02:24] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[02:29] MARUKO**
Wow, the whole house looks so neat.
**[02:33] MARUKO**
Hmm, you can feel the upcoming
home visit day in the air.
**[02:40] MARUKO**
New tatami mats?!
**[02:43] MARUKO**
Did you change them?!
**[02:44] NARRATOR/I**
The Sakuras are adorable petit bourgeois,
**[02:46] NARRATOR/I**
who get frazzled and become
frantic enough to change the
**[02:50] NARRATOR/I**
tatami mats at home for
a mere home visit day.
**[02:57] MARUKO**
What?!
**[02:58] MARUKO**
Mom, you are re-papering the shoji screens?!
**[03:01] SUMIRE**
Yes.
**[03:02] NARRATOR/I**
It wouldn't be too much to call this,
**[03:04] NARRATOR/I**
"New Year's Eve that's out of season"
based on how invested she is.
**[03:08] MARUKO/I**
* The teacher's gonna visit*
* for like 15 minutes, tops.*
**[03:13] MARUKO/I**
* Cleaning the house this*
* thoroughly for that...*
**[03:16] MARUKO/I**
*Are teachers really that great?*
**[03:20] MARUKO/I**
*Well, whatever.*
**[03:21] SUMIRE**
Maruko, you need to clean your room.
**[03:25] SUMIRE**
It's such a mess.
**[03:27] MARUKO**
Okay.
**[03:28] SUMIRE**
Oh, welcome home, Big Sis.
**[03:30] SAKIKO**
I'm home.
**[03:31] SAKIKO**
Oh, you changed the tatami mats?
**[03:34] MARUKO**
Hey Big sis, let's play!
**[03:36] SUMIRE**
Hey now! You're supposed
to be cleaning your room.
**[03:39] MARUKO**
Tch.
***SIGN*** (interjection) The noise you make when things don't go well as you wish,
or the tongue clicking sound. Tsk. "Tch, I guess it can't be helped." etc.
**[03:42] NARRATOR/I**
In real life, not a lot of people actually
verbalize this "tch" in their daily lives.
**[03:49] SAKIKO**
Maruko's teacher is coming today?
**[03:51] SUMIRE**
That's right.
**[03:52] SUMIRE**
He's coming 30 minutes or
so before your teacher does.
**[03:56] SUMIRE**
I'm glad they're coming on the same day.
**[04:02] MARUKO/I**
*My room really is messy.*
**[04:05] MARUKO/I**
*And it's all my stuff.*
**[04:08] MARUKO/I**
*I don't even know where to start.*
**[04:17] MARUKO**
I'm done! Done!
**[04:19] MARUKO**
I'm sure the gods are telling me to stop too.
**[04:22] MARUKO**
It's pointless.
**[04:23] MARUKO**
There's no way it'll get
cleaned at this point.
**[04:25] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko calls her lack of motivation
"knowing when to let go,"
***SIGN*** "Knowing when to let go"
**[04:30] NARRATOR/I**
to turn it into a strength.
**[04:33] NARRATOR/I**
Also...
**[04:34] MARUKO**
The teacher's supposed observe my daily
life, so it's more honest to leave it as is.
**[04:41] NARRATOR/I**
She calls this defiant
attitude " being gallant."
***SIGN*** "Gallant"
**[04:45] NARRATOR/I**
She's such a troublesome girl.
**[04:47] SUMIRE**
Oh!
**[04:48] SUMIRE**
Maruko, you're slacking off again.
**[04:50] SUMIRE**
What are you doing, lying
around in such a mess?!
**[04:53] MARUKO**
I'm not doing anything.
**[04:56] MARUKO**
I'm just being lazy.
**[04:58] NARRATOR/I**
She's so lazy, it's infuriating.
**[05:01] SUMIRE**
Learn from Big Sis' example
and be more proper!
**[05:03] SUMIRE**
I'm embarrassed for you!
**[05:05] MARUKO**
I'm not embarrassed at all.
**[05:08] SUMIRE**
Oh? You're not embarrassed?
**[05:11] SUMIRE**
Is that so?
**[05:12] SUMIRE**
Look at the mess you made.
**[05:15] SUMIRE**
Here, the crumbs of snacks, half-eaten.
**[05:18] SUMIRE**
Oh my goodness!
**[05:19] SUMIRE**
Here's even dirty underwear!
**[05:23] SUMIRE**
You're still not embarrassed, huh?
**[05:26] SUMIRE**
My goodness!
**[05:28] MARUKO**
M-Maybe I'll clean up.
**[05:30] SUMIRE**
Oh, you're cleaning?
**[05:32] SUMIRE**
How unexpected!
**[05:34] SUMIRE**
Oh no, your teacher's going
to be here in 20 minutes.
**[05:39] MARUKO**
Hey-hey-ho.
**[05:41] SUMIRE**
Maruko finally started to clean the room.
**[05:45] SAKIKO**
That's good!
**[05:47] SAKIKO**
Now I can show my room to my teacher too.
**[05:51] SAKIKO**
Since I share the room with Maruko, I was
too embarrassed to show such a messy room.
**[05:57] MARUKO**
It's no good, I'm out of gas.
**[05:59] MARUKO**
Why is this room so messy?
**[06:03] MARUKO**
Isn't there a way to get done with
cleaning without having to work hard?
**[06:06] MARUKO**
Oh, I know!
**[06:08] MARUKO**
Hey, Grandpa.
**[06:10] MARUKO**
I have a favor to ask.
**[06:12] TOMOZOU**
What is it, Maruko?
**[06:13] MARUKO**
I'd like for you to keep this stuff.
**[06:16] MARUKO**
Only for like 20 minutes.
**[06:18] MARUKO**
I won't cause you any trouble.
**[06:20] TOMOZOU**
What are they, garbage?
**[06:22] MARUKO**
Just these.
**[06:23] MARUKO**
I'm counting on you.
**[06:24] MARUKO**
Only for a little while, okay?
**[06:27] TOMOZOU**
Where did she keep this mountain of stuff?
**[06:33] MARUKO**
My desk looks so neat now.
**[06:36] MARUKO**
It feels like it belongs to a model student.
**[06:38] NARRATOR/I**
You're easily pleased if you can feel
smarter just by having a neat desk.
**[06:46] MARUKO**
I wish the teacher would come visit us soon.
**[06:49] MARUKO**
He might even compliment
me if he sees this desk...
**[06:52] TOGAWA**
Hello.
**[06:54] MARUKO**
Oh, sounds like he's here.
**[06:58] MARUKO**
Sensei, welcome.
**[07:00] TOGAWA**
Hello, good to see you.
**[07:01] SUMIRE**
Please come in.
**[07:04] TOGAWA**
Oh no, right here is fine.
**[07:06] SUMIRE**
What? But...
**[07:08] TOGAWA**
It'll only take 10 minutes or so, so
standing here to chat is more than enough.
**[07:11] MARUKO**
What?
**[07:12] MARUKO**
You're not going to look at my room?
**[07:15] MARUKO**
Oh, okay...
**[07:17] TOGAWA**
Right, Momoko-chan takes
care of the class animal.
**[07:22] NARRTOR/I**
There are teachers who don't come
in and chat at the entrance.
**[07:28] NARRTOR/I**
It's definitely easier on the parents.
**[07:31] TOGAWA**
Optimistic and laid back,
she's a well-behaved child.
**[07:35] MARUKO/I**
*See? He said I'm well-behaved.*
**[07:37] TOGAWA**
But she can be a bit sloppy
and forgetful at times.
**[07:42] MARUKO/I**
*You can go now.*
**[07:45] MARUKO**
That was kind of anticlimactic.
**[07:47] MARUKO**
The teacher left already, so I feel deflated.
**[07:52] MARUKO**
Oh?
**[07:53] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko has a piggish habit of stopping
by the kitchen every chance she gets.
**[07:58] MARUKO**
Japanese sweets!
**[08:00] MARUKO**
We prepared them for the
teacher, but he didn't eat it.
**[08:05] MARUKO**
Don't mind if I do.
**[08:06] MARUKO**
Thank you for the food!
**[08:14] MARUKO**
So yummy!
**[08:22] MARUKO**
Hm? There's one more plate.
**[08:25] MARUKO**
I see, this must be for Mom so
she could eat it with my teacher.
**[08:31] MARUKO**
How sneaky of you, Mom.
**[08:36] MARUKO**
It's mine now!
**[08:44] MARUKO**
Uh, that was so sweet.
**[08:46] MARUKO**
I'm thirsty. I need some tea.
**[08:48] MARUKO**
I wish she had prepared savory
snacks like potato chips
**[08:52] MARUKO**
and rice crackers, not just sweets.
**[08:58] MARUKO**
Shizuoka's tea is the best.
**[09:01] NARRATOR/I**
Little did she know at this point
that she made a huge mistake...
**[09:09] MARUKO**
Oh, right.
**[09:10] MARUKO**
I have to move my stuff
back from Grandpa's room.
**[09:14] MARUKO**
Grandpa, thanks for keeping my stuff.
**[09:17] TOMOZOU**
You're all set?
**[09:19] MARUKO**
Yes. The teacher left already, and
I didn't have to show him my room.
**[09:24] MARUKO**
Thank you for everything.
**[09:27] TOMOZOU**
Oh no, I wish I could be more of help.
**[09:32] MARUKO**
Phew, it's going to be messy again.
**[09:34] MARUKO**
What a shame, since it looks like it's
the room of a smart kid right now.
**[09:41] SAKIKO'S TEACHER**
Hello, thank you for having me.
**[09:43] SUMIRE**
Oh, hello!
**[09:44] MARUKO**
What's going on?
**[09:46] MARUKO**
I hear people at the entrance.
**[09:49] SAKIKO**
Teacher, this is the room
I share with my little sister.
**[10:03] SAKIKO**
N-No, this is not what
it looks like, Teacher!
**[10:05] SAKIKO**
The neat desk over here is mine,
**[10:09] SAKIKO**
and the garbage on the floor
belongs to my stupid sister here!
**[10:12] SAKIKO**
Teacher! Teacher!
**[10:14] NARRATOR/I**
Sakiko was totally frantic.
**[10:17] SAKIKO'S TEACHER**
I understand. Okay, Sakura-san?
**[10:20] SAKIKO**
This is not who I am!
**[10:22] SAKIKO**
I... I'm not!
**[10:28] SAKIKO**
Stupid Maruko!
**[10:29] SUMIRE**
Teacher, can I offer you some tea over here?
**[10:41] NARRATOR/I**
Due to this unexpected incident,
**[10:43] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko felt like her life was
shortened by three years.
**[10:46] MARUKO**
What the heck just happened?
**[10:49] NARRATOR/I**
However, what is about to happen
now will shorten it by ten years.
**[10:54] SUMIRE**
Huh, that's strange.
**[10:55] SUMIRE**
I don't see the sweets
I prepared for Big Sis's teacher.
**[10:58] MARUKO**
Eh?
**[10:59] MARUKO/I**
* D-Don't tell me the second*
* plate I ate was for...*
**[11:04] SUMIRE**
Maruko? Maruko!
**[11:06] SUMIRE**
Do you know where the sweets are?
**[11:08] NARRATOR/I**
Obviously, Maruko knows where it is.
**[11:11] MARUKO**
I-I don't know...
**[11:14] NARRATOR/I**
That' all she could muster.
**[11:17] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko played innocent,
**[11:18] NARRATOR/I**
but neither this world nor her mother
were naïve enough to believe such a lie.
**[11:25] NARRATOR/I**
And thus, Maruko ended up getting
yelled at again this year.
***SIGN*** A Tutor is Coming
**[11:37] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[11:38] MARUKO**
"A Tutor is Coming."
**[11:45] LITTLE GIRL**
Big brother, look!
**[11:51] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko often wished she had an older brother.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[11:57] NARRATOR/I**
Then one day...
**[11:59] MARUKO**
I'm home.
***SIGN*** Japanese
Grade 6
**[12:03] MARUKO**
Man, it's so hot!
**[12:04] MARUKO**
Hey Big Sis, let's go eat shaved ice.
**[12:07] SAKIKO**
Well, actually I can't.
**[12:09] SAKIKO**
Starting today, a tutor
is coming to our house.
**[12:12] MARUKO**
What?! A tutor?!
**[12:14] MARUKO**
Why? Are your grades that bad?
**[12:17] SAKIKO**
Don't be silly.
**[12:19] SAKIKO**
I'll be in middle school next year,
and someone I know is a tutor.
**[12:25] MARUKO**
I'm excited to meet this tutor.
**[12:27] MARUKO**
Is it a woman?
**[12:28] SAKIKO**
No, he's a guy.
**[12:31] MARUKO**
Yay! So it's like I'm
getting an older brother!
**[12:34] MARUKO**
Yay! Yay! Yay!
**[12:35] SAKIKO**
Maruko, he's not coming to play.
**[12:39] MARUKO**
Listen, Mom!
**[12:40] MARUKO**
Is it true that Mister Tutor
is coming to the house?
**[12:43] SUMIRE**
Yes, it's true. Don't interrupt them.
**[12:45] MARUKO**
Yay! Yay!
**[12:47] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko's imagery of a big
brother was only that of a
**[12:48] MARUKO**
Big brother! Big brother!
**[12:51] NARRATOR/I**
refreshing youth you'd see in a TV drama.
**[12:51] MARUKO**
I hope he plays with me!
**[12:55] MARUKO**
Hey Mom, do you think this looks okay?
**[12:58] SUMIRE**
It doesn't matter what you wear, jeez.
**[13:02] MARUKO**
No no, because I'm going to
have a big brother, you know?
**[13:05] MARUKO**
I'm so happy, oh so happy!
**[13:10] MARUKO**
Hey listen, I think maybe you should
put on something a little dressier.
**[13:15] MARUKO**
The big brother will laugh
at you, dressed like that.
**[13:17] SAKIKO**
None of your business.
**[13:19] MARUKO**
Do you think the big brother
will ride his motorcycle here?
**[13:22] MARUKO**
What do you think? Eh?
**[13:27] MARUKO**
Do you think he'll play Othello with me?
**[13:30] MARUKO**
I'm so excited!
**[13:32] NARRATOR/I**
When playing Othello, Maruko
can be a piece of work who
**[13:35] NARRATOR/I**
cheats and abandons games
when she's at a disadvantage,
**[13:40] NARRATOR/I**
so no one would play with her.
**[13:43] MARUKO**
Oh!
**[13:44] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[13:44] SAKIKO**
Oh!
**[13:49] MARUKO**
I know, the big brother will surely
give me a ride on his motorcycle,
**[13:54] MARUKO**
so I might need a helmet.
**[13:57] NARRATOR/I**
Sometime Maruko would totally
get ahead of herself...
**[14:00] MARUKO**
Listen, Mom.
**[14:02] MARUKO**
Can you buy me a helmet?
**[14:04] SUMIRE**
What do you need that for?
**[14:06] NARRATOR/I**
And she'd often confuse people by
saying stuff that came out of nowhere,
**[14:10] NARRATOR/I**
like the dork that she was.
**[14:13] TUTOR**
Excuse me.
**[14:14] MARUKO**
Oh! He's here!
**[14:16] MARUKO**
Welcome! Huh?
**[14:19] TUTOR**
Hello.
**[14:21] MARUKO**
My mistake.
**[14:22] MARUKO**
Mom, Mom! A bill collector is here!
**[14:26] TUTOR**
Oh no, I'm not a bill collector.
**[14:29] MARUKO**
What?!
**[14:30] TUTOR**
I'm here as a tutor.
**[14:33] MARUKO**
O-Oh...
**[14:34] MARUKO**
Um... nice to meet you...
**[14:37] TUTOR**
Likewise.
**[14:39] TUTOR**
Please excuse me.
**[14:50] MARUKO/I**
*He's not... what I imagined...*
**[14:54] MARUKO**
Mom, what does he do?
**[14:57] SUMIRE**
He's a college student. A senior.
**[15:00] MARUKO**
Really? That's a college student?
**[15:02] MARUKO**
Are you sure you're not deceived?
**[15:03] SUMIRE**
Hey! Don't say stuff like that!
**[15:06] MARUKO**
I'll go check how it's going.
**[15:09] SUMIRE**
Don't interrupt them!
**[15:11] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko thought if you didn't interrupt
just because you were told not to,
**[15:14] NARRATOR/I**
that would make you a coward.
**[15:15] TUTOR**
Let's try solving problem number three.
**[15:18] MARUKO/I**
* Hmm, somehow, I don't feel*
* like playing with that person.*
**[15:24] MARUKO/I**
*He seems antisocial.*
**[15:25] TOMOZOU**
Please show it to me when you're done.
**[15:26] MARUKO/I**
*Hey, look this way!*
**[15:28] MARUKO/I**
*Notice me!*
**[15:30] MARUKO/I**
*All right, maybe I'll scare him a little.*
**[15:35] NARRATOR/I**
She seems to be imitating an owl.
**[15:39] TUTOR**
Hm? Oh, if it isn't the little sister.
**[15:43] TUTOR**
Would you like to join us?
**[15:45] MARUKO**
Oh boy, I didn't mean to interrupt.
**[15:48] NARRATOR/I**
This is just like how a goofy dad acts
when his daughter brings a boyfriend
**[15:52] NARRATOR/I**
over for the first time.
**[15:54] TUTOR**
By the way, may I ask what your name is?
**[15:59] MARUKO**
Me?
**[16:00] MARUKO**
My name is Sakura Momoko.
**[16:03] MARUKO**
But because I'm small, my
nickname is Chibi Maruko,
**[16:06] MARUKO**
"chibi maru" for being small
and "ko" for being a girl.
**[16:10] MARUKO**
Maruko, for short.
**[16:12] TUTOR**
Uh-huh, uh-huh.
**[16:14] TUTOR**
I see. So you are Maruko-san.
**[16:18] TUTOR**
Maruko-san.
**[16:19] MARUKO**
Right...
**[16:21] MARUKO**
Hey Mom, he's definitely weird!
**[16:24] MARUKO**
He called me "Maruko-san,"
can you believe it?!
**[16:27] MARUKO**
If you want to fire him, now's the time.
**[16:29] SUMIRE**
Now, now...
**[16:31] NARRATOR/I**
A few days later...
**[16:33] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko continued to see
the tutor as a weird guy,
**[16:37] NARRATOR/I**
but in the back of her mind
she still kept her hopes up.
**[16:39] MARUKO**
Maybe there's something a bit fun about him.
**[16:43] MARUKO**
Right.
**[16:43] MARUKO**
I'll show him this picture.
**[16:46] MARUKO**
This came out really nicely.
**[16:50] TUTOR**
How did you come to make this mistake?
**[16:53] TUTOR**
If you don't mind, could
you explain it to me?
**[16:56] SAKIKO**
Y-Yes...
**[16:57] MARUKO**
Hi, teacher.
**[16:59] MARUKO**
I drew a picture.
**[17:01] MARUKO**
Take a look!
**[17:02] TUTOR**
Where is it, Maruko-san?
**[17:05] MARUKO**
Here you go.
**[17:07] TUTOR**
Oh...
**[17:08] MARUKO**
Do you think it's good?
***SIGN*** Princess
by Maruko
**[17:11] TUTOR**
This looks like a young lady of a
**[17:13] TUTOR**
French royalty during the time
of the French Revolution.
**[17:16] TUTOR**
Was that your intention, Maruko-san?
**[17:18] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[17:20] MARUKO**
I don't know, it's just a pretty princess.
**[17:27] TUTOR**
Uh-huh.
**[17:28] TUTOR**
Just a pretty princess, you say...
**[17:31] TUTOR**
Hmm...
**[17:34] TUTOR**
Maruko-san.
**[17:35] TUTOR**
Please tell me the nationality, age, name,
and the names of her parents, if possible.
**[17:41] MARUKO**
What?!
**[17:42] NARRATOR/I**
He was the type of person who took
everything absolutely seriously,
**[17:47] NARRATOR/I**
no matter how trivial.
**[17:49] TUTOR**
Maruko-san, how many siblings
does this princess have?
**[17:53] MARUKO**
That doesn't really matter.
**[17:55] TUTOR**
Hmm. But you know, Maruko-san.
**[17:58] TUTOR**
A human face doesn't really look like this.
**[18:02] TUTOR**
Let me teach you.
***SIGN*** Princess
by Maruko
Homo sapiens
**[18:12] TUTOR**
Here... it's like this.
**[18:15] MARUKO**
That's funny!
**[18:17] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko's a simple child.
**[18:19] MARUKO**
Draw more, more!
**[18:25] TUTOR**
Here you go.
**[18:29] MARUKO**
More, more!
**[18:30] TUTOR**
Maruko-san.
**[18:31] TUTOR**
I didn't come here to play
with you, Maruko-san.
**[18:36] TUTOR**
I have to tutor your big sister.
**[18:39] TUTOR**
So let's do this later—
**[18:40] MARUKO**
It's fine if you don't want to play with me.
**[18:43] MARUKO**
I don't need a big brother anyway.
**[18:50] SUMIRE**
Okay, dinner's ready.
**[18:52] SUMIRE**
If you have time, please join us.
**[18:56] MARUKO/I**
* When there's a visitor, Mom*
* makes good food to show off,*
**[19:00] MARUKO/I**
* so in that sense, it's good*
* that the tutor is here.*
**[19:04] MARUKO**
Thank you for the food!
**[19:06] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[19:10] TUTOR**
Oh?
**[19:11] TUTOR**
Is this your stamp book, Maruko-san?
**[19:13] MARUKO**
That's right.
***SIGN*** Stamps
**[19:15] NARRATOR/I**
Back in those days, young and old
alike used to have a stamp book
**[19:20] NARRATOR/I**
in the back of their drawers
where they collected stamps.
***SIGN*** Summer Children's Show
**[19:23] NARRATOR/I**
It might sound exaggerated,
**[19:25] NARRATOR/I**
but if you saw a children's
quiz show during summer break,
**[19:30] NARRATOR/I**
three out of five contestants would say...
**[19:32] KIDS**
My hobby is to collect stamps.
**[19:34] NARRATOR/I**
...to describe their hobby.
**[19:37] NARRATOR/I**
There'd be a long line in
front of the post office
**[19:39] NARRATOR/I**
on the day a commemorative stamp was issued.
***SIGN*** East Post Office
**[19:42] NARRATOR/I**
Collecting stamps was the
star in the world of hobbies.
***SIGN*** Stamps
**[19:48] TUTOR**
Could I take a loo—
**[19:49] MARUKO**
No!
**[19:50] MARUKO**
I won't show it to you.
**[19:52] SUMIRE**
Maruko! Why are you being a bad girl?!
**[19:55] MARUKO**
Humph.
**[19:56] SUMIRE**
I'm so sorry, teacher.
**[19:58] TUTOR**
Oh no, it's not a problem...
**[20:04] NARRATOR/I**
And just like that, two weeks have passed.
**[20:08] SAKIKO**
Thank you for everything, teacher.
**[20:10] TUTOR**
The pleasure was all mine.
**[20:11] MARUKO**
I'm home!
**[20:13] TUTOR**
Oh, Maruko-san.
**[20:14] TUTOR**
What good timing.
**[20:16] TUTOR**
Today is my last day, since the agreement
was that I would tutor for two weeks.
**[20:22] MARUKO**
Oh yeah?
**[20:23] TUTOR**
I had hoped that I could play with you,
like juggling bean bags and such, but...
**[20:28] TUTOR**
Such a shame.
**[20:29] TUTOR**
Toss one bag, toss two bags...
**[20:34] MARUKO**
It's not like I care...
**[20:36] TUTOR**
And I wanted to give this stamp to you.
**[20:39] MARUKO**
Wow!
**[20:41] MARUKO**
I wanted this one!
**[20:43] TUTOR**
Well then, goodbye.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[20:51] MARUKO/I**
*Teacher...*
**[20:53] MARUKO/I**
*I was so mean to you...*
**[20:57] MARUKO/I**
*I was nasty to you.*
**[21:01] MARUKO**
Teacher!
**[21:04] MARUKO**
Let's play together again, okay?
**[21:09] MARUKO/I**
*Teacher is smiling.*
**[21:17] MARUKO**
I'll put the stamp the teacher
gave me into my stamp book!
**[21:20] MARUKO**
Let's see...
**[21:22] MARUKO**
Oh, here it is.
**[21:25] MARUKO**
Oh no, it slipped from my hand
and fell into my book bag.
**[21:30] MARUKO**
Oh well, I guess I'll have to.
**[21:34] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[21:39] MARUKO**
The stamp isn't coming out...
**[21:44] MARUKO**
Hey, look.
**[21:45] HAMAJI**
Huh?
**[21:46] MARUKO**
Take a look inside.
**[21:48] HAMAJI**
What is it?
**[21:50] HAMAJI**
Oh!
**[21:52] NARRATOR/I**
Since Maruko warmed the stamp in her
hand, the glue of the stamp melted,
**[21:56] NARRATOR/I**
and it stuck itself at the
bottom of her book bag.
**[22:00] TAMAE**
What is it?
**[22:00] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko is such a goofball that she shows off
her stamp at the bottom of her book bag
**[22:05] NARRATOR/I**
to her classmates because
she has no other choice.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Wow, when Dad is driving,
he looks kind of cool!
**[22:20] MARUKO**
But be careful.
**[22:21] MARUKO**
It's not even funny if we get
into an accident on a highway.
**[22:24] MARUKO**
Oh no, it's bad! I need to use the restroom!
**[22:26] MARUKO**
But my gosh, we're in traffic!
***SIGN*** The Family Goes on a Drive
**[22:29] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
"The Family Goes on a Drive."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1429 - The Family Goes on a Drive
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G9DUEMK0M/the-family-goes-on-a-drive)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] TAMAE**
Everyone, this way!
**[00:02] TAMAE**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** The Family Goes on a Drive
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:31] MARUKO**
"The Family Goes on a Drive"
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[01:38] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, listen.
**[01:39] MARUKO**
I'm going for a drive with my dad tomorrow.
**[01:42] TAMAE**
Wow, that's nice!
**[01:44] TAMAE**
What a stroke of luck that he
won the car in the lottery.
**[01:48] MARUKO**
Exactly.
**[01:50] MARUKO**
It was totally unexpected.
**[01:52] MARUKO**
He used up his luck for the rest of his life.
**[01:56] TAMAE**
That sounds excessive...
**[01:59] YAMANE**
I won a stereo in that lottery.
**[02:02] YAMANE**
Maybe I used up all my luck.
**[02:05] MARUKO**
No worries, your luck still has
a leftover from the stereo.
**[02:10] MARUKO**
Ours was a car, you know? So rest assured.
**[02:14] YAMANE**
I see, if you compare a car and a stereo,
the luck for a car is much larger.
**[02:20] MARUKO**
Right? See, so you still
have plenty of luck left.
**[02:25] MARUKO**
Your stomach might get better soon.
**[02:29] MARUKO**
So don't get discouraged!
**[02:37] MARUKO**
By the way, where does
everyone go for a drive?
**[02:40] TAMAE**
Let's see...
**[02:43] TAMAE**
Maybe the beach...
**[02:46] TAMAE**
Or mountains, perhaps?
**[02:49] TAMAE**
And go to a restaurant to eat...
I think that's about it.
**[02:55] MARUKO**
Beaches and mountains, huh?
**[02:56] MARUKO**
I guess grownups do go to
places like that on a date.
**[03:01] TAMAE**
How romantic, isn't it?
**[03:03] TAMAE**
Going for a drive might
be best suited for lovers.
**[03:13] MARUKO**
Going on a drive with Hiroshi and Grandpa
doesn't sound all that exciting, eh?
**[03:21] TAMAE**
I wouldn't say that...
**[03:24] NOGUCHI**
What if your luck gives you an accident
if you go on a drive with the car you won?
**[03:31] NOGUCHI**
Just kidding...
**[03:35] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, don't worry yourself over it.
**[03:37] TAMAE**
It's a joke.
**[03:39] KIDS**
Bye!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[03:40] KIDS**
See you!
**[03:41] YAMANE**
Sakura is going on a drive
with her family tomorrow.
**[03:46] FUJIKI**
Is that so?
**[03:47] FUJIKI**
Oh yeah, her dad won a car
at the party the other day.
**[03:54] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, you won a flower vase.
**[03:59] FUJIKI**
I guess I did.
**[04:01] NAGASAWA**
And you won a stereo, Yamane-kun.
**[04:05] YAMANE**
That really surprised me.
**[04:08] YAMANE**
But I'm glad I won it.
**[04:11] NAGASAWA**
Among us present here, I'm the only one
who didn't win anything at the party.
**[04:20] NAGASAWA**
You two look timid, but you
sure are blessed with luck.
**[04:25] YAMANE**
That's not true.
**[04:26] YAMANE**
It was a coincidence.
**[04:28] FUJIKI**
That's right.
**[04:30] FUJIKI**
I'm sure something good
will happen to you soon.
**[04:34] NAGASAWA**
I don't need your pity.
**[04:36] NAGASAWA**
Compared to you, I'm just a guy
born under a star of misfortune...
***SIGN*** Bad
**[04:44] FUJIKI/YAMANE**
Nagasawa-kun...
**[04:47] NAGASAWA**
Ouch!
**[04:51] MIDDLE SCHOOLER**
Sorry, my bad!
**[04:58] NAGASAWA**
See? You don't even have words to console me.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[05:09] MARUKO**
Mom, why aren't you going on
the drive with us tomorrow?
**[05:09] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[05:12] SUMIRE**
Because I get car sick.
**[05:14] MARUKO**
Then it'll just be me, Dad, and Grandpa?
**[05:19] MARUKO**
It makes me a bit nervous...
**[05:22] MARUKO**
Not so reliable.
**[05:24] SAKIKO**
Then maybe I'll go.
**[05:27] MARUKO**
Big sis! Yes, let's go!
**[05:29] SAKIKO**
I don't have anything to do at home anyhow.
**[05:32] SUMIRE**
You can do chores if you
don't have anything to do.
**[05:35] MARUKO**
You'd rather go on a drive
than do chores, right?
**[05:38] SAKIKO**
Of course.
**[05:39] SUMIRE**
You two are insufferable.
**[05:41] SAKIKO**
And where's Dad?
**[05:43] SUMIRE**
He went to buy a map.
***SIGN*** Izu
***SIGN*** Shizuoka
***SIGN*** Yamanashi
***SIGN*** Nagano
***SIGN*** Shizuoka
**[05:45] MARUKO**
A map?!
**[05:47] SAKIKO**
Don't tell me... does he
not know the routes well?
**[05:53] HIROSHI**
I bought a map!
**[05:57] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[05:57] MARUKO**
Dad, let me ask you something.
**[06:00] MARUKO**
Do you by any chance not
know your way around?
**[06:03] HIROSHI**
Who do you take me for?!
**[06:05] HIROSHI**
Maps are made so that you look at it and
you'll know exactly where you need to go.
**[06:09] MARUKO**
But it might be better not to drive too far.
**[06:12] SUMIRE**
You're right, maybe limit yourselves to a
department store in Shizuoka or something?
**[06:18] SAKIKO**
A department store in Shizuoka, huh?
**[06:21] SAKIKO**
That's not really the distance
to go on a drive for.
**[06:24] MARUKO**
Yeah, it might be much
easier to take a train.
**[06:28] HIROSHI**
Stop being wet blankets.
**[06:28] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[06:31] HIROSHI**
I'm telling you that I can take you
anywhere, as long as I have a map.
**[06:36] HIROSHI**
Even without a map, the
streets have names on them.
**[06:40] HIROSHI**
If you really want to go, I can take
you to Osaka, Kyoto, or wherever!
***SIGN*** Osaka
***SIGN*** Kyoto
**[06:49] MARUKO**
Osaka or Kyoto?!
**[06:51] MARUKO**
Of course I wanna go, but we
can't come back in one day.
**[06:55] SAKIKO**
That might be tight even with an overnight stay.
**[06:57] TOMOZOU**
I want to go to Izu.
**[07:01] TOMOZOU**
I want to relax at a hot spring in Izu!
**[07:05] HIROSHI**
Izu, huh?
**[07:06] HIROSHI**
That might be a reasonable distance.
**[07:09] HIROSHI**
And it is a tourist attraction.
**[07:10] MARUKO**
Grandpa, what a good idea!
**[07:14] SAKIKO**
But hold on, I need to remind you again
that this needs to be a day trip.
**[07:19] SAKIKO**
I don't think we'd have time to
relax at a hot spring, would we?
**[07:22] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[07:23] HIROSHI**
That's true.
**[07:24] HIROSHI**
I'd want to soak in a hot spring
and drink if we're going to Izu,
**[07:28] HIROSHI**
but since I'd be driving, I can't drink...
**[07:33] MARUKO**
We should go to Izu when we have more time.
**[07:37] TOMOZOU**
What?!
**[07:40] HIROSHI**
Then where are we going to go?
**[07:48] NARRATOR/I**
Back to the night of the party,
where the Sakura family attended...
**[07:53] SAKIKO/I**
*It's the boy I met at the last party...*
**[07:57] (Flashback) BOY**
I'm from Yokohama.
**[07:59] SAKIKO/I**
*That's what he said.*
**[08:02] SAKIKO/I**
*Ah, he lives in Yokohama.*
**[08:06] SAKIKO/I**
*I want to go to Yokohama, too.*
**[08:09] SAKIKO/I**
*Even if I can't see him, I just want to go...*
**[08:14] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
How about Yokohama?
**[08:16] MARUKO/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU**
Yokohama?!
**[08:16] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[08:18] SAKIKO**
Yes, you can go and come
back within a day.
***SIGN*** Chinatown
**[08:22] SAKIKO**
There's a Chinatown there
too, so it'll be fun.
**[08:26] MARUKO**
Right, Yokohama might be fun.
**[08:30] HIROSHI**
Okay, then let's go to Yokohama.
**[08:33] MARUKO**
It's settled!
**[08:37] SAKIKO/I**
*Yes! I'm so happy!*
**[08:43] HIROSHI**
Hey, we're going! Hurry up!
**[08:47] MARUKO**
Okay!
**[08:50] TOMOZOU**
The weather is nice today.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[08:55] HIROSHI**
Oh, you're finally here.
**[08:58] MARUKO**
Wow! Dad, you look cool!
**[09:01] TOMOZOU**
Oh! Hiroshi!
**[09:05] HIROSHI**
Stop it, you silly...
**[09:11] MARUKO**
You look like a classic actor!
**[09:13] TOMOZOU**
You don't look like my son!
**[09:16] SAKIKO**
Stop being silly, you two.
**[09:19] SAKIKO**
What's cool is the car.
**[09:22] SAKIKO**
Dad looks like he always does.
**[09:24] HIROSHI**
Ta-lala...
**[09:26] MARUKO**
You're right.
**[09:29] MARUKO**
Oh! There's Tama-chan's dad.
**[09:34] HIROSHI**
Hello, Mr. Honami. How are you?
**[09:38] TAMAE'S DAD**
Hello.
**[09:40] TAMAE'S DAD**
Tamae told me that you were going on a
drive as a family for the first time.
**[09:47] HIROSHI**
Huh? You came out here to see us off?
**[09:51] TAMAE'S DAD**
Yes. I was hoping that
I could take a picture of you
**[09:57] TAMAE'S DAD**
to commemorate your first
drive while I'm at it.
**[10:00] HIROSHI**
That would be a great memory of the drive.
**[10:02] HIROSHI**
We would love that.
**[10:04] TAMAE'S DAD**
Well, then let's get to it.
**[10:08] TAMAE'S DAD**
Everyone!
**[10:10] TAMAE'S DAD**
Look this way and smile!
**[10:13] TAMAE'S DAD**
Are you ready?
**[10:17] TAMAE'S DAD**
Smile!
**[10:20] TAMAE'S DAD**
Please drive carefully.
**[10:22] HIROSHI**
Thank you very much.
**[10:26] MARUKO**
Tama-chan's dad is now taking
photos of the other families.
**[10:32] HIROSHI**
Right. It's fine, but I didn't know
he was the type to get so absorbed.
**[10:37] SAKIKO**
He seems like a quiet guy...
**[10:40] HIROSHI**
Okay, are we ready?
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[10:49] MARUKO**
Hey Dad, are you sure you
don't need to consult the map?
**[10:53] HIROSHI**
Not a problem.
**[10:55] HIROSHI**
I took a look at it last night,
and it's in my brain already,
**[11:02] HIROSHI**
so I don't need to look at it at every turn.
**[11:04] MARUKO**
I'm not sure how much I can trust that.
**[11:06] MARUKO**
Are you sure we won't end
up stranded somewhere?
**[11:10] HIROSHI**
If that happens, that would be kind of fun.
**[11:15] HIROSHI**
That's what a drive is.
**[11:19] HIROSHI**
And that's how I roll!
**[11:25] MARUKO**
Dad, I think you're cool today.
**[11:29] TOMOZOU**
Yes, yes.
**[11:35] NARRATOR/I**
Continue to the next half...
**[11:46] MARUKO**
How nice.
**[11:48] MARUKO**
Going on a drive as a
family feels like a dream.
**[11:56] MARUKO/I**
*Drive, drive.*
**[12:01] MARUKO/I**
*So nice.*
**[12:03] MARUKO/I**
*Zoom, zoom! It goes.*
**[12:06] MARUKO/I**
*Go, go!*
**[12:08] MARUKO/I**
* If you were walking, we'd*
* still be at Mimatsu-ya.*
**[12:13] MARUKO/I**
*However, however.*
**[12:17] MARUKO/I**
*The car is oh so fast.*
**[12:20] MARUKO/I**
*Go, go!*
**[12:22] MARUKO/I**
*We're already at the interchange in Shimizu.*
***SIGN*** Tomei Expressway
**[12:30] SAKIKO**
What was that song?
**[12:32] SAKIKO**
So lame...
**[12:35] MARUKO**
What?
**[12:36] MARUKO**
You have a problem?
**[12:38] TOMOZOU**
Hey now.
**[12:40] TOMOZOU**
Please don't get into a fight today.
**[12:44] TOMOZOU**
I'm really happy right now.
**[12:46] TOMOZOU**
My son is driving so splendidly.
**[12:50] HIROSHI**
Oh, please.
**[12:51] TOMOZOU**
He used to be a snotty kid.
**[12:53] TOMOZOU**
He was good-for-nothing, but now...
**[12:58] MARUKO**
Dad never had special skills, but now...
**[13:01] HIROSHI**
Shut up!
**[13:02] HIROSHI**
You're dissing me, pretending to be happy!
**[13:06] SAKIKO**
Dad, watch out!
**[13:07] HIROSHI**
Huh?
**[13:12] MARUKO/I**
*We're done for!*
**[13:13] TOMOZOU/I**
*I'm going to die!*
**[13:26] HIROSHI**
W-We're saved...
**[13:35] SAKIKO**
Grandpa?!
**[13:39] TOMOZOU**
I... I just...
**[13:43] TOMOZOU**
I saw my life flash before my eyes.
**[13:49] TOMOZOU**
It's true that you look back
on your life before you die.
**[13:58] TOMOZOU**
I'm so glad I didn't die.
**[14:01] TOMOZOU**
My mundane life is going to continue.
**[14:06] MARUKO**
Dad, you need to be careful!
**[14:08] MARUKO**
I really thought I was going to die.
**[14:10] HIROSHI**
Yeah, that was bad...
**[14:13] HIROSHI**
That was a fancy car too.
**[14:19] STAFF**
Here you go.
**[14:20] HIROSHI**
Thanks.
**[14:24] HIROSHI**
All right, now we'll be on the highway.
**[14:27] HIROSHI**
The real drive starts now!
**[14:32] SAKIKO**
We'll die for sure if we
get into an accident again.
**[14:35] TOMOZOU**
H-Hiroshi!
**[14:37] TOMOZOU**
Let's just go home!
**[14:38] MARUKO**
Dad, let's turn back!
**[14:41] HIROSHI**
Idiot! There's no turning back!
**[14:47] SAKIKO**
What are you doing, Grandpa?
**[14:49] TOMOZOU**
I'm checking my pulse.
**[14:51] SAKIKO**
Your pulse?
**[14:52] TOMOZOU**
That's right.
**[14:53] TOMOZOU**
It's called "Three Pulse Protection Method."
**[14:56] TOMOZOU**
You check the pulses on the side
of your neck and on your wrist.
**[15:01] TOMOZOU**
If the pulses on those three
locations are synchronized,
**[15:04] TOMOZOU**
your life is safe for the next 24 hours.
**[15:09] TOMOZOU**
But
**[15:12] TOMOZOU**
if there are beating differently...
then you'll die within 24 hours.
**[15:20] MARUKO**
Is that true?
**[15:23] TOMOZOU**
It's an old legend.
**[15:25] TOMOZOU**
Whether or not to believe is up to you.
**[15:29] SAKIKO**
So, how were your pulses?
**[15:34] TOMOZOU**
The balance of my three pulses is good!
**[15:37] TOMOZOU**
There's no life-threatening
danger for 24 hours!
**[15:41] HIROSHI**
Whoa!
**[15:48] TOMOZOU**
See? Nothing life-threatening, right?
**[15:51] TOMOZOU**
We're safe, we're safe.
**[16:15] MARUKO**
Dad...
**[16:18] MARUKO**
I'm hungry. Are we there yet?
**[16:20] HIROSHI**
We're almost there.
**[16:22] HIROSHI**
Oh?
**[16:23] HIROSHI**
There's the exit for Yokohama.
***SIGN*** To Yokohama
**[16:29] SAKIKO/I**
*So finally I'm in Yokohama, where he lives...*
**[16:34] TOMOZOU**
Yokohama, huh?
**[16:37] SAKIKO**
Wow, it looks fun!
***SIGN*** Chinatown
**[16:40] MARUKO**
I want to go explore.
**[16:44] MARUKO**
Dad, let's park the car and get out. Come on!
**[16:49] HIROSHI**
Hold on.
**[16:50] HIROSHI**
I don't know where I can park.
***SIGN*** Chinese Restaurant
**[17:03] STAFF**
Welcome.
**[17:05] STAFF**
What can I get you?
**[17:06] HIROSHI**
Four orders of ramen.
**[17:08] MARUKO**
What?!
**[17:09] MARUKO**
Don't place my order without asking!
**[17:12] MARUKO**
We came all this way to
an authentic Chinatown,
**[17:14] MARUKO**
so I want to eat something other than ramen.
**[17:17] HIROSHI**
Shut up!
**[17:18] HIROSHI**
Think about how much that'll cost!
**[17:20] HIROSHI**
We parked the car on the street, so we
don't have time to spend on the meal!
**[17:27] MARUKO**
This is different from the
drive Tama-chan described...
**[17:32] TAMAE**
Going to the beach and a
restaurant... It's fun!
**[17:45] TAMAE**
Mom, Maru-chan is going on a drive today.
**[17:49] TAMAE'S MOM**
Oh, that's nice.
**[17:51] TAMAE**
Mom, can we go on a drive next week?
**[17:54] TAMAE'S MOM**
Sure. Let's ask Dad.
**[17:57] TAMAE**
Yay! Please take me to the
restaurant in the harbor.
**[18:01] TAMAE'S MOM**
Okay, if Dad has time for us.
**[18:04] TAMAE**
His time is taken up by
photography these days.
**[18:09] TAMAE'S MOM**
I know.
**[18:11] TAMAE**
I wonder if Maru-chan and her family
are at a restaurant somewhere.
**[18:15] TAMAE'S MOM**
I'm sure they're at a fancy restaurant.
**[18:24] HIROSHI**
Pretty good.
**[18:25] MARUKO**
Yes.
**[18:27] SAKIKO/I**
* I came all the way to Yokohama*
* to eat a bowl of ramen...*
**[18:34] SAKIKO/I**
*With a family like this...*
**[18:39] SAKIKO/I**
*Yokohama,*
**[18:42] SAKIKO/I**
*the city that boy lives in.*
**[18:52] HIROSHI**
Big sis, you're not eating?
**[18:55] HIROSHI**
Then I'll eat it.
**[18:56] SAKIKO**
Go ahead.
**[18:58] TOMOZOU**
You don't want ramen?
**[19:01] TOMOZOU**
Are you sure you're feeling okay?
**[19:11] SAKIKO/I**
*Today's Yokohama...*
**[19:13] SAKIKO/I**
*The only memory of it is ramen...*
***SIGN*** Chinese Restaurant
**[19:39] MARUKO**
Dad, I need to use the bathroom.
**[19:42] HIROSHI**
What?
**[19:43] HIROSHI**
Why didn't you go in the restaurant, you idiot!
**[19:47] MARUKO**
I didn't need to... go back then.
**[19:52] MARUKO**
But now... I have to go!
**[19:56] HIROSHI**
Hold it in.
**[19:57] HIROSHI**
We already passed the service area.
**[20:01] HIROSHI**
Oh no, traffic!
**[20:03] MARUKO**
What?! You've got to be kidding me.
**[20:07] HIROSHI**
It is what it is.
**[20:10] MARUKO**
Hurry up, hurry up!
**[20:14] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, hold it in!
**[20:22] MARUKO**
Hey, how long do you think it'll be?
**[20:26] HIROSHI**
Who knows?
**[20:27] HIROSHI**
It'll probably take another hour or so?
**[20:31] MARUKO**
Another hour?!
**[20:33] MARUKO**
There's no way!
**[20:35] MARUKO**
I'm going to die.
**[20:37] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, please don't die!
**[20:40] MARUKO**
Do you think... I could get out of the
car and pee off the side of the road?
**[20:47] HIROSHI/SAKIKO**
No!
**[20:48] HIROSHI**
You get yelled at if you pee on the highway!
**[20:52] SAKIKO**
Plus, it's dangerous!
**[20:54] SAKIKO**
It's crazy!
**[20:55] MARUKO**
Grandpa!
**[20:57] TOMOZOU**
Maruko!
**[20:59] TOMOZOU**
Please forgive me for being helpless!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[21:10] HIROSHI**
We're home.
**[21:12] SUMIRE**
Welcome home.
**[21:14] MARUKO**
I gotta pee, pee, pee!
**[21:17] SUMIRE**
Oh my.
**[21:18] HIROSHI**
Man, driving all the way to
Yokohama sure was tiring.
**[21:24] SUMIRE**
I bet it was.
**[21:29] SUMIRE**
Big sis, how was Yokohama?
**[21:32] SUMIRE**
Did you have fun?
**[21:35] SAKIKO**
Ramen...
**[21:36] SUMIRE**
Huh?
**[21:37] SUMIRE**
Ramen?
**[21:39] SUMIRE**
Don't you have some other memories?
**[21:42] SUMIRE**
Like going to the harbor,
or to Yamashita Park...
**[21:47] SAKIKO**
No... Just ramen...
**[21:52] NARRATOR/I**
After this day, this family
never went on a drive.
**[21:57] NARRATOR/I**
The car was reduced to a vehicle
for Hiroshi to go fishing.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
I wish someone would give
me ten million yen.
**[22:18] MARUKO**
Then I'd go to Las Vegas and
make a fortune from roulette.
**[22:21] MARUKO**
If I had ten billion, I bet I'd be
richer than Hanawa-kun's family.
**[22:24] MARUKO**
Oh man, it's so hot that only
crazy thoughts come to my mind.
**[22:28] MARUKO**
Next time, on Chibi Maruko-chan:
"At Home on a Hot Summer Day."
***SIGN*** At Home on a Hot Summer Day
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1430 - At Home on a Hot Summer Day
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GD9UVM793/at-home-on-a-hot-summer-day)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] NAGASAWA**
Everyone, Chibi Maruko-chan
is about to start.
**[00:03] NAGASAWA**
Care to take a look?
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** At Home on a Hot Summer Day
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"At Home on a Hot Summer Day."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:48] MARUKO**
Uh, it's so hot.
**[01:50] MARUKO**
I'm sweating even when I sit still.
**[01:53] MARUKO**
Ugh, this is ridiculous.
**[01:55] MARUKO**
Why is our house so hot?
**[01:58] NARRATOR/I**
That's because you don't have A/C.
**[02:02] MARUKO**
I don't feel like doing anything.
**[02:06] MARUKO**
I'll just have to take a nap like
this and wait for summer to end.
**[02:11] SUMIRE**
Maruko? Maruko!
**[02:15] SUMIRE**
Tama-chan's on the phone.
**[02:17] SUMIRE**
Come pick it up.
**[02:19] MARUKO**
I'm too hot to play.
**[02:22] MARUKO**
Tell her I'm not at home.
**[02:25] MARUKO**
If only we had A/C, I'd play with a lot,
**[02:29] MARUKO**
help around the house, and study happily...
**[02:33] MARUKO**
So nice and cool!
**[02:36] MARUKO**
Chores, studying, bring it on!
**[02:41] MARUKO**
Too bad for you.
**[02:42] MARUKO**
Because you were reluctant to pay
for A/C, your child's unmotivated.
**[02:47] SUMIRE**
You fool!
**[02:48] SUMIRE**
Stop being so greedy!
**[02:50] SUMIRE**
Back in the old days, they didn't
have A/Cs, but they persevered!
**[02:54] MARUKO**
Again with "back in the old days"?
**[02:57] MARUKO**
Please stop. You're only making me miserable.
**[03:00] MARUKO**
Tell it like it is and say we
don't have money for A/C.
**[03:06] SUMIRE**
We don't have money for A/C.
**[03:10] MARUKO**
You actually said it.
**[03:13] MARUKO**
Hey, let's buy an A/C.
**[03:16] MARUKO**
I'll pay you back once I'm successful.
**[03:18] SUMIRE**
You don't even study, so
how can you be successful?
**[03:22] MARUKO**
I'll work hard to pay you back,
even if I'm not successful!
**[03:26] SUMIRE**
How will you make money?
**[03:28] MARUKO**
Even if I have to become a hippie,
I'll make wire crafts to pay you back.
***SIGN*** I can customize your name
**[03:36] SUMIRE**
This is dumb.
**[03:39] SUMIRE**
I have to go and let Tama-chan know.
**[03:48] MARUKO**
It's too hot to do anything, but
doing nothing is boring too.
**[03:54] MARUKO**
I don't wanna do anything,
but I don't wanna be bored.
**[03:58] MARUKO**
I guess I'm a living corpse.
**[04:03] MARUKO**
My gosh, this is so pathetic.
**[04:08] MARUKO**
Oh, I know!
**[04:10] MARUKO**
Maybe I'll go visit Hanawa-kun.
**[04:12] MARUKO**
That house must be cool.
**[04:14] MARUKO**
I'm going to give him a call now.
**[04:17] MARUKO**
His house is paradise in the neighborhood.
**[04:24] MARUKOK**
Oh, hello?
**[04:26] MARUKOK**
Is this Hide the Butler?
**[04:28] MARUKOK**
Hello, this is Sakura.
**[04:30] MARUKOK**
Is Hanawa-kun home?
**[04:32] HIDE**
Unfortunately, the young master
is at the beach in town.
**[04:37] HIDE**
He should be back by evening.
**[04:41] HIDE**
I'm terribly sorry.
**[04:43] MARUKO**
Really, a beach in town?
**[04:45] MARUKO**
That's a rather frugal choice for him.
**[04:47] MARUKO**
Not some beach overseas, huh?
**[04:49] MARUKO**
Not that it matters.
**[04:51] MARUKO**
By the way, your voice sounds strange.
**[04:55] MARUKO**
Maybe you're tired?
**[04:57] HIDE**
Yes. The thing is, I'm feeling
a bit of heat fatigue.
**[05:02] HIDE**
I'm not too young anymore.
**[05:07] NARRATOR/I**
Hide the Butler is polite
to Maruko even if he's busy.
**[05:12] NARRATOR/I**
He'll be 68 this year.
**[05:16] MARUKO**
Oh man, the beach, huh? Must be nice.
**[05:20] MARUKO**
I hope something good happens to me too.
**[05:24] MARUKO**
Grandpa, anything good happening?
**[05:27] TOMOZOU**
Huh? Anything good?
**[05:29] TOMOZOU**
Hm, let me think...
**[05:32] TOMOZOU**
What kind of thing would be a good thing?
**[05:36] MARUKO**
Like someone gave you ten million yen.
**[05:40] TOMOZOU**
What?!
**[05:41] TOMOZOU**
That *is* a good thing!
**[05:42] TOMOZOU**
And what do you plan to
do with ten million yen?
**[05:46] MARUKO**
Take that money, and you
and I will go on a trip.
**[05:51] MARUKO**
The destination is Las Vegas.
**[05:54] TOMOZOU**
Las Vegas?!
**[06:06] TOMOZOU**
Do you mean to tell me that you plan to
gamble in Las Vegas to hit the jackpot?!
**[06:12] MARUKO**
That's right.
**[06:13] MARUKO**
Women should have courage,
men should have charm.
**[06:17] TOMOZOU/I**
*I'm in awe... I'm in awe, Maruko!*
**[06:20] TOMOZOU/I**
*What a gambler for a child!*
**[06:24] MARUKO**
You and I will win one hundred million
yen with a roulette in Las Vegas!
**[06:30] TOMOZOU**
We'll say goodbye to a poor life, then.
**[06:35] MARUKO**
Listen, if we won one hundred million yen,
would we be richer than Hanawa-kun?
**[06:41] TOMOZOU**
One hundred million won't be enough.
**[06:44] MARUKO**
Then how about 500 million yen?
**[06:47] TOMOZOU**
Still not enough.
**[06:48] MARUKO**
How about one billion?
**[06:51] TOMOZOU**
Nah, they'd still be richer than us.
**[06:57] MARUKO**
Fine, how about ten billion yen?!
**[07:00] TOMOZOU**
Why, yes!
**[07:02] TOMOZOU**
We'd be richer than them!
**[07:05] MARUKO/I**
* Grandpa... with ten billion,*
* we can beat Hanawa-kun.*
**[07:11] TOMOZOU/I**
*Yes...*
**[07:14] TOMOZOU/I**
*With ten billion, we're almost invisible.*
**[07:19] MARUKO**
But for us to make ten billion yen, someone
will need to give us ten million first.
**[07:25] TOMOZOU**
Right.
**[07:26] TOMOZOU**
And then we need to make it
thousand-fold with roulette.
**[07:35] NARRATOR/I**
It's still a long way to
get to Hanawa-kun's level.
**[07:39] MARUKO**
But what would you do if you
really had ten billion yen?
**[07:44] TOMOZOU**
Hmm, I've never really
thought about that before.
**[07:50] NARRATOR/I**
Of course you haven't.
**[07:52] MARUKO**
Let's buy a tropical island.
**[07:57] MARUKO**
Then we'll turn it into a dream island for us!
**[08:01] TOMOZOU/I**
*"A dream island"?!*
**[08:21] TOMOZOU**
I love it!
**[08:22] TOMOZOU**
I'll be so happy with ten billion yen!
**[08:28] MARUKO**
But a tropical island would be too hot.
**[08:31] MARUKO**
Shall we buy land somewhere cooler?
**[08:33] TOMOZOU**
We just need to buy A/C.
**[08:36] TOMOZOU**
We have ten billion yen, after all.
**[08:39] MARUKO**
That's true.
**[08:40] MARUKO**
You're really smart, Grandpa.
**[08:43] MARUKO**
I'm truly happy to be a grandchild
of a sharp person like you.
**[08:47] TOMOZOU**
Oh please, that's an exaggeration.
**[08:51] NARRATOR/I**
It really is.
**[08:53] MARUKO**
Buying an A/C with ten billion
yen is like nothing, right?
**[08:58] TOMOZOU**
Sure, like a fart.
**[09:01] MARUKO**
Buying 100 A/Cs wouldn't even make a dent.
**[09:04] TOMOZOU**
It would only be like ten million yen.
**[09:07] MARUKO**
So one A/C is as good as if it's free.
**[09:10] TOMOZOU**
Exactly.
**[09:12] MARUKO**
If it's as good as free,
maybe we can afford it!
**[09:16] MARUKO**
I'll ask Mom one more time.
**[09:21] TOMOZOU**
How young she is...
**[09:25] TOMOZOU/I**
*"Ten billion yen"*
**[09:27] TOMOZOU/I**
*"Impossible to use it up"*
**[09:29] TOMOZOU/I**
*"Such is my life"*
**[09:30] TOMOZOU/I**
*Tomozou's poem of the old man.*
**[09:35] MARUKO**
Mom, I still think we need to buy an A/C!
**[09:39] MARUKO**
Please reconsider.
**[09:41] SUMIRE**
You're persistent.
**[09:42] SUMIRE**
I told you, "no."
**[09:43] MARUKO**
But look, just imagine that
you have ten billion yen.
**[09:48] MARUKO**
Buying one measly A/C is like nothing.
**[09:51] MARUKO**
With ten billion yen, a 200-thousand-yen
A/C is as good as free.
***SIGN*** Ten billion
**[09:57] MARUKO**
Which means it's free.
***SIGN*** 200 thousand
***SIGN*** Free
**[10:01] MARUKO**
Since it's free, please buy it.
**[10:03] SUMIRE**
What?
**[10:04] SUMIRE**
Ten billion yen?
**[10:07] MARUKO**
Like I said, 200-thousand yen for A/C
out of ten billion yen is like nothing.
**[10:15] SUMIRE**
We don't have it.
**[10:18] SUMIRE**
There is no ten billion yen...
**[10:23] SUMIRE**
Maruko, I don't think your
brain's working right.
**[10:29] SUMIRE**
Why don't you dump some water on your
head to cool it down in the bath?
**[10:42] MARUKO**
Cool it down, huh?
**[10:45] MARUKO**
Yeah, seriously.
**[10:47] MARUKO**
Getting excited at ten billion
yen that doesn't exist.
**[10:53] MARUKO**
It feels like I've been having a long dream.
**[10:57] MARUKO**
I think it's high time I look at reality.
**[11:00] HIROSHI**
Hey, Maruko.
**[11:03] HIROSHI**
I've got something cool.
**[11:04] HIROSHI**
Come here.
**[11:07] MARUKO**
What? Something cool?
**[11:10] NARRATOR/I**
Continue to the second half.
**[11:23] MARUKO**
Cool it down, huh?
**[11:25] MARUKO**
Yeah, seriously.
**[11:28] MARUKO**
Getting excited at ten billion
yen that doesn't exist.
**[11:33] MARUKO**
It feels like I've been having a long dream.
**[11:37] MARUKO**
I think it's high time I look at reality.
**[11:41] HIROSHI**
Hey, Maruko.
**[11:43] HIROSHI**
I've got something cool.
**[11:45] HIROSHI**
Come here.
**[11:48] MARUKO**
What? Something cool?
**[11:50] MARUKO**
What is it?
**[11:51] HIROSHI**
Just come here.
**[11:56] MARUKO**
Rhinoceros beetles!
**[11:58] HIROSHI**
Something cool, eh?
**[12:00] MARUKO**
Wow...
**[12:06] MARUKO**
Thank you, Dad!
**[12:09] MARUKO**
I'm so happy!
**[12:10] MARUKO**
You know me better than anyone.
**[12:14] MARUKO**
You're a great father.
**[12:16] HIROSHI**
It's only rhinoceros beetles...
**[12:22] TOMOZOU**
Oh, I see.
**[12:24] TOMOZOU**
Hiroshi knows you more than anyone, huh?
**[12:27] TOMOZOU**
Then it wouldn't make you sad
if I kicked the bucket soon.
**[12:38] HIROSHI**
Jeez...
**[12:41] MARUKO**
Dad, I like that Japanese
rhinoceros beetles seem honest.
**[12:46] HIROSHI**
Oh, you know about non-Japanese
rhinoceros beetles?
**[12:49] MARUKO**
I do.
**[12:50] MARUKO**
There are really big ones
called Hercules beetles.
**[12:55] MARUKO**
I saw a taxidermy of it in a museum once.
**[12:59] MARUKO**
It was about 20cm big.
**[13:03] MARUKO**
It looked a bossy bad boy,
and it didn't look cute.
**[13:08] HIROSHI/I**
*A bossy bad boy?*
**[13:14] SAKIKO**
Oh, but I like Hercules beetles.
**[13:17] SAKIKO**
I think they're cool.
**[13:19] SAKIKO**
It's got the air of urban hard rock.
**[13:23] SAKIKO**
In comparison, Japanese rhinoceros
beetles are thickheaded, dull bumpkins.
**[13:29] SAKIKO**
Not good at all.
**[13:31] SAKIKO**
If you're born as a beetle, you've
got to be a Hercules beetle.
**[13:35] HIROSHI/I**
*A thickheaded, dull bumpkin, huh?*
**[13:40] MARUKO**
How dare you say that in front of
the Japanese rhinoceros beetles!
**[13:46] MARUKO**
You apologize to them right now!
**[13:49] SAKIKO**
No way.
**[13:50] SAKIKO**
I'm being honest about what I think.
**[13:53] SAKIKO**
Hercules beetles are cooler.
**[13:57] MARUKO**
That's not true!
**[13:58] MARUKO**
Hercules beetles are useless
blockheads who are just big!
**[14:02] SAKIKO**
Humph, Japanese rhinoceros
beetles are useless too.
**[14:07] SAKIKO**
If they're both useless, then might as well
they should be big, since they're cooler!
**[14:10] MARUKO**
A woman like you will fall for flashy
good-for-nothings who make you cry.
***SIGN*** Hercules
**[14:22] SAKIKO**
You'll be stuck with a
dull idiot for a husband!
***SIGN*** Japanese Rhinoceros Beetle
***SIGN*** Japanese Rhinoceros Beetle
**[14:31] MARUKO**
What did you say?!
**[14:33] SAKIKO**
You wanna do this?
**[14:36] SAKIKO**
Take this!
**[14:38] MARUKO**
Damn you!
**[14:39] SAKIKO**
Ouch!
**[14:40] SAKIKO**
Now you've done it!
**[14:42] SUMIRE**
Dad, why are these girls fighting?!
**[14:45] HIROSHI**
No clue.
**[14:46] HIROSHI**
They said something about
beetles, but I'm not really sure.
**[14:53] MARUKO**
It hurts, it hurts!
**[14:55] MARUKO**
My head hurts!
**[14:58] MARUKO**
Big sis hit me!
**[14:59] MARUKO**
I'm deeply injured!
**[15:02] SAKIKO**
You hit your head on the
corner of the desk yourself.
**[15:06] SAKIKO**
It's your own fault!
**[15:07] MARUKO**
You evil devil!
**[15:09] SUMIRE**
Come on, stop crying, Maruko.
**[15:12] SUMIRE**
Why don't you have some watermelon?
**[15:14] MARUKO**
Watermelon?
**[15:22] MARUKO**
Watermelon is like the symbol of summer.
**[15:25] MARUKO**
It's perfect for this season.
**[15:27] HIROSHI**
She's smiling already.
**[15:29] HIROSHI**
How easy.
**[15:31] SAKIKO**
She's a simpleton.
**[15:32] SUMIRE**
Stop it, Big sis.
**[15:34] MARUKO**
We don't have A/C, and this
isn't a tropical island,
**[15:39] MARUKO**
but sharing watermelon with family and
seeing rhino beetles like this is happiness.
**[15:44] HIROSHI**
Exactly! Well said, Maruko.
**[15:48] SAKIKO**
I'd be happier with an
A/C and a tropical island.
**[15:52] MARUKO**
What, you wanna pick a fight with me again?!
**[15:56] SAKIKO**
Isn't it true, though?
**[15:58] SAKIKO**
A/C and a tropical island are much
better than watermelon and rhino beetles.
**[16:02] MARUKO**
Big sis, wanting something
you can't have is pointless.
**[16:06] MARUKO**
You've got to live your life more positively.
**[16:08] HIROSHI**
That's right.
**[16:09] HIROSHI**
Big sis is rather cranky today.
**[16:17] SAKIKO**
Well, when I went to Yoshiko-san's
house today, everyone said,
**[16:23] SAKIKO**
"In summer, nothing beats lying
on a couch in a cool room
**[16:27] SAKIKO**
with A/C and drinking juice."
**[16:31] SAKIKO**
Why don't we have A/C or a couch?
**[16:34] SAKIKO**
Among the six of my friends, I was the
only one who had neither of those!
**[16:47] HIROSHI**
Well, excuse me for not
having A/C or a couch.
**[16:51] HIROSHI**
I'll have you know that I'm
working as hard as I can.
**[16:54] TOMOZOU/I**
*This is bad...*
**[16:56] TOMOZOU/I**
*There's an awkward air in the family!*
**[17:01] TOMOZOU/I**
*I, Tomozou, must do something!*
**[17:05] TOMOZOU**
Okay Big sis, I'll use my saving
to buy us A/C and a couch!
**[17:12] TOMOZOU**
Are you happy now?
**[17:15] TOMOZOU**
Don't be shy!
**[17:17] HIROSHI**
D-Don't say silly things like that so easily!
**[17:20] HIROSHI**
There's no room to put a couch in,
and A/C eats up electricity.
**[17:25] HIROSHI**
Man, stop suggesting something so ridiculous.
**[17:29] TOMOZOU/I**
*Hiroshi yelled at me!*
**[17:31] TOMOZOU/I**
*My own son!*
**[17:33] TOMOZOU/I**
* I just... I just wanted to clear out*
* the awkward air in the family...*
**[17:41] TOMOZOU**
How pathetic.
**[17:44] TOMOZOU**
Did I do something wrong?
**[17:48] TOMOZOU**
Eh, Hiroshi?
**[17:50] MARUKO**
Oh no, Grandpa's crying!
**[17:53] HIROSHI**
Why?
**[17:55] TOMOZOU**
I simply thought... I'd buy a couch
and A/C for my grand kids...
**[18:01] TOMOZOU**
Then I got yelled at by my
own son for being ridiculous.
**[18:06] TOMOZOU**
I've gotten too old, I guess...
**[18:14] TOMOZOU**
Getting old is terrible, I tell you.
**[18:20] TOMOZOU**
You have no need for a
senile old fool, I see...
**[18:30] SAKIKO**
I've had enough!
**[18:32] SAKIKO**
Why is it so gloomy?!
**[18:35] SAKIKO**
I can't be here.
**[18:37] MARUKO**
Hey, wait up, Big sis!
**[18:40] HIROSHI**
Maruko, just leave her be.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[18:50] MARUKO**
Big sis...
**[18:53] SAKIKO**
Ah well.
**[18:55] SAKIKO**
I guess you're right in that there's no
point in wanting something you can't have.
**[19:00] SAKIKO**
Of course I know that.
**[19:01] MARUKO**
But I also get that you envy
your friends for having A/C.
**[19:07] MARUKO**
It's summer break, after all.
**[19:09] MARUKO**
I hope we get to do something fun.
**[19:12] MARUKO**
Look at me, staying at home all day long...
**[19:18] MARUKO**
I feel like my day was a waste of time.
***SIGN*** What Maruko Did Today
**[19:25] NARRATOR/I**
What Maruko did today:
***SIGN*** One: Got excited over non-existent ten billion yen with Grandpa
**[19:28] NARRATOR/I**
One: Got excited over non-existent
ten billion yen with Grandpa.
***SIGN*** Two: Pestered her mother for A/C and got turned down
**[19:37] NARRATOR/I**
Two: Pestered her mother for
A/C and got turned down.
**[19:42] SUMIRE**
No!
***SIGN*** Three: Hiroshi bought her rhinoceros beetles, but...
**[19:45] NARRATOR/I**
Three: Hiroshi bought her
rhinoceros beetles, but...
***SIGN*** Four: Had a fight with her sister because of said beetles
**[19:52] NARRATOR/I**
Four: Had a fight with her sister
because of said beetles.
***SIGN*** After That
**[19:58] NARRATOR/I**
After that...
**[20:00] NARRATOR/I**
Her grandfather cried,
**[20:03] NARRATOR/I**
her sister got mad,
**[20:05] NARRATOR/I**
and now, she's depressed about
how poor her family is...
**[20:14] MARUKO**
It truly was a crappy day...
**[20:18] SAKIKO**
I'm sure it'll be tough to do your
homework journal about today.
**[20:23] MARUKO**
Journal, huh?
**[20:25] MARUKO**
How do I describe today?
**[20:30] MARUKO**
Today is the 15th.
**[20:32] MARUKO**
It's the anniversary of the end of WWII.
**[20:35] MARUKO**
It feels empty...
***SIGN*** To the beach with
my classmates
**[20:42] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[20:46] MARUKO**
I totally forgot that
**[20:48] MARUKO**
I was supposed to go to the beach
with my friends from class today.
**[20:52] MARUKO**
Tama-chan gave me a call because
I didn't show up at the meeting spot.
**[20:59] MARUKO**
And Hanawa-kun was at the
beach in town because...
**[21:08] MARUKO**
I bet everyone had fun.
**[21:16] MARUKO**
Blue sky.
**[21:21] MARUKO**
Sparkling sea.
**[21:35] MARUKO**
Big sis, I've totally wasted what
could have been an amazing day.
**[21:42] MARUKO**
Seriously, happiness doesn't
come walking toward you.
**[21:46] MARUKO**
That's why you keep on walking.
***SIGN*** Chiita
***SIGN*** The March
of 365 Steps
***SIGN*** Suizenji Kiyoko
**[21:52] NARRATOR/I**
Chiita's song really sank in for her today.
***SIGN*** Chiita
***SIGN*** The March
of 365 Steps
***SIGN*** Suizenji Kiyoko
**[21:57] MARUKO**
One, two, one, two
***SIGN*** Chiita
***SIGN*** The March
of 365 Steps
***SIGN*** Suizenji Kiyoko
**[21:59] MARUKO**
One, two, one, two
**[22:01] MARUKO**
Happiness doesn't come walking toward you
**[22:05] MARUKO**
That's why you keep on walkin'
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Bell crickets sound beautiful,
**[22:17] MARUKO**
but they can be too loud if
there are too many of them.
**[22:20] MARUKO**
It feels like there are over
100 at our house right now...
**[22:23] MARUKO**
I want to release them somewhere,
but would I get in trouble if I did?
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Would I get arrested by a police officer?
***SIGN*** Bell Crickets Are Noisy
**[22:29] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
"Bell Crickets Are Noisy."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1431 - Bell Crickets Are Noisy
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GQJUG5WN5/bell-crickets-are-noisy)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] TAMAE**
Everyone, over here!
**[00:02] TAMAE**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Bell Crickets Are Noisy
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:31] MARUKO**
"Bell Crickets Are Noisy."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:53] SAKIKO**
So noisy!
**[01:54] MARUKO**
Whoa, you scared me.
**[01:56] SAKIKO**
Do something about the
bell crickets, will you?!
**[01:59] SAKIKO**
It's so loud that I can't even read!
**[02:13] MARUKO**
It can't be stopped...
**[02:16] SAKIKO**
It's all your fault for getting
bell crickets last year, you idiot!
**[02:21] MARUKO**
Stop talking about last
year, or demons will laugh.
**[02:25] NARRATOR/I**
That's "next year."
**[02:28] MARUKO/I**
* I mean, last year, I never imagined*
* that they would multiply so much.*
**[02:36] MARUKO/I**
* When I got them last year,*
* there were only ten of them.*
**[02:42] MARUKO/I**
*But then, this spring...*
**[02:45] MARUKO**
Oh!
**[02:46] MARUKO**
It's lined with the eggs
of the bell crickets!
**[02:51] MARUKO**
If they hatch, it would be a problem...
**[02:56] MARUKO/I**
*They did hatch and grow, and here we are.*
**[03:00] SAKIKO**
Anyhow, keep that
terrarium out of this room!
**[03:03] MARUKO**
Okay.
**[03:10] MARUKO**
By your leave, ma'am.
**[03:14] SAKIKO**
Stop playing around and go!
**[03:18] MARUKO**
My gosh, where should I put this?
**[03:23] MARUKO**
Mom, can I put these bell
crickets in the kitchen?
**[03:27] SUMIRE**
No.
**[03:28] SUMIRE**
The ones in the jar already
live in the kitchen.
**[03:33] SUMIRE**
There are some on the
shelf in the living room.
**[03:35] SUMIRE**
They're all over the house.
**[03:38] SUMIRE**
You keep that in your room.
**[03:42] MARUKO/I**
*I would if I could.*
**[03:46] MARUKO/I**
*Man, this is so dumb.*
**[03:50] MARUKO/I**
*Why did they multiply so much?*
***SIGN*** 10 bell
crickets
**[03:53] MARUKO/I**
* I gave ten to Tama-chan, twenty to Yamada,*
* 15 to Toshiko-chan, and ten to Hamaji...*
***SIGN*** 20 bell
crickets
***SIGN*** 15 bell
crickets
***SIGN*** 10 bell
crickets
**[04:04] MARUKO/I**
*And there's still plenty at home.*
**[04:09] MARUKO**
We're bell-cricket tycoons.
**[04:12] NARRATOR/I**
Doesn't sound fun.
**[04:15] MARUKO**
Grandpa, could I put some bell crickets here?
**[04:18] TOMOZOU**
Bell crickets?
**[04:21] TOMOZOU**
Sure thing, I don't mind.
**[04:24] MARUKO**
That's great!
**[04:26] MARUKO**
I didn't have anywhere to place
them, so I was wandering around.
**[04:29] TOMOZOU**
I feel for you.
**[04:33] MARUKO**
Grandpa, tell me a poem with
a theme of bell crickets.
**[04:36] TOMOZOU**
Oh, you'll listen to my poem?
**[04:58] TOMOZOU**
"O Bell crickets"
**[05:00] TOMOZOU**
"Why do you cry with"
**[05:01] TOMOZOU**
"The sound of the bells?"
**[05:03] MARUKO**
It's so true.
**[05:06] MARUKO**
Why do they sound like bells?
**[05:14] TOMOZOU**
Listen, Maruko.
**[05:15] TOMOZOU**
The sound of the bell crickets
is ringing in the sky too.
**[05:21] MARUKO**
You're right.
**[05:23] MARUKO**
It resonates through the
ends of the universe.
**[05:29] TOMOZOU**
There aren't other insects as nice as them.
**[05:32] MARUKO**
Grandpa, I'm glad to be in
Japan, where bell crickets are.
**[05:37] MARUKO**
Japan is the best.
**[05:40] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, leave these bell crickets to me.
**[05:45] MARUKO**
Okay.
**[05:47] MARUKO**
Phew, I'm saved!
**[05:49] MARUKO**
When in trouble, it's
Grandpa I can depend on.
**[05:53] NARRATOR/I**
That night...
**[06:15] MONK**
Tomozou...
**[06:17] MONK**
Tomozou...
**[06:30] MONK**
Repent.
**[06:32] MONK**
Repent.
**[06:35] MONK**
Repent.
**[06:35] MONK**
Repent.
**[06:39] MONK**
Repent.
**[06:41] MONK**
Repent.
**[06:42] MONK**
Repent.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[06:57] TOMOZOU**
Good morning, Maruko.
**[07:00] TOMOZOU**
I've been hearing the bell crickets
non-stop since last night.
**[07:05] MARUKO**
Oh!
**[07:06] MARUKO**
There's a bell cricket on your head!
**[07:10] MARUKO**
Oh no, they got out of the cage!
**[07:12] SAKIKO**
What are you going to do?
**[07:13] SAKIKO**
If they let loose in the house,
it's going to be so loud!
**[07:17] KOTAKE**
I caught them for you.
**[07:19] MARUKO**
You did?!
**[07:20] MARUKO**
Thank you, Grandma.
**[07:23] SAKIKO**
That was so close.
**[07:24] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, I'm sorry, but could you move
the bell crickets to another room?
**[07:31] TOMOZOU**
I had a nightmare last night because of them.
**[07:35] MONK/I**
*Repent.*
**[07:37] SUMIRE**
Maruko, don't cause trouble for Grandpa!
**[07:41] TOMOZOU**
Please don't scold Maruko.
**[07:45] MARUKO**
I guess I'll have to bring them to school.
**[07:49] MARUKO**
Who knows, maybe they'll enjoy it.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
***SIGN*** Grade 3 Class 4
**[08:12] MARUKO/I**
*Crap.*
**[08:14] MARUKO/I**
*They keep chirping during class...*
**[08:17] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, don't you
find them a bit too loud?
**[08:21] FUJIKI**
Yes, I agree with you, Nagasawa-kun.
**[08:25] BOY A**
Who brought them to school?
**[08:27] BOY B**
Wait, Sakura did?
**[08:28] BOY C**
There's just too many.
**[08:31] BOY D**
Right. One or two would've been
fine, but there's, like, 30.
**[08:36] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, looks like you'd
better take them home.
**[08:40] MARUKO**
Yeah, you couldn't be more right.
**[08:46] MARUKO/I**
* I went through the trouble of bringing this*
* heavy thing, only to bring it back...*
**[08:52] MARUKO/I**
*I'm a huge idiot.*
**[08:54] MARUKO/I**
* Bell crickets sounded like a good*
* idea when I got them last year.*
***SIGN*** Free
Bell Crickets
***SIGN*** Mimatsu-ya General
Store
***SIGN*** Free
Bell Crickets
***SIGN*** Free
Bell Crickets
**[09:04] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Is this really true?
**[09:06] (Flashback) BOY**
Yeah, they're giving them out.
**[09:09] (Flashback) MARUKO**
For free?
**[09:10] (Flashback) BOY**
Yeah, for free.
**[09:14] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Excuse me!
**[09:15] (Flashback) MIMATSU**
Welcome.
**[09:17] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Could I please have a bell cricket?
**[09:19] (Flashback) MIMATSU**
Oh, another customer for bell crickets?
**[09:21] (Flashback) MIMATSU**
Sure. Give me a minute.
***SIGN*** Free
Bell Crickets
**[09:27] (Flashback) MIMATSU**
Here you go.
**[09:28] (Flashback) MIMATSU**
If you take good care of them,
you'll have lots of eggs next year.
**[09:31] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Really?!
**[09:32] (Flashback) MIMATSU**
Yeah, we actually have too many at our house.
**[09:36] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Wow, that sounds fun.
**[09:39] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Thank you very much!
***SIGN*** Sakura
***SIGN*** How to Keep Insects
**[09:47] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Mom, can I have dried sardines?
**[09:49] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
Oh, you want them to snack on?
**[09:52] (Flashback) MARUKO**
No, I'm feeding them to the bell crickets.
**[09:55] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
What? I fed them eggplants.
**[09:58] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Apparently, dried sardines are good for them.
**[10:01] (Flashback) MARUKO**
You need to feed them animal
protein, or they'll eat each other.
**[10:06] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
Is that so? You learn something
new by keeping insects.
**[10:09] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
How interesting.
**[10:11] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Yeah, it's interesting.
**[10:14] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Nice.
**[10:16] (Flashback) TOMOZOU**
It feels so elegant.
**[10:18] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
It's fun.
**[10:21] MARUKO/I**
* The bell crickets were so*
* loved by everyone last year,*
**[10:26] MARUKO/I**
* and now they've turned*
* into nuisance this year.*
**[10:28] MARUKO/I**
*How sad...*
**[10:33] MARUKO/I**
* Tama-chan, I know you're*
* totally carefree right now,*
**[10:36] MARUKO/I**
* but the ten I gave you this*
* year will explode next year.*
**[10:42] MARUKO/I**
*Forgive me.*
**[10:44] MARUKO/I**
* And I gave ten to Hamaji too, so*
* I'm causing him trouble as well.*
**[10:49] MARUKO/I**
*I gave Toshiko-chan 15!*
**[10:52] MARUKO/I**
* And Yamada got a whopping 20, so who*
* knows how much they'll multiply.*
**[10:58] MARUKO/I**
*Laugh while you can.*
**[11:02] MARUKO/I**
*I'm sorry, everyone.*
**[11:03] MARUKO/I**
*I'm leaving the rest to you.*
**[11:07] NARRATOR/I**
Continue to the second half.
**[11:16] MARUKO/I**
* The bell crickets were so*
* loved by everyone last year,*
**[11:21] MARUKO/I**
* and now they've turned*
* into nuisance this year.*
**[11:23] MARUKO/I**
*How sad...*
**[11:26] MARUKO/I**
* Tama-chan, I know you're*
* totally carefree right now,*
**[11:30] MARUKO/I**
* but the ten I gave you this*
* year will explode next year.*
**[11:36] MARUKO/I**
*Forgive me.*
**[11:38] MARUKO/I**
* And I gave ten to Hamaji too, so*
* I'm causing him trouble as well.*
**[11:43] MARUKO/I**
*I gave Toshiko-chan 15!*
**[11:46] MARUKO/I**
* And Yamada got a whopping 20, so who*
* knows how much they'll multiply.*
**[11:51] MARUKO/I**
*Laugh while you can.*
**[11:56] MARUKO/I**
*I'm sorry, everyone.*
**[11:58] MARUKO/I**
*I'm leaving the rest to you.*
***SIGN*** Elementary School
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[12:27] SUMIRE**
Why did you bring them back?
**[12:32] SUMIRE**
You went through the trouble
of bringing them there.
**[12:34] MARUKO**
Because they were noisy at school too.
**[12:37] MARUKO**
There are just too many.
**[12:38] MARUKO**
Five or six would have been fine.
**[12:41] SUMIRE**
Then you could have released them somewhere.
**[12:44] MARUKO**
What?
**[12:45] SUMIRE**
First of all, you were so hyped up
about critters before we got them,
**[12:49] SUMIRE**
but once they were here, you
never took care of them.
**[12:52] SUMIRE**
I ended up doing everything
for the bell crickets.
**[12:57] SUMIRE**
I'm fed up with it.
**[12:58] SUMIRE**
I'm always telling you not to cause
trouble for others, aren't I?!
**[13:02] MARUKO/I**
*This is bad.*
**[13:03] MARUKO/I**
*She's moving into angry mode.*
**[13:05] SUMIRE**
More importantly, you can't even take care
of yourself, let alone the bell crickets!
**[13:10] SUMIRE**
Look at this pile of trash.
**[13:12] SUMIRE**
I had to clean up all the mess you made!
**[13:16] SUMIRE**
You need to help around the house sometimes!
**[13:22] MARUKO**
Oh no, Mommy's mad, oh my!
**[13:28] MARUKO/I**
*Shake shake, shake shake!*
**[13:31] MARUKO/I**
*Shaking my tush, whoo, whoo!*
**[13:35] MARUKO/I**
*Everyone's fart goes pooh pooh*
**[13:43] MARUKO/I**
*Dance like this, and your heart is light*
**[13:52] MARUKO/I**
*Shake shake, shake shake!*
**[13:56] MARUKO/I**
*Shaking my tush, whoo, whoo!*
**[13:59] MARUKO/I**
*Everyone's fart goes pooh pooh*
**[14:07] MARUKO/I**
*Dance like this, and your heart is light*
**[14:18] MARUKO**
Hey, mama.
**[14:20] MARUKO/I**
*Why don't you smile and sing with me?*
**[14:24] MARUKO/I**
*Kiss me*
**[14:29] MARUKO/I**
*Touch me*
**[14:33] MARUKO/I**
*Dreamy music hour*
**[14:40] SUMIRE**
I won't be fooled!
**[14:43] SUMIRE**
I won't be fooled!
**[14:44] SUMIRE**
I won't be fooled!
**[14:46] SUMIRE**
I won't be fooled!
**[14:49] SUMIRE**
Anyhow, go release all the bell
crickets tonight with your father.
**[14:53] MARUKO**
Wait, all of them?
**[14:55] MARUKO**
Can we keep a couple?
**[14:58] SUMIRE**
Who do you think will take care of those?
**[15:00] SUMIRE**
Me.
**[15:02] MARUKO**
Okay, okay.
**[15:03] MARUKO**
I'll release them all.
**[15:05] MARUKO**
Boo.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[15:09] HIROSHI**
Huh?
**[15:10] HIROSHI**
You want me to come with you
to release the bell crickets?
**[15:14] HIROSHI**
I don't wanna...
**[15:16] HIROSHI**
Go by yourself.
**[15:18] MARUKO**
What?
**[15:20] MARUKO**
I can't carry them all alone.
**[15:23] MARUKO**
And it's scary because it's nighttime.
**[15:25] MARUKO**
Please come with me!
**[15:31] HIROSHI**
Then after the baseball game.
**[15:33] HIROSHI**
Wait until it's over.
**[15:35] MARUKO**
But then my bedtime will be really late.
**[15:37] MARUKO**
And I know you'll drink beer.
**[15:39] MARUKO**
Are you sure you'll come with me?
**[15:41] HIROSHI**
That's enough.
**[15:43] HIROSHI**
Say any more, and I won't come with you.
**[15:45] MARUKO**
Boo. Because I can't trust you.
**[15:48] HIROSHI**
Humph!
**[15:59] HIROSHI**
Go for it, Oh!
**[16:08] HIROSHI**
Man, you idiot!
**[16:34] HIROSHI**
Gah, we lost!
**[16:45] HIROSHI**
Damn it, we lost.
**[16:47] HIROSHI**
So frustrating.
**[16:49] MARUKO**
Oh, is the game over?
**[16:51] MARUKO**
Then let's go.
**[16:52] MARUKO**
I've been waiting for you.
**[16:54] HIROSHI**
Huh?
**[16:55] MARUKO**
The bell crickets.
**[16:57] MARUKO**
You said you'd come with me to release them.
**[17:00] HIROSHI**
Who cares? Not my problem.
**[17:02] HIROSHI**
Now that the Giants lost,
none of that matters.
**[17:05] MARUKO**
You've got to be kidding me.
**[17:07] MARUKO**
I was patiently waiting for you.
**[17:09] HIROSHI**
Oh yeah? Too bad for you.
**[17:13] SUMIRE**
Come on, Dad.
**[17:14] SUMIRE**
You've got to keep your promise.
**[17:16] SUMIRE**
Maruko doesn't deserve that.
**[17:18] TOMOZOU**
Hiroshi!
**[17:19] TOMOZOU**
You're in the wrong.
**[17:22] KOTAKE**
That's right.
**[17:24] SAKIKO**
You promised her, didn't you?
**[17:27] SUMIRE**
She waited for two hours.
**[17:37] HIROSHI**
Why are you all ganging up on me?!
**[17:40] HIROSHI**
What did I do?
**[17:43] NARRATOR/I**
You tried to break a promise.
**[17:52] HIROSHI**
Tch, what a bother...
**[17:55] MARUKO**
Sorry, guys.
**[18:02] HIROSHI**
Hey, let them out around here.
**[18:05] MARUKO**
No, we can't release them on the paved road.
**[18:08] MARUKO**
It's got to be a grassy area.
**[18:09] HIROSHI**
Why does it matter?
**[18:11] MARUKO**
The bell crickets deserve
to be in the grassy area.
**[18:15] HIROSHI**
Then you wanna try a park?
**[18:17] MARUKO**
Sure.
***SIGN*** Fujimi Park
**[18:37] HIROSHI**
It's not really the time or
place to release bell crickets.
**[18:41] MARUKO**
Right...
**[18:43] HIROSHI**
We have no choice, let's go to the riverside.
**[18:47] MARUKO**
Okay.
**[18:51] MARUKO**
Dad...
**[18:55] MARUKO**
It feels like we are nomads
who wander around the desert.
**[19:00] HIROSHI**
Yeah, you're right.
**[19:13] HIROSHI/I**
*We keep on roaming aimlessly...*
**[19:18] MARUKO/I**
*On and on...*
**[19:41] HIROSHI**
Shall we let them go here?
**[19:43] MARUKO**
Okay.
**[19:46] HIROSHI**
Here you go. Be well.
**[20:00] POLICE OFFICER**
You there.
**[20:02] POLICE OFFICER**
What are you two doing there?
**[20:06] MARUKO/I**
*A police officer!*
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[20:18] NARRATOR/I**
Back at home...
**[20:21] SUMIRE**
What's taking them so long?
**[20:23] SAKIKO**
I wonder what they're doing.
**[20:25] SUMIRE**
Who knows, maybe they're being
questioned by the police.
**[20:28] SAKIKO**
No way!
**[20:30] TOMOZOU**
Hiroshi might be going, "I'm not a
criminal, I swear!" Or something.
**[20:36] SAKIKO**
Those two are obviously suspicious.
**[20:41] SUMIRE**
Bell crickets at night? Yeah.
**[20:46] HIROSHI**
We, we're not criminals, I swear!
**[20:48] HIROSHI**
Right, Maruko?
**[20:50] MARUKO**
R-Right!
**[20:51] POLICE OFFICER**
What are you doing so late
at night with a small child?
**[20:59] HIROSHI**
I-I'm catching bell crickets.
**[21:02] HIROSHI**
She... needs them for her
science class research.
**[21:08] MARUKO/I**
*Dad's talking through his hat*
**[21:11] MARUKO/I**
* because he thinks releasing bell*
* crickets may get us in trouble!*
**[21:15] POLICE OFFICER**
Science class research, huh? That's rough.
**[21:21] POLICE OFFICER**
Bell crickets, eh?
**[21:26] POLICE OFFICER**
Oh, there it is.
**[21:30] HIROSHI/I**
*Of course there is, I just released a bunch.*
**[21:34] POLICE OFFICER**
I caught one.
**[21:36] POLICE OFFICER**
It's in my fist.
**[21:39] MARUKO**
Thank you very much...
**[21:41] POLICE OFFICER**
Oh, here's another one.
**[21:45] HIROSHI**
He's good at catching bell
crickets, isn't he, Maruko?
**[21:50] MARUKO**
Yes...
**[21:52] NARRATOR/I**
The bell crickets the police officer
caught must be brought home again...
**[21:59] NARRATOR/I**
It wasn't so easy for the Sakuras to
get rid of the curse of bell crickets.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
I'm so sleepy.
**[22:16] MARUKO**
It's morning and I have got to
wake up now, but I just can't.
**[22:20] MARUKO**
I don't care if I get spanked,
I want to keep sleeping.
***SIGN*** Awake a little before six
**[22:23] MARUKO**
Oh no, my conscious is
drifting back to my dream...
**[22:26] MARUKO**
How does everyone else get up in the morning?
**[22:28] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
"Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock."
***SIGN*** Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1432 - Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G50UZ0GNK/maru-chan-buys-an-alarm-clock)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] OHNO/SUGIYAMA**
Everyone, gather around!
**[00:02] OHNO/SUGIYAMA**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
**[01:30] SIGN**
"Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:45] MARUKO/I**
*I'm so sleepy.*
**[01:47] MARUKO/I**
*I'm just too sleepy...*
**[01:51] SUMIRE**
Maruko! What are you doing?!
**[02:04] SUMIRE**
Maruko, breakfast's ready!
**[02:07] MARUKO**
Yes, I'm coming.
**[02:13] MARUKO/I**
*Oh, I was dreaming.*
**[02:16] MARUKO/I**
* Come to think of it,*
* I think I heard Mom just now.*
**[02:22] MARUKO/I**
*Ah, I'm sleepy again.*
**[02:25] MARUKO/I**
*My gosh, I have to get up.*
**[02:28] MARUKO/I**
*I'm too sleepy...*
**[02:30] MARUKO/I**
*Why are my upper and lower eyelids so friendly?*
**[02:39] SUMIRE**
Enough is enough!
**[02:47] SUMIRE**
I told you to wake up! Now!
**[02:54] SUMIRE**
I don't care anymore!
**[02:56] SUMIRE**
Do whatever you like!
**[02:59] MARUKO/I**
*I'll do whatever I like...*
**[03:08] MARUKO**
Kosugi, that's French baguette, isn't it?
**[03:11] KOSUGI**
That's right.
**[03:13] KOSUGI**
I got it from a French person.
**[03:15] MARUKO**
Really, you got it from a French person?
**[03:18] TAMAE'S DAD**
Yes, I'm actually French.
**[03:22] MARUKO**
Is that so?
**[03:24] MARUKO**
Then Tama-chan's French too?
**[03:27] TAMAE**
I am.
**[03:29] MARUKO**
Ouch!
**[03:30] MARUKO**
You smacked my butt...
**[03:33] SUMIRE**
Wake up now, or another one's coming!
**[03:35] MARUKO**
If I can stay asleep for one more smack
on the butt, I'd happily take it...
**[03:41] SUMIRE**
You idiot!
**[03:42] SUMIRE**
Why do you have such a problem
waking up in the morning?
**[03:45] MARUKO**
I want to skip school today.
**[03:48] SUMIRE**
Stand up!
**[03:49] SUMIRE**
Change your clothes!
**[03:53] MARUKO/I**
*I can feel my consciousness fading away...*
**[03:59] SUMIRE**
Don't sleep standing up!
**[04:02] SUMIRE**
It's 7:40 AM already!
**[04:04] SUMIRE**
Even if you run, you could be late!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[04:09] MARUKO/I**
*I am actually late...*
**[04:12] TOGAWA**
Sakura-san, try not to be tardy.
**[04:15] MARUKO**
I'm so sorry.
**[04:19] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, what happened?
**[04:21] TAMAE**
Were you sick or something?
**[04:24] MARUKO**
No.
**[04:25] MARUKO**
It's really pathetic, but I have
trouble waking up in the morning.
**[04:30] MARUKO**
And it's gotten worse lately.
**[04:32] TAMAE**
It doesn't help to go to sleep early?
**[04:34] MARUKO**
No.
**[04:36] MARUKO**
No matter how early I go to bed,
it's tough for me to wake up.
**[04:39] MARUKO**
I try hard to wake up, but
somehow I get sleepy,
**[04:44] MARUKO**
and sometimes find myself in a dream.
**[04:47] TAMAE**
In a dream?!
**[04:50] MARUKO**
It's a dumb story.
**[04:52] MARUKO**
But this morning, I had a dream
that your dad was French.
**[04:57] TAMAE**
Oh, is that so?
**[05:01] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, if you're going to be late to
school for having a silly dream like that,
**[05:05] TAMAE**
you really should try and wake up
early, no matter how hard it may be.
**[05:08] MARUKO**
You couldn't be more right.
**[05:10] SIGN**
Everyone, let's all start thinking
about the new year's resolution.
***SIGN*** New Year's Resolution
**[05:16] TOGAWA**
It can be something small.
**[05:17] TOGAWA**
Pick something you would
really like to work on,
**[05:20] SIGN**
as you look back on the year you've had.
***SIGN*** New Year's Resolution
**[05:23] STUDENTS**
Yes, sir!
**[05:25] KOSUGI**
My resolution will be to
become an even bigger eater.
**[05:32] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun's resolution is that one, right?
**[05:35] FUJIKI**
Huh? Which one?
**[05:37] NAGASAWA**
Are you making me say it?
**[05:40] FUJIKI**
About me being cowardly?
**[05:42] NAGASAWA**
Is there anything else you need to fix?
**[05:47] FUJIKI/I**
* Am I that cowardly that I have to make*
* it my new year's resolution to change it?*
**[05:54] FUJIKI/I**
*No, I don't think that's true.*
**[05:57] FUJIKI/I**
*Let's try and think of some other goals.*
**[06:01] FUJIKI/I**
*Well...*
**[06:03] FUJIKI/I**
*Um...*
**[06:06] FUJIKI/I**
*Hm? I can't think of any.*
**[06:09] FUJIKI/I**
*No other goal is coming to my mind!*
**[06:13] NAGASAWA**
You don't need to think to write about it.
**[06:17] NAGASAWA**
Just write it down.
**[06:18] FUJIKI**
Yeah, you're right, Nagasawa-kun...
***SIGN*** New Year's Resolution
***SIGN*** Change
my
cowardly
personality
***SIGN*** Name
***SIGN*** Fujiki
Shigeru
***SIGN*** New Year's Resolution
***SIGN*** Change
my
cowardly
personality
***SIGN*** Name
***SIGN*** Fujiki
Shigeru
***SIGN*** New Year's Resolution
***SIGN*** Don't
oversleep
***SIGN*** Name
***SIGN*** Sakura Momoko
**[06:34] SIGN (center)**
*There you go.*
**[06:36] TAMAE/I**
* That is the perfect resolution*
* for you right now.*
**[06:40] MARUKO**
It's a bit embarrassing that such a
basic thing is my new year's resolution.
**[06:46] TAMAE**
That's not true!
**[06:48] MARUKO**
Then what's your resolution?
**[06:50] TAMAE**
Mine is to practice piano every day.
**[06:56] MARUKO**
That's wonderful.
***SIGN*** New Year's Resolution
***SIGN*** Name
***SIGN*** Practice
piano
every
day
***SIGN*** Honami
Tamae
**[06:57] MARUKO**
An impressive resolution.
**[07:00] MARUKO**
In comparison, mine is not to
oversleep, of all things...
**[07:06] MARUKO**
A perfectly dreary resolution
for a sleepyhead like me.
**[07:12] TOGAWA**
Well then, everyone.
**[07:13] TOGAWA**
As you look back on your behavior this year,
**[07:15] TOGAWA**
let us all work toward our new
year's resolutions, starting today.
***SIGN*** New Year's Resolution
**[07:19] STUDENTS**
Yes, sir!
**[07:22] MARUKO**
How do you wake up in the morning?
**[07:25] OHNO**
How? I mean, I set an alarm clock
and I wake up when it goes off.
**[07:30] SUGIYAMA**
Same here.
**[07:32] TOSHIKO**
Me, too.
**[07:33] TAMAE**
Me, too.
**[07:35] YAMANE**
I do, too.
**[07:37] MARUKO**
You all wake up with an alarm clock?!
**[07:40] OHNO**
Isn't that what anyone would do?
**[07:44] YAMANE**
It's so normal that I can't really
think of any other way of waking up.
**[07:48] TOSHIKO**
Maru-chan, you don't use
an alarm clock to wake up?
**[07:53] MARUKO**
No.
**[07:54] MARUKO**
Every morning, my mom yells at me like
three times, and she pulls off my covers,
**[08:00] MARUKO**
smacks my butt, and I get pulled
up, and finally I can wake up.
**[08:07] OHNO**
I've never heard of anyone waking up like that.
**[08:10] SUGIYAMA**
Right.
**[08:12] YAMANE**
You cause so much trouble for
your mom just to wake up?
**[08:16] YAMANE**
You really should reconsider
how you live your daily life!
**[08:20] MARUKO**
That's why I'm asking you questions!
**[08:23] MARUKO**
I do know that I shouldn't
be living like this forever.
**[08:29] MARUKO**
But when morning comes,
it's just too hard to wake up.
**[08:34] YAMANE**
You don't have enough guts!
**[08:37] YAMANE**
No matter how sleepy you are,
bite the bullet and wake up!
**[08:40] YAMANE**
Waking up from your sleep
shouldn't affect you at all!
**[08:45] YAMANE**
Compared to my abdominal pain, waking
up is like the easiest thing!
**[08:51] OHNO**
Y-You may be right.
**[08:54] SUGIYAMA**
Yeah. Compared to abdominal pain,
waking up shouldn't be hard at all.
**[08:59] TOSHIKO**
That's true.
**[09:00] TOSHIKO**
It's not painful or anything.
**[09:03] TAMAE**
Yeah, all it takes is a bit of effort.
**[09:09] YAMANE**
See? You need to make more effort, Sakura.
**[09:12] YAMANE**
Don't cause problems for your parents
just to wake up in the morning.
**[09:16] YAMANE**
Troubling your family for such
an easy thing is the worst!
**[09:23] TOSHIKO**
Oh no, Yamane-kun!
**[09:27] OHNO**
He got overexcited, and his
stomach couldn't take it.
**[09:30] YAMANE**
That's exactly right...
**[09:34] YAMANE**
I'm causing trouble for everyone again.
**[09:38] YAMANE**
I was the one telling you not to
do that, but look at me now...
**[09:51] YAMANE**
Getting pulled up by others when
I'm not even sleepy... Funny, huh?
**[09:55] OHNO**
Hey, you don't need to talk
when you have abdominal pain.
**[09:59] YAMANE**
You're right.
**[10:01] SUGIYAMA**
Okay, we'll walk Yamane home.
**[10:05] MARUKO/TAMAE/TOSHIKO**
Okay.
**[10:07] SUGIYAMA**
Are you all right?
**[10:10] TAMAE**
Yamane sure has guts, but...
**[10:13] TOSHIKO**
Right. He has guts, but
his body can't take it.
**[10:18] MARUKO**
But he wakes up in the morning,
so that's commendable.
**[10:22] TOSHIKO**
Maru-chan, why don't you start
by buying an alarm clock?
**[10:26] TAMAE**
Yeah, that's a good idea.
**[10:29] MARUKO**
I think I'll do that.
**[10:30] MARUKO**
After learning that everyone
uses an alarm clock to wake up,
**[10:35] MARUKO**
I'll have to get one for myself.
**[10:43] YAMANE**
My resolution is to strengthen my stomach...
**[10:49] SUGIYAMA**
O-Okay...
**[10:51] YAMANE**
It was the same last year.
**[10:57] YAMANE**
Maybe it'll be the same next year...
**[11:01] OHNO**
Don't get discouraged!
**[11:04] YAMANE**
You're right.
**[11:12] YAMANE/I**
*My stomach, we can do this!*
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[11:18] MARUKO**
1,380 yen, huh?
**[11:21] MARUKO**
If I use all the money,
maybe I can afford it.
**[11:26] MARUKO**
But it feels like such a waste.
**[11:29] MARUKO**
I'd rather spend it on something else.
**[11:34] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko is troubled.
**[11:36] NARRATOR/I**
Continue to the second half.
**[11:45] MARUKO/I**
* With 1,380 yen, I can buy a manga,*
* snacks, ice cream and meat buns,*
**[11:52] MARUKO/I**
* or I could splurge and get*
* some roasted sweet potatoes.*
**[11:56] MARUKO/I**
*Uh, what do I do?*
**[11:58] MARUKO/I**
*It's not like I truly want an alarm clock...*
**[12:03] MARUKO**
But if I buy an alarm clock with my
allowance, I might get complimented by everyone.
**[12:09] SUMIRE**
You bought an alarm clock for yourself?
**[12:12] SUMIRE**
Good for you!
**[12:13] HIROSHI**
Maruko, you do know how to find a good item.
**[12:17] MARUKO**
Okay, I will buy an alarm clock!
**[12:20] MARUKO**
And I'll demonstrate my spirit to everyone!
**[12:26] SUMIRE**
Where are you going?
**[12:28] MARUKO**
Oh, just an errand.
**[12:30] MARUKO**
I'll be back soon.
**[12:32] SUMIRE**
Take care.
**[12:33] MARUKO**
Okay.
***SIGN*** Suzuki Clock Store
**[12:36] SIGN**
Hello!
**[12:36] STAFF**
Welcome.
**[12:38] MARUKO**
I'd like to buy an alarm clock.
**[12:40] STAFF**
Sure thing.
**[12:41] STAFF**
You're buying it with your own money?
**[12:45] STAFF**
How impressive.
**[12:46] MARUKO/I**
*A compliment already.*
**[12:48] MARUKO/I**
*It was a good choice to buy an alarm clock.*
**[12:53] MARUKO**
Wow, there are so many different kinds.
**[12:57] MARUKO**
Could I have something
that's under 1,380 yen?
**[13:02] STAFF**
1,380 yen, huh?
**[13:05] STAFF**
Then...
**[13:08] STAFF**
This is the only one.
**[13:10] STAFF**
I can sell it for 1300 yen.
**[13:14] MARUKO**
Thank you very much.
**[13:16] MARUKO**
Ta-da! This is the alarm clock I bought.
**[13:20] TOMOZOU**
Good job, Maruko.
**[13:22] TOMOZOU**
I'm impressed that you were able
to purchase something so nice.
**[13:27] MARUKO/I**
*Good, good.*
**[13:28] MARUKO/I**
*Praise me more, everyone.*
**[13:30] SUMIRE**
Well, it's better than wasting money away,
**[13:30] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[13:33] SUMIRE**
but I'll save my compliment until
I see this actually in use.
**[13:37] HIROSHI**
True.
**[13:38] HIROSHI**
If you don't use it properly,
it's the same as wasting money.
**[13:42] SAKIKO**
I'm sure it'll end up a waste.
**[13:45] SAKIKO**
I can't picture Maruko making
full use of this thing.
**[13:48] MARUKO**
How rude, you all!
**[13:50] TOMOZOU**
Indeed!
**[13:52] TOMOZOU**
It wouldn't hurt to praise her
when she buys something useful!
**[13:57] HIROSHI**
Humph! Just because she buys
something useful every now and then
**[13:59] HIROSHI**
isn't a cause for celebration.
**[14:01] HIROSHI**
Wake up early every morning
until the clock breaks.
**[14:06] HIROSHI**
Then I'll compliment you.
**[14:08] SAKIKO**
Seriously.
**[14:10] SAKIKO**
I'll definitely do that if that happens.
**[14:11] MARUKO**
So frustrating!
**[14:13] MARUKO**
Fine, now I'm determined to
wake up early every morning!
**[14:17] TOMOZOU**
There you go, Maruko!
**[14:19] TOMOZOU**
Use this frustration and
wake up early every day!
**[14:23] MARUKO**
I will.
**[14:25] NARRATOR/I**
The next morning...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:36] MARUKO**
Oh man...
**[14:37] MARUKO**
I'm sleepy, but I've got to wake up.
**[14:43] MARUKO**
How refreshing.
**[14:46] MARUKO**
The air, sunlight...
**[14:48] MARUKO**
Ah, rising early is so wonderful.
**[14:51] MARUKO**
If I do this every day, I can
experience this every single morning.
**[14:56] MARUKO**
I wish I could tell this
to the people in the world!
**[15:01] HIROSHI**
Maruko's still asleep, isn't she?
**[15:04] SUMIRE**
She's already gone to school.
**[15:07] HIROSHI**
Huh?! At seven o'clock?!
**[15:09] TOMOZOU**
She woke up early.
**[15:11] TOMOZOU**
She proved herself by waking up early.
**[15:14] HIROSHI**
Humph, I'm sure it's just for today.
**[15:19] MARUKO**
Ah, the town lit in the early morning sun
sure feels a bit different than usual.
**[15:28] SASAKI**
Hello, Maru-chan. Good morning.
**[15:32] MARUKO**
Good morning, Old Man Sasaki.
**[15:34] SASAKI**
You're early today.
**[15:37] MARUKO**
Yes, I woke up early.
**[15:39] SASAKI**
I see.
**[15:40] SASAKI**
Rising early feels good, doesn't it?
**[15:42] MARUKO**
Yes.
**[15:43] MARUKO**
Are you usually up this early
to take care of the trees?
**[15:47] SASAKI**
That's right.
**[15:49] SASAKI**
The trees wake up early, so I do the same.
**[15:53] MARUKO**
They do?!
**[15:55] SASAKI**
They most likely do.
**[15:58] MARUKO**
What time do you think they wake up?
**[16:01] SASAKI**
Well, I don't know the exact time.
**[16:04] SASAKI**
But my hunch says they probably wake
up a little before six o'clock.
**[16:08] MARUKO**
A little before six o'clock?!
**[16:10] SASAKI**
Yes, a little before six o'clock.
**[16:13] MARUKO**
Wow, that's early.
**[16:15] SASAKI**
It is, indeed.
***SIGN*** "Song of Tree's Vitality, Early Morning Version"
**[16:17] SASAKI**
That's why I wake up early.
**[16:21] SASAKI**
No matter how hard it is.
**[16:23] SASAKI/I**
*On windy days*
**[16:27] SASAKI/I**
*Or on rainy days*
**[16:30] SASAKI/I**
*Every morning, trees wake up*
**[16:38] SASAKI/I**
*They wake up a little before six o'clock*
**[16:45] SASAKI/I**
*When the trees wake up in the morning*
**[16:52] SASAKI/I**
*I make sure to wake up and take care of them*
**[17:09] TAMAE**
Wow, Maru-chan,
**[17:11] TAMAE**
you were the first one here this morning?
**[17:13] MARUKO**
Yes, I got here before Maruo-kun.
**[17:17] MARUO**
Sakura-san, you're not planning to run
for the class representative, are you?
**[17:23] MARUKO**
Of course not.
**[17:25] MARUO**
That, indeed, is not what
you're really thinking!
**[17:29] MARUKO**
It is what I'm thinking.
**[17:30] MARUKO**
Why would I lie about that?
**[17:32] MARUO**
Then why did you come to
school before I did today?
**[17:37] MARUO**
You're almost late every day, so for
you to come to school early can only be
**[17:42] MARUO**
a preparation for your running
to be the class representative!
**[17:46] MARUKO**
Hey, can you do something about him?
**[17:50] TAMAE**
Leave him alone.
**[17:56] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, are you making
efforts to achieve your goal?
**[18:01] FUJIKI**
Huh? N-Nothing in particular...
**[18:04] NAGASAWA**
It amazes me that you are so oblivious.
**[18:06] NAGASAWA**
Sakura at least seems to be trying,
so you should work hard too.
**[18:11] FUJIKI/I**
*In my case, what effort can I make?*
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[18:16] HIROSHI**
Hey, it's 8 o'clock already.
**[18:18] HIROSHI**
Maruko, go to sleep.
**[18:20] MARUKO**
No, thanks.
**[18:21] MARUKO**
I don't wanna go to bed this early.
**[18:24] SAKIKO**
Aren't you supposed to
wake up early every day?
**[18:26] MARUKO**
It's fine.
**[18:28] MARUKO**
I can rise early even if
I stay up a bit longer.
**[18:33] NARRATOR/I**
The next morning...
**[18:38] MARUKO/I**
*I'm so sleepy.*
**[18:40] MARUKO/I**
*But I have to wake up...*
**[18:44] MARUKO**
I have to wake up.
**[18:46] MARUKO**
Even trees are waking up early...
**[18:50] TREE A**
Wake up! You can do it!
**[18:52] TREE B**
Don't give in, wake up!
**[18:54] SASAKI**
I put in an effort every morning.
**[18:57] TREE A/B**
You can do it! You can do it!
**[19:01] SUMIRE**
Maruko!
**[19:03] SUMIRE**
It's 7:30 am already!
**[19:04] MARUKO**
7:30?!
**[19:06] MARUKO**
No way!
**[19:07] SUMIRE**
Get ready and go to school!
**[19:09] MARUKO**
O-Okay!
**[19:11] MARUKO/I**
*I can't believe this!*
**[19:13] MARUKO/I**
* The alarm should have gone off at 5:30 am,*
* but the next thing I knew, it was 7:30 am.*
**[19:18] MARUKO/I**
*I can't believe it!*
**[19:21] SASAKI**
Hey, Maru-chan!
**[19:25] MARUKO**
Old Man Sasaki!
**[19:26] SASAKI**
Good morning.
**[19:28] SASAKI**
The trees woke up early this morning again.
**[19:30] SASAKI**
So did I.
**[19:31] MARUKO**
Oh, that's great.
**[19:33] MARUKO**
See you later!
**[19:34] MARUKO/I**
* No offense, but I don't care about*
* the trees waking up early right now.*
**[19:39] MARUKO/I**
* If he woke up that early, maybe*
* he can go to school in my place!*
**[19:45] MARUO**
Sakura-san, you were almost late again.
**[19:49] MARUO**
What on earth are you thinking?!
**[19:52] MARUKO**
I don't know.
**[19:54] MARUKO**
I spent 1,380 yen on that thing,
and this is what happens?
**[19:58] MARUKO**
What the heck am I doing?
**[20:01] MARUKO**
Maruo-kun, what am I thinking? Tell me.
**[20:05] MARUO**
Huh?!
**[20:07] NAGASAWA**
Looks like Sakura darted toward
her goal and self-destructed.
**[20:11] YAMANE**
Right.
**[20:12] YAMANE**
It seems that way.
**[20:13] NAGASAWA**
That didn't take long.
**[20:15] YAMANE**
Yeah. It was a new year's
resolution for next year,
**[20:18] YAMANE**
so self-destructing it this
year is out of the question.
**[20:22] TOSHIKO**
Sometimes chaos ensues when you stop
your alarm and fall back to sleep.
**[20:29] TAMAE**
You're right.
**[20:31] TOSHIKO**
You stop your alarm, but no one wakes you
up, then an ungodly amount of time passes.
**[20:37] MARUKO**
That's exactly what happened.
**[20:40] TAMAE**
In your case, maybe your mom should
wake you up, not your alarm clock.
**[20:45] MARUKO**
I think I'll do that. Oh boy...
**[20:48] HIROSHI**
I told you.
**[20:50] HIROSHI**
I knew it'd be a waste.
**[20:52] SAKIKO**
It only took one day, no less.
**[20:56] MARUKO**
Would someone be interested in buying this?
**[20:59] MARUKO**
It's still new.
**[21:03] MARUKO**
I'll give it to you for 1,000 yen.
**[21:05] MARUKO**
It's a bargain.
**[21:08] MARUKO**
Then how about 800 yen?!
**[21:15] MARUKO**
Grandpa, would you buy it for 500 yen?
**[21:18] TOMOZOU**
Okay, I'll buy it!
**[21:20] HIROSHI**
Hey! Don't you spoil her, Grandpa!
**[21:23] HIROSHI**
300 yen is more than enough for this thing.
**[21:26] HIROSHI**
I'd buy it for 300 yen.
**[21:28] MARUKO**
Fine, give me 300 yen.
**[21:31] HIROSHI**
Good.
**[21:33] MARUKO**
Thanks.
**[21:37] NARRATOR/I**
The alarm clock that was resold dirt cheap,
and now it's put to work in the kitchen.
**[21:47] SUMIRE**
Oh, good.
**[21:48] SUMIRE**
This clock is actually helpful.
**[21:51] SUMIRE**
Dad unexpectedly made a good buy.
**[21:53] HIROSHI**
Right?
**[21:55] HIROSHI**
That's all fine and dandy, but
shouldn't you wake up Maruko soon?
**[22:00] HIROSHI**
She's without an alarm clock, after all.
**[22:04] SUMIRE**
Oh yes, you're right.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[22:06] SUMIRE**
Maruko! Wake up!
**[22:14] MARUKO**
No!
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:16] MARUKO**
If you eat that hot pot, you'll die!
**[22:18] MARUKO**
I'm concerned for the lives of my family,
but you still want to eat that thing?
**[22:23] MARUKO**
Mom, you're such a glutton.
**[22:25] MARUKO**
You're not gonna eat that, are you, Grandpa?
**[22:27] MARUKO**
Please don't die!
**[22:28] SIGN**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
"Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot."
***SIGN*** Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1433 - Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GWDU820MM/maruko-makes-a-scene-over-hot-pot)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] TOMOZOU**
Come one, come all, gather around!
**[00:02] TOMOZOU**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:38] TOMOZOU**
Wow!
**[01:43] MARUKO**
Good morning.
**[01:44] MARUKO**
Ah, so cold.
**[01:46] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, take a look!
**[01:48] TOMOZOU**
It's puffer fish!
**[01:49] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[01:50] MARUKO**
Puffer fish?
**[01:54] MARUKO**
This fish is dead, I see.
**[01:56] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, we feast tonight!
**[01:59] TOMOZOU**
With hot pot!
**[02:00] MARUKO**
Huh? Hot pot?
**[02:02] MARUKO**
If it's a feast, I'd rather have a Hamburg
steak than this dead puffer fish.
**[02:07] SUMIRE**
Maruko, tonight's dinner is hot
pot, so look forward to it.
**[02:13] MARUKO/I**
Hot pot, hot pot, is it that good?
**[02:17] MARUKO/I**
I remember it as dingy food...
**[02:21] NARRATOR/I**
The only thing in her mind
is a mystery hot pot.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[02:28] TAMAE**
It's cold every day.
**[02:30] TAMAE**
I wish I could eat something hot.
**[02:32] MARUKO**
That reminds me, we're
having hot pot tonight.
**[02:36] TAMAE**
Oh, that's nice.
**[02:38] TAMAE**
I love hot pot.
**[02:40] MARUKO**
I've never had hot pot in my life, so
I don't even know if I like it or not.
**[02:46] TAMAE**
What hot pot will you have?
**[02:49] TAMAE**
Chicken? Crab?
**[02:51] TAMAE**
Or maybe oysters?
**[02:53] MARUKO**
Let's see, I think my
mom said puffer fish?
**[02:57] TAMAE**
What?! Puffer fish?!
**[03:00] TAMAE**
Wow, Maru-chan. Your family may look plain,
but you sure do know how to splurge.
**[03:07] MARUKO**
What splurge?
**[03:08] TAMAE**
Puffer fish is expensive.
**[03:11] TAMAE**
Not many people eat it at home.
**[03:14] TAMAE**
I've never even had it.
**[03:16] TAMAE**
I only heard about it from my dad.
**[03:19] MARUKO**
Really? That's good to know.
**[03:22] MARUKO**
Apparently, it was a gift
from an acquaintance.
**[03:25] MARUKO**
Now I'm ready to chow down!
**[03:27] HANAWA**
Oh? Sounds like you're talking
about puffer fish, babies.
**[03:32] HANAWA**
I've already had it five times this year.
**[03:36] HANAWA**
Hot pot is nice, but sashimi
isn't too bad, either.
**[03:40] TAMAE**
Five times?!
**[03:41] MARUKO**
You never disappoint. Bravo.
**[03:46] HANAWA**
Mushroom such as shiitake and enoki
are good for hot pot as well.
***SIGN*** King of Mushrooms
**[03:50] HANAWA**
We use matsutake at my house, of course.
**[03:53] TAMAE**
Matsutake for hot pot?!
**[03:55] MARUKO**
One hot pot would cost like 100,000 yen!
**[04:01] MARUKO**
You were born under a blessed star.
**[04:05] MARUKO**
Must have done some good
deeds in your previous life.
**[04:08] HANAWA**
Y-Your expression is rather antique...
**[04:12] HANAWA**
Not that I mind.
**[04:14] HANAWA**
If you'll excuse me.
**[04:16] TAMAE**
Wow, I'm impressed.
**[04:18] MARUKO**
I kind of get why Migiwa-san
wants to marry him.
**[04:26] TAMAE**
Puffer fish and mushroom sound really yummy.
**[04:28] TAMAE**
Good eats!
**[04:29] MARUKO**
Yeah, it sounds amazing.
**[04:32] MARUKO**
I'm so looking forward to it.
**[04:34] TAMAE**
I'm jealous.
**[04:36] MARUKO**
It's a blessing I never expected.
**[04:38] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, wasn't there someone who
died because of the puffer fish poison?
**[04:44] FUJIKI**
Yeah, it was in the newspaper.
**[04:47] MARUKO/TAMAE**
What?!
**[04:49] NAGASAWA**
And someone else ate toxic mushrooms.
**[04:49] [SONG] SIGN**
Wind and Waves
**[04:53] FUJIKI**
Yeah, that was in the paper, too.
**[04:59] NAGASAWA**
Eating something knowing
that it's poisonous...
**[05:01] FUJIKI**
They must regret it.
**[05:07] TAMAE**
Maru-chan.
**[05:09] MARUKO**
Poison!
***SIGN*** Poison
**[05:10] MARUKO**
Death!
***SIGN*** Death
**[05:11] TAMAE**
Don't worry about it.
***SIGN*** Poison
***SIGN*** Death
**[05:13] MARUKO**
How could I not worry about it?
**[05:17] TAMAE**
It'll be fine.
***SIGN*** Poison
***SIGN*** Death
**[05:18] TAMAE**
Hanawa-kun said he ate it too.
**[05:21] MARUKO**
Hanawa-kun goes to fancy restaurants,
and he has a chef at home, so he's safe.
**[05:27] MARUKO**
But at my house, it's my mom cooking it.
**[05:31] MARUKO**
We're done for.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[05:34] CHILDREN**
Bye bye!
**[05:36] CHILDREN**
See you!
***SIGN*** Poison
***SIGN*** Death
***SIGN*** Death
***SIGN*** Poison
**[05:43] MARUKO**
I'm home!
**[05:45] MARUKO**
Mom, Mom!
**[05:47] SUMIRE**
What's all the fuss?
**[05:49] MARUKO**
Let's cancel tonight's hot pot.
**[05:52] SUMIRE**
Huh? Why?
**[05:54] MARUKO**
I heard at school today that puffer
fish and mushrooms are poisonous.
***SIGN*** Poison
***SIGN*** Death
**[05:59] MARUKO**
Some people even died.
**[06:01] MARUKO**
I'm scared. I don't want to die!
**[06:05] SUMIRE**
Silly you, it's fine.
**[06:07] SUMIRE**
Prepared properly, puffer fish
and mushrooms are very safe,
**[06:09] SUMIRE**
there's no need for concern.
**[06:12] MARUKO**
If it's very safe, then there
shouldn't be anyone dead from it.
**[06:16] MARUKO**
Nothing beats being cautious.
**[06:18] MARUKO**
Where's the puffer fish?
**[06:19] MARUKO**
I've got to throw it away.
**[06:21] SUMIRE**
Y-You idiot!
**[06:22] SUMIRE**
Hold up! Hey!
**[06:23] MARUKO**
Let me go!
**[06:24] SUMIRE**
You idiot!
**[06:25] SUMIRE**
I'm telling you it's safe.
**[06:27] SUMIRE**
Why can't you listen to me?
**[06:29] MARUKO**
You're the idiot, Mom!
**[06:31] MARUKO**
I'm concerned for the lives of my family,
**[06:34] MARUKO**
but you want to risk your life to
eat puffer fish and mushrooms...
**[06:39] MARUKO**
What a greedy glutton you are!
**[06:42] SUMIRE**
Hearing those words from you makes
me more irritated than it should.
**[06:47] SUMIRE**
Well, whatever.
**[06:49] SUMIRE**
Anyhow, don't do anything stupid.
**[06:51] SUMIRE**
Tonight's dinner is hot pot, and that's that.
**[06:57] MARUKO**
Who knew the parent-child
bond could be so fragile?
**[07:00] MARUKO**
All it takes is one hot pot
to separate our hearts...
**[07:08] MARUKO/I**
*How sad it is to be a parent and a child*
**[07:13] MARUKO/I**
*Don't expect them to understand each other*
**[07:25] SUMIRE**
Shut up!
**[07:26] SUMIRE**
Stop appealing with a folk song!
**[07:29] MARUKO/I**
*How sad... Ah...*
***SIGN*** Children's
Encyclopedia
**[07:41] MARUKO**
"Types of puffer fish..."
***SIGN*** Types of Puffer Fish
***SIGN*** Shosai Puffer Tiger Puffer Grey Spotted Puffer Panther Puffer
***SIGN*** Panther Puffer
**[07:44] MARUKO**
"Takifugu pardalis, or panther puffer, 38 cm."
**[07:47] MARUKO**
"Edible. Its entrails are highly poisonous."
***SIGN*** Grey Spotted Puffer
**[07:53] MARUKO**
"Takifugu alboplumbeus, or
grey-spotted puffer, 16 cm."
**[07:55] MARUKO**
"Edible. Its entrails and skin are poisonous."
***SIGN*** Tiger Puffer
**[08:01] MARUKO**
"Takifugu rubripes, or tiger puffer, 70 cm."
**[08:04] MARUKO**
"Edible. Its entrails are extremely poisonous."
**[08:07] MARUKO**
"Luxurious food."
***SIGN*** Shosai Puffer
**[08:12] MARUKO**
"Takifugu snyderi, or shosai puffer, 34 cm."
**[08:15] MARUKO**
"Edible. Its entrails and skin
are extremely poisonous."
***SIGN*** Extremely
Poisonous
***SIGN*** Poisonous
***SIGN*** Children's
Encyclopedia
**[08:22] MARUKO**
There are many that are deadly.
**[08:24] MARUKO**
They're as scary as cobras.
**[08:28] MARUKO**
Let's look up mushrooms.
**[08:40] MARUKO**
These are frightening too.
**[08:41] MARUKO**
If you eat them carelessly, you could die.
**[08:44] SAKIKO**
Oh, you're studying?
**[08:46] SAKIKO**
That's a rare sight.
**[08:48] MARUKO**
Big sis!
**[08:51] MARUKO**
Listen, Big sis.
**[08:53] MARUKO**
If you value your life, heed my advice.
**[08:56] SAKIKO**
What is it?
**[08:58] MARUKO**
Do not touch tonight's dinner,
no matter what you do.
**[09:05] MARUKO**
Got it?
**[09:11] SAKIKO/I**
* Being the idiot that she is, she might be*
* worried about the puffer fish poison...*
***SIGN*** AHAHAHAHAHA
**[09:27] SAKIKO**
That's hilarious!
**[09:29] SAKIKO**
So funny!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[09:34] NARRATOR/I**
Continue to the second half.
***SIGN*** Children's
Encyclopedia
***SIGN*** Types of Puffer Fish
***SIGN*** Shosai Puffer Tiger Puffer Grey Spotted Puffer Panther Puffer
**[09:49] MARUKO**
Types of puffer fish...
***SIGN*** Tiger Puffer
**[09:52] MARUKO**
"Takifugu rubripes, or tiger puffer, 70 cm."
**[09:55] MARUKO**
"Edible. Its entrails are extremely poisonous."
**[09:58] MARUKO**
"Luxurious food."
**[10:02] MARUKO**
There are many that are deadly.
***SIGN*** Extremely
Poisonous
***SIGN*** Poisonous
***SIGN*** Children's
Encyclopedia
**[10:05] MARUKO**
They're as scary as cobras.
**[10:08] MARUKO**
Let's look up mushrooms.
**[10:21] MARUKO**
These are frightening too.
**[10:22] MARUKO**
If you eat them carelessly, you could die.
**[10:25] SAKIKO**
Oh, you're studying?
**[10:27] SAKIKO**
That's a rare sight.
**[10:29] MARUKO**
Big sis!
**[10:32] MARUKO**
Listen, Big sis.
**[10:34] MARUKO**
If you value your life, heed my advice.
**[10:37] SAKIKO**
What is it?
**[10:39] MARUKO**
Do not touch tonight's dinner,
no matter what you do.
**[10:46] MARUKO**
Got it?
**[10:52] SAKIKO/I**
Being an idiot that she is, she might be
worried about the puffer fish poison...
***SIGN*** AHAHAHAHAHA
**[11:07] SAKIKO**
That's hilarious!
**[11:11] SAKIKO**
So funny!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[11:17] HIROSHI**
Hot pot, hot pot.
**[11:19] HIROSHI**
I'm so ready to dig in!
**[11:22] HIROSHI**
Bring me sake!
**[11:27] MARUKO**
So this is the poison hot pot.
**[11:31] HIROSHI**
Wh-What is she talking about?
**[11:34] MARUKO**
Hot pot like this has killed
many people over the years.
**[11:38] MARUKO**
Why do people never learn?
**[11:41] HIROSHI**
You moron!
**[11:42] HIROSHI**
Don't speak ill of the precious hot pot!
**[11:45] HIROSHI**
This is the puffer fish from the Genkai Sea.
***SIGN*** WAHAHA
***SIGN*** Hiroshi's imagery of
"Man of the sea"
(Named "Hattsuan")
**[11:51] HIROSHI**
It's like a symbol of a man of the sea!
**[11:56] HIROSHI**
If you're gonna be so depressed
about it, don't eat it!
**[11:56] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[11:59] SUMIRE**
That's right, Maruko.
**[12:01] SUMIRE**
Old man Tanaka got it for us as souvenir.
**[12:04] SUMIRE**
It's luxury food.
**[12:06] SUMIRE**
So don't be saying stupid stuff!
**[12:10] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, puffer fish isn't something
you get to eat every day.
**[12:15] TOMOZOU**
Let's eat! I bet it's delicious.
**[12:17] MARUKO**
What?
**[12:19] MARUKO**
But the poison...
**[12:21] TOMOZOU**
I'm going to eat it.
**[12:29] MARUKO/I**
*Grandpa...*
**[12:31] TOMOZOU**
Maruko!
**[12:34] MARUKO/I**
*My grandpa I love...*
**[12:39] MARUKO/I**
*is going to die!*
**[12:47] MARUKO**
No! Grandpa!
**[13:04] SUMIRE**
You idiot!
**[13:05] SUMIRE**
What do you think you're doing?!
**[13:07] SUMIRE**
Apologize to your grandfather!
**[13:09] MARUKO**
Because, because...
**[13:11] SUMIRE**
I don't know what to do with you.
**[13:13] TOMOZOU**
It's all right.
**[13:15] TOMOZOU**
Maruko had my best interests at heart.
**[13:19] MARUKO**
That's right.
**[13:21] MARUKO**
I was concerned for his life.
**[13:24] MARUKO**
I thought he'd die if I didn't stop...
**[13:39] TOMOZOU**
Thank you, Maruko.
**[13:43] MARUKO/I**
Grandpa is shining...!
**[13:55] TOMOZOU**
I've never had anyone be worried
about me like this in my life.
**[14:01] TOMOZOU**
I'm grateful.
**[14:04] TOMOZOU**
I'm ever so grateful.
**[14:08] TOMOZOU**
"I'm grateful"
**[14:10] TOMOZOU**
"My grandchild"
**[14:12] TOMOZOU**
"Trued to protect her grandpa"
**[14:13] TOMOZOU**
Tomozou's poem of the heart
**[14:21] MARUKO**
Look, everyone.
**[14:22] MARUKO**
Grandpa is crying, thankful for me.
**[14:27] MARUKO**
You shouldn't be eating
puffer fish and mushrooms.
**[14:30] MARUKO**
Let's follow his example
and live a long life.
***SIGN*** SILENCE
**[14:38] MARUKO**
Eh?!
**[14:39] HIROSHI**
Maruko, Grandpa was the
only one you persuaded.
**[14:44] HIROSHI**
This is the world of adults.
**[14:46] HIROSHI**
You see?
**[14:47] NARRATOR/I**
Then, is Grandpa not an adult?
**[14:52] MARUKO**
Dad!
**[14:53] MARUKO**
You still don't understand.
**[14:55] MARUKO**
You're the central pillar in this family.
***SIGN*** Central Pillar
**[15:00] HIROSHI**
Humph, I'm Hiroshi.
**[15:02] HIROSHI**
Not a pillar.
**[15:06] MARUKO**
If you die because of puffer fish, our
whole family will end up on the street.
**[15:20] MARUKO**
I'm cold.
**[15:22] MARUKO**
I'm hungry.
**[15:28] HIROSHI**
Maruko! You've never
died because of puffer fish,
**[15:33] HIROSHI**
so why would you make
up a story about that?!
**[15:34] HIROSHI**
Complain after you actually die from it.
**[15:39] HIROSHI**
Listen, I'm eating it, no
matter what anyone says.
**[15:44] HIROSHI**
You'll pay if you get in my way.
**[15:49] SAKIKO**
My goodness, this is so dumb.
**[15:51] SAKIKO**
I've had enough of Maruko's stupidity.
**[15:54] SAKIKO**
Let's eat, eat.
**[15:55] KOTAKE**
I'll eat, too.
**[15:59] TOMOZOU**
Then me too—
**[16:01] MARUKO**
What?!
**[16:02] MARUKO**
You're gonna eat too?!
**[16:07] MARUKO**
You were crying so much earlier...
***SIGN*** I'm
grateful...
**[16:10] TOMOZOU**
I'm grateful...
**[16:14] MARUKO**
Those tears were lies.
**[16:17] TOMOZOU/I**
*Crap!*
**[16:19] TOMOZOU/I**
*Maruko is starting to lose faith in me!*
**[16:25] TOMOZOU**
M-Maruko...
**[16:27] TOMOZOU**
Forgive me.
**[16:29] TOMOZOU**
I'm such a glutton, aren't I?
**[16:33] TOMOZOU**
That's not good.
**[16:35] TOMOZOU**
I will not eat.
**[16:37] MARUKO**
Really?
**[16:39] TOMOZOU**
Indeed.
**[16:40] TOMOZOU**
I won't let your concern for me go to waste.
**[16:43] MARUKO**
I knew you'd be the only
one to truly understand me!
**[16:53] SAKIKO**
So good!
**[16:55] SAKIKO**
I never knew that puffer
fish was so delicious.
***SIGN*** GULP...
**[17:01] KOTAKE**
So true.
**[17:03] KOTAKE**
Maruko, you really should eat it too.
***SIGN*** GULP...
**[17:09] HIROSHI**
Yum!
**[17:12] HIROSHI**
I'll never understand
anyone who'd refuse this.
**[17:24] TOMOZOU/I**
*I wonder what Maruko's thinking?*
**[17:27] TOMOZOU/I**
*I'm hoping she'll say, "Grandpa, let's eat"?*
**[17:32] MARUKO/I**
* Grandpa, I'm so ready to dig in as soon as*
* you tell me "Maruko, let's eat together."*
**[17:48] SUMIRE**
You two, why don't you stop
being stubborn and eat?
**[17:51] SUMIRE**
It's delicious.
**[17:54] MARUKO**
I-I'm not being stubborn.
**[17:57] MARUKO**
I really don't want to eat it.
**[18:02] MARUKO/I**
* What am I saying to this*
* perfect opportunity?!*
**[18:07] TOMOZOU/I**
*H-Her strong resolve hasn't changed.*
**[18:12] TOMOZOU**
I don't want to eat it, either.
**[18:15] TOMOZOU**
Leave us alone.
**[18:17] TOMOZOU/I**
*Puffer fish!*
**[18:21] KOTAKE**
It's so tasty.
**[18:23] KOTAKE**
So silly of you.
**[18:28] TOMOZOU**
For sure...
**[18:29] MARUKO**
We are silly.
**[18:35] SAKIKO**
Mmm, so good!
**[18:40] KOTAKE**
Isn't it?
**[18:43] HIROSHI**
So good!
**[18:48] SUMIRE**
It's really good.
**[18:52] KOTAKE**
It's delicious.
**[18:54] SAKIKO**
Yummy!
**[18:58] MARUKO/I**
*Is this an acceptable outcome?*
**[19:01] MARUKO/I**
*Puffer fish is disappearing by the minute.*
**[19:05] MARUKO/I**
*Why am I refusing to eat it, anyways?*
**[19:10] MARUKO/I**
*Oh yeah, I remembered.*
***SIGN*** Poison
**[19:13] MARUKO/I**
*It's the poison, the poison.*
**[19:15] MARUKO/I**
*But everyone seems to be fine.*
**[19:27] TOMOZOU/I**
*I know from years of experience*
**[19:29] TOMOZOU/I**
* that puffer fish is safe to eat as long*
* as you don't eat where it's poisonous.*
**[19:36] TOMOZOU/I**
*So why am I not eating it right now?*
**[19:41] TOMOZOU/I**
*Ah yes, to gain Maruko's trust.*
***SIGN*** Trust
**[19:46] TOMOZOU/I**
*But what is trust?*
**[19:53] TOMOZOU/I**
*"I want to eat."*
***SIGN*** I want to eat
**[19:54] TOMOZOU/I**
* Those four words can free*
* me from all suffering!*
***SIGN*** I want to eat
***SIGN*** I want to eat
**[20:05] HIROSHI**
I'm full.
**[20:06] HIROSHI**
Mom, can you make risotto with the broth?
**[20:13] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, maybe we could eat the risotto.
**[20:17] MARUKO**
Right, there's no puffer fish anymore.
**[20:27] SAKIKO**
Risotto is tasty as well.
**[20:29] KOTAKE**
You can really taste the
flavor of puffer fish.
**[20:40] TOMOZOU**
It's... really delicious.
**[20:42] MARUKO**
Yes, it's so yummy I can't take it.
**[20:49] TOMOZOU/I**
*Even the broth is so delicious.*
**[20:52] MARUKO/I**
*The flesh must have been even more delicious.*
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[21:05] NARRATOR/I**
Next day...
**[21:07] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, how was the
puffer fish last night?
**[21:09] TAMAE**
It was good, wasn't it?
**[21:12] MARUKO**
Well, the thing is... all
I ate was the risotto.
**[21:20] TAMAE**
Huh?!
**[21:22] TAMAE/I**
*Why?*
**[21:24] TAMAE/I**
*What happened?*
**[21:25] TAMAE/I**
* The family had hot pot, and*
* Maru-chan didn't eat it?*
**[21:29] TAMAE/I**
*Why? Why?*
**[21:32] TAMAE/I**
*Don't tell me that she...*
**[21:34] MARUKO**
I'm cold.
**[21:36] MARUKO**
I'm hungry.
**[21:41] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, sorry to ask you
out of nowhere, but...
**[21:45] MARUKO**
Yeah?
**[21:47] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, you really were
born into that family, right?
**[21:53] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko is shocked at the
unexpected question from Tamae.
**[21:58] NARRATOR/I**
Puffer fish hot pot has shaken
up her best friend,
**[22:02] NARRATOR/I**
which was something Maruko didn't
expect in a million years.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Oh no, did Tama-chan figure out that
**[22:17] MARUKO**
I was going to skip school
by lying that I had a cold?!
**[22:21] MARUKO**
Brrrr, it's so cold that I don't
want to step out of the house.
**[22:24] MARUKO**
I want to live with a kotatsu
on my back until spring comes.
**[22:28] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
"Maruko Gives in to the Cold."
***SIGN*** Maruko Gives in to the Cold
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1434 - Maruko Gives in to the Cold
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GG1U2J15V/maruko-gives-in-to-the-cold)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] MARUO**
Your attention, please!
**[00:02] MARUO**
Chibi Maruko-chan is indeed about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Maruko Gives in to the Cold
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Maruko Gives in to the Cold."
**[01:37] TAMAE**
Maru-chan! Let's play!
**[01:42] SUMIRE**
Oh, Tama-chan.
**[01:44] SUMIRE**
Just a moment, I'll go get her.
**[01:47] TAMAE**
Okay!
**[01:51] SUMIRE**
Maruko.
**[01:52] SUMIRE**
Tama-chan is here.
**[01:54] MARUKO**
Huh? Tama-chan?
**[01:56] MARUKO**
Oh, I guess we promised
to play in the park today.
**[02:01] MARUKO**
Uh, I don't wanna...
**[02:03] MARUKO**
It's too cold to go outside.
**[02:07] SUMIRE**
Tama-chan went through the trouble
of coming to get you, so go.
**[02:11] MARUKO**
No, thanks.
**[02:12] MARUKO**
I'm sorry, but can you turn her down for me?
**[02:14] MARUKO**
Just tell her I have a cold or something.
**[02:17] MARUKO**
I've decided to stay at
home until spring comes.
**[02:21] SUMIRE**
Stop such nonsense.
**[02:23] SUMIRE**
You're pathetic.
**[02:25] MARUKO**
I don't wanna!
**[02:26] SUMIRE**
Then turn her down yourself.
**[02:29] SUMIRE**
Go tell her you don't want to go
outside because it's too cold!
**[02:32] MARUKO**
My goodness, you're such a meanie.
**[02:35] MARUKO**
Why not work with me in this little lie?
**[02:40] SUMIRE**
You're hopeless.
**[02:44] SUMIRE**
Tama-chan, I'm sorry.
**[02:46] SUMIRE**
It looks like Maruko has caught a cold.
**[02:51] TAMAE**
Maru-chan's mom, I know she doesn't want
to go outside because it's too cold.
**[02:57] TAMAE**
I could hear it all.
**[03:08] MARUKO**
What?! Tama-chan heard everything I said?
**[03:12] SUMIRE**
Yup.
**[03:13] MARUKO**
That's super embarrassing.
**[03:15] SUMIRE**
I thought the awkwardness would kill me.
**[03:18] SUMIRE**
She knew you and I were just putting
on a monkey show together...
**[03:24] MARUKO**
For real.
**[03:25] SUMIRE**
I'm never going to take part in your lie again!
**[03:29] MARUKO**
Oh, come on. Don't be like that.
**[03:32] MARUKO**
Don't let this discourage you and
help me again when I need you.
**[03:35] SUMIRE**
Not in a million years!
**[03:37] SUMIRE**
I will never do this again.
**[03:39] MARUKO**
You get discouraged so easily.
**[03:41] MARUKO**
You need to build up your patience.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[03:44] SUMIRE**
You idiot!
**[03:55] HIROSHI**
Oh my, what's going on?
**[03:57] HIROSHI**
Everyone's in a kotatsu today, huh?
**[03:59] HIROSHI**
Feeling relaxed, are we?
**[04:00] TOMOZOU**
Hiroshi, why don't you join us?
**[04:03] HIROSHI**
Hey Maruko, can you run an errand for me?
**[04:07] MARUKO**
What? I don't wanna,
because it's too cold out.
**[04:09] TOMOZOU**
That's right.
**[04:11] TOMOZOU**
No one wants to get out of the kotatsu.
**[04:13] SUMIRE**
This kid turned down the invitation
to play outside because it was cold.
**[04:18] SUMIRE**
There's no way she'd go out for an errand.
**[04:20] HIROSHI**
What? You didn't even go play?
**[04:23] MARUKO**
I've chosen to completely and
thoroughly avoid the cold.
**[04:27] MARUKO**
Nothing beats being warm at the moment.
**[04:31] HIROSHI**
Man, the things you say are just so...
**[04:35] HIROSHI**
Ah well, I guess it can't be helped.
**[04:36] HIROSHI**
I'll give you 30 yen, so will you go?
**[04:41] MARUKO**
You can't buy me with money.
**[04:44] TOMOZOU**
Hiroshi! Don't you know that
kids these days are rich?
**[04:49] TOMOZOU**
30 yen or so isn't going to be enough.
**[04:52] HIROSHI**
Then would you go, Big Sis?
**[04:55] SAKIKO**
I am not interested in helping you, Dad.
**[05:04] HIROSHI**
Sad... How sad...
**[05:08] HIROSHI**
I'm the guy who was left alone in
this whole wide world, Hiroshi.
**[05:16] SUMIRE**
Maruko, you need to take
the bath first today.
**[05:20] MARUKO**
What? I don't wanna take
a bath, it's a hassle.
**[05:24] SUMIRE**
You didn't take a bath yesterday, either.
**[05:26] SUMIRE**
You're dirty.
**[05:28] MARUKO**
Oh, it's fine.
**[05:29] MARUKO**
It's not a problem that I'm dirty.
**[05:32] MARUKO**
Who knows, maybe I'm warmer
because I'm covered in dirt.
**[05:36] MARUKO**
Let me experiment by not taking a bath for
a week and how that can help me stay warm.
**[05:42] SUMIRE**
No! Go take a bath!
**[05:48] MARUKO**
Man, she scared me.
**[05:51] MARUKO**
Brrr, it's so cold, so cold!
**[05:53] MARUKO**
Walking to the bath is what's tough.
**[05:58] MARUKO**
Oh?
**[06:00] MARUKO**
How happy I would be if I could live
with a kotatsu on my back, like a snail.
**[06:08] NARRATOR/I**
Do you really think a life like
that would make you happy?
**[06:12] MARUKO**
Brrr, cold, cold...
**[06:15] MARUKO**
Hot water, hot water...
**[06:19] MARUKO**
What on earth?! This is too hot!
**[06:21] MARUKO**
If I soak in here, I'll die!
**[06:24] MARUKO**
My goodness, Mom! You've got
to watch the temperature!
**[06:29] MARUKO**
Let's add water to cool it down.
**[06:31] MARUKO**
Oh boy. It's cold and hot.
I \don't know what's going on...
**[06:42] MARUKO**
I added too much water, so now it's too cool.
**[06:46] MARUKO**
But getting out of the bath
would only make me cold...
**[06:51] NARRATOR/I**
A stupid mistake in the bath like this
actually happens every now and then.
**[06:56] NARRATOR/I**
When this happens, all you can do is to
patiently wait for the hot water to boil
**[07:02] NARRATOR/I**
as you blame yourself for
adding too much water.
**[07:22] MARUKO**
For pity's sake!
**[07:24] MARUKO**
This is so frustrating.
**[07:29] MARUKO**
Hey, Mom!
**[07:30] MARUKO**
The temperature of the bath was awful!
**[07:33] MARUKO**
I need you to do better!
**[07:35] SUMIRE**
Is that so?
**[07:36] SUMIRE**
I'm sorry.
**[07:38] MARUKO**
Oh, Kin-chan's show!
**[07:40] MARUKO**
I'll watch it too.
**[07:42] SUMIRE**
Get into your bed soon, or you won't be
able to fall asleep because it's cold.
**[07:46] SUMIRE**
Go to bed.
**[07:47] MARUKO**
I will, after I watch this show.
**[07:49] HIROSHI**
I'll go take a bath then.
**[07:55] MARUKO**
Kin-chan's funny.
**[07:57] KIN-CHAN/I**
*What are you talking about?!*
**[07:59] KIN-CHAN/I**
*Watch me, I'll show you how to do it.*
**[08:01] MARUKO**
I'm getting sleepy...
**[08:15] MARUKO**
So hot.
**[08:17] MARUKO**
My bare feet are burning from the UV rays...
**[08:26] MARUKO**
I can't take it anymore...
**[08:28] MARUKO**
I'll die...
**[08:31] MARUKO**
Wh-Who's laughing?
**[08:36] KIN-CHAN**
You shouldn't sleep in the kotatsu!
**[08:40] MARUKO**
Kin-chan?!
**[08:41] KIN-CHAN**
You shouldn't...
**[08:44] KIN-CHAN**
...sleep in the kotatsu!
**[08:50] MARUKO**
Forgive me, Kin-chan!
**[08:53] SUMIRE**
What did you do to Kin-chan?
**[08:58] NARRATROR/I**
Continue to the second half.
**[09:07] MARUKO**
Brrr, it's so cold.
**[09:09] MARUKO**
I'm freezing cold now that
I'm out of the kotatsu.
**[09:12] MARUKO**
I should have gone to
bed without watching TV.
**[09:21] MARUKO**
Oh, Big Sis is already asleep.
**[09:24] SAKIKO**
Of course I am.
**[09:26] SAKIKO**
You have to jump into bed right
after you get out of the bath,
**[09:28] SAKIKO**
or it's too cold to fall asleep.
***SIGN*** CHILLED
**[09:39] MARUKO**
My bed is frigid.
**[09:41] MARUKO**
I'm cold.
**[09:43] SAKIKO**
It's your punishment for
not getting into bed soon enough.
**[09:47] MARUKO**
Big Sis, let's sleep together tonight.
**[09:51] SAKIKO**
No way.
**[09:53] MARUKO**
My goodness, you're such a cold woman.
**[09:56] MARUKO**
You don't care about your
little sister, do you?
**[09:59] SAKIKO**
Say what you will, see if I care.
**[10:03] MARUKO**
I'm cold!
**[10:08] MARUKO**
My feet are freezing!
**[10:14] MARUKO**
I can't sleep!
**[10:17] SAKIKO**
Shut up!
**[10:19] SAKIKO**
Stop being selfish.
**[10:22] SAKIKO**
If you interfere with my sleep any
further, I'm going to smack you for real.
**[10:28] SAKIKO**
Got it?
**[10:32] MARUKO**
Jeez, Big Sis is so mean.
**[10:36] MARUKO**
It wouldn't hurt her to share
a bed with me, would it?
**[10:40] MARUKO**
Fine. I guess I'll go to Mom.
**[10:54] TOMOZOU**
This is strange. I hear footsteps...
**[11:02] TOMOZOU**
Oh my gosh, it's a ghost!
**[11:16] MARUKO**
Oh please, it's just me.
**[11:19] TOMOZOU**
It's you, Maruko.
***SIGN*** THUMP
THUMP
**[11:23] TOMOZOU**
What are you doing?
**[11:25] MARUKO**
It's too cold to fall asleep, so
I'm wandering around like this.
**[11:29] TOMOZOU**
That's rough. Poor child.
**[11:33] TOMOZOU**
I know! Let's drink amazake.
**[11:36] TOMOZOU**
It'll warm you right up.
**[11:49] MARUKO**
Mmm, so good.
**[11:52] TOMOZOU**
There's a lot more, so
drink as much as you want.
**[11:57] MARUKO**
Amazake smells nice, and
the flavor is gentle.
**[12:01] TOMOZOU**
Yes.
**[12:03] MARUKO**
I think even my heart is
starting to feel gentle.
***SIGN*** One Cup of Amazake
***SIGN*** Maruko's Japanese Ballad of the Heart
**[12:20] MARUKO/I**
*It's a cold and sorrowful night*
**[12:27] MARUKO/I**
*What a woman like me can hold on to is*
**[12:34] MARUKO/I**
*Sweet aroma and a piece of dream*
**[12:47] MARUKO/I**
*Oh amazake, oh amazake*
**[13:00] MARUKO/I**
*It's the flower from home*
**[13:07] MARUKO/I**
*That blooms in a cup*
**[13:26] MARUKO**
I'm so happy.
**[13:28] MARUKO**
I feel warm now.
**[13:30] TOMOZOU**
Good for you.
**[13:32] TOMOZOU**
Now you can get to sleep.
**[13:34] MARUKO**
Good night, Grandpa.
**[13:36] MARUKO**
Thank you so much.
**[13:38] TOMOZOU**
Sure. Good night.
**[13:44] MARUKO**
The moment I'm out of the
kotatsu, I feel cold again.
**[13:49] MARUKO**
The power of amazake isn't much to speak of.
**[13:58] MARUKO**
I'll sneak into Mom's bed tonight.
**[14:06] MARUKO**
So cold, so cold...
**[14:09] SUMIRE**
Oh, Maruko. What's wrong?
**[14:12] MARUKO**
Mom, I'm too cold to fall asleep.
**[14:15] MARUKO**
Can I sleep in your bed?
**[14:17] SUMIRE**
This is why I told you to get into bed
right after you got out of the bath.
**[14:22] MARUKO**
Please don't be mad.
**[14:23] MARUKO**
Let bygones be bygones.
**[14:25] HIROSHI**
Come, you can sleep in my bed.
**[14:28] HIROSHI**
It's nice and warm.
**[14:30] MARUKO**
Really? Dad...
**[14:35] MARUKO**
Dad!
**[14:39] MARUKO**
Dad, you're such a kind person.
**[14:44] MARUKO**
I'm sorry that I didn't
run your errand earlier.
**[14:48] MARUKO**
In spring, I can do that every day.
**[14:52] MARUKO**
Finally, I can sleep soundly.
**[14:54] MARUKO**
Thank you, Dad.
**[14:56] HIROSHI**
I'm glad to hear it.
**[15:02] MARUKO**
It stinks.
**[15:03] MARUKO**
Dad... you farted, didn't you?
**[15:07] HIROSHI**
Of course I did.
**[15:09] HIROSHI**
I use the heat of my farts to warm up my bed.
**[15:14] HIROSHI**
In winter, there's nothing
better than fart heat.
**[15:20] MARUKO**
Man...
**[15:22] MARUKO**
Dad farts, and Mom gives me a cold shoulder.
**[15:26] MARUKO**
I guess I'll have to sleep alone.
**[15:29] MARUKO**
How sad...
**[15:36] MARUKO/I**
*Big Sis is already asleep, of course.*
**[15:41] MARUKO/I**
*Must be nice.*
**[15:57] MARUKO/I**
*So cold!*
**[15:58] MARUKO/I**
*My feet are freezing.*
**[16:06] MARUKO/I**
*I hope my bedding warms up soon.*
**[16:12] NARRATOR/I**
How many minutes has it been?
**[16:16] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko's body has slowly started to warm up,
**[16:20] NARRATOR/I**
and her consciousness has
gradually shifted to sleep...
**[16:25] NARRATOR/I**
However!
**[16:30] NARRATOR/I**
A sudden urge to pee has come over her.
**[16:34] MARUKO/I**
*This is so dumb.*
**[16:38] MARUKO/I**
* I was just getting warm. If I go to the*
* bathroom now, it's back to square one.*
**[16:58] MARUKO/I**
*Man, I shouldn't have had amazake.*
**[17:04] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
Get into your bed soon, or you won't be
able to fall asleep because it's cold.
**[17:09] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
Go to bed.
**[17:10] (Flashback) MARUKO**
I will, after I watch this show.
**[17:12] (Flashback) TOMOZOU**
That's rough. Poor child.
**[17:16] (Flashback) TOMOZOU**
I know! Let's drink amazake.
**[17:19] (Flashback) TOMOZOU**
It'll warm you right up.
**[17:22] MARUKO/I**
*A fool. I'm such a fool.*
**[17:47] MARUKO/I**
*Let's just forget about peeing.*
**[17:50] MARUKO/I**
*That way, I should be able to go to sleep.*
**[17:53] MARUKO/I**
* And if I can fall asleep, I might be*
* able to hold in my pee until morning.*
**[17:58] MARUKO/I**
* All right, let's forget*
* about it and go to sleep.*
**[18:07] MARUKO/I**
*Oh yeah, I am getting sleepy.*
**[18:11] MARUKO/I**
*Nice going, nice going...*
**[18:25] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[18:27] MARUKO**
Bathroom?
**[18:28] MARUKO**
Bathroom!
**[18:33] MARUKO**
Bathroom!
**[18:34] MARUKO**
Bathroom?!
**[18:49] MARUKO**
Bathroom?!
**[18:54] MARUKO**
Who's there?!
**[18:56] KIN-CHAN**
You shouldn't drink amazake
before you go to sleep.
**[18:59] KIN-CHAN**
You shouldn't!
**[19:01] KIN-CHAN**
You shouldn't!
**[19:03] KIN-CHAN**
You shouldn't!
**[19:05] MARUKO**
Agh! Kin-chan?!
**[19:08] MARUKO**
Kin-chan?!
**[19:10] MARUKO**
Kin-chan?!
**[19:11] MARUKO**
Kin-chan?!
**[19:12] MARUKO**
Kin-chan?!
**[19:41] MARUKO/I**
*Nope, it won't work.*
**[19:44] MARUKO/I**
* Unless I go to the bathroom,*
* I won't be able to get a good sleep.*
**[19:49] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko has finally gone to the bathroom.
**[19:57] MARUKO**
Oh boy...
**[20:01] MARUKO**
So cold!
**[20:05] NARRATOR/I**
And she couldn't fall asleep
for a while after that.
**[20:13] NARRATOR/I**
The next morning...
**[20:15] SUMIRE**
Maruko, wake up.
**[20:18] MARUKO**
I don't wanna.
**[20:20] MARUKO**
I'm sleepy.
**[20:21] SUMIRE**
You don't have time to be sleepy.
**[20:24] SUMIRE**
Tama-chan is coming to pick you up soon.
**[20:27] MARUKO**
I don't want to.
**[20:29] MARUKO**
I couldn't sleep last night
because I was too cold.
**[20:33] MARUKO**
I don't want to go to school today.
**[20:36] MARUKO**
When Tama-chan gets here, tell
her I'll be absent today.
**[20:39] SUMIRE**
No way!
**[20:41] SUMIRE**
Don't you give in to the cold!
**[20:43] SUMIRE**
There's still a long way to go till spring.
**[20:46] MARUKO**
No! I'm too sleepy!
**[20:48] MARUKO**
I'm not going to school today!
**[20:51] TAMAE**
Maru-chan!
**[20:56] SUMIRE**
Tama-chan is here.
**[20:58] MARUKO**
We have to talk quietly,
or she'll hear us again.
**[21:12] SUMIRE**
Just for today... you can skip school.
**[21:17] MARUKO**
Thank you.
**[21:21] SUMIRE**
Tama-chan, thank you for
coming to pick her up.
**[21:25] SUMIRE**
But today, she actually
caught a cold for real.
**[21:27] SUMIRE**
She'll be absent from school today.
**[21:32] TAMAE**
Maru-chan's mom...
**[21:37] TAMAE**
I know Maru-chan is too
sleepy to go to school.
**[21:42] TAMAE**
I could hear her loud voice earlier.
**[21:52] NARRATOR/I**
Tamae saw through their
monkey play once again,
**[21:57] NARRATOR/I**
and Sumire didn't know how she should react.
**[22:00] NARRATOR/I**
All she could do was get washed
over by the waves of embarrassment.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Nagasawa, why won't you call
Yamane by his nickname?
**[22:19] MARUKO**
We're gonna play a game I thought
up, using the bookbags.
**[22:23] MARUKO**
So you have to call him "Joe," okay?
**[22:25] MARUKO**
And you are "Eddy."
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
"What Should We Play After School?"
***SIGN*** What Should We Play After School? Yamane Wants to be Called by His Nickname
**[22:30] MARUKO**
and "Yamane Wants to be
Called by His Nickname."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1435 - What Should We Play After School? / Yamane Wants to be Called by His Nickname
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G0DUN2ZWN/what-should-we-play-after-school--yamane-wants-to-be-called-by-his-nickname)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] HANAWA**
Hey, babies. Chibi Maruko-chan
is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** What Should We Play After School?
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:31] MARUKO**
"What Should We Play After School?"
**[01:35] KIDS**
Bye bye!
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[01:36] KIDS**
See you tomorrow!
**[01:42] FUJIKI**
Here we go.
**[01:44] YAMANE**
Okay, the next person who loses
will carry the bags to that post.
**[01:48] FUJIKI**
I won't lose the next round!
**[01:51] FUJIKI/YAMANE/NAGASAWA**
Rock, paper, scissors!
**[01:53] FUJIKI**
Gosh, I lost again...
**[02:00] MARUKO**
Looks like Fujiki lost again.
**[02:02] TAMAE**
Yeah, the bags must be very heavy.
**[02:07] FUJIKI/I**
*Losing three times in a row...*
**[02:09] FUJIKI/I**
*Today just isn't my day.*
**[02:12] YAMANE**
I feel bad that Fujiki-kun's
the only one carrying our bags.
**[02:16] NAGASAWA**
All he needs to do is not
lose rock, paper, scissors.
**[02:23] FUJIKI/I**
*That's right!*
**[02:24] FUJIKI/I**
* I was going to go home early*
* so that I could read the*
**[02:27] FUJIKI/I**
*rest of the manga I bought yesterday.*
***SIGN*** Shonen Manga
**[02:29] FUJIKI**
Sorry, but I just remembered
that I have urgent business.
**[02:33] FUJIKI**
Do you mind if I go home now?
**[02:39] YAMANE**
I wonder what his urgent business is.
**[02:41] NAGASAWA**
Who knows if he actually has urgent business?
**[02:45] NAGASAWA**
Maybe he got fed up with losing all the time.
**[02:48] MARUKO**
Maybe.
**[02:50] FUJIKI**
I'm looking forward to reading the manga.
**[02:55] FUJIKI/I**
* But Nagasawa-kun might*
* be suspicious about me.*
**[03:00] NARRATOR/I**
You are exactly right.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[03:02] MARUKO**
I'm home!
**[03:04] TOMOZOU**
Oh, Maruko. Welcome home.
**[03:07] MARUKO**
What's wrong?
**[03:09] TOMOZOU**
I can't find my glasses...
**[03:12] MARUKO**
Grandpa, your forehead.
**[03:14] TOMOZOU**
My forehead?
**[03:16] TOMOZOU**
My goodness!
**[03:18] TOMOZOU**
How funny!
**[03:20] MARUKO**
You've done this before, remember?
**[03:22] TOMOZOU**
Is that so?
**[03:24] TOMOZOU**
Maruko!
**[03:26] TOMOZOU**
A bug! There's a hairy
caterpillar on your bookbag!
**[03:29] MARUKO**
What?! Grandpa, please take it off!
**[03:35] TOMOZOU**
Phew, that was close.
**[03:39] MARUKO**
Thank you, Grandpa.
**[03:41] MARUKO**
I never realized that my bookbag
had a hairy caterpillar on it.
**[03:45] TOMOZOU**
I never realized that I had my
glasses on my forehead earlier.
**[03:53] MARUKO**
Do you think we'd notice if
we put glasses on a bookbag?
**[03:57] TOMOZOU**
Huh?
**[03:58] MARUKO**
Grandpa, can you put your
glasses on top of my bookbag?
**[04:07] MARUKO**
Did you just put them on?
**[04:09] TOMOZOU**
Why yes, I did.
**[04:10] TOMOZOU**
You could tell?
**[04:12] MARUKO**
Yeah, somehow.
**[04:14] TOMOZOU**
That's impressive.
**[04:17] MARUKO**
You wanna try, Grandpa?
**[04:27] MARUKO**
They're already on.
**[04:28] TOMOZOU**
Huh?! I couldn't tell at all.
**[04:31] MARUKO**
Then we could make a game out of it.
**[04:33] MARUKO**
The "Are-glasses-on-it-or-not?" game.
**[04:37] TOMOZOU**
Huh?
**[04:37] MARUKO**
Close your eyes again.
**[04:40] MARUKO**
Well then, do you think they're on it or not?
**[04:46] TOMOZOU**
They're on!
**[04:48] MARUKO**
Wrong.
**[04:49] TOMOZOU**
They weren't on it, huh?
**[04:52] MARUKO**
That's too bad.
**[04:54] TOMOZOU**
One more time.
**[04:56] TOMOZOU**
Can I please try one more time?
**[04:58] MARUKO**
Sure, of course.
**[05:02] MARUKO**
Do you think they're on it or not?
**[05:06] TOMOZOU/I**
* She didn't put them on the bag*
* earlier, so this time, she must have.*
**[05:11] TOMOZOU**
They are on.
**[05:13] MARUKO**
Wrong. They were not!
**[05:16] TOMOZOU**
You didn't put them on, once again.
**[05:19] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, please! Give me another chance!
**[05:22] MARUKO**
Huh? Sure, I don't mind.
**[05:27] MARUKO**
Do you think they're on it or not?
**[05:32] TOMOZOU/I**
Surely, she must have put them on this time.
**[05:37] TOMOZOU/I**
But they do say, "Things come in threes."
**[05:40] TOMOZOU/I**
So maybe she didn't put them on?
**[05:46] TOMOZOU/I**
Then again, they also say,
"Third time's a charm."
**[05:50] MARUKO**
All right, what's your answer?
**[05:52] TOMOZOU/I**
Wait, is this really the third time?
**[05:56] TOMOZOU/I**
How many rounds have we played so far?
**[05:58] MARUKO**
Grandpa, what's your answer?
**[06:02] TOMOZOU**
They're not on it!
**[06:03] MARUKO**
Wrong. They are on it.
**[06:07] MARUKO**
Why don't we try something
a bit easier to tell?
**[06:12] MARUKO**
What should we use?]
**[06:17] SAKIKO**
Huh? Grandpa, what's wrong?
**[06:19] TOMOZOU**
Oh, Big Sis.
**[06:21] TOMOZOU**
I'm playing a game with Maruko right now.
**[06:24] MARUKO**
Hi, Big Sis. Welcome home.
**[06:26] SAKIKO**
I'm home.
**[06:27] MARUKO**
Grandpa, close your eyes.
**[06:38] MARUKO**
Is anything on the bag or not?
**[06:44] TOMOZOU/I**
I can't afford to make any more mistakes.
**[06:47] TOMOZOU/I**
Sense it with my body and soul.
**[06:52] TOMOZOU/I**
I smell something that makes
me want to have some sake.
**[06:56] TOMOZOU/I**
Plus, this time I feel the
weight that I didn't sense
**[07:00] TOMOZOU/I**
when we were playing with glasses.
**[07:02] TOMOZOU/I**
Which means she put on something
that was heavier than the glasses.
**[07:06] TOMOZOU/I**
This time, I know I'm right!
**[07:10] TOMOZOU**
Something's on it!
**[07:11] MARUKO**
Correct, Grandpa!
**[07:13] TOMOZOU**
Oh! So it was dried squid!
**[07:15] TOMOZOU**
I did it, Maruko!
**[07:17] TOMOZOU**
I finally got it right!
**[07:19] TOMOZOU**
Banzai for dried squid!
**[07:20] MARUKO**
Yes! Banzai for dried squid!
**[07:23] SAKIKO**
What's so fun about that?
**[07:26] SAKIKO**
What exactly is fun about this game?
**[07:29] MARUKO**
If you ask me like that,
it's hard to put into words...
**[07:32] MARUKO**
Right, Grandpa?
**[07:34] TOMOZOU**
That's right.
**[07:36] TOMOZOU**
When you get it right, it
makes you unexpectedly happy.
**[07:38] MARUKO**
You want to give it a try, Big Sis?
**[07:40] SAKIKO**
No, thanks.
**[07:41] SAKIKO**
It doesn't look fun.
**[07:43] MARUKO**
She says it doesn't look fun.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[07:46] NARRATOR/I**
The Next Day...
***SIGN*** Be Careful
at Night
**[07:52] MARUKO**
Oh yeah, listen.
**[07:53] MARUKO**
Yesterday, I played a game with my grandpa
where I put something on my bookbag.
**[07:58] MARUKO**
It's surprisingly difficult to tell.
**[08:02] MARUKO**
Just watch.
**[08:12] MARUKO**
See? Even if I put something
on it, he doesn't notice.
**[08:16] TAMAE**
You're right.
**[08:18] MARUKO**
Fujiki!
**[08:19] FUJIKI**
Huh?
**[08:20] MARUKO**
There's something on your bookbag.
**[08:25] FUJIKI**
What's that?
**[08:26] MARUKO**
I secretly put it on your bag earlier.
**[08:29] FUJIKI**
When did you do that?
**[08:31] FUJIKI**
I totally didn't notice it.
**[08:33] NAGASAWA**
What are you all gathering here for?
**[08:36] MARUKO**
Oh, it's nothing.
**[08:38] FUJIKI**
Eh?
**[08:39] NAGASAWA**
Humph.
**[08:42] MARUKO**
Fujiki, go ahead and secretly
put that on Nagasawa's bookbag.
**[08:48] MARUKO**
It'll be fine, so go ahead. Go on.
**[08:51] FUJIKI**
Th-Then...
**[08:56] FUJIKI/I**
* Would he find out that*
* I pulled a prank on him?*
**[09:00] FUJIKI/I**
* What if he does notice it and feels*
* betrayed and gets disappointed in me?*
**[09:10] NAGASAWA**
What are you doing?
**[09:12] FUJIKI**
Well, uh, the thing is, S-Sakura
told me to do it, so...
**[09:16] NAGASAWA**
What is it? Spit it out.
**[09:18] FUJIKI**
Right. I tried to put this
stick on your bookbag.
**[09:24] NAGASAWA**
What's that for?
**[09:26] NAGASAWA**
Looks like you were trying to do
something that's awfully silly.
**[09:30] MARUKO**
Yesterday, Big Sis said it didn't look
fun, and now Nagasawa says it's silly.
**[09:36] MARUKO**
What am I doing?
**[09:40] NARRATOR/I**
The Next Day...
**[09:43] MARUKO**
What are you doing?
**[09:45] YAMANE**
We're going to have a leaf race.
**[09:48] YAMANE**
Do you want to join us?
**[09:50] MARUKO**
I've got time, so maybe I'll try it.
**[09:53] YAMANE**
Let's say the goal is that bridge.
**[10:02] YAMANE**
We'll run ahead to the goal!
**[10:09] MARUKO**
Look! Mine is coming down first!
**[10:14] NAGASAWA**
Mine isn't far behind.
**[10:17] MARUKO**
Yay! I came in first!
**[10:19] NAGASAWA**
Damn it, second place!
**[10:22] YAMANE**
Fujiki-kun's and mine don't
seem to be coming down at all.
**[10:26] FUJIKI**
Right. There isn't even a hint of them.
**[10:30] YAMANE**
Why isn't mine coming down?
**[10:32] YAMANE**
My stomach is starting to hurt.
**[10:36] MARUKO**
Oh! Isn't that your leaf, Yamane?
**[10:39] YAMANE**
You're right!
**[10:40] YAMANE**
That's Michiru-go!
**[10:42] MARUKO**
"Michiru-go"? When did you name that thing?
**[10:46] YAMANE**
C'mon, c'mon, go, go!
**[10:50] YAMANE**
I'm so glad! It finally arrived at the goal!
**[10:53] FUJIKI**
I'm glad yours reached the goal.
**[10:57] FUJIKI**
It'll be a waste of time to wait any longer.
**[11:00] FUJIKI**
Let's just go home.
**[11:01] YAMANE**
What are you talking about?!
**[11:02] YAMANE**
Mine did arrive, so I'm sure
yours will be here too.
**[11:06] YAMANE**
We can all wait!
**[11:07] MARUKO**
Yamane, you're passionate.
**[11:09] NAGASAWA**
Right, even though you were
just saying your stomach hurt.
***SIGN*** Sakura-maru
***SIGN*** Nagasawa-maru
***SIGN*** Fujiki-maru
**[11:16] FUJIKI**
I can't do it anymore!
**[11:18] FUJIKI**
This is the end of my voyage!
**[11:21] YAMANE**
Don't give up!
**[11:22] YAMANE**
Your voyage has just begun!
**[11:26] YAMANE**
There! There it goes!
**[11:28] YAMANE**
I'm sure it was stuck somewhere, but it
didn't give up and started to come down.
**[11:33] YAMANE**
Amazing!
**[11:34] MARUKO**
I'm so happy for you!
**[11:35] FUJIKI**
Thanks!
**[11:36] FUJIKI**
Nagasawa-kun, check out my leaf!
**[11:44] YAMANE**
It sank.
**[11:45] MARUKO**
It was almost at the goal.
**[11:48] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, you must be thinking,
**[11:50] NAGASAWA**
"If I knew this was gonna happen,
I would've just gone home."
**[11:56] NARRATOR/I**
And that was exactly what he was thinking.
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Yamane Wants to be Called by His Nickname
**[12:07] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[12:08] MARUKO**
"Yamane Wants to be Called by His Nickname."
**[12:14] YAMANE**
Yama-san, Yamaty. Hm, doesn't sound right.
**[12:20] MARUKO**
Yamane, what are you up to?
**[12:24] TAMAAE**
What were you doing?
**[12:25] TAMAAE**
Something you don't want us to see?
**[12:27] YAMANE**
It's not that...
**[12:31] YAMANE**
Here.
***SIGN*** Notebook
**[12:33] MARUKO**
What's this?
**[12:35] YAMANE**
Nicknames.
***SIGN*** - Yamane Tsuyoshi
- Yamaty
- Tsuyotsuyo
- Yamacchi
- Yamayama
**[12:37] YAMANE**
You see, I want a nickname.
**[12:40] YAMANE**
So I was trying to come up with one.
**[12:42] TAMAE**
A nickname?
**[12:44] YAMANE**
Yeah.
**[12:45] YAMANE**
There is a man named Maruyama
in my neighborhood.
**[12:47] YAMANE**
Everyone calls him Maruty, and he's popular.
**[12:52] BOY 1**
Maruty, let's go home together.
**[12:55] BOY 2**
Let me tell you what happened, Maruty!
***SIGN*** Maruty
**[12:57] YAMANE**
They call each other by nicknames
in cop dramas too, you know?
**[13:01] YAMANE**
I like how it shows they're
frank and trust each other.
**[13:04] MARUKO**
I think I get that.
**[13:07] TAMAE**
Yeah!
**[13:07] YAMANE**
But I can't seem to come up with a good one.
***SIGN*** Yamane
Tsuyoshi
**[13:11] MARUKO**
Yamane's first name is Tsuyoshi,
so how about Tsusshi?
***SIGN*** Tsusshi
***SIGN*** Yosshi
**[13:18] TAMAE**
"Yosshi" might work.
**[13:20] YAMANE**
They're not bad, but if possible,
**[13:23] YAMANE**
I want it to be something emotional,
something I'm happy to be called.
**[13:27] YAMANE**
I'll give it a little more thought.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[13:30] SAKIKO**
Sounds like he was giving it serious thought.
**[13:33] MARUKO**
He really was.
**[13:35] MARUKO**
What would you pick for
your nickname, Big Sis?
**[13:37] SAKIKO**
I don't really need one.
**[13:39] MARUKO**
Then, for you, Mom, since
your name is Sumire...
**[13:44] MARUKO**
How about Sumigon?
***SIGN*** Great Monster Sumigon
**[13:45] SUMIRE**
Why does my nickname sound like a monster?
**[13:49] MARUKO**
What about you, Dad?
**[13:49] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[13:50] HIROSHI**
I don't want one.
**[13:52] HIROSHI**
I like my name, Hiroshi.
**[13:54] HIROSHI**
There's no need for a nickname.
**[13:58] TOMOZOU**
Paul!
**[14:00] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[14:01] TOMOZOU**
I want my nickname to be Paul.
***SIGN*** Paul
**[14:04] TOMOZOU**
I think it's a perfect name for me.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[14:10] MARUKO**
Then my grandpa said he
wanted to be called Paul.
**[14:14] TAMAE**
Really?
**[14:15] YAMANE**
Sakura, Honami.
**[14:17] MARUKO**
Oh, Yamane.
**[14:18] YAMANE**
I've come up with a good nickname.
**[14:21] MARUKO**
Really? What is it?
***SIGN*** Joe
***SIGN*** Joe
**[14:26] YAMANE**
It's "Joe."
**[14:30] MARUKO**
Joe?
**[14:32] MARUKO/I**
*Jeez, Yamane's started to sound like Grandpa.*
**[14:37] TAMAE**
Why did you decide on that?
**[14:39] YAMANE**
You know how I'm a fan of Jo Michiru.
***SIGN*** Joe
Michiru
**[14:42] YAMANE**
That's why.
**[14:43] MARUKO**
Jo Michiru...
***SIGN*** Joe
**[14:45] MARUKO**
Ah, Jo to Joe, I see.
**[14:48] YAMANE**
I've considered "Michirun" from Michiru,
but Joe sounded cooler, you know?
**[14:54] MARUKO**
But it's kind of hard to call Yamane "Joe."
**[14:57] TAMAE**
It's got nothing to do with his actual name.
**[15:01] YAMANE**
Now, you two.
**[15:02] YAMANE**
Call me Joe.
**[15:04] MARUKO**
Hi there, Joe.
**[15:07] TAMAE**
Hello, Joe.
**[15:09] YAMANE**
It sounds a bit forced.
**[15:11] YAMANE**
Do you think you can make
it sound more friendly?
**[15:14] MARUKO**
Well...
**[15:16] MARUKO**
Hey, Joe!
**[15:17] NAGASAWA**
Who is Joe?
**[15:19] FUJIKI**
Is Yamane-kun Joe?
**[15:21] MARUKO**
Nagasawa, Fujiki.
**[15:25] NAGASAWA**
A nickname, huh?
**[15:26] YAMANE**
Yeah. Why don't we call
each other by nicknames?
**[15:30] FUJIKI**
Huh?
**[15:31] NAGASAWA**
I'd rather not.
**[15:33] MARUKO**
Oh, don't be like that.
***SIGN*** Nagasawa Kimio
**[15:36] MARUKO**
Nagasawa, your first name is Kimio, so...
***SIGN*** Kimmy
**[15:40] MARUKO**
Kimmy, maybe?
***SIGN*** Mio-Kun
**[15:42] TAMAE**
Mio-kun might work.
***SIGN*** Fujiki Shigeru
**[15:46] MARUKO**
What would Fujiki be?
**[15:47] TAMAE**
His first name is Shigeru, so
how about Shige-san, or Jikki?
***SIGN*** Shige-San
***SIGN*** Jikki
**[15:54] MARUKO**
Fuji... Fu...Ph... Phillip, maybe?
**[15:59] YAMANE**
I like that!
**[16:01] FUJIKI**
I'm Phillip?
**[16:06] FUJIKI**
Please call me Phillip.
**[16:10] ---**
Shine!
***SIGN*** Nagasawa
**[16:13] MARUKO**
With Nagasawa...
***SIGN*** Naga
**[16:15] MARUKO**
Naga....
**[16:17] MARUKO**
Ei...
***SIGN*** Ei
***SIGN*** Eddie
**[16:20] MARUKO**
How about Eddie?
**[16:22] YAMANE**
That's great!
**[16:23] NAGASAWA**
It's not.
**[16:24] YAMANE**
But simply "Nagasawa-kun"
is boring, don't you think?
**[16:28] NAGASAWA**
"Nagasawa" is just fine by me.
**[16:31] NAGASAWA**
More importantly, "Joe" doesn't
really suit you, Yamane-kun.
**[16:35] YAMANE**
Eh?
**[16:36] YAMANE**
Let's go, Fujiki-kun.
**[16:38] FUJIKI**
S-Sure.
**[16:41] MARUKO**
Don't worry about it, Joe.
**[16:44] YAMANE**
R-Right.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[16:46] NARRATOR/I**
The Next Day...
**[16:48] MARUKO**
Good morning, Joe.
**[16:50] YAMANE**
Good morning.
**[16:51] YAMANE**
You're calling me Joe, thanks.
**[16:54] MARUKO**
Your name is now Joe, right?
**[16:56] TAMAE**
We're getting used it.
**[16:59] FUJIKI**
Good morning, Yamane-kun.
**[17:01] MARUKO**
Phillip!
**[17:03] FUJIKI**
Huh?
**[17:04] MARUKO**
Why aren't you calling Yamane "Joe"?
**[17:08] YAMANE**
Fujiki-kun, do you also think
Joe is not a good name?
**[17:11] FUJIKI**
I-I don't really...
**[17:14] FUJIKI**
I forgot that your name was Joe.
**[17:17] FUJIKI**
Good morning, Joe.
**[17:20] MARUKO**
Hey, Nagasawa.
**[17:21] MARUKO**
You could have said "Good morning."
**[17:23] NAGASAWA**
I can't call people by their nicknames.
**[17:26] NAGASAWA**
So I can't say hi to those people.
**[17:34] MARUKO**
What a silly thing to fight over.
**[17:37] FUJIKI**
Yamane-kun was totally dejected.
**[17:41] TAMAE**
What should we do?
**[17:43] MARUKO**
Nagasawa can just call him Joe.
What does he have to lose?
**[17:47] FUJIKI**
Hm. Oh, how about this?
**[17:52] MARUKO/TAMAE**
Huh?
***SIGN*** Grade 3 Class 4
**[17:56] FUJIKI**
Yamane-kun and Nagasawa-kun said
they'd join us on Sunday, tomorrow.
**[18:00] TAMAE**
That's good!
**[18:02] TAMAE**
I'm sorry I can't come.
**[18:04] MARUKO**
You have other plans, so it can't be helped.
**[18:07] FUJIKI**
Sakura and I will do our best.
**[18:10] MARUKO**
It's such a pain, but we've got to do it.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[18:13] NARRATOR/I**
And on Sunday...
**[18:15] YAMANE**
Thank you for inviting me today.
**[18:19] MARUKO**
No problem, Joe.
**[18:21] FUJIKI**
That's right, Joe.
**[18:24] NAGASAWA**
Excuse me.
**[18:32] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, that's sneaky of you.
**[18:34] NAGASAWA**
You invited me without telling me
Yamane-kun would also be here.
**[18:37] YAMANE**
I only heard that we were
doing homework together.
**[18:41] FUJIKI**
I'm sorry.
**[18:42] FUJIKI**
Because things were rocky
between you two, so...
**[18:46] MARUKO**
It's for your own good.
**[18:48] MARUKO**
This is a good type of cowardice.
**[18:50] YAMANE**
But...
**[18:51] NAGASAWA**
I'm never calling you by your nickname.
**[18:54] FUJIKI**
Anyhow, let's do homework together.
**[18:57] FUJIKI**
Why don't we have fun, huh?
**[19:01] MARUKO**
We'll call each other by our nicknames, okay?
**[19:03] YAMANE**
O-Okay.
**[19:06] FUJIKI/I**
* If we call him "Joe" a lot, then*
* Nagasawa-kun will get used to it, and...*
**[19:13] NAGASAWA**
Do you know the answer to this question, Joe?
**[19:16] YAMANE**
Nagasawa-kun! You finally called me Joe!
**[19:20] NAGASAWA**
Oh, I got influenced by the others
and unintentionally called you Joe.
**[19:23] YAMANE**
I'm happy, Eddie.
**[19:29] FUJIKI**
What is your nickname going to be, Sakura?
**[19:31] MARUKO**
Mine is... just call me Maruko.
**[19:34] MARUKO**
My real name is Momoko,
and Maruko is my nickname.
**[19:38] FUJIKI**
Then let's do this, Maruko.
**[19:40] YAMANE**
Shall we do our homework, Maruko?
**[19:43] MARUKO**
S-Sure...
**[19:45] MARUKO/I**
* It doesn't feel good to*
* be called by that name.*
**[19:48] MARUKO/I**
*Like we're on a first-name basis.*
**[19:50] MARUKO**
Joe, do you understand this part?
**[19:52] YAMANE**
That's difficult.
**[19:54] YAMANE**
Phillip and Eddie, do you understand it?
**[19:56] FUJIKI**
No, I don't, Joe.
**[20:01] TOMOZOU**
Welcome, Joe, Phillip, and Eddie!
**[20:04] TOMOZOU**
And my name is... Paul!
***SIGN*** Paul
**[20:10] TOMOZOU**
I brought you some snacks!
**[20:13] MARUKO**
Grandpa, you were listening to us?
**[20:16] YAMANE**
You have a nickname too?
**[20:19] TOMOZOU**
That's right! I'm Paul!
**[20:24] YAMANE**
Thank you for the snacks, Paul!
**[20:27] FUJIKI**
They're really good, Paul.
**[20:29] TOMOZOU**
Joe, Phillip, you like them, huh?
**[20:33] TOMOZOU**
Eddie, don't be shy and eat up.
**[20:35] NAGASAWA**
Thank you very much, Grandpa.
**[20:38] TOMOZOU**
Non, non, non. I'm Paul.
**[20:41] TOMOZOU**
Eddie, you can call me Paul, too.
**[20:44] NAGASAWA**
O... Okay...
**[20:48] NAGASAWA**
P-Paul.
**[20:50] FUJIKI**
You just said Paul!
**[20:52] MARUKO**
If you can call Grandpa, then
maybe you can say Joe too?
**[20:56] TOMOZOU**
You haven't said Joe yet?
***SIGN*** Math Drills 3
**[21:01] YAMANE**
You still don't want to say mine, huh?
**[21:04] YAMANE**
Aw! My stomach...
**[21:06] YAMANE**
It hurts!
**[21:07] TOMOZOU**
Joe!
**[21:08] MARUKO**
Are you okay, Joe?
**[21:09] FUJIKI**
Joe, hang in there.
**[21:11] YAMANE**
Everyone, thank you for worrying about me.
**[21:14] YAMANE**
I'm okay.
**[21:17] NAGASAWA**
Are you sure you're okay?
**[21:19] NAGASAWA**
I mean... Joe...
**[21:23] YAMADA**
Hello!
**[21:26] YAMADA**
Oh, I see you're all here.
**[21:29] YAMANE**
What's up, Yamada-kun?
**[21:31] YAMADA**
I came to return the manga
I was borrowing from Sakura.
**[21:34] YAMADA**
What are you all doing here?
**[21:36] FUJIKI**
Doing homework and calling
each other by our nicknames.
**[21:40] YAMADA**
Oh yeah? What kind of nicknames?
***SIGN*** Math Drills 3
***SIGN*** Math Drills 3
**[21:43] YAMANE**
I'm Joe.
**[21:45] YAMADA**
Yamane-kun, you're Joe?
**[21:47] YAMADA**
I didn't know, Joe.
**[21:49] YAMADA**
Yamane-kun is Joe, oh Joe!
**[21:52] YAMADA**
Joe, oh Joe!
**[21:54] YAMADA**
Joe is funny, Joe!
**[21:57] YAMADA**
Joe, Joe!
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
After that, Yamane never
wanted to be called Joe,
**[22:05] NARRATOR/I**
and they stopped calling each
other by their nicknames.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Ta-da!
**[22:16] MARUKO**
This is the umbrella I invented so
that you wouldn't get soaked in rain.
**[22:20] MARUKO**
When Big Sis becomes a little sister and
learns how I feel, she can borrow it.
**[22:25] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:27] MARUKO**
"Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled
As a Little Sister," and
***SIGN*** Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled As a Little Sister Maruko Comes Up With a Way To Stay Dry in Rain
**[22:29] MARUKO**
"Maruko Comes Up With a
Way To Stay Dry in Rain."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1436 - Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled As a Little Sister / Maruko Comes Up With a Way To Stay Dry in Rain
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G31UXN3Z0/big-sis-wants-to-get-spoiled-as-a-little-sister--maruko-comes-up-with-a-way-to-stay-dry-in-rain)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:01] NOGUCHI**
Chibi Maruko-chan is starting right now!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled As a Little Sister
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled
As a Little Sister."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:36] MARUKO**
Oh?
**[01:37] MARUKO**
This handkerchief is cute.
**[01:41] MARUKO**
Hey, Big Sis. I don't remember you
having a handkerchief like this.
**[01:45] SAKIKO**
Oh, that's where this was.
**[01:47] SAKIKO**
Mom bought it for me the other day.
**[01:49] SAKIKO**
Come on, give it back.
**[01:51] MARUKO**
What? That's not fair that only you got one.
**[01:54] MARUKO**
I want this too.
**[01:56] SAKIKO**
Huh? What are you talking about?
**[01:58] SAKIKO**
It's mine.
**[01:59] MARUKO**
Why not?
**[02:00] MARUKO**
I'm taking it!
**[02:01] SAKIKO**
Oh, hey!
**[02:02] SAKIKO**
No, give it back!
**[02:03] MARUKO**
Hey now!
**[02:04] MARUKO**
I'm always getting your hand-me-downs.
**[02:09] MARUKO**
Like this shirt and these pants!
**[02:13] MARUKO**
It wouldn't hurt you to give that to me!
**[02:16] MARUKO**
I want it, I want it, I want it!
**[02:19] MARUKO**
I want a new item too! I want it!
**[02:20] SAKIKO**
All right. Fine.
**[02:23] MARUKO**
Really?!
**[02:26] MARUKO**
Yay! I'm happy!
**[02:28] SUMIRE**
What is going on?
**[02:29] MARUKO**
Big Sis gave me a handkerchief.
**[02:32] SUMIRE**
Oh, isn't it the one
I bought you the other day?
**[02:35] MARUKO**
I'm gonna go play!
**[02:37] SUMIRE**
Oh, Maruko! Would you run
an errand on your way back?
**[02:40] MARUKO**
I'm off!
**[02:43] SUMIRE**
Jeez, that child...
**[02:47] SUMIRE**
I'll buy you another one.
**[02:49] SAKIKO**
Thanks.
**[02:50] SAKIKO**
I can go on an errand for you.
**[02:56] GIRL 1**
Hey now!
**[03:00] GIRL 1**
You have to watch where you're
going, it's dangerous!
**[03:02] GIRL 2**
I'm sorry...
**[03:04] SAKIKO**
No one has it easy, I guess.
**[03:06] SAKIKO**
I'm home!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[03:09] SAKIKO**
I wonder who's here...?
**[03:11] SUMIRE**
Welcome home.
**[03:13] SUMIRE**
Yocchan's wife stopped by
to give us some cherries.
***SIGN*** Cherries
**[03:17] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Hello, Saki-chan.
**[03:19] SAKIKO**
Hello, miss!
**[03:22] SUMIRE**
She says Yocchan won't be
home till late tonight,
**[03:22] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[03:25] SUMIRE**
so I asked her to join us for dinner.
**[03:28] SAKIKO**
Really?!
**[03:31] SAKIKO**
These cherries are so delicious!
**[03:34] SAKIKO**
Thank you very much!
**[03:38] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
I'm glad you like them.
**[03:51] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Saki-chan, is everything okay?
**[03:53] SAKIKO**
Oh, um...
**[03:56] MARUKO**
Seriously, my big sis just doesn't
understand the hardship I have to go through.
**[04:04] TAMAE**
R-Right...
**[04:07] NARRATOR/I**
Hardship? More like doing whatever you want.
**[04:11] SAKIKO**
Of course I feel bad that she
only gets my hand-me-downs.
**[04:15] SAKIKO**
But I have to take care of her,
**[04:18] SAKIKO**
and there's a lot I have to put
up with just because I'm older.
**[04:22] SAKIKO**
Does she understand the
hardship I go through?
**[04:25] SAKIKO**
I want to get spoiled too.
**[04:28] SAKIKO**
I wanted a big sister too.
**[04:32] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Then I'll be one.
**[04:33] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[04:35] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
I'll be your big sister until I leave today.
**[04:41] SAKIKO**
You will... be my big sister?
**[04:45] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Yes. So Saki-chan will be my little sister.
**[04:49] SAKIKO**
L-Little sister...
**[04:51] SAKIKO**
I'm a little sister?
**[04:54] SAKIKO**
Little sister...
**[04:56] SAKIKO**
Little sister...
**[04:59] SAKIKO**
Little sister...
**[05:03] SAKIKO**
No! Not like that!
**[05:07] SAKIKO**
I don't understand this part.
**[05:09] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Right here?
**[05:10] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Let me see.
***SIGN*** 1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
***SIGN*** How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
**[05:12] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Okay, I see. This one...
**[05:16] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Let's see, with 1 and 7/8
deciliter of paint...
**[05:21] SAKIKO/I**
* Ah. It's okay to say I don't*
* understand something.*
**[05:26] SAKIKO/I**
*It's okay for me to rely on someone.*
**[05:30] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Deciliter...
**[05:32] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Deciliter is... smaller than liter, right?
***SIGN*** Deciliter
**[05:37] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
But it's bigger than milliliter... I think.
**[05:41] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Deciliter, deciliter...
**[05:45] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
C-Can you give me a little bit of time?
**[05:48] SAKIKO**
Huh? S-Sure.
**[05:50] SAKIKO**
Then I'll go to the bathroom.
**[06:04] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
I...I got it, Saki-chan.
***SIGN*** 1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
Answer
***SIGN*** Question 3
**[06:07] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Separate the first sentence
from the second sentence
***SIGN*** 1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
Answer
***SIGN*** 1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
Answer
**[06:10] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
and try to figure them out on their own.
***SIGN*** 1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
Answer
**[06:12] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
First, you need to figure out how many
square meters of wall you can paint
**[06:15] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
with one deciliter of paint.
**[06:17] SAKIKO**
Oh, I see.
**[06:19] SAKIKO**
That's what it means.
**[06:20] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
I'm sorry I kept you waiting.
**[06:22] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
It took me a while to figure
out how to solve it.
**[06:27] SAKIKO**
Not at all.
**[06:28] SAKIKO**
Thank you for your help, miss.
**[06:31] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
I'm your big sister today.
**[06:34] SAKIKO**
Big sister...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[06:37] MARUKO**
I'm home!
**[06:40] MARUKO**
Mom, where's Big Sis?
**[06:43] SUMIRE**
She went out with Yocchan's wife.
**[06:45] MARUKO**
Huh?! With Yocchan's wife?!
***SIGN*** Tomoe Shopping Street
**[06:51] SAKIKO**
Wow!
**[06:53] SAKIKO**
Hey, miss! Look, look!
**[06:56] SAKIKO**
Everything's so cute!
**[06:57] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
You're right.
***SIGN*** Record Store
***SIGN*** Cleaning
**[07:07] MARUKO/I**
They're not here, either.
**[07:12] MARUKO/I**
Oh! Momoe-chan!
***SIGN*** New Single Released
***SIGN*** Hitonatsu no Keiken
Chippokena Kansho
***SIGN*** Song by Yamaguchi Momoe
**[07:15] MARUKO**
She's so beautiful.
**[07:17] STAFF**
Do you like Momoe-chan?
**[07:22] STAFF**
I like her too!
**[07:25] [SONG] SIGN (right)**
Momoe Forever
**[07:25] [SONG] SIGN (left)**
Momoe
**[07:25] STAFF**
What do you think of these?
**[07:28] MARUKO**
H-Huh?!
**[07:32] MARUKO**
Man, I never found Big Sis,
**[07:38] MARUKO**
and all I did was be forced to listen to
that strange man's love for Momoe-chan.
**[07:45] MARUKO**
Oh no, it's started to rain!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[07:51] MARUKO**
Oh!
**[07:54] MARUKO**
Oh, I found you!
**[07:55] SAKIKO**
Oh, you're back.
**[07:57] MARUKO**
It's not fair! Just the two of you...
**[08:00] SAKIKO**
What's your problem?
**[08:01] SAKIKO**
You went to play without running
an errand. It's your own fault.
**[08:05] SAKIKO**
Look what I got.
**[08:06] SAKIKO**
Miss bought this for me.
**[08:09] MARUKO**
What?!
**[08:10] MARUKO**
Just you, Big Sis?!
**[08:13] SAKIKO**
You took my handkerchief.
**[08:16] MARUKO**
That is that.
**[08:18] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
I got one for you too, so don't worry.
**[08:20] MARUKO**
You did?!
**[08:22] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Here you go.
**[08:23] MARUKO**
Thank you so much, miss!
**[08:26] MARUKO**
Wow, it's so cute!
**[08:28] MARUKO**
A little birdy!
**[08:29] MARUKO**
We match, Big Sis.
**[08:31] SAKIKO**
I said you didn't need one.
**[08:34] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
But if you are my little sister, then
Maru-chan is also my little sister.
**[08:39] MARUKO**
Huh? Little sister?
**[08:41] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Yes.
**[08:42] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
You two are my little sisters today.
**[08:44] MARUKO**
Then I have two big sisters today.
**[08:48] MARUKO**
We're three sisters!
**[08:50] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
That's right. So you see?
**[08:52] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
I got one too.
**[08:55] MARUKO**
We all match.
**[08:57] SUMIRE**
Oh my.
**[08:58] SUMIRE**
You bought it for both of them?
**[09:00] SUMIRE**
Thank you very much.
**[09:02] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
No worries.
**[09:03] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
It's a thank-you for coming
out shopping with me.
**[09:06] SUMIRE**
Grandpa and the others should be home
soon, so please make yourself at home.
**[09:11] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Thank you.
**[09:12] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Did Grandpa go for an outing?
**[09:15] MARUKO**
He's at the senior's association.
**[09:17] MARUKO**
There's something they need to
get done by the end of the week.
**[09:21] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Is that so?
**[09:22] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
They're busy, huh?
**[09:24] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Actually, I'm a bit busy right now as well.
**[09:27] MARUKO**
You are?
**[09:29] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Yes. There's something I need
to finish by tomorrow, the 23rd.
**[09:34] MARUKO/SAKIKO/SUMIRE**
What?!
**[09:36] MARUKO**
Miss, that's today.
**[09:39] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
What?
**[09:40] MARUKO**
Today is the 23rd.
**[09:45] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
I'm so sorry!
**[09:46] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
I'm very clumsy, you see...
**[09:49] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Please excuse me!
**[09:52] SAKIKO**
I'll walk you to the bus stop.
**[09:55] MARUKO**
Me too!
**[09:58] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Maru-chan, I'm sorry about today.
**[10:01] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Next time, let's go out with three of us.
**[10:03] MARUKO**
Yes! But Big Sis, why were you playing
pretend sisters with Miss?
**[10:09] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[10:10] SAKIKO**
W-Well, that's because...
**[10:13] MARUKO**
Oh, a frog!
**[10:16] MARUKO**
So cute.
**[10:25] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Oh my, look at you!
**[10:27] SAKIKO**
Jeez, what do we do with you?
**[10:30] SAKIKO**
Here.
**[10:38] SAKIKO**
It's all clean now.
**[10:40] MARUKO**
Thank you, Big Sis.
**[10:42] MARUKO**
That's the new handkerchief!
**[10:45] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[10:45] SAKIKO**
Right, but I couldn't leave
your face dirty, could I?
**[10:50] MARUKO**
Big Sis...
**[10:51] SAKIKO**
Miss, I'm so sorry for
making your gift dirty—
**[10:54] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Let me have that.
**[10:56] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[10:58] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Here you go.
**[11:00] SAKIKO**
This is...
**[11:01] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
You take this one.
**[11:03] SAKIKO**
But...
**[11:05] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
It's fine.
**[11:08] MARUKO**
That's your handkerchief, right, miss?
**[11:11] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Yes, it is.
**[11:12] MARUKO**
Then that's a hand-me-down from you.
**[11:15] SAKIKO**
Huh?!
**[11:17] MARUKO**
You know this too.
**[11:19] MARUKO**
Little sister is fated to
end up with a hand-me-down.
**[11:22] SAKIKO**
That's not...
**[11:25] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
You're right.
**[11:26] YOCCHAN'S WIFE**
Or do you not want a hand-me-down from me?
**[11:29] SAKIKO**
Huh? That's not true!
**[11:32] SAKIKO**
Th-Thank you.
**[11:39] NARRATOR/I**
Big Sis received a hand-me-down from miss.
**[11:43] NARRATOR/I**
Even though it was short, she got to
spend a nice time as a little sister.
***SIGN*** Maruko Comes Up With a Way To Stay Dry in Rain
**[11:54] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[11:55] MARUKO**
"Maruko Comes Up With a
Way To Stay Dry in Rain."
***SIGN*** Mimatsu-ya
**[12:05] MARUKO**
It started to rain out of nowhere.
**[12:07] TOMOZOU**
You have to have an umbrella on you
at all times during the rainy season.
**[12:11] MARUKO**
I had one yesterday.
**[12:13] MARUKO**
But it rains exactly when
you don't have an umbrella.
**[12:17] TOMOZOU**
You don't think I'm a rain bringer, do you?
**[12:20] MARUKO**
"A rain bringer"? I think
I've heard that before.
**[12:23] MARUKO**
Is it a monster like the Yeti in Himalaya?
**[12:27] TOMOZOU**
Rain, rain, let it fall...
**[12:32] TOMOZOU**
Oh no, a rain bringer is someone
who brings rain wherever he goes.
**[12:39] MARUKO**
Oh yeah?
**[12:40] MARUKO**
Then maybe I'm the rain bringer.
**[12:44] TOMOZOU**
Who knows?
***SIGN*** One umbrella, 500 yen
**[12:47] TOMOZOU**
Hm?
**[12:48] TOMOZOU**
Shall we buy one?
**[12:51] MIMATSU**
Welcome.
**[12:52] MIMATSU**
Oh, you don't have umbrellas.
**[12:54] TOMOZOU**
R-Right.
**[12:56] TOMOZOU**
So I was going to buy one right there.
**[12:58] MIMATSU**
You can borrow one if you'd like.
**[13:02] MIMATSU**
Here you go.
**[13:04] TOMOZOU**
Are you sure?
**[13:05] MIMATSU**
That one didn't sell, so
I keep it for my personal use.
**[13:09] TOMOZOU**
Much appreciated.
**[13:11] MARUKO**
Thank you very much!
**[13:13] MIMATSU**
You can return it anytime.
**[13:16] MARUKO**
We were lucky that we could borrow this.
**[13:19] TOMOZOU**
I'm moved by the kindness of Mimatsu-ya-san.
***SIGN*** Tomoe Shopping Street
**[13:36] MAN**
Oh? That umbrella...
**[13:38] BOY**
Mom! What does it say?
**[13:44] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Mi, ma, tsu, ya, general, goods...
**[13:50] MARUKO**
We were walking around,
advertising Mimatsu-ya.
**[13:56] TOMOZOU**
Indeed.
**[13:57] TOMOZOU**
Well, we did borrow it, so this is nothing!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:04] MARUKO**
We're soaked!
**[14:06] TOMOZOU**
It rained cats and dogs.
**[14:10] SUMIRE**
When it rains too much, sometimes
it's pointless to use an umbrella.
**[14:15] SAKIKO**
When the wind is too strong,
it can get inverted like a cup.
**[14:18] MARUKO**
When that happens, there's
nothing you can do, you know?
**[14:28] HIROSHI**
Umbrellas haven't really
changed much since the
**[14:31] HIROSHI**
coarse oilpaper umbrellas
from the Edo period.
**[14:36] MARUKO**
I see.
**[14:37] MARUKO**
Things are getting better and more
convenient, so I hope umbrellas get better too.
**[14:43] TOMOZOU**
By the way, Maruko...
**[14:45] TOMOZOU**
There's a hydrangea walk hosted by
the seniors' association next Sunday.
**[14:50] TOMOZOU**
Do you want to go with me?
**[14:51] MARUKO**
A hydrangea walk?
**[14:53] TOMOZOU**
We write haiku and such as we walk
through places that have hydrangeas.
**[14:58] MARUKO**
I see.
**[15:00] TOMOZOU**
They serve tea and snacks during the break.
**[15:04] MARUKO**
Then maybe I'll go.
**[15:06] TOMOZOU**
Oh yeah?
**[15:08] TOMOZOU**
I hope it doesn't rain.
**[15:10] MARUKO**
Hydrangeas in rain can be beautiful, though.
**[15:13] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, you have refined taste.
**[15:17] MARUKO**
But I don't want to get wet...
**[15:21] MARUKO**
I know!
**[15:22] MARUKO**
A bigger umbrella would do.
**[15:25] MARUKO**
Listen, Mom!
**[15:26] SUMIRE**
No.
**[15:26] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[15:27] MARUKO**
Huh? I haven't said anything yet.
**[15:30] SUMIRE**
You're gonna say you want a
new, big umbrella, aren't you?
**[15:35] HIROSHI**
Ha! She read your mind.
**[15:37] SUMIRE**
What you have now is enough.
**[15:39] MARUKO**
But I want something bigger and sturdier.
**[15:43] SUMIRE**
It's not like it's broken.
**[15:45] SUMIRE**
You can still use it.
**[15:48] MARUKO**
Then you'll buy one if
the current one's broken?
**[15:50] SUMIRE**
If you break it on purpose, you'll regret it.
**[15:53] MARUKO**
I-I'd never do that...
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[15:59] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[16:03] MARUKO**
Whoa!
**[16:04] MARUKO**
Hey, Hamaji!
**[16:06] MARUKO**
What are you doing?!
**[16:07] MARUKO**
Stop it!
**[16:09] HAMAJI**
Sorry, my bad!
**[16:10] MARUKO**
Jeez.
**[16:15] HAMAJI**
You splashed me!
**[16:18] MARUKO**
Oh, I'm sorry.
**[16:19] MARUKO**
But the water on the umbrella
doesn't come off so easily.
**[16:23] HAMAJI**
I know.
**[16:28] MARUKO/HAMAJI**
Wow!
**[16:29] MARUKO**
That way, the water droplets fall off easily.
**[16:34] HAMAJI**
Nagasawa, you're smart.
**[16:37] NAGASAWA**
I'm not crude like you two.
**[16:44] MARUKO**
What?
**[16:45] MARUKO**
People in England don't use
umbrellas when it's raining?
**[16:49] HANAWA**
Correct!
**[16:50] HANAWA**
Weather tends to change a lot in England.
**[16:53] HANAWA**
So unless it's very heavy, many people
get by without an umbrella in rain.
**[16:59] TAMAE**
But wouldn't they get wet?
**[17:01] HANAWA**
"Rain or shine."
**[17:03] HANAWA**
"Whether it's raining or the sun is shining,
**[17:06] HANAWA**
getting a bit wet isn't much
of a problem," is what I think.
**[17:11] MARUKO**
How stylish, like they're born
and raised in the city of Edo.
**[17:14] MARUKO**
Well, I suppose you'd call them "Londonite."
**[17:19] HAMAJI**
When it's raining and you
don't have an umbrella,
**[17:22] HAMAJI**
which do you think will stay
dry? Walking or running?
**[17:29] MARUKO**
I'd say running would help you stay dry.
**[17:32] TAMAE**
I agree.
**[17:34] TAMAE**
But if you ran fast, wouldn't
you get rained on that much more?
**[17:40] HANAWA**
For example, between running
50 meters in ten seconds
**[17:45] HANAWA**
and slowly walking it in one minute,
I think you'd get wetter walking.
**[17:53] TAMAE**
I see.
**[17:54] HAMAJI**
That example is easy to understand!
**[17:57] MARUKO**
But if you run, you get splashed
and your feet get wet.
**[18:01] HANAWA**
Sure, there are cases like that too.
**[18:05] MARUKO**
In order to stay dry in rain,
I guess you have to think a lot.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[18:11] TOMOZOU**
I'm ready.
**[18:14] MARUKO**
Then, in preparation for the hydrangea walk,
**[18:16] MARUKO**
let's investigate what will
help you stay dry from rain.
**[18:21] TOMOZOU**
Very good.
**[18:25] MARUKO**
Can you try different ways of holding it?
**[18:28] TOMOZOU**
Got it!
**[18:34] TOMOZOU**
Holding it close helps you get less wet,
**[18:36] TOMOZOU**
but you can't see the
front and it's dangerous.
**[18:39] TOMOZOU**
Whoa!
**[18:40] MARUKO**
Grandpa, are you okay?!
**[18:43] NAGASAWA**
Sakura.
**[18:44] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[18:45] NAGASAWA**
What on earth are you doing?
**[18:49] NAGASAWA**
Your mom said you were in the yard.
**[18:51] NAGASAWA**
Here, thank you for this.
**[18:53] MARUKO**
You came to return this to me?
**[18:56] NAGASAWA**
We're not allowed to bring
manga to school, so...
**[18:59] NAGASAWA**
Bye.
**[19:01] MARUKO**
Oh, Nagasawa, wait!
**[19:06] NAGASAWA**
Why should I...?
**[19:08] MARUKO**
Nagasawa taught me a really smart way
to shake the water off of an umbrella.
**[19:14] TOMOZOU**
Oh! That's wonderful!
**[19:17] MARUKO**
You must know a smart way
of holding an umbrella, no?
**[19:21] NAGASAWA**
Well, I guess you could say that.
**[19:24] MARUKO**
Really?! Tell me, tell me!
**[19:27] TOMOZOU**
Tell me, tell me!
**[19:33] NAGASAWA**
You usually hold it like this, right?
**[19:36] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Yes, yes.
**[19:37] NAGASAWA**
But your shoulder could get wet.
**[19:40] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Yes, yes.
**[19:41] NAGASAWA**
But if you hold it like this,
**[19:43] NAGASAWA**
then the surface that doesn't get
wet from rain actually increases.
**[19:46] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Wow, amazing!
**[19:50] MARUKO**
Wow, it really does help you stay dry.
**[19:53] NAGASAWA**
Right?
**[19:54] SUMIRE**
Huh?
**[19:55] SUMIRE**
What are you doing?!
**[19:57] SUMIRE**
You're flooding the yard!
**[20:00] MARUKO**
We were investigating how
to hold an umbrella—
**[20:03] SUMIRE**
Stop it right this second!
**[20:08] TOMOZOU**
How about this?
**[20:10] MARUKO**
What is it?
**[20:12] TOMOZOU**
You know the folk tale of the
jizo statues with straw hats?
**[20:15] MARUKO**
Yes.
**[20:16] TOMOZOU**
Just like the straw hats on the jizo
statues, we'll put umbrellas on our heads!
**[20:21] MARUKO**
It's nice that we don't have
to hold it in our hands, but...
**[20:25] MARUKO**
Everywhere except for your
head will probably get wet.
**[20:28] TOMOZOU**
You're right.
**[20:31] MARUKO**
Isn't there a nice way to make
sure the whole body stays dry?
**[20:35] TOMOZOU**
What if we attach a plastic cloth?
**[20:40] TOMOZOU**
Even if it rains sideways, you'll stay dry.
**[20:43] MARUKO**
That's nice!
**[20:45] MARUKO**
But how about we attach plastic
tapes, instead of clothes,
**[20:49] MARUKO**
and line the edge of the umbrella with them?
**[20:53] TOMOZOU**
I see.
**[20:56] MARUKO**
Finished!
**[20:59] MARUKO**
How about this?
**[21:01] TOMOZOU**
Oh! This should protect your
whole body from the rain.
**[21:05] MARUKO**
Right?!
**[21:07] MARUKO**
Now, even if it rains on the hydrangea
walk, nothing can ruin it.
**[21:11] TOMOZOU**
Yes, indeed!
**[21:29] MARUKO**
I can't see hydrangea too well.
**[21:32] TOMOZOU**
Right, it's hard to see.
**[21:47] MARUKO**
This isn't working.
**[21:50] TOMOZOU**
Nope, not working.
**[21:52] NARRATOR/I**
After much trial and error
to stay dry in the rain,
**[21:55] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko eventually learned that
umbrellas haven't changed much
**[22:00] NARRATOR/I**
because the current design works the best.
**[22:06] MARUKO**
Oh boy...
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Fujiki, are you thinking about inequality?
**[22:18] MARUKO**
You know, I get yelled at by my mom
so much more compared to my sister.
**[22:22] MARUKO**
This isn't fair, it is?
**[22:24] MARUKO**
Orihime and Hikoboshi, please help me!
**[22:27] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:28] MARUKO**
"Fujiki Thinks About Himself,"
and "Mom's Tanabata Festival."
***SIGN*** Fujiki Thinks About Himself Mom's Tanabata Festival
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1437 - Fujiki Thinks About Himself / Mom's Tanabata Festival
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GPWUK95D4/fujiki-thinks-about-himself--moms-tanabata-festival)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] NAGASAWA**
Everyone, Chibi Maruko-chan
is about to start.
**[00:03] NAGASAWA**
Care to take a look?
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Fujiki Thinks About Himself
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Fujiki Thinks About Himself."
**[01:36] HAMAJI**
Go, Ohno!
**[01:38] OHNO**
There!
**[01:42] UCHIDA**
Hanawa-kun, you're awesome!
**[01:44] NOMURA**
So cool!
**[01:45] SUGIYAMA**
Take that!
**[01:48] HAMAJI**
Fujiki, stop running away!
**[01:51] KOSUGI**
Catch the ball!
**[01:52] FUJIKI**
O-Okay...
**[01:54] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, good luck!
**[01:57] OHNO**
There!
**[02:00] HAMAJI**
Nice, Ohno!
**[02:04] KONAGAYA**
I got hit. Too bad...
**[02:06] TAMAE**
Ohno-kun's throw is fast, so what can we do?
**[02:11] KOSUGI**
Fujiki, let's go!
**[02:13] FUJIKI/I**
*Okay, time to restore my honor!*
**[02:19] MARUKO**
All right, I got this... Achoo!
**[02:24] FUJIKI**
Yes! My ball hit!
**[02:27] FUJIKI**
I did it! Yay! Yay!
**[02:29] FUJIKI**
Yay! Yay! Yay! Yay!
**[02:29] MARUKO**
Jeez... Why did I get hit by Fujiki's wimpy
throw, of all things? Oh boy...
**[02:44] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, you're sighing
an awful lot today.
**[02:48] FUJIKI**
Oh, I'm sorry.
**[02:50] NAGASAWA**
It's fine.
**[02:50] NAGASAWA**
Sometimes there are days like that.
**[02:53] FUJIKI**
Listen, Nagasawa-kun.
**[02:55] FUJIKI**
Have you ever thought about
unfairness in society?
**[03:00] NAGASAWA**
Of course I have.
**[03:02] NAGASAWA**
My house burned down in fire.
**[03:04] NAGASAWA**
There's nothing more unfair than that.
**[03:07] FUJIKI**
That really is unfair.
**[03:10] NAGASAWA**
Society is filled with unfair things.
**[03:13] NAGASAWA**
That's why I think not over thinking
it is the best course of action.
**[03:17] FUJIKI**
Wow, you're so mature, Nagasawa-kun.
**[03:20] FUJIKI**
I respect you, just a little bit.
**[03:22] NAGASAWA**
Just a little bit, huh?
**[03:24] NAGASAWA**
Such a stingy show of respect
doesn't make me all that happy.
**[03:29] FUJIKI**
That wasn't my intention...
**[03:32] MARUKO**
Those two are in a serious
discussion about unfairness.
**[03:37] TAMAE**
They really are.
**[03:38] TAMAE**
I've never seriously thought
about unfairness.
**[03:43] MARUKO**
I do, sometimes.
**[03:45] TAMAE**
You do? Like what?
**[03:48] MARUKO**
For example, my clothes.
**[03:50] MARUKO**
My big sis gets new clothes all the time,
but all I get are hand-me-downs.
**[03:55] MARUKO**
Isn't that unfair?
**[03:56] TAMAE**
I see. But I envy you
for having a big sister.
**[04:01] MARUKO**
Plus, my big sis gets
more allowance than I do!
**[04:05] MARUKO**
Even though we both belong
to the same family!
**[04:07] TAMAE**
But I'm sure you'll get a raise
once you're in six grade, right?
**[04:11] MARUKO**
Oh, and I get yelled at much
more often than she does.
**[04:15] MARUKO**
This is unfair too, isn't it?
**[04:17] TAMAE**
Well, that's...
**[04:21] NARRATOR/I**
"That's not unfairness, you just do more
stuff that deserves to get yelled at."
**[04:25] NARRATOR/I**
That's what crossed Tama-chan's mind.
**[04:29] HIDE**
Young master, please get in.
**[04:33] FUJIKI/I**
*Must be nice to be Hanawa-kun.*
**[04:35] FUJIKI/I**
*I'm sure fancy snacks await him at home.*
**[04:40] HIDE**
Prosciutto sandwiches, blueberry
scones, and petit fours.
**[04:45] HIDE**
Today's tea is Darjeeling.
**[04:49] FUJIKI/I**
*If I was born in Hanawa-kun's family...*
**[04:53] HIDE**
Welcome home, young master Shigeru.
**[04:56] FUJIKI**
I'd like some snacks.
**[04:58] FUJIKI**
I'm hungry.
**[05:03] FUJIKI**
Yes! My favorites: corn dogs and ramen!
**[05:13] FUJIKI**
Okay, time to go home.
**[05:23] FUJIKI**
"Go get some soy sauce"...
***SIGN*** Please go get some soy sauce
**[05:31] FUJIKI**
It's stale.
***SIGN*** Tomoe Shopping Street
**[05:37] FUJIKI**
Why is soy sauce so heavy?
**[05:40] GIRL**
Mom, I want bread with custard cream!
**[05:43] MOM**
Then let's stop by the bakery.
**[05:45] GIRL**
Okay!
**[05:49] MARUKO/TAMAE/I**
~ Den den mushi mushi katatsumuri ~
**[05:55] FUJIKI**
Sakura and Honami.
**[05:57] MARUKO**
Fujiki. Are you on an errand?
**[05:59] HONAMI**
In this rain? Impressive.
**[06:01] FUJIKI**
You were looking at snails?
**[06:03] MARUKO**
Yes. They're cute, aren't they?
**[06:07] FUJIKI**
Oh look, slugs.
**[06:10] MARAKO**
Slugs... I don't like them.
**[06:13] TAMAE**
Me neither.
**[06:14] FUJIKI**
Really? I think they're kind of similar.
**[06:17] FUJIKI**
They're both slow too.
**[06:19] MARUKO**
They're nothing alike!
**[06:21] FUJIKI**
You think so?
**[06:22] TAMAE**
Oh, the rain is getting stronger.
**[06:25] TAMAE**
Let's go.
**[06:27] MARUKO**
See you, Fujiki.
**[06:29] TAMAE**
Bye bye.
**[06:30] FUJIKI**
Bye bye.
**[06:35] FUJIKI**
Just because you don't have
shells, you get hated so much.
**[06:39] FUJIKI**
That's unfair, right?
**[06:41] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[06:43] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, don't tell me you're still
thinking about unfairness in society.
**[06:49] FUJIKI**
I am. It just won't leave my mind.
**[06:54] NAGASAWA**
Hmm...
**[06:58] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun, do you have plans today?
**[07:01] FUJIKI**
I never have plans.
**[07:03] NAGASAWA**
If you'd like, do you want
to go to the bookstore?
**[07:06] NAGASAWA**
I'm going to buy a magazine that
comes with a free plastic model.
**[07:09] FUJIKI**
A free plastic model? Sounds good!
**[07:11] NAGASAWA**
Let's make it together.
**[07:13] FUJIKI**
Okay!
***SIGN*** Sorry, boys.
***SIGN*** I just sold the last copy.
**[07:19] FUJIKI/NAGASAWA**
What?
**[07:22] NAGASAWA**
It's irritating to just go home,
so should we go to the library?
**[07:26] FUJIKI**
Good idea.
***SIGN*** Temporarily Closed
**[07:28] FUJIKI/NAGASAWA**
What?
***SIGN*** Library
***SIGN*** Shimizu
City
Public
Library
**[07:30] NAGASAWA**
It's closed...
**[07:35] TAMAE**
Too bad, you lost.
**[07:38] MARUKO**
Fujiki and Nagasawa.
**[07:40] NAGASAWA**
You played the bouncy ball lottery?
**[07:42] MARUKO**
I lost, though.
**[07:44] MARUKO**
See you.
**[07:47] NAGASAWA**
Maybe I'll play too.
**[07:49] FUJIKI**
But good ones are hard to win.
**[07:52] NAGASAWA**
What I want is fourth prize.
**[07:55] FUJIKI**
That's very modest of you.
**[07:58] NAGASAWA**
That ball glows in the dark,
like in a closet or under a blanket.
**[08:02] NAGASAWA**
Cool, huh?
**[08:04] FUJIKI**
Really? I didn't know!
**[08:06] FUJIKI**
Fourth prize might not be hard
to win, so I'll play too!
**[08:11] NAGASAWA**
What a dull day it was.
**[08:13] NAGASAWA**
The magazine was sold out.
**[08:15] NAGASAWA**
The library was closed.
**[08:17] NAGASAWA**
And now all I won was fifth prize.
**[08:20] FUJIKI**
That's not true.
**[08:22] FUJIKI**
I was happy you invited me to come along.
**[08:25] FUJIKI**
And both of us winning fifth
prize is kind of funny!
**[08:31] NAGASAWA**
You're less greedy than I thought.
**[08:36] FUJIKI**
Well then, see you tomorrow.
**[08:40] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun.
**[08:41] FUJIKI**
Hm?
**[08:43] NAGASAWA**
Having few wants isn't a bad thing, I think.
**[08:47] NAGASAWA**
Bye.
**[08:55] NAGAYAMA**
Oh, Fujiki-kun.
**[08:58] FUJIKI**
Oh, Nagayama-kun.
**[09:00] FUJIKI**
Are you on an errand?
**[09:01] NAGAYAMA**
No, I'm going to the library
to borrow some books.
**[09:04] FUJIKI**
The library is closed today.
**[09:07] NAGAYAMA**
Oh, is that so?
**[09:08] NAGAYAMA**
I'm glad I saw you, then.
**[09:11] NAGAYAMA**
Thanks.
**[09:16] NAGAYAMA**
Oh, a snail!
**[09:18] NAGAYAMA**
Did you know that snails
are a type of shellfish?
**[09:22] FUJIKI**
Even though they live on land?
**[09:24] NAGAYAMA**
Yeah. And guess what, slugs
also belong to the same group.
**[09:29] FUJIKI**
What?!
**[09:30] NAGAYAMA**
Snails and slugs come from the same ancestor,
**[09:33] NAGAYAMA**
and as they evolved, slugs lost their shells.
**[09:37] NAGAYAMA**
Snails kept their shells.
**[09:40] FUJIKI**
Don't snails turn into slugs
if you remove their shells?
**[09:44] NAGAYAMA**
A lot of people make that mistake,
but they are two different animals.
**[09:49] FUJIKI**
I didn't know that.
**[09:51] FUJIKI**
But snails are better, aren't they?
**[09:54] FUJIKI**
It's more impressive to have a
shell, and everyone likes snails.
**[09:59] NAGAYAMA**
It's true that they can hide inside
the shell to protect themselves.
**[10:04] NAGAYAMA**
But because of the shells, they
can't fit into small places.
**[10:08] NAGAYAMA**
On the other hand, slugs are
capable of fitting into any place.
**[10:13] FUJIKI**
So which is better?
**[10:15] NAGAYAMA**
They're both good.
**[10:17] FUJIKI**
What do you mean?
**[10:18] NAGAYAMA**
Living creatures are all different
and come with unique characteristics.
**[10:23] NAGAYAMA**
It's not about which is better and worse.
**[10:27] NAGAYAMA**
They're simply different.
**[10:29] FUJIKI**
Simply... different...
**[10:33] FUJIKI**
I see.
**[10:34] FUJIKI**
Just simply different!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[10:37] SUMIRE**
Good, it fits nicely.
**[10:39] MARUKO**
Another hand-me-down, huh? I don't like it.
**[10:41] SUMIRE**
Oh, but you look great in it.
**[10:44] MARUKO**
Big Sis always gets new
clothes, and it's not fair.
**[10:47] MARUKO**
I want clothes that are just for me.
**[10:50] SUMIRE**
Okay, then I'll embroider
something on the pocket.
**[10:53] SUMIRE**
What do you want it to be?
**[10:55] MARUKO**
Really?! You will?!
**[10:57] MARUKO**
What should I pick?
**[10:59] MARUKO**
Hydrangea? But an umbrella would be cute too!
***SIGN*** Fujiki
**[11:04] FUJIKI**
I'm home.
**[11:06] FUJIKI'S MOM**
Welcome home, Shigeru.
**[11:07] FUJIKI**
Oh, Mom! Don't you have work today?
**[11:10] FUJIKI'S MOM**
I got out early today.
**[11:12] FUJIKI'S MOM**
Do you want some snacks?
**[11:14] FUJIKI'S MOM**
There should be rice crackers.
**[11:16] FUJIKI**
Those crackers were stale.
**[11:19] FUJIKI'S MOM**
Oh my! Sorry about that.
**[11:22] FUJIKI'S MOM**
Doing this will make them crispy again.
**[11:25] FUJIKI**
It smells nice.
**[11:27] FUJIKI'S MOM**
Don't get too close. It's hot.
**[11:33] FUJIKI**
Freshly baked is the best!
**[11:36] FUJIKI'S MOM**
Oh yeah, Shigeru.
**[11:38] FUJIKI'S MOM**
I forgot to tell you.
**[11:39] FUJIKI'S MOM**
Thanks for buying soy sauce yesterday.
**[11:42] FUJIKI'S MOM**
It must have been heavy.
**[11:44] FUJIKI**
It wasn't heavy at all!
**[11:47] FUJIKI'S MOM**
And I'm sorry you have to stay home alone.
**[11:50] FUJIKI'S MOM**
But since you're so reliable,
I can go to work without worry.
**[11:59] FUJIKI**
Mom, listen!
**[12:01] FUJIKI'S MOM**
What is it?
**[12:05] FUJIKI**
More tea, please!
**[12:07] FUJIKI'S MOM**
Sure thing.
**[12:08] NARRATOR/I**
Fujiki thought about himself,
**[12:11] NARRATOR/I**
and the conclusion he's reached is,
"It's okay to be different from others."
***SIGN*** Mom's Tanabata Festival
**[12:22] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Oden
**[12:23] MARUKO**
"Mom's Tanabata Festival."
**[12:28] MARUKO**
The Tanabata festival is coming up soon.
**[12:31] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[12:32] SAKIKO**
Speaking of which,
**[12:33] SAKIKO**
there's a Tanabata event at the
civic center the day after tomorrow,
**[12:36] SAKIKO**
even though it's a bit early for Tanabata.
**[12:38] MARUKO**
An event? What do they do?
**[12:41] SAKIKO**
You write your wish on a strip of
paper and hang it on a bamboo.
**[12:45] TOMOZOU**
I hear there will be some food stalls.
**[12:47] MARUKO**
Yes! I wanna go! I wanna go!
**[12:50] TOMOZOU**
I'm so sorry, Maruko!
**[12:52] TOMOZOU**
Unfortunately, I already have
plans with Grandma on that day.
**[12:56] MARUKO**
What?!
**[12:56] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[12:58] MARUKO**
How about you, Mom and Big Sis?
**[13:00] SAKIKO**
I can go if you want.
**[13:02] SUMIRE**
Sure.
**[13:03] MARUKO**
Yes!
**[13:05] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[13:06] TAMAE**
Wow.
**[13:08] TAMAE**
A Tanabata event, huh?
**[13:10] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, you want to go too?
**[13:12] TAMAE**
Sure! It sounds fun.
**[13:14] TAMAE**
What about you, Hanawa-kun?
**[13:15] HANAWA**
Of course I'll go, baby.
**[13:17] HANAWA**
If I don't go, many Orihimes will be sad.
**[13:18] [SONG] SIGN**
Hanawa
**[13:22] MARUKO/I**
*Many Orihimes...*
**[13:26] HAMAJI**
Hey.
**[13:27] HAMAJI**
I hear you can only write one wish, so you
should decide on what to write beforehand.
**[13:33] MARUKO**
Huh? Why?
**[13:35] HAMAJI**
It's because if you hang too many strips
of paper, the bamboo will break.
**[13:38] HAMAJI**
That's why it's only one per person.
**[13:41] MARUKO**
Tsk. Just one wish, huh?
**[13:46] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, what will yours be?
**[13:48] TAMAE**
"I wish to improve my piano skills," maybe?
**[13:51] TAMAE**
What about you?
**[13:52] MARUKO**
Mine could be...
***SIGN*** There is no
homework today
**[13:54] MARUKO**
"I wish there will be no homework," or...
**[13:57] MARUKO**
"I wish to get more allowance,"
is hard to give up.
**[14:00] MARUKO**
But "I wish I can meet Momoe-chan"
needs to come true!
**[14:04] MARUKO**
And then...
**[14:05] HANAWA**
Sakura-kun, you're rather greedy.
**[14:10] MARUKO**
I know!
**[14:11] MARUKO**
I can write a lot of wishes in small letters.
***SIGN*** I wish there will be no homework
I wish to get more allowance
I wish I could meet Momoe-chan
I wish I can be a manga author
I wish I can buy a lot of snacks
I want to eat sukiyaki
Sushi is good too
I want toys too
**[14:16] TAMAE**
Everyone only writes one wish, so if you
write a lot of wishes, it'll stand out.
**[14:22] MARUKO**
I see.
**[14:25] MARUKO**
If only my wish was just
one, like Migiwa-san.
**[14:29] MARUKO**
"I wish I can be Hanawa-kun's
bride," you know?
***SIGN*** I wish to be
Hanawa-kun's bride
- Migiwa Hanako
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:37] MARUKO**
And what is your wish going to be, Big Sis?
**[14:40] SAKIKO**
"I wish I can meet Hideki," obviously!
**[14:43] TOMOZOU**
If I were to write one,
it'd be to live a long life.
**[14:46] MARUKO**
How about you, Mom?
**[14:48] SUMIRE**
"I wish Maruko will do her homework."
**[14:50] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[14:51] SUMIRE**
"I wish Maruko will do
her homework right now."
**[14:54] MARUKO**
What?
**[14:55] SUMIRE**
"I wish Maruko will go to her room
right now and do her math homework."
**[15:00] MARUKO**
Really?!
**[15:05] MARUKO**
Jeez, there was no need
for her to get *that* mad.
**[15:11] MARUKO**
I guess it's time for homework...
or rather, I should decide on my wish...
***SIGN*** I wish I could meet Momoe-chan
***SIGN*** I wish there will be no homework
***SIGN*** I wish to get more allowance
**[15:20] MARUKO**
Homework and Momoe-chan are hard to give up.
**[15:24] MARUKO**
Which means...
**[15:26] MARUKO**
Mom, I have a favor to ask.
**[15:29] SUMIRE**
What is it?
**[15:30] MARUKO**
Do you think I could get
a raise with my allowance?
**[15:33] SUMIRE**
Huh? Why?
**[15:35] MARUKO**
I'll ask for other wishes upon the stars,
**[15:39] MARUKO**
if you could take care
of this one wish. Please?
**[15:43] MARUKO**
The thing is, there is a manga
that's coming out tomorrow.
**[15:46] MARUKO**
Since I'll be using my allowance
on this Tanabata event,
**[15:50] MARUKO**
I'm strapped for cash for this manga.
**[15:53] MARUKO**
I really want to read the final chapter
of "I'm in Love with That Cynical Boy"!
***SIGN*** Final
Chapter
***SIGN*** I'm in Love with That Cynical Boy
**[15:59] MARUKO**
I can't wait to find out what happens to
the cheeky boy and the innocent heroine.
**[16:04] MARUKO**
I really want her to flatly
reject him in the end, so...
**[16:09] SUMIRE**
You silly girl!
**[16:12] SUMIRE**
Why do you come up with such stupid
things one after the other?!
**[16:17] SUMIRE**
I'm not raising your allowance!
**[16:19] MARUKO**
What?! But why?!
**[16:21] MARUKO**
I'm literally begging you.
**[16:23] MARUKO**
Mom, you're so stingy!
**[16:25] SUMIRE**
That's fine by me.
**[16:27] SUMIRE**
I'm sure that manga of yours will
end with the two being in love.
**[16:33] SUMIRE**
That's all.
**[16:35] MARUKO**
Why would you say a
horrible thing like that?!
**[16:38] MARUKO**
I know that's not true.
**[16:41] NARRATOR/I**
On the day of the Tanabata event...
***SIGN*** Shimizu Civic Center
**[16:45] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, I'm sorry to make you wait!
**[16:47] TAMAE**
Maru-chan! Wait, where are
your mom and big sister?
**[16:51] MARUKO**
Who cares about a stingy person like that?
**[16:54] MARUKO**
More importantly, let's go inside!
**[16:55] TAMAE**
S-Sure...
***SIGN*** Shimizu Civic Center Tanabata Event Venue
**[17:02] HANAWA**
Hey there, Sakura-kun and Honami-kun.
**[17:05] HANAWA**
Happy Tanabata festival!
**[17:08] MARUKO/TAMAE**
Hi, Hanawa-kun!
***SIGN*** Big Chance Lottery
***SIGN*** 1st prize: Vegetable oil
2nd prize: Detergent
3rd prize: Salt
**[17:10] HANAWA**
Oh, what is this?
**[17:12] MARUKO**
This is lottery.
***SIGN*** 1st prize: Vegetable oil - 2nd prize: Detergent
3rd prize: Salt - 4th Prize: Assorted Snacks
**[17:15] MARUKO**
If you win, you can get those prizes.
**[17:18] HANAWA**
Wow, that looks fun.
**[17:21] MARUKO**
Hanawa-kun, you want to give it a try?
**[17:23] HANAWA**
Of course!
***SIGN*** Lose
**[17:26] HANAWA**
Oh no...
**[17:28] MARUKO**
Man, I lost.
**[17:31] TAMAE**
Me too.
**[17:32] HANAWA**
Hey, then how about I buy
all the lottery tickets?
**[17:37] HANAWA**
That way, I can win all the prizes, right?
**[17:41] MARUKO/TAMAE**
Yes, you would, but...
**[17:44] SAKIKO**
Oh, there she is.
**[17:46] MARUKO**
Big Sis.
**[17:47] SAKIKO**
Why did you leave us behind?
**[17:51] TAMAE**
Hello, Maru-chan's mom and big sister.
**[17:54] SUMIRE**
Hello, Tama-chan, Hanawa-kun.
**[17:57] TAMAE/HANAWA**
Hello.
**[17:59] TAMAE**
Maru-chan?
**[18:01] MARUKO**
It's nothing.
**[18:02] MARUKO**
You two, let's go check out the bamboo!
**[18:07] MARUKO**
Wow, that's some tall bamboo.
**[18:10] TAMAE**
Yeah, big enough to hang
everyone's wish on it.
**[18:15] MARUKO**
Oh look. There's Yamada's wish.
**[18:18] TAMAE**
Really? Where is it?
***SIGN*** World Peace
Yamada Shota
**[18:21] MARUKO**
World peace...
**[18:23] HANAWA**
Yamada-kun's wish is pretty large scale.
**[18:28] TAMAE**
Oh, that one...
***SIGN*** I wish they'll serve beef
steak for school lunch
- Kosugi Futoshi
**[18:30] MARUKO**
"I wish they'll serve beef
steak for school lunch."
**[18:33] TAMAE**
That sounds like Kosugi.
**[18:35] MARUKO**
Oh, that one...
***SIGN*** I wish Sasayama-san
be mutually in
love with me.
**[18:38] TAMAE**
"I wish Sasayama-san be mutually in love with me."
**[18:42] MARUKO**
It doesn't have a name on it, but I
don't need it to know who wrote it.
**[18:45] TAMAE**
Oh no, Maru-chan, look!
***SIGN*** I wish my house will never burn
down again - Nagasawa Kimio
**[18:49] MARUKO**
"I wish my house will never burn down again."
**[18:54] MARUKO/TAMAE**
Nagasawa...
**[18:54] HANAWA**
Nagasawa-kun...
**[18:56] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko and the others are lost
for words at his serious wish.
**[19:01] MARUKO**
Oh, look at that!
***SIGN*** I wish to win the
next class representative
election - Maruo Sueo
**[19:04] TAMAE**
"I wish to win the next
class representative election."
**[19:09] MARUKO**
That sounds very much like Maruo-kun.
**[19:11] HANAWA**
His wish is hanging so high up.
It shows his passion!
**[19:16] HANAWA**
Don't you feel it?
***SIGN*** Write Your Wish Here
**[19:21] MARUKO**
What should I do?
**[19:23] MARUKO**
I guess I'll start by writing my name.
**[19:27] MARUKO**
*I wrote "Maruko" instead of "Momoko."*
**[19:31] TAMAE**
I'm sure it's fine.
**[19:33] TAMAE**
Orihime-sama and Hikoboshi-sama
will know that it's you.
**[19:37] MARUKO**
You think so?
**[19:39] HANAWA**
Hey, then you're welcome to use mine.
**[19:43] MARUKO**
Really? Are you sure?
**[19:44] HANAWA**
Yes.
**[19:45] HANAWA**
At this time, I don't really have a wish
I want to make come true that badly.
**[19:51] NARRATOR/I**
Spoken like the young
master of Hanawa Family.
***SIGN*** Sakura Momoko
**[19:57] MARUKO**
"I wish I could meet Momoe-chan"...
**[20:00] MARUKO**
No, no, "I wish there will be no homework."
**[20:04] MARUKO**
No, no, I can't give up the
raise for my allowance...
**[20:17] MARUKO/I**
* Humph! I don't care if Mom's*
* wish doesn't come true.*
**[20:26] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, what's wrong?
***SIGN*** I wish my children's
wishes will come true.
- Sakura Sumire
***SIGN*** I wish I could
meet Hideki
**[20:33] TAMAE**
Is this your mom?
**[20:36] MARUKO**
Yeah.
**[20:37] TAMAE**
She's a nice mom.
**[20:40] MARUKO**
Yeah.
**[20:44] MARUKO/I**
*I was only thinking about me...*
**[20:51] MARUKO/I**
*But Mom is...*
***SIGN*** Shimizu Civic Center
**[20:54] TAMAE**
Bye bye!
**[20:55] TAMAE**
Maru-chan!
**[20:55] HANAWA**
Goodbye!
**[20:56] MARUKO**
Bye bye.
**[20:58] SAKIKO**
Maruko!
**[21:00] SAKIKO**
Let's go home together.
**[21:01] MARUKO**
Sure.
**[21:02] SAKIKO**
So? What did you end up
writing for your wish?
**[21:05] MARUKO**
It's a secret.
**[21:06] SAKIKO**
Come on, tell me!
**[21:08] MARUKO**
No, I won't!
**[21:11] SAKIKO**
Come on!
**[21:12] MARUKO**
It's a secret!
**[21:14] MARUKO**
Stop it, Big Sis!
**[21:15] SUMIRE**
Maruko...
**[21:18] SAKIKO**
Come on, tell me!
**[21:20] MARUKO**
No way!
**[21:22] SUMIRE**
Hey, do you want to stop by the
shopping street on our way home?
**[21:25] MARUKO**
Huh? What for?
**[21:27] SUMIRE**
You need to go to the bookstore, right?
**[21:29] SUMIRE**
You said there was a book you wanted to buy.
**[21:31] MARUKO**
Really?! You'll buy it for me?!
**[21:34] SUMIRE**
It's a special occasion.
**[21:36] MARUKO**
Yes! Buy why?
**[21:40] SUMIRE**
I wonder why.
**[21:43] SAKIKO**
Wait, just Maruko?! That's not fair!
**[21:46] SUMIRE**
I bought you a book the other day, didn't I?
***SIGN*** I wish everyone's
wishes will come true
- Sakura Momoko
**[21:51] MARUKO/I**
*I wish everyone's wishes will come true,*
**[21:57] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko's generous heart made Mom happy.
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
"I do hope everyone's wish will come true."
***SIGN*** I wish everyone's
wishes will come true.
- Sakura Momoko
***SIGN*** I wish my children's
wishes will come true.
- Sakura Sumire
**[22:05] NARRATOR/I**
She wished so, once again.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
I've looked at and listened
to all weather forecasts,
**[22:18] MARUKO**
but all of them say rain, rain, rain!
**[22:20] MARUKO**
Where can I find one that's more uplifting?
**[22:22] MARUKO**
Since we're going to do the
goldfish scooping in our yard,
**[22:25] MARUKO**
I want the weather to be good!
**[22:27] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
***SIGN*** Sakura Family's Summer Fair Maruko Is Worried About the Weather Forecast
**[22:29] MARUKO**
"Sakura Family's Summer Fair," and
"Maruko Is Worried About the Weather Forecast."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1438 - Sakura Family's Summer Fair / Maruko Is Concerned About the Weather Forecast
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G2XU073DK/sakura-familys-summer-fair--maruko-is-concerned-about-the-weather-forecast)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] MARUO**
I, indeed, need your attention!
**[00:02] MARUO**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Sakura Family's Summer Fair
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Sakura Family's Summer Fair."
**[01:36] MARUKO**
Man, I wanted to try goldfish scooping.
**[01:40] TAMAE**
It's too bad you couldn't
go to the Tanabata festival.
**[01:47] MARUKO**
Maybe I could scoop those Japanese
killifish with my handkerchief.
**[01:57] OLD GUY**
Hello, Maru-chan. What are you doing there?
**[01:59] MARUKO**
Oh, I'm...
**[02:01] OLD GUY**
Are you trying to catch
those fish by any chance?
**[02:05] OLD GUY**
You don't have to do that,
I'd be happy to share mine.
**[02:09] MARUKO**
Well, that's...
**[02:11] OLD GUY**
I've got Japanese killifish,
crucian carps, and loaches too.
**[02:15] MARUKO**
That'd be loach scooping...
**[02:17] MARUKO**
Here, here, here! There, there!
**[02:23] MARUKO**
I just wanted to do some fish scooping
**[02:25] MARUKO**
to get in the mood of the
festival for a little bit.
**[02:29] TAMAE**
Then do you want to come over
and play a pretend festival?
**[02:32] TAMAE**
I have some toys I got at the festival.
**[02:35] MARUKO**
A pretend festival, huh?
**[02:37] TAMAE**
Just to get in the mood.
**[02:39] TAMAE**
Wouldn't that be fun?
**[02:40] MARUKO**
Yes, absolutely!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[02:43] MARUKO**
Chocolate-covered bananas, candied apples...
**[02:46] MARUKO**
Stir-fried noodles and grilled squid...
**[02:50] MARUKO**
Mom, can you make them?
**[02:52] SUMIRE**
Huh?
**[02:54] SUMIRE**
Maybe chocolate-covered bananas
and stir-fried noodles.
**[02:57] MARUKO**
It might not have that special feeling
of eating them at the summer fair,
**[03:00] MARUKO**
but I can at least get into the mood.
**[03:03] MARUKO**
Good, so the only thing left is goldfish.
**[03:06] MARUKO**
Goldfish scooping is a
must for summer festivals.
**[03:09] SUMIRE**
You're not thinking about holding
a festival at home, are you?
**[03:13] MARUKO**
What if I am? Thinking
about it is free, isn't it?
**[03:16] NARRATOR/I**
This mother knows that "thinking about it"
is going to escalate into something more.
**[03:22] MARUKO**
Where do they sell dip net
frames for goldfish scooping?
**[03:26] MARUKO**
You've never seen them at stores, have you?
**[03:28] TOMOZOU**
No, I haven't.
**[03:30] MARUKO**
My gosh! Without them, I can't
create that festival feeling!
**[03:36] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[03:38] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[03:40] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, look at these!
**[03:42] MARUKO**
Wow, you found dip nets!
**[03:46] MARUKO**
Where did you find them?
**[03:47] TOMOZOU**
There's a person in the
**[03:49] TOMOZOU**
Seniors' Association who knows someone
working at a toy wholesaler.
**[03:52] TOMOZOU**
They asked if they could have some of these.
**[03:54] MARUKO**
Wow!
**[03:55] MARUKO**
Grandpa, thank you for being
in the Seniors' Association!
**[03:59] MARUKO**
I'm so happy!
**[04:01] MARUKO**
Let me see, let me see!
**[04:05] TOMOZOU/I**
*Look how happy she is.*
**[04:07] TOMOZOU/I**
* How lucky I am to be in*
* the Seniors' Association.*
**[04:10] MARUKO**
All that's left is to get goldfish.
**[04:13] TOMOZOU**
Indeed! Shall we go buy them now?
**[04:16] MARUKO**
Yes!
**[04:17] MARUKO**
Hey Mom, could you take out the fish tank?
**[04:20] SUMIRE**
Hold on a minute.
**[04:21] SUMIRE**
Are you going to buy goldfish
to do goldfish scooping?
**[04:24] MARUKO**
That's right.
**[04:25] MARUKO**
If we have dip nets but not fish, then that
wouldn't be goldfish scooping, would it?
**[04:29] SUMIRE**
It will debilitate the fish if you
**[04:31] SUMIRE**
play catch and release just so you
can play pretend goldfish scooping.
**[04:36] SUMIRE**
You can't do it.
**[04:39] TOMOZOU**
What do you think about these goldfish?
**[04:42] MARUKO**
Aren't they... soy sauce containers?
**[04:45] TOMOZOU**
Yes.
**[04:46] TOMOZOU**
I spoke to the caterer in the
neighborhood, and they sold them to me.
**[04:50] TOMOZOU**
I put in vermilion calligraphy ink so they
look like goldfish. What do you think?
**[04:56] MARUKO/I**
* What do I think? They look exactly*
* like soy sauce containers. But...*
**[05:02] TOMOZOU**
Did you get into the summer festival mood?
**[05:04] MARUKO**
Yes, Grandpa. Thank you.
**[05:08] MARUKO**
Mom, please! Could I please
have the festival at home?
**[05:11] MARUKO**
Grandpa got me goldfish.
**[05:14] SUMIRE**
What? He bought them?
**[05:16] MARUKO**
It's all right. They're not alive.
**[05:19] SUMIRE**
Huh? They're not alive?
**[05:22] TOMOZOU**
See? I made them out of soy sauce containers.
**[05:27] TOMOZOU**
Home festival, please?
**[05:30] MARUKO**
Please?
**[05:31] SUMIRE**
Okay, fine.
**[05:33] MARUKO**
Yay! Festival, festival!
**[05:36] TOMOZOU**
I'm happy for you.
**[05:38] MARUKO**
I know! Why don't I ask Tama-chan
to come over in a yukata?
**[05:42] MARUKO**
Oh my gosh, I'm so happy that
I can do goldfish scooping at home.
**[05:47] SAKIKO**
Goldfish scooping?
**[05:49] SAKIKO**
I'd love to do it too.
**[05:50] MARUKO**
You got to go to the actual Tanabata
festival, so you yield to us.
**[05:55] MARUKO**
There are only five dip nets.
**[05:58] SAKIKO**
What?!
**[05:59] MARUKO**
Mom, you'll make chocolate-covered
bananas and stir-fried noodles, right?
**[06:03] SUMIRE**
Sure, I can do that.
**[06:05] SAKIKO**
Mom, do you think you can make a
chocolate-covered banana for me as well?
**[06:09] SUMIRE**
Of course I can.
**[06:11] SAKIKO**
Hey, you can have half of
my banana, so can I play?
**[06:16] MARUKO**
Wow, really?
**[06:20] MARUKO**
Then... you can have one.
**[06:22] MARUKO**
But just one, okay?
**[06:24] SAKIKO**
Yay! Thank you.
**[06:27] MARUKO**
I've got four left.
**[06:29] MARUKO**
Since I owe these to
Grandpa, I'll give him one.
**[06:33] MARUKO**
And there's one for Tama-chan,
and I guess I'll take two.
**[06:38] TOMOZOU**
Since I couldn't get the
water yo-yo balloons,
**[06:42] TOMOZOU**
I inflated the regular balloons in small
sizes and drew some patterns on them.
**[06:48] TOMOZOU**
They look like the real thing, don't they?
**[06:50] MARUKO**
Somehow... they look a bit sketchy.
**[06:56] MARUKO**
Hm? What about those?
**[06:59] TOMOZOU**
I inflated them as well.
**[07:03] TOMOZOU**
They don't float in the air, but look.
**[07:07] MARUKO**
I don't care if they float or not,
but why did you draw a face on it?
**[07:12] TOMOZOU**
Huh? Because, you know,
I thought they looked cute...
**[07:15] MARUKO**
If they were sold at the summer
festival, would you buy it?
**[07:19] TOMOZOU**
Well, I went through the trouble
of inflating them all...
**[07:23] MARUKO**
I don't know how hard you worked on them,
**[07:27] MARUKO**
but the balloons with such weird
faces won't put me in a festive mood.
**[07:34] TOMOZOU**
You're right... What was I... Why?!
**[07:38] TAMAE**
Maru-chan!
**[07:44] TOMOZOU**
You all look great!
**[07:46] TOMOZOU**
It feels like a real festival.
**[08:00] MARUKO**
Big Sis, I'm already full,
so you can have this.
**[08:04] SAKIKO**
Oh yeah? Good.
**[08:06] MARUKO**
You knew this was gonna happen, didn't you?
**[08:08] SAKIKO**
I wouldn't say that.
**[08:12] TOMOZOU**
All right!
**[08:13] MARUKO**
Now, let us begin goldfish scooping.
**[08:16] TAMAE**
Huh? You mean this...?
**[08:20] SAKIKO**
You went through the
trouble to make this, huh?
**[08:23] TAMAE**
My dad would have wanted to take photos.
**[08:27] TOMOZOU**
I wish he could have.
**[08:29] TOMOZOU**
Here, now they look like swimming.
**[08:32] MARUKO**
Okay, let me go first!
**[08:37] MARUKO**
Ugh! This is a super weak dip net!
**[08:40] SAKIKO**
What?!
**[08:41] TAMAE**
There are weak ones and strong ones?
**[08:43] MARUKO**
Of course there are!
**[08:46] MARUKO**
Sometimes you'll see super weak ones that
break just by putting them into water,
**[08:50] MARUKO**
and this is it.
**[08:52] SAKIKO**
Are the rest of them also weak?
**[08:54] SAKIKO**
This is going to be a tough challenge.
**[08:58] TAMAE**
You're right, it broke.
**[09:03] SAKIKO**
Gently, gently...
**[09:07] SAKIKO**
My gosh, it broke!
**[09:10] TOMOZOU**
I got this! I'm Tomozou-chan,
the dip net wiz!
**[09:14] TOMOZOU**
I've honed my skills for 76 years...
**[09:18] TOMOZOU**
Keep your eyes open and behold!
**[09:25] MARUKO**
It's not even in the water yet.
**[09:28] TOMOZOU**
"The net's broken."
**[09:30] TOMOZOU**
"The festival's over."
**[09:31] TOMOZOU**
"There's no hope."
**[09:33] TOMOZOU**
Tomozou's poem of the heart.
**[09:38] MARUKO**
Laugh or cry, this is the last try.
**[09:41] MARUKO**
I know it's just a soy sauce container,
but I'd like to scoop at least one fish.
**[09:45] TOMOZOU**
I know!
**[09:47] TOMOZOU**
I can paste a piece of paper
on the net. That way—
**[09:50] MARUKO**
Grandpa!
**[09:51] MARUKO**
Even if the dip net is super weak, I've
got to go for it with my skill alone.
**[09:56] MARUKO**
That's the real showdown with goldfish:
the game of goldfish scoop.
**[10:01] TAMAE**
Maru-chan...
**[10:07] TAMAE**
"Maru-chan's eyes that
chase after goldfish..."
**[10:11] TAMAE**
"They're intense! So intense!"
**[10:13] TAMAE**
"Tamae could get herself burned!"
**[10:16] MARUKO**
Take this!
**[10:26] TOMOZOU/TAMAE**
Yes!
**[10:27] TAMAE**
You're amazing, Maru-chan!
**[10:29] SAKIKO**
You did it!
**[10:30] TOMOZOU**
You did it, indeed!
**[10:32] MARUKO**
I did it! I'm so happy!
**[10:34] MARUKO**
Now that I look at it, it's starting
to look like a real goldfish.
**[10:39] TAMAE**
Yes! When you picked it up with your
net, it looked like it was alive.
**[10:45] TOMOZOU**
Then why don't you put it in the fish tank?
**[10:48] TOMOZOU**
Maybe you can give it a name.
**[10:50] MARUKO**
Huh? Let's see...
**[10:52] MARUKO**
It's a goldfish made of a
soy sauce container, so...
**[10:55] MARUKO**
Oh! How about Soyldfish?
**[11:02] MARUKO**
It kind of looks dead.
**[11:04] TAMAE**
Because it doesn't move.
**[11:06] SAKIKO**
It's a soy sauce container.
I'd freak out if it moved.
**[11:10] TOMOZOU**
Soyldfish...
**[11:11] SAKIKO**
Maybe we should have stopped at scooping it.
**[11:16] MARUKO/I**
*Soyldish...*
**[11:18] NARRATOR/I**
The showdown between Maruko and the soy
sauce containers with a spark of life.
**[11:23] NARRATOR/I**
This was how Sakura Family's Summer
Festival closed its curtains.
***SIGN*** Maruko Is Worried About the Weather Forecast
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Oden
**[11:34] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
**[11:35] MARUKO**
"Maruko Is Concerned About
the Weather Forecast."
**[11:41] NARRATOR/I**
On Friday...
**[11:42] TAMAE**
Looks like it'll rain again.
**[11:45] MARUKO**
I guess the rainy season
will continue a bit longer.
**[11:48] TAMAE**
Can't wait 'til it's over.
**[11:51] NAGASAWA**
I didn't bring an umbrella.
**[11:53] NAGASAWA**
I hope I don't get rained on going home.
**[11:56] FUJIKI**
I can share my umbrella
with you, if you'd like.
**[11:58] NAGASAWA**
Share your umbrella?
**[12:01] NAGASAWA**
Like a couple's umbrella.
**[12:04] FUJIKI**
A couple's umbrella...
**[12:07] NAGASAWA**
I think I'm okay.
**[12:09] FUJIKI**
I figured.
**[12:11] TAMAE**
How long is this weather going to go on?
**[12:14] MARUKO**
Oh yeah, Tama-chan.
**[12:16] MARUKO**
If the weather is nice next Sunday,
let's go hang out somewhere.
**[12:20] TAMAE**
Sure! Sounds good.
**[12:21] NAGASAWA**
But considering this cloudy
sky, I bet it'll rain.
**[12:24] MARUKO**
You don't know that.
**[12:26] MARUKO**
It might be nice to stretch our
legs a little further than usual.
**[12:29] TAMAE**
You know the big park in the next town?
**[12:33] MARUKO**
Yes.
**[12:33] TAMAE**
I hear there's a new set of swings there!
**[12:37] MARUKO**
Really?! That sounds good.
**[12:39] FUJIKI**
That sounds fun.
**[12:41] NAGASAWA**
Does it, though?
**[12:42] NAGASAWA**
Why go through the trouble of
going so far away on your weekend?
**[12:46] MARUKO**
Shush. We didn't invite you.
**[12:49] NAGASAWA**
Right, and I'm glad I wasn't invited.
**[12:52] NAGASAWA**
If it rains heavily, I don't want to
get blamed for being a rain bringer.
**[12:58] MARUKO**
You always have to have
a comeback, don't you?
**[13:01] MARUKO**
Every Sunday has been rainy, lately,
**[13:04] MARUKO**
so it'd be great to have fun outdoors.
**[13:06] TAMAE**
That's true.
**[13:07] TAMAE**
How about badminton? I'll bring a set.
**[13:11] FUJIKI**
*Badminton, huh? I'm not great at it.*
**[13:15] FUJIKI**
*Huh? I'm planning to go?*
**[13:18] FUJIKI**
*I'm not even invited yet.*
**[13:20] NAGASAWA**
What's the matter?
**[13:22] FUJIKI**
Huh? Um, it's nothing...
**[13:28] TAMAE**
We bought a lot, huh?
**[13:31] MARUKO**
I told Grandpa that I was going out on
Sunday, and he gave me an allowance.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[13:40] SAKIKO**
You look happy.
**[13:42] MARUKO**
I have plans to go out on
Sunday with Tama-chan.
**[13:46] MARUKO**
Oh, I need to check the weather forecast.
**[13:49] WEATHER PERSON A/I**
*Here's the weather forecast for Shimizu City.*
**[13:52] WEATHER PERSON A/I**
* Starting tomorrow, Saturday,*
* it will start to rain on and off.*
**[13:55] MARUKO**
This old guy says annoying stuff.
**[13:58] SAKIKO**
He doesn't get to decide what
the weather's going to be.
***SIGN*** Weather This Weekend
**[14:02] WEATHER PERSON A/I**
* Saturday is cloudy with*
* partial rain in some places.*
**[14:05] WEATHER PERSON A/I**
*Sunday, it will rain all day.*
**[14:07] MARUKO**
Why? Move that rain mark somewhere else!
**[14:07] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[14:11] TOMOZOU**
Weather forecasting is like fortune telling:
**[14:13] TOMOZOU**
sometimes it comes true,
sometimes it doesn't.
**[14:14] HIROSHI**
Speaking of which, his
forecast was wrong last week.
**[14:18] HIROSHI**
I went fishing since he said it
would be sunny, but it rained.
**[14:21] MARUKO**
See? You can't count on him.
**[14:27] MARUKO**
Is there any other weather program?
***SIGN*** Forecast Map
***SIGN*** Forecast Map
**[14:31] MARUKO**
Oh? This is a lady weather forecaster.
***SIGN*** Tomorrow's Weather
**[14:33] MARUKO**
That's better.
**[14:35] WEATHER PERSON B/I**
*And it will rain on Sunday.*
**[14:38] WEATHER PERSON B/I**
* Even if it's not raining, please*
* bring an umbrella with you.*
**[14:38] MARUKO**
Where can I find a weather
forecast that's more uplifting?
**[14:43] NARRATOR/I**
An uplifting weather forecast...
You won't find that anywhere.
***SIGN*** Tomorrow's Weather
**[14:48] WEATHER PERSON B/I**
*...please bring an umbrella with you.*
**[14:50] NAGASAWA/I**
*See? I knew it would rain.*
**[14:53] NAGASAWA/I**
*Too bad for Sakura and Honami.*
**[14:55] NAGASAWA'S MOM**
Why are you smiling at the weather forecast?
**[14:58] NAGASAWA**
Oh no, it's nothing.
**[15:05] FUJIKI'S MOM**
Oh, it's going to rain again on Sunday.
**[15:08] FUJIKI'S MOM**
I need to do laundry tomorrow.
**[15:10] FUJIKI**
*Sakura's plan will have to be canceled.*
**[15:13] FUJIKI**
* Anyhow, I wonder what the*
* new swings look like...*
**[15:18] FUJIKI**
*I wish I could ride it.*
**[15:22] FUJIKI**
*I know! Maybe I'll go there alone.*
**[15:25] FUJIKI**
*If I'm by myself, I can ride all I want.*
**[15:29] FUJIKI'S MOM**
What's wrong?
**[15:31] FUJIKI**
Huh? No, it's nothing.
**[15:35] SAKIKO**
Why don't you give up?
**[15:36] SAKIKO**
It's going to rain on Sunday.
**[15:38] MARUKO**
But I'm all ready to go.
***SIGN*** Shrimp - Candy - Bite-Size Daifuku
**[15:42] SAKIKO**
What's up with those snacks?
**[15:43] MARUKO**
Oh, these?
**[15:45] MARUKO**
Grandpa gave me allowance.
**[15:47] SAKIKO**
You were hiding them, huh?
**[15:49] MARUKO**
Don't tell Mom, okay?
**[15:51] SAKIKO**
All right, fine.
**[15:53] SAKIKO**
But the question is, can you keep
your hands off them until Sunday?
**[15:56] MARUKO**
That's exactly the problem...
***SIGN*** Shrimp - Candy - Bite-Size Daifuku - Caramels
**[16:04] SAKIKO**
I knew it.
**[16:05] MARUKO**
Well, it's my snack. So
I can eat it whenever I want.
**[16:12] NARRATOR/I**
On Saturday...
**[16:14] NAGASAWA**
Sakura, according to yesterday's weather
forecast, it'll rain on Sunday.
**[16:19] MARUKO**
I know, you don't have to tell me that.
**[16:22] FUJIKI**
It feels like that old guy
always says cloudy or rain.
**[16:27] TAMAE**
The young lady seems to predict
sunny days more often.
**[16:31] MARUKO**
But she also said "rain" last night.
**[16:35] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, even if it rains,
it might clear up right away.
**[16:39] NAGASAWA**
But the swings will be wet,
so you can't ride them.
**[16:42] MARUKO**
Nagasawa, why do you have
to go and say nasty stuff?
**[16:45] FUJIKI/I**
*I see. Then I'd better go today.*
**[16:56] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun.
**[16:57] FUJIKI**
Yeah?
**[16:59] NAGASAWA**
You seem to be in a hurry.
**[17:01] FUJIKI**
No, I don't think so.
**[17:04] FUJIKI/I**
* If he finds out I'm going there*
* alone, who knows what he'll say.*
**[17:08] NAGASAWA**
Fujiki-kun. Are you planning to go to
that park by yourself, by any chance?
**[17:15] FUJIKI**
W-Wh—
**[17:16] NAGASAWA**
Because you said the swings sounded fun.
**[17:20] FUJIKI**
Well, that's...
**[17:22] NAGASAWA**
I guess I was right.
**[17:23] NAGASAWA**
Beating us to the punch is something
a coward like you would do.
**[17:29] NAGASAWA**
But don't worry, I won't tell anyone.
**[17:33] NAGASAWA**
Why don't you go?
**[17:34] FUJIKI**
I think not. If I did, I'd be a real coward.
**[17:39] NAGASAWA**
Well, if that's you want...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[17:48] TOMOZOU**
It's finally tomorrow.
**[17:50] MARUKO**
It's all right, Grandpa.
**[17:52] TOMOZOU**
What's the matter?
**[17:53] TOMOZOU**
The weather forecast is about to start.
**[17:55] WEATHER PERSON A/I**
*It will rain starting tomorrow.*
**[17:58] MARUKO**
See? This old guy is still insensitive.
**[18:01] SAKIKO**
Maybe it's because you don't do good
deeds that deserve fine weather?
**[18:05] MARUKO**
Shut it.
**[18:06] MARUKO**
If my behavior can change the weather,
I'd do plenty of good deeds.
**[18:10] MARUKO**
Man, I wish I could find
a better weather forecast.
**[18:13] TOMOZOU**
There is a number you can
call to get a forecast.
**[18:16] MARUKO**
On the phone?! That sounds great.
**[18:18] MARUKO**
I'll give that a try.
**[18:20] SUMIRE**
You may not.
**[18:21] MARUKO**
Why not?
**[18:22] SUMIRE**
It's a waste of money.
**[18:24] HIROSHI**
Exactly! They'll tell you the
same thing they said on TV.
**[18:27] MARUKO**
You never know until you hear it.
**[18:30] SUMIRE**
Anyhow, no.
**[18:31] MARUKO**
My goodness, you're so stingy.
**[18:39] MARUKO**
If I remember correctly,
it's one, one, seven...
**[18:45] ANNOUNCEMENT/I**
*The current time is 8 pm. sharp.*
**[18:52] MARUKO**
It's the time?
**[18:54] MARUKO**
Oh no, I dialed the wrong number!
**[18:58] MARUKO**
What was it again?
**[19:03] MARUKO**
One, seven, seven. That's it.
**[19:07] ANNOUNCEMENT/I**
*Tomorrow's weather forecast.*
**[19:09] MARUKO**
That's right. Give me a good one.
**[19:12] ANNOUNCEMENT/I**
*Tomorrow, it will rain all day.*
**[19:14] MARUKO**
Why?! This also says rain! Man!
**[19:18] SUMIRE**
Maruko! You!
**[19:21] SUMIRE**
Come back here!
**[19:21] MARUKO**
I'm sorry!
**[19:26] SAKIKO**
It finally started to rain.
**[19:33] SAKIKO**
It won't taste any good, feeling that way.
**[19:37] MARUKO**
I can do what I want.
**[19:38] TOMOZOU**
Maruko.
**[19:39] TOMOZOU**
Here are the cards you left in my
room after we played them last time.
**[19:44] TOMOZOU**
I thought you might want them
tomorrow, but I guess it's raining.
**[19:47] MARUKO**
I wouldn't play cards in the park.
**[19:50] TOMOZOU**
Then let's play now!
**[19:54] TOMOZOU**
If it rains tomorrow, you can go next Sunday.
**[19:57] MARUKO**
Grandpa... Will you give me allowance again?
**[20:00] TOMOZOU**
Of course.
**[20:03] NARRATOR/I**
And on Sunday...
**[20:07] SUMIRE**
Maruko, wake up.
**[20:09] MARUKO**
I'm still sleepy...
**[20:11] SUMIRE**
You promised to go out, didn't you?
**[20:16] MARUKO**
Huh?! It's not raining!
**[20:20] MARUKO**
I thought it was going to rain today.
**[20:23] WEATHER PERSON A/I**
* Today, it will be cloudy all day, with*
* a chance of showers in some places.*
**[20:28] MARUKO**
Jeez! Will it rain or not?!
**[20:33] MARUKO**
Goodness, which will it be?
**[20:35] SUMIRE**
But the sky looks like it might rain.
**[20:39] TOMOZOU**
No, Maruko. Come here.
**[20:46] MARUKO**
What is it, Grandpa?
**[20:48] TOMOZOU**
Take a look at this.
**[20:50] TOMOZOU**
Since the old days,
**[20:51] TOMOZOU**
they say that if there is morning dew
on a spider's web, it will be sunny.
**[20:55] TOMOZOU**
So it's going to be a nice day today.
**[20:57] MARUKO**
Really?
**[20:59] TOMOZOU**
I've believed in it since I was a child.
**[21:02] TOMOZOU**
It's true!
**[21:03] MARUKO**
Can I believe in you, Grandpa?
**[21:05] TOMOZOU**
Of course you can.
**[21:07] SUMIRE**
Make sure to bring a folding
umbrella, just in case.
**[21:14] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, I'm here.
**[21:16] TAMAE**
Maru-chan.
**[21:20] MARUKO/I**
*Oh man, I ate most of my snacks.*
**[21:24] TAMAE**
I'm glad that it didn't rain.
**[21:26] MARUKO**
R-Right.
**[21:28] MARUKO**
Let's go.
**[21:45] TAMAE**
We're almost at the park.
**[21:47] MARUKO**
It took less time than I thought.
**[21:57] NARRATOR/I**
After all that, they had to wait to
try the swings until next week.
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
"I'll never believe in the
weatherman and Grandpa."
**[22:05] NARRATOR/I**
That's what Maruko promised herself.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
What? Is it true that this
painting might be cursed?
**[22:19] MARUKO**
And why do I have to be
the one to confirm it?
**[22:22] MARUKO**
Right now, my mind is occupied by
a sun tanning plan for the summer.
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:28] MARUKO**
"Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster,"
and "Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan."
***SIGN*** Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1439 - Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster / Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G8WUNJW0Z/maruko-is-scared-of-the-cursed-poster--maruko-wants-to-get-a-perfect-suntan)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] MARUO**
I, indeed, need your attention!
**[00:02] MARUO**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] ---**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster."
**[01:36] MARUKO**
What should I read?
**[01:39] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, have you picked yours?
**[01:41] TAMAE**
Hmm... A story about animals
or a tale of adventure, maybe?
**[01:48] MARUKO**
Noguchi-san, what did you borrow?
***SIGN*** Gruesome Ghost Stories
of the World
**[01:51] NOGUCHI**
This.
**[01:52] NOGUCHI**
I'm returning it since I've finished reading it.
**[01:55] NOGUCHI**
Sakura-san, would you like to read it?
***SIGN*** Preface
**[02:02] MALE READER/I**
* In this world, there are stories so*
* gruesome they make your hair stand up.*
**[02:16] MALE READER/I**
* For example, the ghosts of an elderly*
* couple, wandering around in an old castle.*
**[02:26] MALE READER/I**
* A green hand that will pull you*
* into the bottom of the lake.*
**[02:31] MALE READER/I**
* A skeletal bride reflected*
* in the mirror at midnight.*
**[02:42] MARUKO/TAMAE**
We're sorry!
***SIGN*** Gruesome Ghost Stories
of the World
**[02:44] MARUKO**
Jeez, that scared me!
**[02:47] MARUKO**
My heart is still pounding!
**[02:50] TAMAE**
Me too.
**[02:52] HAMAJI**
What scared you so badly?
**[02:54] MARUKO**
This book.
**[02:56] TAMAE**
It's about ghosts from all over the world,
and they're extremely frightening!
**[03:01] HAMAJI**
Oh yeah?
**[03:02] BUTARO**
More importantly, do you know
about the cursed poster, boo?
**[03:07] MARUKO**
The cursed poster? What's that?
**[03:10] HAMAJI**
You know the cigarette store in city block 3?
**[03:13] HAMAJI**
It's the poster on that wall of that store.
**[03:17] BUTARO**
Apparently, the eye of the
man in the poster glows, boo.
**[03:21] BUTARO**
I hear people have seen that at night, boo.
**[03:25] MARUKO**
- No way.
- What?
**[03:26] HAMAJI**
I'm thinking about going there
after school to check if it's true.
**[03:31] BUTARO**
His eye might glow during the day too, boo!
**[03:35] MARUKO**
The cursed poster, huh?
**[03:37] MARUKO**
Sounds interesting.
**[03:39] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, are you thinking about going?!
**[03:42] TAMAE**
You really shouldn't!
**[03:46] NOGUCHI**
If Sakura-san is going,
then maybe I'll go too.
***SIGN*** Be Careful in Dark Streets
**[03:54] MARUKO**
Is this the cursed poster?
**[03:56] TAMAE**
I see...
***SIGN*** Be Careful in Dark Streets
**[03:59] BUTARO**
It's not scary at all, boo.
**[04:00] MARUKO**
First of all, this man's face
says more "comedy" than "curse."
**[04:08] TAMAE**
It must have been just a
rumor that it was cursed.
**[04:11] HAMAJI**
But who knows, his eyes might
actually glow at night.
**[04:16] BUTARO**
But we can't come and
confirm that at night, boo.
**[04:19] STORE OWNER**
Are you curious about that poster?
**[04:25] MARUKO**
Y-Yes, I guess...
**[04:27] STORE OWNER**
Actually, I drew that poster.
**[04:31] BUTARO**
I had no idea, boo.
**[04:33] STORE OWNER**
There aren't a lot of streetlights around
here, so it can be dangerous at night.
**[04:38] STORE OWNER**
I drew it, hoping that it would
benefit the people of the town.
**[04:42] STORE OWNER**
I'm proud of how it came out.
**[04:46] TAMAE**
It's very well drawn.
**[04:48] STORE OWNER**
You think so?
**[04:51] HAMAJI**
Mister, could I borrow this poster?
**[04:54] STORE OWNER**
Huh? What would you do with it?
**[04:56] HAMAJI**
Use it as a reference for my homework
for arts and crafts at school.
**[05:00] MARUKO**
You've got interesting taste,
wanting to use that as a reference...
**[05:05] HAMAJI**
I won't do that.
**[05:07] BUTARO**
What do you mean, boo?
**[05:10] HAMAJI**
Let's take it home and see if
the eyes actually glow at night.
**[05:15] BUTARO**
What?! Who would do that, boo?!
**[05:18] HAMAJI**
Let's decide with rock,
paper, scissors to be fair.
**[05:22] MARUKO**
I'm home...
***SIGN*** Be Careful in Dark Streets
**[05:24] MARUKO**
And so, I ended up having to
check the poster at night.
**[05:29] TOMOZOU**
That's a huge responsibility.
**[05:32] MARUKO**
I hate to ask, but could you wake me up
at night and look at the poster with me?
**[05:37] MARUKO**
I'm too scared to do it alone.
**[05:39] TOMOZOU**
No problem!
**[05:41] TOMOZOU**
I can do it on my way to the bathroom.
**[05:44] MARUKO**
Thank you, Grandpa!
**[05:47] MARUKO**
I want you to live forever.
**[05:49] TOMOZOU**
Maruko...
**[05:53] TOMOZOU**
"I shall live"
**[05:54] TOMOZOU**
"For 1,000 years, for 10,000 years"
**[05:56] TOMOZOU**
"If it's for my grandchild"
**[05:57] TOMOZOU**
Tomozou's poem of the heart,
determined to live long
**[06:06] MARUKO**
Big Sis, what are you doing?
**[06:08] SAKIKO**
An assignment for social studies.
***SIGN*** The Connection Between Japan and the World
**[06:09] SAKIKO**
I have a presentation tomorrow.
**[06:11] MARUKO**
Wow, six graders are studying topics
that are really complicated.
**[06:16] SAKIKO**
That's right.
**[06:18] SAKIKO**
We study not only about Japan,
but also about the world.
**[06:22] SAKIKO**
Cool, huh?
**[06:23] MARUKO**
I borrowed a book about the world too.
**[06:28] SAKIKO**
You did?
**[06:28] SAKIKO**
Maruko, you're not too shabby.
**[06:31] MARUKO**
Here.
***SIGN*** Gruesome Ghost Stories
of the World
**[06:31] MARUKO**
It's called, "Gruesome Ghost
Stories of the World."
**[06:36] NARRATOR/I**
Big Sis regrets that she was impressed
with Maruko, even for a second.
***SIGN*** Chapter 5:
Cursed
Paintings
of the
World
**[06:53] MARUKO**
"Cursed Paintings."
**[06:54] MARUKO**
That doesn't sound too great...
**[07:00] MALE READER/I**
*A boy who holds a flower bouquet.*
**[07:02] MALE READER/I**
* This painting was displayed at a*
* hotel in Europe over 100 years ago.*
**[07:10] MALE READER/I**
* There are eyewitnesses who*
* claim that the boy would blink*
**[07:15] MALE READER/I**
* or change his facial expressions*
* if you stare at it long enough.*
**[07:20] MALE READER/I**
* There are also rumors that the boy*
* walked the hallway at night.*
**[07:32] MARUKO**
Good lord, what kind of grudge does
he have to do something like that?
**[07:40] MALE READER/I**
* The second painting is*
* called, "A Crying Woman."*
**[07:46] MALE READER/I**
* We don't know when and where this*
* was painted, or who painted it,*
**[07:51] MALE READER/I**
* but those who became the owner of this*
* painting met with unfortunate incidents*
**[07:57] MALE READER/I**
* such as dying from sickness or accidents,*
* or their house being burned down.*
**[08:03] MARUKO**
That's so scary!
**[08:05] MARUKO**
I'm starting to feel cold.
**[08:16] MARUKO**
I hate this. I shouldn't
have accepted that poster.
**[09:02] MAN/I**
*Be careful in dark streets...*
**[09:05] MAN/I**
*Be careful in dark streets...*
**[09:08] MARUKO**
Stay away.
**[09:12] MAN**
You said my face isn't scary, right?
**[09:16] MAN**
It's more like comedy than curse, right?
**[09:33] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, it's me! Your Grandpa!
**[09:37] MARUKO**
Oh, Grandpa.
**[09:40] MARUKO**
You scared me.
**[09:42] TOMOZOU**
You need to look at the poster, right?
**[09:43] MARUKO**
Oh yeah, that's right.
**[09:47] MARUKO**
Grandpa, what if this really
was a cursed poster?
**[09:52] TOMOZOU**
Well...
**[09:53] MARUKO**
He was having a relaxing time on
the wall of the cigarette store,
**[09:58] MARUKO**
so he must resent being
taken to a place like this!
**[10:03] TOMOZOU**
Then let's not look at it!
**[10:05] MARUKO**
But I promised everyone that I would.
**[10:09] TOMOZOU**
What do we do?
**[10:10] MARUKO**
Grandpa, please.
**[10:13] MARUKO**
I'll close my eyes, so would
you look at the poster for me?
**[10:17] TOMOZOU**
Just me?
**[10:24] TOMOZOU**
Okay. Leave it to your grandpa!
**[10:27] TOMOZOU**
If it's for Maruko...
**[10:31] TOMOZOU**
I'd go through fire and water!
**[10:35] MARUKO**
You're the best in Japan!
**[10:39] NARRATOR/I**
What in the world are you two
doing in the middle of the night?
**[10:43] TOMOZOU**
Okay, you ready?
**[10:45] MARUKO**
Please.
**[10:49] TOMOZOU**
I'm opening it.
**[10:50] TOMOZOU**
I'll do it.
**[10:52] TOMOZOU**
There!
**[10:55] TOMOZOU**
Oh no! I ripped it!
**[10:58] MARUKO**
We need to fix it, quick!
**[11:00] MARUKO**
Where's the tape?
**[11:02] MARUKO**
We're sorry, we're sorry!
**[11:05] MARUKO**
Please don't curse us!
**[11:14] MARUKO/I**
His eyes weren't glowing,
so it's fine. Right?
**[11:18] MARUKO/I**
I'm not gonna be cursed, am I?
**[11:27] SUMIRE**
Big Sis, wake up.
**[11:30] SUMIRE**
You have to go to school early for
your social studies presentation, right?
**[11:34] SAKIKO**
Oh, yeah.
**[11:37] SAKIKO**
My goodness!
**[11:51] SAKIKO**
Hm? Did I forget to put
my assignment in the bag?
**[11:59] SUMIRE**
Maruko! Wake up!
**[12:04] MARUKO**
Where's the poster?!
**[12:06] MARUKO**
Huh? Huh? Huh? Huh?
**[12:10] MARUKO**
It's gone!
**[12:13] MARUKO**
This must be the curse...
**[12:19] NARRATOR/I**
Because of her sister's mistake,
**[12:20] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko's poster arrived at school
before she herself got there.
**[12:24] NARRATOR/I**
But Maruko had no idea at this point.
***SIGN*** Be Careful in Dark Streets
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan
**[12:39] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
**[12:40] MARUKO**
"Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan."
**[12:53] HAMAJI**
Darn it! Today, you beat me!
**[12:59] MARUKO**
So tired!
**[13:00] MARUKO**
Oh, I got a bit sunburned.
**[13:03] TAMAE**
What?
**[13:04] TAMAE**
Oh, I see it too.
**[13:06] MARUKO**
I got sunburned from here down.
**[13:09] KOSUGI**
Me too!
**[13:10] BUTARO**
The summer break hasn't even
started, but we got sunburned, boo.
**[13:15] KOSUGI**
I'm gonna get such a dark
suntan during the summer break.
**[13:18] BUTARO**
You won't beat me, boo.
**[13:20] HAMAJI**
Listen, I'm going to play outside every day,
**[13:24] HAMAJI**
until the very last day,
once summer break starts.
**[13:28] HAMAJI**
So I know I'm gonna get the
most suntanned, no doubt!
**[13:31] MARUKO**
If anything, I prefer to get suntanned
with a fun memory of summer.
**[13:36] MARUKO**
Why should I get tanned from PE class now...
**[13:40] HANAWA**
What about the summer break, baby?
**[13:44] MARUKO**
Hanawa-kun, do you have plans
to go somewhere this summer?
**[13:48] HANAWA**
Of course I do.
**[13:49] HANAWA**
I'll be on *vacances* at an overseas resort,
and I plan on getting suntanned there.
**[13:54] MARUKO**
As expected, you live in
a different world from us.
**[13:57] HANAWA**
But on the beach, I may not get tanned
that much since I'll be under the parasol.
**[14:04] MARUKO**
The va... vac... whatever it is sounds nice.
**[14:08] HANAWA**
"*Vacances*."
**[14:14] HAMAJI**
Well, the ocean is connected, so be it
Shimizu or overseas, it's the same sea.
**[14:20] TAMAE**
Speaking of which, my dad brought
out the photos from last year...
**[14:26] TAMAE'S DAD**
We had a great time at the beach last summer.
**[14:30] TAMAE**
Did I get suntanned this much?
**[14:34] TAMAE'S DAD**
We'll have fun at the beach again!
**[14:37] TAMAE'S DAD**
I can't wait to take photos!
**[14:44] MARUKO**
Wow, that's nice.
**[14:46] MARUKO**
You already have plans to go to the beach.
**[14:49] MARUKO**
No wonder you're looking
forward to the summer break.
**[14:53] MARUKO**
Hey, Dad?
**[14:55] HIROSHI**
What's up?
**[14:55] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[14:56] MARUKO**
Summer break will start soon.
**[14:58] HIROSHI**
For you kids, I guess.
**[15:00] HIROSHI**
I've got nothing to do with it.
**[15:02] MARUKO**
Yes, you do!
**[15:03] MARUKO**
Can you take me to the beach?
**[15:06] SAKIKO**
The beach sounds great!
**[15:08] HIROSHI**
How silly.
**[15:09] HIROSHI**
Why would you want to go to somewhere
hot when it's so hot already?
**[15:12] HIROSHI**
We went last year. That was plenty.
**[15:14] MARUKO**
Boo.
**[15:14] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[15:16] TOMOZOU**
Oh? Are you sure about that?
**[15:19] TOMOZOU**
Who begged me to take him to the
beach every year when he was a kid?
**[15:28] HIROSHI**
Ack! Well, I don't remember
because it was a long time ago...
**[15:36] MARUKO**
Dad, that's not fair.
**[15:38] MARUKO**
You went as a child, but
you won't take us, huh?
**[15:43] SAKIKO**
A pool would be acceptable.
**[15:44] HIROSHI**
There are too many people, it's
like washing potatoes in a bucket.
**[15:48] MARUKO**
Are you telling me that you have no plans
to take us anywhere this summer, Dad?
**[15:56] MARUKO**
I want to get a perfect suntan!
**[15:59] MARUKO**
Look at this.
**[16:00] MARUKO**
If I don't, I'll get this
weird, uneven suntan.
**[16:04] TOMOZOU**
Oh, I see.
**[16:06] TOMOZOU**
I do see that line.
**[16:08] TOMOZOU**
It's like the cyanotype,
**[16:09] TOMOZOU**
how the print paper gets dark where
it's exposed to the sunlight.
**[16:12] MARUKO**
I don't like that.
**[16:15] HIROSHI**
You can get suntanned on our porch.
**[16:18] HIROSHI**
We're not going to the beach.
**[16:20] MARUKO/SAKIKO**
Boo!
**[16:24] MARUKO**
I knew the celebrities didn't
have uneven suntans like me.
**[16:29] SAKIKO**
Of course not.
***SIGN*** Heart-Thumping Summer
***SIGN*** The Girl of Tokonatsu, Everlasting Summer
**[16:31] MARUKO**
Hm? What does it say?
**[16:33] SAKIKO**
Tokonatsu, Everlasting summer.
**[16:34] MARUKO**
"Tokonatsu"?
**[16:37] MARUKO**
The Girl of Coconuts?
***SIGN*** Coconuts
**[16:41] MARUKO**
This is how you spell coconuts in kanji?
**[16:44] SAKIKO**
No, silly.
***SIGN*** Tokonatsu
**[16:46] SAKIKO**
"Tokonatsu."
**[16:48] SAKIKO**
It means it's summer year-round.
**[16:50] MARUKO**
Oh, I see.
**[16:52] MARUKO**
She has a perfect suntan because
it's summer all the time.
**[16:57] SAKIKO**
I wish I could be this beautifully light brown!
**[17:01] MARUKO**
Do you think I'll be cute if
I can get a perfect suntan?
**[17:04] SAKIKO**
Maybe.
**[17:06] SAKIKO**
Oh! But you had such a hard time last year.
**[17:10] MARUKO**
Huh? About what?
**[17:12] SAKIKO**
Remember when we pulled weeds?
**[17:13] SAKIKO**
We were outside all day, and since
you got sunburned so quickly...
**[17:19] SAKIKO**
You turned bright red.
**[17:21] MARUKO**
Oh yeah, now I remember.
**[17:23] MARUKO**
Even taking a bath was hard.
**[17:26] MARUKO**
Ouch, ouch, ouch!
**[17:29] SAKIKO**
You have to get suntanned slowly
so that your skin doesn't hurt.
**[17:33] MARUKO**
Slowly, huh?
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[17:42] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[17:44] SAKIKO**
Listen, I have a favor to ask.
**[17:47] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[17:47] HIROSHI**
Huh? I'm not taking you anywhere;
we talked about that.
**[17:52] SAKIKO**
My friends told me that there
is a thing called tanning oil.
**[17:57] TOMOZOU**
Oil?
**[17:58] SUMIRE**
Oh yes, I've seen them at the beach.
**[18:01] SAKIKO**
If you apply it on your skin, you don't
get red, and your skin will tan nicely.
**[18:06] MARUKO**
Really?!
**[18:08] SUMIRE**
But you've gotten a suntan without it.
**[18:12] SAKIKO**
I want to look like an idol!
**[18:14] SAKIKO**
They say it helps you get a
perfect, golden-brown suntan.
**[18:17] MARUKO**
I want it too!
**[18:19] HIROSHI**
A golden-brown suntan? Like
you're roasted in the oven?
**[18:22] TOMOZOU**
Oil? You apply oil and get sunburn?
**[18:31] TOMOZOU**
You can't do that!
**[18:34] MARUKO**
Grandpa, what's the matter?
**[18:36] TOMOZOU**
Maruko and Big Sis, getting crispy? No way!
**[18:42] MARUKO**
We never said "crispy."
**[18:45] SUMIRE**
Anyhow, we're not buying that.
**[18:47] SAKIKO**
Stingy Mom!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[18:52] NARRATOR/I**
On Sunday...
**[18:53] MARUKO**
Man, I'm bored.
**[18:56] MARUKO**
It's too hot to go anywhere, though.
**[19:00] MARUKO**
Oh?
**[19:02] MARUKO**
If I need to get suntanned slowly,
maybe I should start now.
**[19:08] MARUKO**
Ta-da!
**[19:13] MARUKO**
This is the perfect weather to get a suntan.
**[19:16] TOMOZOU**
What are you up to?
**[19:18] MARUKO**
Oh, Grandpa.
**[19:20] MARUKO**
I'm thinking of getting suntanned right here.
**[19:22] TOMOZOU**
On the porch?
**[19:24] MARUKO**
While Dad is not here.
**[19:26] MARUKO**
If he finds out, I'm sure
he'd be all, "I told you so."
**[19:37] TOMOZOU**
The porch isn't too bad.
**[19:41] MARUKO**
Yes, but something is missing.
**[19:44] MARUKO**
Grandpa, can you create the beach atmosphere?
**[19:47] TOMOZOU**
Let's see...
**[19:55] TOMOZOU**
Keep your eyes closed.
**[19:58] MARUKO**
Like this?
**[20:02] MARUKO**
What's that sound?
**[20:03] TOMOZOU**
It's the sound of the waves.
**[20:05] MARUKO**
Oh, I see.
**[20:13] TOMOZOU**
It feels like you're at the beach, right?
**[20:15] MARUKO**
I love it!
**[20:17] MARUKO**
Can you do more?
**[20:19] TOMOZOU**
More?
**[20:42] TOMOZOU**
S-Sorry!
**[20:44] HIROSHI**
What are you two doing?
**[20:47] HIROSHI**
Ah, I see! Getting suntanned on the porch.
**[20:50] HIROSHI**
Just like I suggested. Good job.
**[20:57] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[20:59] MARUKO**
When it's this hot outside, I don't feel
like going outside to play during the break.
**[21:04] TAMAE**
Hm? What do you think they are doing?
**[21:11] MARUKO**
Hey, what are you doing?
**[21:13] HAMAJI**
We want to start getting tanned right now.
**[21:16] HAMAJI**
So we're sunbathing.
**[21:18] BUTARO**
I won't lose, boo.
**[21:20] KOSUGI**
Yup.
**[21:21] MARUKO**
Everyone comes up with the same idea.
**[21:24] TAMAE**
My dad is too impatient,
**[21:26] TAMAE**
so he started to get ready for
swimming in the sea yesterday.
**[21:30] MARUKO**
That sounds nice.
**[21:33] MARUKO**
Oh, man... The summer
break is about to start,
**[21:36] MARUKO**
but if I can't go to
the beach or the pool,
**[21:39] MARUKO**
where on earth am
I supposed to get suntanned?
**[21:43] HAMAJI**
I'm excited to find out who will get most
suntanned at the end of the summer break.
**[21:49] BUTARO**
It's got to be me, boo.
**[21:51] KOSUGI**
Oh no, it'll be me.
**[21:55] NARRATOR/I**
The summer break is about to begin.
**[21:58] NARRATOR/I**
But by the time it is over,
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
everyone gets too busy with homework
and has forgotten all about suntanning.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Big Sis and Kosugi are acting weird.
**[22:18] MARUKO**
They must be hiding something.
**[22:21] MARUKO**
To find out their secrets, I've been
tailing them and running after them,
**[22:24] MARUKO**
which has tired me out!
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:28] MARUKO**
"Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief?"
and "Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis."
***SIGN*** Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief? Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1440 - Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief? / Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GJWU2WEG9/is-kosugi-the-watermelon-thief--maruko-secretly-tails-big-sis)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] SUGIYAMA/OHNO**
Everyone, gather around!
**[00:02] SUGIYAMA/OHNO**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief?
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief?"
**[01:40] MARUKO**
Kosugi.
**[01:42] KOSUGI**
Oh, it's just you, Sakura.
**[01:43] MARUKO**
What on earth are you doing here?
**[01:46] KOSUGI**
Check out those watermelons.
**[01:49] MARUKO**
Wow, those are huge!
**[01:52] MARUKO**
I didn't know you could grow
them in a home garden.
**[01:55] KOSUGI**
Looks yummy, huh?
**[01:57] MARUKO**
Don't tell me you're thinking
about stealing and eating it...
**[02:01] KOSUGI**
O-Of course I'd never do that!
**[02:04] KOSUGI**
But I bet those watermelons
are sweet and tasty!
**[02:08] MARUKO**
Really? How do you know?
**[02:10] KOSUGI**
Watermelons with dark-colored stripes with
clear, sharp borders are sweet and yummy.
**[02:18] MARUKO**
Is that so?
**[02:19] KOSUGI**
I heard it from the
greengrocer, so it's legit.
**[02:23] KOSUGI**
Boy, I wish they'd let me have a bite of it!
**[02:27] MARUKO**
Jeez, look at you drooling.
**[02:30] MARUKO**
Wipe your mouth.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[02:34] HIROSHI**
Kosugi is the dude who ran out of his
house holding the rice cooker, right?
**[02:34] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[02:39] MARUKO**
Now that you mention it, that did happen.
**[02:42] (Flashback) KOSUGI**
This is mine!
**[02:45] (Flashback) KOSUGI**
I'll be eating all of this!
***SIGN*** Always have a
parking brake
in your heart
**[02:49] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Hm?
**[02:50] HIROSHI**
He darted past with an incredible speed.
**[02:54] SUMIRE**
He must have wanted his seconds so badly.
**[02:56] MARUKO**
He said he wanted to have all
rice from the rice cooker.
**[03:01] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU/KOTAKE**
All rice?!
**[03:02] MARUKO**
Apparently, he ate it in
a parking lot, standing.
**[03:05] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU/KOTAKE**
Standing?!
**[03:06] MARUKO**
Kosugi's appetite is bottomless.
**[03:10] MARUKO**
I mean, he even had a whole
watermelon as a snack.
**[03:15] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU/KOTAKE**
A whole watermelon?!
**[03:17] MARUKO**
That's right.
**[03:18] MARUKO**
He did have a stomachache
afterwards and had a rough time.
**[03:23] HIROSHI**
Of course he would.
**[03:24] SAKIKO**
But can a whole watermelon
really go into your stomach?
**[03:29] MARUKO**
In Kosugi's stomach, it can.
**[03:34] NARRATOR/I**
Next day...
**[03:35] MARUKO**
So I asked him, "Don't tell me you're
thinking about stealing and eating it."
**[03:40] MARUKO**
And he got so flustered...
**[03:41] TAMAE**
I doubt he'd actually steal a
watermelon from someone's house.
**[03:46] MARUKO**
I know, right?
**[03:47] MARUKO**
But when it comes to food,
Kosugi can get, you know, a bit crazy.
**[03:53] TAMAE**
I know what you mean...
**[03:55] MARUKO**
Hey, Tama-chan.
**[03:56] MARUKO**
Do you wanna go check it out?
**[04:02] MARUKO**
It's gone!
**[04:03] TAMAE**
Huh?
**[04:04] MARUKO**
There used to be four, and now one's missing!
**[04:09] TAMAE**
Maybe the people of this
house picked it to eat it.
**[04:12] MARUKO**
That may be true, but...
**[04:16] YAMADA**
Sakura, Honami, what are you up to?
**[04:19] YAMADA**
You wanna play together?
**[04:21] MARUKO**
Yamada, that's the last thing on our
minds right now because of Kosugi.
**[04:27] YAMADA**
I saw Kosugi-kun just there a moment ago.
**[04:29] MARUKO/TAMAE**
What?!
**[04:30] MARUKO**
Did he happen to have a watermelon?
**[04:33] YAMADA**
A watermelon? I don't think so.
**[04:36] YAMADA**
He did have a *furoshiki* bag.
**[04:38] YAMADA**
I wonder what was inside.
**[04:41] MARUKO**
It's a watermelon.
**[04:43] YAMADA**
Watermelon?
**[04:44] MARUKO**
He stole a watermelon.
**[04:47] YAMADA**
I guess he was looking around right and left.
**[04:50] MARUKO**
I knew it.
**[04:52] TAMAE**
Anyhow, let's find him.
**[04:55] MARUKO**
You're right.
**[04:56] MARUKO**
Yamada, which way did he go?
**[05:00] MARUKO**
We've got to hurry, or he
might devour the whole thing.
**[05:02] TAMAE**
Let's hurry!
**[05:07] MARUKO**
Oh, there he is! Kosugi!
**[05:10] KOSUGI**
Wh-What's up?
**[05:12] MARUKO**
That's a watermelon, isn't it?
**[05:14] KOSUGI**
W-Why would you say that?!
**[05:16] TAMAE**
If that's true, then you should return it!
**[05:19] KOSUGI**
Huh? What are you talking about?
**[05:21] MARUKO**
Kosugi, we'll come with you.
**[05:24] KOSUGI**
G-Give me a break!
**[05:29] KOSUGI**
Bye now!
**[05:31] MARUKO**
Kosugi, come back!
**[05:38] MARUKO**
Let's pincer him.
**[05:39] MARUKO**
Tama-chan and Yamada, you follow
Kosugi. I'll go around this way.
**[05:43] TAMAE**
Okay!
**[05:44] YAMADA**
Understood.
**[05:55] MARUKO**
Kosugi!
**[05:57] MARUKO**
There's no way out for you.
**[05:59] TAMAE**
Kosugi!
**[06:00] KOSUGI**
I'll never return it!
Because it's the watermelon I was gifted!
**[06:07] TAMAE**
Someone gave it to you?
**[06:09] MARUKO**
You didn't steal it?
**[06:11] KOSUGI**
I'd never do such a thing.
**[06:13] KOSUGI**
I was looking at the
watermelons there earlier...
**[06:17] (Flashback) MAN**
Hm? Can I help you?
**[06:19] (Flashback) KOSUGI**
Huh? Um... it's nothing...
**[06:22] (Flashback) KOSUGI**
Your watermelons look so tasty, so...
**[06:25] (Flashback) MAN**
You really think so?
**[06:27] (Flashback) MAN**
I grew them with lots of love and care.
**[06:30] (Flashback) KOSUGI**
They're so big and their
stripes are beautiful!
**[06:33] (Flashback) KOSUGI**
I'm sure it's sweet and yummy!
**[06:35] (Flashback) MAN**
Would you like to taste it?
**[06:37] (Flashback) KOSUGI**
Yes! I wish I could have even a bite of it.
**[06:43] (Flashback) MAN**
Well then, you can have one.
**[06:45] (Flashback) KOSUGI**
Really?! Are you sure?
**[06:47] (Flashback) MAN**
Yes. The watermelon would be happy
if a boy like you would enjoy it.
**[06:52] (Flashback) KOSUGI**
Thank you! Thank you!
**[06:56] MARUKO**
I see.
**[06:57] TAMAE**
So you didn't just take it.
**[07:00] YAMADA**
I'm glad Kosugi-kun wasn't
the watermelon thief.
**[07:06] MARUKO**
Wow, it looks good!
**[07:09] KOSUGI**
That man said watermelons are the
best when it's freshly harvested.
**[07:13] TAMAE**
Is that so?
**[07:14] MARUKO**
So, here's a suggestion—
**[07:17] KOSUGI**
No.
**[07:18] MARUKO**
Huh? I haven't said anything yet.
**[07:21] KOSUGI**
You want some of this watermelon, right?
**[07:23] KOSUGI**
No way!
**[07:25] MARUKO/I**
*He saw through me.*
**[07:27] KOSUGI**
But the problem is,
where am I going to eat this?
**[07:31] MARUKO**
Where?
**[07:32] MARUKO**
Not at home?
**[07:34] KOSUGI**
If I take it home, my Ma will say
I can't have the whole thing.
**[07:39] KOSUGI**
Since it would give me a stomachache...
**[07:41] MARUKO**
Well, I'm not surprised.
**[07:44] KOSUGI**
So I was looking for a place
to eat it outside of my home.
**[07:47] KOSUGI**
Is there any good place?
**[07:50] YAMADA**
Then why don't you eat it at a playground?
**[07:54] KOSUGI**
If I ate it there,
everyone would want a piece of it!
**[07:58] TAMAE**
And you'd need a knife and a cutting board.
**[08:01] MARUKO**
That's true.
**[08:03] MARUKO**
Then how about my home?
**[08:05] KOSUGI**
Your house?
**[08:06] MARUKO**
But in exchange, let us have some freshly
harvested watermelon, all right?
**[08:12] KOSUGI**
What?!
**[08:15] MARUKO**
What's it gonna be?
**[08:16] MARUKO**
Are you okay with eating a tiny
piece of it at your own home?
**[08:22] KOSUGI**
I've got no choice. Fine.
**[08:24] MARUKO**
That's the spirit!
**[08:26] KOSUGI**
But one slice each.
**[08:28] MARUKO**
Okay!
**[08:42] KOSUGI'S MOM**
Futoshi.
**[08:43] KOSUGI**
M-Ma.
**[08:45] MARUKO/TAMAE/YAMADA**
H-Hello.
**[08:47] KOSUGI'S MOM**
Hello. What are you doing here?
**[08:50] KOSUGI**
N-Nothing...
**[08:52] KOSUGI'S MOM**
Huh?
**[08:53] KOSUGI'S MOM**
What are you carrying?
**[08:55] KOSUGI**
It's nothing!
**[08:57] MARUKO**
H-Hey!
**[09:02] KOSUGI**
It should be safe, running all the way here.
**[09:04] MARUKO**
Jeez, Kosugi!
**[09:06] MARUKO**
Don't start running without warning!
**[09:09] KOSUGI**
What was I supposed to do?
**[09:10] KOSUGI**
If Ma sees this, that's the end of it.
**[09:13] KOSUGI**
Ah, I can't wait to eat it!
**[09:16] KOSUGI**
My sweet watermelon...
**[09:24] WATERMELON**
I'm super sweet and tasty!
**[09:27] KOSUGI**
I know, I know!
**[09:32] YAMADA**
What's this?
**[09:43] KOSUGI**
Come back, my watermelon!
**[09:52] KOSUGI**
My watermelon!
**[09:56] KOSUGI**
Ma?!
**[10:02] SIGN**
Kosugi
**[10:02] KOSUGI**
Looks so yummy!
**[10:05] KOSUGI'S MOM**
Dig in, everyone.
**[10:08] KIDS**
Thank you for the food!
**[10:18] KIDS**
So sweet!
**[10:20] MARUKO**
So good, huh?
**[10:22] TAMAE**
Much sweeter than the ones I usually get!
**[10:26] YAMADA**
I can keep on eating!
**[10:28] KOSUGI**
Not on my watch!
**[10:32] KOSUGI'S MOM**
Futoshi!
**[10:34] KOSUGI'S MOM**
Don't be so greedy!
**[10:36] KOSUGI'S MOM**
You're supposed to share it with everyone!
**[10:38] KOSUGI**
Okay...
**[10:41] NARRATOR/I**
They finally got to taste the delicious
watermelon after a lot of commotion.
**[10:46] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko and her friends were
deeply satisfied, except...
**[10:50] NARRATOR/I**
It wasn't satisfying enough for Kosugi.
**[10:53] KOSUGI**
I want to eat more!
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[11:01] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis
***SIGN*** Oden
**[11:02] MARUKO**
"Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis."
**[11:09] MARUKO**
Grandpa.
**[11:14] MARUKO**
What's the matter?
**[11:15] MARUKO**
Anything troubling you?
**[11:17] TOMOZOU**
Oh, Maruko.
**[11:19] TOMOZOU**
There's a haiku group tomorrow,
so I have to come up with some.
**[11:24] TOMOZOU**
But nothing is coming to me.
**[11:27] MARUKO**
I see.
**[11:28] MARUKO**
I was going to hang out with
you, but I guess you can't.
**[11:33] TOMOZOU**
What?!
**[11:34] MARUKO**
How boring.
**[11:36] TOMOZOU/I**
*I-I disappointed Maruko.*
**[11:40] TOMOZOU/I**
*But I have to make three haiku for tomorrow.*
**[11:43] TOMOZOU/I**
* Still, I want to hang out*
* with Maruko... I want to!*
**[11:49] NARRATOR/I**
Tomozou felt like his heart
was torn in two.
**[11:54] MARUKO**
Big Sis.
**[11:56] SAKIKO**
Don't scare me like that!
**[11:57] MARUKO**
Are you going somewhere?
**[11:59] SAKIKO**
I am.
**[12:00] MARUKO**
Where are you going?
**[12:01] SAKIKO**
Why do you care? It's none of your business.
**[12:04] MARUKO**
Hey, take me with you.
**[12:07] MARUKO**
I'm bored out of my mind.
**[12:09] SAKIKO**
No way. Nothing good will come
out of it if you come along.
**[12:13] SAKIKO**
Don't you dare follow me.
**[12:15] MARUKO**
What? You're so mean.
**[12:18] SAKIKO**
I'm off!
**[12:21] MARUKO**
I wonder where Big Sis is going.
**[12:24] MARUKO**
Maybe I'll secretly tail her.
**[12:28] TOMOZOU**
Maruko!
**[12:29] MARUKO**
Grandpa.
**[12:31] TOMOZOU**
I wanted to make time to hang out with you,
**[12:33] TOMOZOU**
and it helped me come up
with haiku, just like that.
**[12:36] TOMOZOU**
Now, let's play!
**[12:38] MARUKO**
I'm okay.
**[12:39] TOMOZOU**
You're okay?
**[12:41] MARUKO**
I don't have time for that right now.
**[12:43] MARUKO**
I need to go after Big Sis.
**[12:45] TOMOZOU**
Did she do something?
**[12:48] MARUKO**
She was acting weird.
**[12:51] MARUKO**
It bothered me.
**[12:53] TOMOZOU**
I don't know the details, but I
wouldn't want her to get into trouble!
**[12:57] TOMOZOU**
I'm coming too!
**[13:06] MARUKO**
She told me not to follow her and
didn't tell me where she was going.
**[13:11] MARUKO**
I'm telling you, she's hiding something.
**[13:15] TOMOZOU**
What on earth is going with her...?
***SIGN*** Offering
**[13:22] MARUKO**
Is she meeting with someone?
**[13:24] TOMOZOU**
I wonder who she's waiting for.
**[13:29] MARUKO**
What could that be?
**[13:30] TOMOZOU**
It looks like a present to me.
**[13:33] MARUKO**
Meeting someone, a present...
**[13:38] TOMOZOU**
Could it be...
**[13:39] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
A date?!
**[13:41] TOMOZOU**
No way!
**[13:42] TOMOZOU**
What kind of person is she seeing?!
**[13:44] TOMOZOU**
If they're a good-for-nothing,
I will not stay quiet!
**[13:47] KOYAMA**
Sakura!
**[13:49] KOYAMA**
I'm sorry, did I make you wait?
**[13:51] SAKIKO**
Not at all, I just got here.
**[13:54] SAKIKO**
Here you go.
**[13:56] MARUKO**
Koyama-kun?!
**[13:57] TOMOZOU**
Koyama-kun, really?!
**[13:59] MARUKO**
Wh-Wh-Wh-What is the meaning of this?!
**[14:01] TOMOZOU**
Why is Koyama-kun meeting with Big Sis?
**[14:04] MARUKO**
Koyama-kun is Yoshiko-san's crush...
***SIGN*** Takahashi Yoshiko
***SIGN*** Diary Exchange
**[14:08] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko and Tomozou once peaked at the diary
exchange between Big Sis and Yoshiko-san,
**[14:14] NARRATOR/I**
and learned Yoshiko's secret.
**[14:17] TOMOZOU**
I can't believe Koyama-kun
is the one she's seeing...
**[14:22] MARUKO**
Wh-What do we do?
**[14:24] MARUKO**
Is this what you'd call... a thieving cat?
**[14:30] MARUKO**
I saw it in a TV drama.
**[14:34] MARUKO**
Grandpa, I'll go stop Big Sis.
**[14:37] TOMOZOU**
But Maruko!
**[14:39] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[14:41] TOMOZOU**
You cannot put a stop to
someone from falling in love.
**[14:46] MARUKO**
Grandpa...
**[14:52] SAKIKO**
Thanks for the book.
**[14:54] KOYAMA**
Sure, if I find something
interesting, you can borrow it.
**[14:59] MARUKO**
A book?
**[15:01] TOMOZOU**
So it wasn't a date.
**[15:07] MARUKO**
Big Sis has somewhere else to go?
**[15:12] YAMADA**
Oh? If it isn't Sakura.
**[15:14] MARUKO**
Yamada.
**[15:15] YAMADA**
Hello, Sakura's grandpa.
**[15:17] YAMADA**
What are you doing here?
**[15:20] MARUKO**
Yamada, you're being too loud!
**[15:24] YAMADA**
What's going on?
**[15:26] YAMADA**
I'm bored. Let's play together, let's play!
**[15:30] MARUKO**
We're in the middle of
something, so there's no time!
**[15:33] MARUKO**
We're chasing after my sister.
**[15:36] YAMADA**
If you're chasing after her,
you've got to be louder.
**[15:40] YAMADA**
Hey!
**[15:40] MARUKO**
Don't!
**[15:42] MARUKO**
We're doing it covertly!
**[15:44] YAMADA**
What? That sounds like detectives!
**[15:47] YAMADA**
Sounds fun, let me join you!
**[15:50] YAMADA**
Sneak, sneak...
**[15:51] MARUKO**
No, you can't!
**[15:54] YAMADA**
I want to play detectives too...
**[15:56] MARUKO**
You can't if you're so loud!
**[15:59] TOMOZOU**
Yamada-kun, maybe we'll play some other time.
**[16:03] MARUKO**
Where did Big Sis go?
**[16:13] TOMOZOU**
Did Big Sis come here
to enjoy the sunflowers?
**[16:19] MARUKO**
A drink, huh? I'm getting thirsty too.
**[16:24] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe
**[16:26] MARUKO**
Listen, do you want to get
something to drink over there?
**[16:33] MARUKO**
Pardon!
**[16:34] TOMOZOU**
Excuse us!
**[16:35] FEMALE STAFF**
Huh?! Yes...?
**[16:37] MARUKO**
I'd like ramune soda. Make it two, please.
**[16:39] TOMOZOU**
Quickly, if you can.
**[16:41] FEMALE STAFF**
S-Sure...
**[16:45] MARUKO**
So good!
**[16:46] TOMOZOU**
Nothing beats ramune soda in summer.
**[16:49] TOMOZOU**
Blue sky, refreshing aroma of ramune...
**[16:54] MARUKO**
Oh no! Big Sis is leaving!
**[16:57] MARUKO**
Grandpa, you've gotta drink up! Now! Hurry!
**[17:00] TOMOZOU**
O-Okay.
**[17:03] TOMOZOU**
Thank you!
**[17:06] FEMALE STAFF**
What was that...?
**[17:13] SAKIKO**
Let's see...
**[17:24] MARUKO**
I wonder what they are talking about...
**[17:37] TOMOZOU**
What were they talking about?
**[17:40] TOMOZOU**
I'm dying to know.
**[17:41] MARUKO**
I'll go and ask.
**[17:45] MARUKO**
Hey, hey!
**[17:47] GIRL**
Huh? Me?
**[17:50] MARUKO**
Yes. I'd like to ask you something.
**[17:52] MARUKO**
But I assure you, I'm not suspicious.
**[17:54] NARRATOR/I**
No, you are plenty suspicious.
**[17:56] GIRL**
What is it?
**[17:59] MARUKO**
Big Sis is looking for a
variety store with a red roof.
**[18:03] MARUKO**
But that girl didn't know.
**[18:06] TOMOZOU**
I-I see...
**[18:08] MARUKO**
What's the matter, Grandpa?
**[18:10] TOMOZOU**
I need to use the bathroom...
**[18:13] MARUKO**
Now that you mention it, so do I.
**[18:16] TOMOZOU**
Then let's go together.
**[18:17] MARUKO**
No, can't do.
**[18:18] MARUKO**
If both of us go,
who's going to watch Big Sis?
**[18:23] MARUKO**
Let's take turns.
**[18:24] MARUKO**
I'll go first.
**[18:26] TOMOZOU**
You're going first?
**[18:29] MARUKO**
Because I really have to go.
**[18:31] MARUKO**
If I wet my pants, that would be bad, right?
**[18:34] TOMOZOU**
Maruko!
**[18:35] TOMOZOU**
Same here... Same here!
**[18:38] TOMOZOU**
It'd be bad if I wet my pants, right?!
***SIGN*** Conserve Water
**[18:45] MARUKO**
Grandpa, thanks for waiting!
**[18:58] TOMOZOU**
That was a close call.
**[19:02] TOMOZOU**
Maruko? Maruko?
**[19:06] TOMOZOU**
Big Sis...?
**[19:07] TOMOZOU**
Are both of you gone?!
**[19:21] MARUKO**
What do I do?
**[19:23] MARUKO**
I lost the sight of Big Sis...
**[19:48] MARUKO/I**
* I'm alone in a place and*
* I don't even know where.*
**[19:52] MARUKO/I**
* Maybe it's a punishment for going*
* to the bathroom before Grandpa.*
**[19:58] MARUKO/I**
*Grandpa...*
**[20:00] MARUKO/I**
*Big Sis...*
**[20:09] MARUKO**
A red roof!
**[20:11] MARUKO**
Is this the store Big Sis was looking for?
**[20:21] MARUKO/I**
*Big Sis, are you here?*
**[20:27] MARUKO**
Big Sis!
**[20:37] SAKIKO**
Ah, so *you* are Hideki!
**[20:42] MARUKO**
Big Sis?
**[20:44] SAKIKO**
Huh?! Maruko?!
**[20:46] SAKIKO**
What are you doing here?!
**[20:48] MARUKO**
I followed you! But then I got lost...
**[20:54] SAKIKO**
You did what? Jeez, you're hopeless.
**[20:59] MARUKO**
I'm sorry.
**[21:01] MARUKO**
Big Sis, why did come to this store?
**[21:04] MARUKO**
What is this "Hideki"?
**[21:06] SAKIKO**
O-Oh, someone from the next class told me
**[21:09] SAKIKO**
there was a dog that looked like Hideki here.
**[21:16] SAKIKO**
His name is Hideki too!
**[21:18] MARUKO**
Now that you mention it,
maybe he looks like Hideki...?
**[21:22] SAKIKO**
Right?! He looks just like him!
**[21:24] MALE STAFF**
Excuse me, are you a fan of Hideki?
**[21:28] SAKIKO**
Yes, I am!
**[21:29] MALE STAFF**
I knew it!
**[21:31] MALE STAFF**
Many of his fans come to see him.
**[21:33] MALE STAFF**
I am a big fan myself.
**[21:35] MALE STAFF**
That's why I named him Hideki.
**[21:38] MALE STAFF**
His face also looks like Hideki, right?
**[21:40] SAKIKO**
Yes, adorable eyes and long legs!
**[21:45] NARRATOR/I**
Meanwhile, Tomozou was...
**[21:49] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, where are you?!
**[21:52] TOMOZOU**
Big Sis! Maruko!
**[21:57] NARRATOR/I**
Big Sis was happy to see the
dog that looked like Hideki.
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
But it would be a while before Tomozou
was reunited with Maruko and Sakiko.
**[22:07] TOMOZOU**
Maruko!
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Grandpa, don't do the infinity mirror!
**[22:18] MARUKO**
I'm dressed in such a cute outfit,
**[22:21] MARUKO**
so I don't want to get cursed by the
ghost and get pulled into the mirror.
**[22:25] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:27] MARUKO**
"Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs,"
***SIGN*** Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs Maruko Is Afraid of the Ghost of the Mirror
**[22:30] MARUKO**
and "Maruko Is Afraid of
the Ghost of the Mirror."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1441 - Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs / Maruko Is Afraid of the Ghost of the Mirror
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GN7UDMV91/maruko-and-big-sis-get-new-hand-me-downs--maruko-is-afraid-of-the-ghost-of-the-mirror)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] TOMOZOU**
Come one, come all!
**[00:02] TOMOZOU**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:36] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[01:40] MARUKO**
What's up? You're being creepy.
**[01:43] SAKIKO**
Mom told me great news.
**[01:47] SUMIRE**
Just now...
**[01:48] SIGN**
Summer Festival
**[01:49] (Flashback) WOMAN**
An acquaintance of mine is looking for
someone to donate girl's clothes to.
**[01:53] (Flashback) WOMAN**
They're for girls around Sakiko-chan's
age, so I think it's perfect for her.
**[01:57] SUMIRE**
So they're giving us the clothes.
**[02:00] MARUKO**
Is that all?
**[02:01] MARUKO**
So they're hand-me-downs.
**[02:03] MARUKO**
Now you'll know how I feel,
having to wear used clothes, Big Sis.
**[02:09] SAKIKO**
But the thing is, they're from
a fashionable girl from Tokyo!
**[02:13] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[02:14] SAKIKO**
I bet they're cute clothes
you can't buy around here.
**[02:19] MARUKO**
What?
**[02:20] SAKIKO**
I'm so excited!
**[02:22] MARUKO**
That's not fair.
**[02:24] MARUKO**
Then buy me some new clothes instead.
**[02:27] SAKIKO**
Instead of what?
**[02:29] SUMIRE**
Exactly. I'm not buying you anything.
**[02:32] MARUKO**
Seriously?! That's totally unfair!
**[02:37] NARRATOR/I**
A few days later...
**[02:42] TOMOZOU**
You got that many?
**[02:44] SUMIRE**
Yes, it feels like an undeserved favor.
**[02:46] SUMIRE**
But apparently the girl from Tokyo
was happy to part with them.
**[02:48] MARUKO**
Are you sure about that?
**[02:50] SAKIKO**
Wow! This is so cute!
**[02:54] MARUKO**
I've seen something similar around here.
**[02:57] SAKIKO**
Wow! This is adorable too!
**[03:00] KOTAKE**
Very fashionable.
**[03:02] TOMOZOU**
Feels like it has a scent of Tokyo.
**[03:05] MARUKO**
Sniff, sniff.
**[03:06] MARUKO**
I smell no such thing.
**[03:14] SAKIKO**
I've always wanted a dress like this!
**[03:20] SAKIKO**
So cute!
**[03:23] SAKIKO**
What do you think?
**[03:24] SAKIKO**
I'm going out the day after tomorrow,
so maybe I'll wear this.
**[03:27] SUMIRE**
Oh well, it's still a bit too big on you.
**[03:31] SAKIKO**
You think so?
**[03:32] MARUKO**
Girls in Tokyo are all tall.
**[03:36] NARRATOR/I**
That's not true.
**[03:39] SUMIRE**
It fits better this way.
**[03:41] SAKIKO**
I think it was just fine the way it was.
**[03:44] KOTAKE**
You look even better when the
clothes fit you properly.
**[03:47] SAKIKO**
Then can you alter it, Mom?
**[03:50] SUMIRE**
I'd love to, but I don't think I can
finish it by the day after tomorrow.
**[03:54] SAKIKO**
No?
**[03:55] KOTAKE**
It's fine, I can do it.
**[03:58] SAKIKO**
You can?!
**[04:00] SUMIRE**
I appreciate it.
**[04:01] MARUKO**
You can do it that fast?
**[04:03] KOTAKE**
I used to alter my own clothes.
**[04:06] MARUKO**
Wow.
**[04:09] MARUKO**
Big Sis is getting the royal treatment.
**[04:13] SUMIRE**
Let it go already.
**[04:16] MARUKO**
Then can I have one of your outfits?
**[04:21] SAKIKO**
Why?
**[04:22] MARUKO**
Because I want new clothes too.
**[04:25] SAKIKO**
You can have something I don't wear anymore.
**[04:28] MARUKO**
Then it's just the same old hand-me-down.
**[04:30] MARUKO**
I want to choose the clothes I want.
**[04:33] SAKIKO**
But the clothes I wear are too big for you.
**[04:37] MARUKO**
So I want Grandma to alter it for me.
**[04:41] SUMIRE**
Don't be ridiculous.
**[04:42] SUMIRE**
Mending clothes for two is a lot of work.
**[04:44] SUMIRE**
I'll do yours when I have time.
**[04:47] MARUKO**
I want to wear it soon.
**[04:49] SAKIKO**
Don't be selfish!
**[04:51] MARUKO**
But...
**[04:54] KOTAKE**
It's okay, I can alter Maruko's clothes too.
**[04:57] MARUKO**
Really?!
**[04:58] KOTAKE**
But Big Sis's first, okay?
**[05:01] MARUKO**
Okay!
**[05:04] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[05:06] MARUKO**
T-shirts, skirts, dresses,
they are all super cute!
**[05:11] TAMAE**
Just hearing "a girl from Tokyo" feels
like all those clothes are fancy.
**[05:21] KOSUGI**
This is the chocolate I spilled earlier.
**[05:23] KOSUGI**
It smells delicious.
**[05:25] BUTARO**
It snagged on a branch and it ripped, boo.
**[05:28] MARUKO**
Well, it's pointless to dress
up around people like these.
**[05:34] HAMAJI**
Listen, we've never seen
Sakura dress up, have we?
**[05:39] MARUKO**
Quiet, you!
**[05:44] BUTARO**
You're no different than Kosugi, boo.
**[05:47] HAMAJI**
You're ten years too early
for Tokyo's clothes.
**[05:55] MARUKO**
Mom's gonna yell at me again.
**[05:59] TAMAE**
But Maru-chan, it's nice that your
grandma is doing the alteration for you.
**[06:05] MARUKO**
I'm hoping she'll add
some nice embellishment.
**[06:09] TAMAE**
Like what?
**[06:11] MARUKO**
Let's see...
**[06:13] JOGASAKI**
You want me to teach you about fashion?
**[06:16] MARUKO**
Yes.
**[06:16] MARUKO**
I'm getting my clothes altered, and I
was hoping you could give me some ideas.
**[06:22] JOGASAKI**
Alteration, huh?
**[06:24] JOGASAKI**
Oh, I know!
**[06:30] TAMAE**
Wow! This dress is adorable!
**[06:33] MARUKO**
I expect nothing less from you, Jogasaki-san.
**[06:36] JOGASAKI**
My mom altered it for me the other day.
**[06:40] MARUKO**
Really? Where did you fix it?
**[06:43] JOGASAKI**
It was too big, so I had it taken in, and my
mom made a bow with the extra fabric.
**[06:49] MARUKO**
That's a nice idea.
**[06:51] MARUKO**
I'll ask my grandma to do the same for me.
**[06:56] MARUKO**
Which one of Big Sis's outfits should I pick?
**[07:00] MARUKO**
Hm, maybe this?
**[07:02] MARUKO**
But that one's nice too.
**[07:04] MARUKO**
Oh, this one...
**[07:09] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
It's getting a little tight...
**[07:19] SAKIKO**
Hey! That's mine!
**[07:22] MARUKO**
You promised me I could pick one.
**[07:25] SAKIKO**
Not that one.
**[07:26] MARUKO**
Why not? I want this.
**[07:28] SAKIKO**
No way! Give it back!
**[07:33] SAKIKO**
Hey, let it go!
**[07:35] KOTAKE**
Oh my. What are you two doing?
**[07:39] SAKIKO**
It's Maruko!
**[07:40] MARUKO**
I want this one.
**[07:44] KOTAKE**
Oh, I see.
**[07:46] KOTAKE**
You know, I'm about to finish
your cute dress, Big Sis.
**[07:50] SAKIKO**
But...
**[07:54] MARUKO**
It's mine!
**[07:55] KOTAKE**
Come now.
**[07:57] SAKIKO**
Jeez, you're hopeless.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[08:10] NARRATOR/I**
Next day...
**[08:13] SAKIKO**
So cute! Thank you, Grandma!
**[08:16] KOTAKE**
I'm glad I finished in time.
**[08:18] MARUKO**
Overworking your grandma?
Some grandchild you are.
**[08:22] NARRATOR/I**
You're in no position to say that.
**[08:24] SUMIRE**
I knew it would be a good idea to alter it.
**[08:27] TOMOZOU**
You look great. Like a girl from Tokyo.
**[08:31] MARUKO**
Grandma, it's my turn next, right?
**[08:34] SUMIRE**
Maruko.
**[08:37] KOTAKE**
Actually Maruko, yours is done too.
**[08:40] MARUKO**
Yay! Thank you, Grandma!
**[08:46] MARUKO**
I'm so happy! It's so lovely!
**[08:49] MARUKO**
What do you think? Do I look cute?
**[08:51] TOMOZOU**
Yes, you do.
**[08:53] SAKIKO**
The bow's... kinda cute.
**[08:56] SUMIRE**
Oh? Right there...
**[08:58] SUMIRE**
Isn't it too small? Not too tight?
**[09:01] MARUKO**
No, not really.
**[09:03] KOTAKE**
Let me see.
**[09:06] KOTAKE**
You're right.
**[09:08] KOTAKE**
I thought I made it one size
bigger than your last alteration.
**[09:13] MARUKO**
This is fine.
**[09:15] KOTAKE**
It may not be too obvious,
but you're growing up too.
**[09:19] SAKIKO**
Okay, I'm off!
**[09:22] MARUKO**
I want to show this to someone too.
**[09:26] HAMAJI**
Let's go!
**[09:27] KOSUGI**
Don't you lose!
**[09:28] BUTARO**
Boo!
**[09:31] MARUKO**
There's no girl here.
**[09:34] HAMAJI**
Hey, Yamada! Watch out for the ball!
**[09:37] MARUKO**
Well, it'd be a waste to show you all.
**[09:52] HAMAJI**
Hey, Sakura!
**[10:01] HAMAJI**
What's wrong?!
**[10:03] MARUKO**
It ripped.
**[10:06] HAMAJI**
I'm sorry...
**[10:07] MARUKO**
Today was my first time wearing this dress...
**[10:12] KOTAKE**
Oh my.
**[10:14] MARUKO**
I ruined your hard work...
**[10:16] KOTAKE**
Don't worry. Kids are supposed
to be full of energy like that.
**[10:20] KOTAKE**
Why don't you take it off?
**[10:22] MARUKO**
Okay.
**[10:25] KOTAKE**
But perhaps I made this
too small for you, Maruko.
**[10:31] MARUKO**
That's not true.
**[10:34] KOTAKE**
What do you say?
**[10:35] KOTAKE**
Pass this on to a girl smaller than you?
**[10:39] MARUKO**
But...
**[10:40] KOTAKE**
I'll alter something else for you.
**[10:44] MARUKO**
Okay! Thank you, Grandma!
**[10:47] TOMOZOU**
Good girl, Maruko!
**[10:49] TOMOZOU**
Maybe you can alter my clothes next, Grandma.
**[10:54] KOTAKE**
Grandpa, look at the sleeves
of the shirt you're wearing.
**[11:01] KOTAKE**
I mend your clothes all the time,
like fixing small holes.
**[11:08] TOMOZOU/I**
*I had no idea!*
**[11:09] TOMOZOU/I**
*The biggest blunder of my life!*
**[11:11] TOMOZOU/I**
*Unbeknownst to me*
**[11:12] TOMOZOU/I**
Unbeknownst to me
**[11:13] TOMOZOU/I**
*My clothing's been receiving*
**[11:13] TOMOZOU/I**
My clothing's been receiving
**[11:15] TOMOZOU/I**
*Ample TLC*
**[11:15] TOMOZOU/I**
Ample TLC
**[11:17] TOMOZOU/I**
*Tomozou's poem of remorse*
**[11:17] TOMOZOU/I**
Tomozou's Poem
of Remorse
**[11:20] [SONG] SIGN (red)**
Tomozou
**[11:22] NARRATOR/I**
Grandma's alteration made Maruko happy.
**[11:25] NARRATOR/I**
But more than anything, it was her
generosity that made her happy.
***SIGN*** Maruko Is Afraid of the Ghost of the Mirror
***SIGN*** Ice cream
**[11:37] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[11:38] MARUKO**
"Maruko Is Afraid of the
Ghost of the Mirror."
**[11:44] MARUKO**
Oh, I see Hamaji and the others.
**[11:46] MARUKO**
I wonder what they're doing.
**[11:50] KOSUGI**
We're taking turns telling ghost stories.
**[11:53] KOSUGI**
It'll chill you to the bone.
**[11:55] MARUKO**
Really? Ghost stories?
**[11:57] HAMAJI**
The next one is the last one.
**[12:00] HAMAJI**
Do you want to join us?
**[12:02] MARUKO**
Hey, do you want to stay?
**[12:04] MARUKO**
I think it might help us cool down.
**[12:06] TAMAE**
Sure, okay.
**[12:08] MARUKO**
Hooray!
**[12:11] HAMAJI**
When you look into the infinity mirror,
your face is multiplied a lot, right?
**[12:16] MARUKO**
Right, it does.
**[12:18] HAMAJI**
If you count those faces,
the 13th face is the face of a ghost.
**[12:24] HAMAJI**
And if you meet the eyes of
the ghost, it will say...
**[12:30] GHOST**
Switch with me!
**[12:33] HAMAJI**
And you get possessed,
get pulled into the mirror, and...
**[12:39] HAMAJI**
You'll turn into the ghost of the mirror!
**[12:44] MARUKO**
That's scary!
**[12:46] MARUKO**
I feel cooler, but I don't
like the story. What do I do?
**[12:50] TAMAE**
But you don't really need to make
the infinity mirror, do you?
**[12:54] TAMAE**
I think you're safe.
**[12:57] MARUKO**
I guess you're right.
**[12:58] MARUKO**
Thanks, Tama-chan.
**[13:00] MARUKO**
Thank God, Thank Buddha,
thank Tama-chan-sama, I tell you!
**[13:11] MARUKO**
Grandpa! Don't do the infinity mirror!
**[13:14] TOMOZOU**
Maruko?! What's the matter?!
**[13:19] TOMOZOU**
I see, the ghost of the infinity mirror, huh?
**[13:21] MARUKO**
I can take a look at the pimple
in the back of your head for you.
**[13:27] TOMOZOU**
Thank you.
**[13:29] MARUKO**
But what if you had already
met the eyes of the ghost...?
**[13:36] GHOST**
Switch with me... Switch with me!
**[13:42] TOMOZOU**
What?! What should I do...?!
**[13:47] MARUKO**
I-I'll go get Mom.
**[13:50] SAKIKO**
Mom's stepped out.
**[13:52] MARUKO**
Really? Then can you come help me, Big Sis?
**[13:57] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[13:59] NARRATOR/I**
Big Sis had a feeling, "I'm gonna
get pulled into something dumb."
**[14:04] MARUKO**
Grandpa's head might be haunted by a ghost.
**[14:09] MARUKO**
But I'm too scared to look,
so can you do it for me?
**[14:14] SAKIKO**
What does that mean?
**[14:15] SAKIKO**
Why would a ghost haunt Grandpa's head?
**[14:18] SAKIKO**
Can't you wait until Mom comes home?
**[14:21] SAKIKO**
More importantly, I don't think
a ghost would haunt a head.
**[14:25] MARUKO**
Like I said, I want you to
confirm if it is or not.
**[14:29] MARUKO**
Because I'm scared if it is.
**[14:31] SAKIKO**
I don't want to look at something
you'd be too scared to check.
**[14:35] SAKIKO**
And let's say there was a
ghost, for argument's sake.
**[14:37] SAKIKO**
What do you plan to do?
**[14:39] MARUKO**
That's...
**[14:41] MARUKO**
I don't know what to do, can you
come up with a plan with me?
**[14:47] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[14:52] SAKIKO**
How about salt?
**[14:53] MARUKO**
Salt?
**[14:54] SAKIKO**
You sprinkle salt after a funeral, you know?
**[14:56] SAKIKO**
Sumo wrestlers do that to purify
the space before a match.
**[15:00] MARUKO**
I see!
**[15:02] SAKIKO**
We will count to three, then I
want you to poke your head out
**[15:06] SAKIKO**
with the back of your head towards
us and say, "Ready," okay?
**[15:11] TOMOZOU**
Huh? W-Why...?
**[15:14] MARUKO**
We don't know if your head is haunted,
but we'll sprinkle salt on your head.
**[15:19] TOMOZOU**
Salt?
**[15:21] TOMOZOU**
Oh! For purification!
**[15:23] TOMOZOU**
What smart sisters...
**[15:26] TOMOZOU**
I'm grateful to be a grandfather
of such smart sisters.
**[15:30] SAKIKO**
Okay.
**[15:31] SAKIKO**
One, two, three!
**[15:33] TOMOZOU**
Ready!
**[15:38] TOMOZOU**
Ouch!
**[15:40] TOMOZOU/I**
*The salt is stinging in the wound.*
**[15:43] MARUKO**
Big Sis, I think it's working.
**[15:46] MARUKO**
Let's sprinkle some more!
**[15:47] SUMIRE**
I'm home.
**[15:49] MARUKO**
Mom!
**[15:51] SUMIRE**
What are you doing?
**[15:54] SUMIRE**
It's inflamed and turned red a little bit.
**[15:57] SUMIRE**
Obviously, there's no ghost haunting it.
**[16:03] SUMIRE**
Jeez, what do I do with you...?
**[16:06] TOMOZOU**
Mom, please don't scold them.
**[16:09] TOMOZOU**
They did it out of compassion for me.
**[16:12] MARUKO**
Exactly. You've no idea what we went through.
**[16:18] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[16:21] MARUKO**
Oh.
**[16:22] MARUKO**
Nagasawa.
**[16:25] MARUKO**
Are you alone?
**[16:26] NAGASAWA**
Yeah.
**[16:27] NAGASAWA**
But I couldn't catch any
insects, and it's too hot.
**[16:30] NAGASAWA**
So after I take a break
here, I'm going to go home.
**[16:33] MARUKO**
Oh yeah?
**[16:34] MARUKO**
You wanna hear a story
that'll chill you to the bone?
**[16:41] MARUKO**
Well? It's so scary, it made
you feel cooler, right?
**[16:45] NAGASAWA**
Not really.
**[16:46] MARUKO**
Huh? Really?
**[16:48] MARUKO**
It wasn't scary for you?
**[16:49] NAGASAWA**
No. Because I know a story about mirrors
that is more terrifying than that.
**[16:55] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
What?! More terrifying?!
**[16:57] NAGASAWA**
Yeah.
**[16:58] NAGASAWA**
There was once a man who loved stuff that
showed reflections, like lens and glass.
**[17:04] NAGASAWA**
This man happened to get inside a ball,
whose interior was covered in mirror.
**[17:09] NAGASAWA**
And he got stuck there, couldn't get out.
**[17:12] NAGASAWA**
So he goes through such an ordeal.
**[17:15] TOMOZOU**
The inside is covered with mirror?
**[17:18] TOMOZOU**
What kind of faces would one see?
**[17:20] MARUKO**
What happens to this man?
**[17:24] NAGASAWA**
It's scary even to remember the
story, so I don't want to tell you.
**[17:27] MARUKO**
It's that scary?!
**[17:29] NAGASAWA**
It's in the book at the library,
so why don't you read it yourself?
**[17:34] NAGASAWA**
For a while, I was too scared
to look into the mirrors.
**[17:39] MARUKO**
What?
**[17:40] MARUKO**
I meant to scare you, but the tables
have turned and now I'm scared.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[17:46] MARUKO**
Now, that's perfect.
**[17:49] SAKIKO**
Hey, what is this?
**[17:52] SAKIKO**
Stop messing around.
**[17:53] MARUKO**
No, don't do that!
**[17:56] MARUKO**
This mirror might cause a catastrophe.
**[17:59] MARUKO**
Are you ready for that?
**[18:00] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[18:01] SAKIKO**
I had enough catastrophe
with mirrors yesterday.
**[18:06] SAKIKO**
There. How's that?
**[18:07] SAKIKO**
Did it cause trouble?
**[18:11] MARUKO**
No, it didn't.
**[18:18] MARUKO/I**
* Big Sis happened to be lucky,*
* but I'm still afraid.*
**[18:24] MARUKO/I**
*The scary book Nagasawa told me about...*
**[18:27] MARUKO/I**
*I need to check it out at the library.*
***SIGN*** Tomoe Shopping Street
***SIGN*** Beauty Salon Miyakami
**[18:34] MARUKO**
Crap! So many mirrors!
**[18:36] MARUKO**
I need to take a detour.
**[18:46] MARUKO**
Scratch that, I'm not going to the library.
**[18:50] MARUKO**
Hamaji, aren't you afraid of mirrors?
**[18:55] HAMAJI**
It's my face that's reflected in the mirror.
**[18:58] HAMAJI**
My face is funny, right?
**[19:01] HAMAJI**
So I'm not so scared.
**[19:03] MARUKO**
I see. You're lucky you've got a funny face.
**[19:08] MARUKO**
What am I to do?
**[19:11] HAMAJI**
Then why don't you put up a picture
of a funny face on the mirror?
**[19:17] HAMAJI**
Why not get close? Why not, why not?
**[19:24] MARUKO**
You're right. I'll give it a try.
**[19:27] TOMOZOU**
A funny face, huh?
**[19:31] MARUKO**
It's not so easy, right?
**[19:33] TOMOZOU**
Ah! Let me see...
**[19:36] TOMOZOU**
Here. If you wear this, the face in the
mirror will have the glasses and the nose.
**[19:42] TOMOZOU**
And even if the ghost does show up,
**[19:43] TOMOZOU**
a ghost wearing this won't
be too scary, you know?
**[19:49] TOMOZOU**
What do you think?
**[19:50] MARUKO**
Yes, that might work.
**[19:52] MARUKO**
I've got to hand it to you for having this
silly glasses ready when you need it.
**[19:55] MARUKO**
You're a genius!
**[19:58] NARRATOR/I**
Sakura Tomozou, age 76,
being praised for his silly glasses.
**[20:05] SUMIRE**
Uncle Ichiro just called.
**[20:09] SUMIRE**
He happens to be in the
neighborhood, so he'll stop by.
**[20:12] MARUKO**
Oh wow, it's been a while.
**[20:14] SUMIRE**
Make sure no seaweed is stuck on your teeth.
**[20:17] SUMIRE**
Go brush your teeth, okay?
**[20:19] MARUKO**
Uh-huh, sure.
**[20:23] SUMIRE**
This summer, Maruko has been drinking
the green tea you gave us back in May.
**[20:28] SUMIRE**
Even though it's hot. Right?
**[20:31] MARUKO**
Because the tea you bring is so tasty.
**[20:34] ICHIRO**
Is that so? That makes me happy.
**[20:36] ICHIRO**
I'll bring it again.
**[20:40] MARUKO**
Thank you, Uncle Ichiro.
**[20:42] MARUKO/I**
* I love green tea, of course,*
* but I prefer cold juice right now.*
**[20:47] MARUKO/I**
* If we get more tea right now,*
* I'd have to drink more hot tea!*
**[20:54] MARUKO/I**
*Stupid, stupid, stupid Maruko!*
**[20:58] ICHIRO**
Oh? Maru-chan, you got
seaweed stuck on your teeth.
**[21:04] SUMIRE**
Please, do come in.
**[21:06] ICHIRO**
Thanks, then maybe just for a bit.
**[21:16] ICHIRO**
Whoa?!
**[21:20] ICHIRO**
That was a funny prank.
**[21:23] SUMIRE**
Please excuse her...
**[21:26] MARUKO/I**
*She's mad...*
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[21:30] SUMIRE**
What were you thinking, putting the
silly glasses up on the mirror?!
**[21:34] MARUKO**
Because I was afraid of the mirror.
**[21:37] SUMIRE**
Don't you know mirrors are
used for warding off evil?
**[21:39] SUMIRE**
It's nothing to be afraid of.
**[21:41] SUMIRE**
And you had seaweed on your teeth...
I told you to brush your teeth!
**[21:45] MARUKO/I**
* If angry Mom wears the silly*
* glasses and looks into the mirror,*
**[21:49] MARUKO/I**
*would she look hilarious or intimidating?*
**[21:53] SUMIRE**
Are you listening to me, Maruko?!
**[21:58] NARRATOR/I**
"Mirror, mirror, on the wall,
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
please ward off evil and protect me
from Mom's wrath," prayed Maruko.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Yamane, inspired by your hard work,
**[22:18] MARUKO**
I'll be a female ninja and look for treasures.
**[22:20] MARUKO**
The faceless monster is scary,
**[22:22] MARUKO**
but wait for me as you drink the
juice warmed up on Kosugi's tummy.
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:27] MARUKO**
"Yamane's Intense Summer
for His Stomach," and
***SIGN*** Yamane's Intense Summer for His Stomach Female Ninja Maruko Goes to Monster Castle
**[22:30] MARUKO**
"Female Ninja Maruko Goes to Monster Castle."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1442 - Maruko and Big Sis Go on an Excursion on Bicycles/Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GK9U3ED0E/maruko-and-big-sis-go-on-an-excursion-on-bicyclesmaruko-is-scared-but-wants-to-read)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:01] MARUKO**
Miss, may I have one?
***SIGN*** Miss, may
I have one?
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Yamane's Intense Summer for His Stomach
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Yamane's Intense Summer for His Stomach."
**[01:36] TAMAE**
Daruma-san has fallen... down!
**[01:41] MARUKO**
Oops.
**[01:44] TAMAE**
Ah, so good!
**[01:46] MARUKO**
It's even better since we sweated a lot.
**[01:49] YAMANE**
Kosugi-kun, if you would.
**[01:50] KOSUGI**
Sure.
**[01:52] KOSUGI**
Give me a sec.
**[01:53] KOSUGI**
I'll warm it right up.
**[01:57] MARUKO**
Having to drink warm juice on a day
like this must be tough, Yamane.
**[02:03] YAMANE**
It's not tough at all.
**[02:05] YAMANE**
I do it because I want to.
**[02:07] YAMANE**
I'm gonna be a man with strong
stomach, like Jo Michiru.
**[02:11] TAMAE**
Huh? Jo Michiru has a strong stomach?
**[02:15] YAMANE**
Michiru is so healthy and shines like a star.
**[02:19] YAMANE**
His stomach must be healthy and sparkly too!
**[02:23] MICHIRU/I**
*Take a look at my insides*
**[02:28] MICHIRU/I**
*It's the color of happiness*
**[02:34] MARUKO**
Now that you mention it, you're right.
**[02:36] TAMAE**
He does feel healthy and strong.
**[02:38] KOSUGI**
Here you go.
**[02:39] KOSUGI**
Order up for one lukewarm juice
that's gentle on your tummy!
**[02:43] YAMANE**
Thanks.
**[02:44] YAMANE**
It's amazing, it's almost more
warm than just lukewarm.
**[02:48] MARUKO**
You're like a hot water bag.
**[02:50] KOSUGI**
Yamane, whenever you need your
juice to be lukewarm, I'm your man.
**[02:54] KOSUGI**
You can use my belly whenever you need!
**[02:57] YAMANE**
Yes, thank you.
**[02:59] YAMANE'S MOM**
Tsuyoshi, food is ready.
**[03:02] YAMANE'S MOM**
Look, "not-so-cold" noodle.
**[03:05] YAMANE**
"Not-so-cold" noodle?
**[03:07] YAMANE'S MOM**
I heated up the noodles and the sauce.
**[03:09] YAMANE'S MOM**
And here is a "not-chilled" tofu.
**[03:14] YAMANE**
"Not-chilled" tofu...
**[03:16] YAMANE**
But this is boiled tofu.
**[03:18] YAMANE'S MOM**
That is what it is, but if we call it
boiled tofu on a hot day like this,
**[03:23] YAMANE'S MOM**
it gets too hot, you know?
**[03:26] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[03:30] TOMOZOU**
Oh, Maruko. Welcome home.
**[03:32] MARUKO**
I'm back.
**[03:34] MARUKO**
My gosh, how tiring from
so early in the morning.
**[03:36] MARUKO**
Because of the morning radio
calisthenics at school,
**[03:39] MARUKO**
I don't get any break during summer break.
**[03:41] TOMOZOU**
Elementary school kids have it hard too.
**[03:43] MARUKO**
All I want to do is sleep in.
**[03:45] MARUKO**
I can't take it!
**[03:47] TOMOZOU**
"I want to sleep in."
**[03:50] TOMOZOU**
Only young ones can say those words.
**[03:52] MARUKO**
Really?! Is that true?
**[03:54] TOMOZOU**
When you get old, you can't stay
asleep too long, so you wake up.
**[03:58] MARUKO**
Is that so?
**[03:59] TOMOZOU**
Being able to sleep endlessly is the
specialty reserved for the youth.
**[04:03] TOMOZOU**
You can oversleep only when you are young.
**[04:05] TOMOZOU**
So Maruko, go head and oversleep
all you want while you can!
**[04:09] MARUKO**
Okay!
**[04:11] NARRATOR/I**
Lazy Maruko needs no invitation to oversleep.
**[04:17] MARUKO**
Yamane?
**[04:19] YAMANE**
Oh, Sakura.
**[04:20] YAMANE**
Good morning.
**[04:22] TOMOZOU**
Morning, Yamane-kun.
**[04:23] TOMOZOU**
Going jogging in the morning?
**[04:25] TOMOZOU**
What a healthy, wonderful habit.
**[04:28] YAMANE**
Oh no, I'm afraid I'm not healthy yet.
**[04:32] MARUKO**
Yamane is striving to become a
man of strong stomach, right?
**[04:36] YAMANE**
Yeah. That's why I'm running in the morning
and the evening for stomach health.
**[04:40] TOMOZOU**
My word! You run twice
a day for your stomach?
**[04:44] TOMOZOU**
That's impressive.
**[04:46] YAMANE**
Thank you very much.
**[04:48] YAMANE**
See you!
**[04:51] TOMOZOU**
How commendable of him to
work so hard for his stomach.
**[04:56] TOMOZOU**
I wish there's something I could
do to help that young man.
**[05:02] NARRATOR/I**
That afternoon...
***SIGN*** Ink
**[05:06] MARUKO**
What should I write?
**[05:08] TOMOZOU**
We're doing this to cheer up
and support Yamane-kun.
**[05:11] TOMOZOU**
It should be something that motivates
him to do his best for his stomach.
**[05:19] MARUKO**
How about this one?
**[05:22] MARUKO**
Tada! What do you think?
***SIGN*** Run through!
Yamane!!
**[05:24] TOMOZOU**
"Run through! Yamane!!" huh?
**[05:26] TOMOZOU**
That's beautiful.
**[05:28] TOMOZOU**
It made me want to run along with Yamane-kun.
**[05:32] MARUKO**
Yay!
**[05:37] TOMOZOU**
Well, then I shall write, "stomach spirit."
**[05:42] MARUKO**
What does it mean?
**[05:44] TOMOZOU**
It means to pour out your spirit and
do your best for your stomach.
**[05:48] MARUKO**
Wow, that's fantastic.
**[05:54] TOMOZOU**
Oh, there goes Yamane-kun.
**[05:55] TOMOZOU**
Hooray, hooray, Yamane!
***SIGN*** Run through! Yamane!!
Stomach Spirit
**[05:59] TOMOZOU**
Go, go, Yamane!
**[06:03] YAMANE**
Sakura. Even your grandfather...
**[06:05] YAMANE**
Thank you so much.
**[06:07] TOMOZOU**
Run through it, Yamane-kun.
**[06:09] YAMANE**
Yes!
**[06:10] YAMANE**
Did you make these for me?
**[06:11] MARUKO**
Yup! Grandpa and I wrote it.
**[06:14] YAMANE**
It's amazing.
***SIGN*** Stomach
Spirit
**[06:18] YAMANE**
Sakura.
**[06:19] MARUKO**
What's up?
***SIGN*** Run through! Yamane!!
Stomach Spirit
**[06:21] YAMANE**
Please forgive me for asking you this
despite your effort, but what does it say?
**[06:26] YAMANE**
I can't read these letters.
***SIGN*** Stomach
Spirit
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[06:31] MARUKO**
I didn't write that.
**[06:34] TOMOZOU**
*Shocked!*
**[06:39] YAMANE**
You even had water ready for me.
**[06:42] YAMANE**
You've done so much. I really appreciate it.
**[06:45] TOMOZOU**
My pleasure.
**[06:46] YAMANE**
Ah, nice and cool!
**[06:49] TOMOZOU**
It was especially hot today, right?
**[06:51] YAMANE**
Yes!
**[06:53] YAMANE**
Michiru, thanks to Sakura,
I think I can finish strong.
**[06:58] MARUKO**
That's Jo Michiru.
**[07:00] TOMOZOU**
He's a handsome guy who will
look good by the beach.
**[07:03] TOMOZOU**
He looks nice and cool,
standing in the ocean breeze.
**[07:07] YAMANE**
Doesn't he?
**[07:08] YAMANE**
So on a day like today where there's no
wind, I look at this and get energy from him.
**[07:14] YAMANE**
Ideally, it would be amazing if
I could run with Michiru by the beach.
**[07:20] YAMANE**
Feeling the ocean breeze on our
cheeks... I can only dream!
**[07:23] YAMANE**
It must feel nice.
**[07:25] MARUKO**
Ah yes, the ocean breeze is the best.
**[07:28] MARUKO**
The beach would be nice. I haven't
had the chance to go this year yet.
**[07:32] YAMANE**
I don't think I can go this
year, since my father is busy.
**[07:37] TOMOZOU**
Is that so? That's too bad.
**[07:40] YAMANE**
Must be nice.
**[07:42] MARUKO**
Must be nice.
**[07:44] TOMOZOU**
Then, shall I bring Maruko
and Yamane-kun to the beach?
**[07:49] MARUKO**
Wait, will you?
**[07:50] TOMOZOU**
Yamane-kun, you should
go running at the beach.
**[07:53] TOMOZOU**
I'm sure you'll have a refreshing time.
**[07:56] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, how about you go
swimming at the beach?
**[07:59] MARUKO**
Yay!
**[08:01] TOMOZOU**
Yamane-kun, please ask your parents if it's
okay for you to go to the beach with us.
**[08:06] YAMANE**
Okay!
**[08:08] NARRATOR/I**
A few days later...
**[08:10] TOMOZOU**
The bus will be here soon.
***SIGN*** Bus
**[08:12] MARUKO**
Yay!
**[08:13] MARUKO**
Let's go to the beach!
**[08:15] MARUKO**
Go, go, go...
**[08:17] MARUKO**
Hm? Yamane, are you okay?
**[08:19] YAMANE**
Yeah, since I'm running at the beach today,
**[08:22] YAMANE**
I had a tad bit bigger breakfast than usual.
**[08:26] YAMANE**
And then, my stomach...
**[08:28] YAMANE**
But we have to get on the bus...
**[08:31] TOMOZOU**
We can always take the next bus.
**[08:34] TOMOZOU**
The priority is for you to feel better.
**[08:37] YAMANE**
I'm okay! This is nothing.
**[08:40] MARUKO**
But...
**[08:41] YAMANE**
My stomach, don't you give
up with something like this!
**[08:44] MARUKO**
Yamane.
**[08:45] TOMOZOU**
Yamane-kun, remember the stomach spirit!
**[08:48] YAMANE**
Okay.
**[08:51] YAMANE/I**
*Bear with it. Please.*
**[08:54] YAMANE/I**
*Come on! You can do this, my stomach!*
**[09:02] YAMANE**
No, I can't! Sorry, I need the restroom!
***SIGN*** Restroom
**[09:09] MARUKO**
I hope Yamane is okay.
***SIGN*** Irie Shopping Street
**[09:13] YAMANE**
I can't even handle a
slightly bigger breakfast.
**[09:18] YAMANE**
My stomach hasn't gotten any stronger.
**[09:21] MARUKO**
There are days like that, Yamane.
**[09:23] MARUKO**
Don't take it too hard.
**[09:25] TOMOZOU**
That's right, Yamane-kun.
**[09:27] TOMOZOU**
Worrying too much about your
stomach is bad for your stomach.
**[09:31] YAMANE**
Yes...
**[09:32] TOMOZOU**
Not to worry!
**[09:33] TOMOZOU**
I'll take you to the beach again!
**[09:36] YAMANE**
But...
**[09:37] MARUKO**
Don't push yourself too hard.
**[09:39] MARUKO**
We'll try again, okay?
**[09:42] KOSUGI**
Oh!
**[09:43] MARUKO**
Kosugi.
**[09:44] KOSUGI**
Hey.
**[09:46] YAMANE**
Kosugi-kun, would you please
eat my bento for me?
**[09:51] KOSUGI**
What? Are you sure?
**[09:52] YAMANE**
It's gently flavored for my stomach,
so you may find it too bland.
**[09:58] KOSUGI**
Oh, I don't care about that.
**[10:00] KOSUGI**
Thanks, I'll savor every bite!
**[10:02] YAMANE**
That's great!
**[10:03] YAMANE**
I'm planning on eating rice porridge at home,
**[10:06] YAMANE**
so if you can finish it, I'd appreciate it.
**[10:08] KOSUGI**
Lucky me! I never expected I'd
get to eat Yamane's bento.
**[10:12] KOSUGI**
I'm glad I agreed to run my ma's
errand even though it was a pain.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[10:18] NARRATOR/I**
That afternoon...
**[10:20] TOMOZOU**
Eating bento like this is rather delightful.
**[10:23] MARUKO**
Yes. Thank you for the meal!
**[10:26] MARUKO**
Hey Grandpa, let's play pretend beach.
**[10:29] TOMOZOU**
Okay!
**[10:30] MARUKO**
Close your eyes.
**[10:32] MARUKO**
We're at the beach! The sky is blue!
**[10:36] MARUKO**
Splash! Splash!
**[10:38] MARUKO**
Squawk! Squawk! Squawk!
**[10:41] MARUKO**
Squawk! Squawk! Squawk!
**[10:41] TOMOZOU**
Oh, the seagulls are at the beach.
**[10:43] MARUKO**
Correct.
**[10:45] MARUKO**
Splash... Splash... Splash!
**[10:50] TOMOZOU**
Wow, this is amazing, Maruko!
**[10:53] TOMOZOU**
It feels like we're actually at the beach!
**[10:55] MARUKO**
Really?!
**[10:58] MARUKO**
Here comes the sea breeze...
**[11:03] MARUKO**
Here it is!
**[11:04] TOMOZOU**
Ah, wonderful!
**[11:06] TOMOZOU**
It's the real sea breeze.
**[11:08] MARUKO**
Let's get into the water.
**[11:11] MARUKO**
Splash!
**[11:12] TOMOZOU**
Splash!
**[11:15] MARUKO**
Let's swim.
**[11:17] MARUKO**
Crawl.
**[11:20] MARUKO**
Doggy paddle.
**[11:22] TOMOZOU**
Woof, woof!
**[11:23] TOMOZOU**
Woof, woof! Woof, woof!
**[11:24] SUMIRE**
Maruko, have some barley tea.
**[11:24] MARUKO**
Let's swim... Breaststroke!
**[11:27] SUMIRE**
What are you doing?
**[11:30] KOSUGI**
Your bento was great.
**[11:32] KOSUGI**
Thanks a lot.
**[11:33] KOSUGI**
And this... Here we go.
**[11:36] KOSUGI**
It's a thank-you from my ma and me.
**[11:39] KOSUGI**
You like your juice lukewarm, right?
**[11:41] YAMANE**
Yes, thank you.
**[11:43] KOSUGI**
Take care of your stomach!
**[11:45] NARRATOR/I**
Even though he couldn't run on the beach,
Kosugi's kindness warmed Yamane's heart.
***SIGN*** Good Business
***SIGN*** Safe & Peaceful
Family
***SIGN*** Fortune
***SIGN*** Road Safety
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Female Ninja Maruko Goes to Monster Castle
**[12:00] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
**[12:01] MARUKO**
"Female Ninja Maruko Goes to Monster Castle."
**[12:07] NARRATOR/I**
Once upon a time, there lived a family
of ninja in the province of Suruga.
**[12:17] MARUKO**
Ninja art of camouflage.
**[12:24] MARUKO**
Ouch!
**[12:25] SUMIRE**
You're ten years too early
to try and sneak up behind me.
**[12:28] MARUKO**
Oh boy...
**[12:33] HIROSHI**
Maruko is still half baked.
**[12:35] MARUKO**
That's not true.
**[12:37] MARUKO**
I'm a full-fledged kunoichi, you know.
**[12:40] NARRATOR/I**
"Kunoichi" means a female ninja.
**[12:44] NARRATOR/I**
The kanji letter of "woman" is a
combination of, "ku," "no," and "ichi,"
***SIGN*** Woman
***SIGN*** Ku
No
Ichi
**[12:49] NARRATOR/I**
which is said to be the origin of why
a female ninja is called a kunoichi.
**[12:53] MARUKO**
And yet, my shurikens are
made of origami paper.
**[12:57] SUMIRE**
She practices throwing them every day,
so maybe she's ready to use real ones?
**[13:04] HIROSHI**
By practice, you mean...
**[13:06] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Listen, Maruko.
**[13:08] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Try and hit this target.
**[13:09] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Aim well.
**[13:11] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Okay.
**[13:14] (Flashback) MARUKO**
There, there, there!
**[13:18] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Hey, Maruko!
**[13:19] (Flashback) HIROSHI**
Where do you think you're aiming at?
**[13:21] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Sorry, my bad!
**[13:23] HIROSHI**
I couldn't possibly trust her with
real ones; it's too dangerous.
**[13:28] MARUKO**
Why not?!
**[13:30] MARUKO**
My sword is made of bamboo, no less.
**[13:32] MARUKO**
This is just a children's toy.
**[13:34] NARRATOR/I**
And you are unmistakably a child.
**[13:37] HIROSHI**
Do you really want real ninja tools?
**[13:41] MARUKO**
I do.
**[13:42] HIROSHI**
Then I have a condition.
**[13:44] MARUKO**
What is it?
**[13:45] HIROSHI**
You know the deserted castle
on the outskirts of the town?
**[13:49] MARUKO**
Huh? You mean the monster castle?
**[13:52] HIROSHI**
That's right.
**[13:53] HIROSHI**
And there's a rumor that treasures
are hidden inside that castle.
**[13:59] HIROSHI**
If you bring back the treasures, I'll
acknowledge you as a full-fledged kunoichi.
**[14:04] MARUKO**
Seriously? Even though there
may be monsters there?
**[14:08] HIROSHI**
If you can use ninja arts properly,
you shouldn't be scared of monsters.
**[14:13] TOMOZOU**
Then I, Sakura Tomozou, shall help you!
**[14:17] TOMOZOU**
Any objections, Hiroshi?
**[14:19] HIROSHI**
You're not gonna be any help
anyhow, so sure, why not?
**[14:23] MARUKO**
You will, Grandpa?!
**[14:26] TOMOZOU**
Maruko!
**[14:41] MARUKO**
So that's the monster castle.
**[14:43] TOMOZOU**
It's creepy.
**[14:45] MARUKO**
Let's go, Grandpa.
**[14:47] TOMOZOU**
Yes, lets, Maruko.
**[14:50] MARUKO**
Ninja art of flying squirrel.
**[14:58] MARUKO**
Huh? What are those?
**[15:01] TOMOZOU**
Will-o'-wisps!
**[15:03] MARUKO**
What?!
**[15:15] MARUKO**
Grandpa, are you okay?
**[15:17] MARUKO**
Are you hurt?
**[15:18] TOMOZOU**
Somehow, I'm fine.
**[15:20] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, how about you?
**[15:22] MARUKO**
Yes, I'm okay.
**[15:24] TOMOZOU**
We've managed to sneak in.
**[15:27] MARUKO**
But this castle creeps me out.
**[15:30] MARUKO**
Maybe there really are monsters here.
**[15:33] TOMOZOU**
There *were* will-o'-wisps, so most likely.
**[15:36] MARUKO**
Shall we go home?
**[15:38] TOMOZOU**
Good idea.
**[15:40] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Stealthily, silently, walking on tiptoe...
**[15:44] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Stealthily, silently—
**[15:46] MARUKO**
S-Stop. I see someone!
**[15:51] TOMOZOU**
It doesn't seem like a monster.
**[15:53] TOMOZOU**
Shall we ask where the exit is?
**[15:55] MARUKO**
Okay.
**[15:56] TOMOZOU**
Excuse me.
**[15:58] NAKANO**
Y-Yes?!
**[16:02] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
A monster!
**[16:07] MARUKO**
Wh-Wh-Wh-What was that?!
**[16:09] TOMOZOU**
He's a no-face!
**[16:11] MARUKO**
I knew there would be monsters!
**[16:16] MARUKO**
There's another one.
**[16:17] TOMOZOU**
Are you also a monster, sister?
**[16:21] NOGUCHI**
Can I help you, mister?
**[16:24] MARUKO**
Is it snow that's flurrying around her?
**[16:27] TOMOZOU**
Do you happen to be a snow woman?
**[16:30] NOGUCHI**
That's right, I am a snow woman.
**[16:33] NOGUCHI**
I can freeze anything with my breath.
**[16:36] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Holy smoke!
**[16:38] NOGUCHI**
No it's not, it's icy breath.
**[16:41] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Huh?
**[16:51] NOGUCHI**
Man, my breath is lukewarm since it's summer.
**[16:55] MARUKO**
Grandpa, now's our chance.
**[16:57] TOMOZOU**
Let's run!
**[17:02] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
No face!
**[17:07] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Snow woman!
**[17:10] MARUKO**
Wh-What do we do?
**[17:12] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, a pond!
**[17:14] TOMOZOU**
Let's just jump into it for now!
**[17:16] MARUKO**
Got it!
**[17:17] TOMOZOU**
Ninja art of water escape!
**[17:32] TOMOZOU**
That was close!
**[17:34] MARUKO**
We're safe for now.
**[17:37] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
A kappa?!
**[17:39] YAMADA**
Hey, do you want to play sumo with me?
**[17:42] NARRATOR/I**
Kappa is a monster who likes to play sumo.
**[17:46] YAMADA**
Are you ready? Go!
**[17:52] YAMADA**
You've got to help me!
**[17:54] YAMADA**
I can't swim!
**[17:55] MARUKO**
What? Even though you're a kappa?
**[17:58] TOMOZOU**
That's one silly kappa.
**[18:01] MARUKO**
I'm sorry, but help yourself with this!
**[18:04] TOMOZOU**
Sorry!
**[18:12] MARUKO**
We ended up in front of the castle?!
**[18:14] NAKANO**
E-Excuse me!
**[18:16] NAKANO**
Please wait!
**[18:18] NOGUCHI**
Hold on, hold on!
**[18:20] YAMADA**
I want you to wait!
**[18:22] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
They found us!
**[18:29] FUJIKI**
Wh-Who are you?! Intruders!
**[18:31] MARUKO**
Is she also a monster?
**[18:34] TOMOZOU**
Um, she looks like a normal human.
**[18:41] MARUKO**
Her neck is getting longer...
**[18:43] TOMOZOU**
L-L-L-Long-neck woman!
**[18:48] FUJIKI**
I can't get it any longer than this...
**[18:51] MARUKO**
Your neck isn't that long.
**[18:54] TOMOZOU**
Are you really a long-neck woman?
**[18:57] FUJIKI**
It's my complex! Please don't point it out!
**[19:01] NAKANO**
We're so sorry to bother you again.
**[19:04] MARUKO**
You guys don't know when to give up!
**[19:06] TOMOZOU**
You monsters!
**[19:09] NAKANO**
P-Please wait!
**[19:13] TOMOZOU**
Th-There is...
**[19:14] MARUKO**
...a face?!
**[19:15] NAKANO**
We don't mean to cause you any harm!
**[19:21] MARUKO**
Half-fledged monsters?
**[19:24] NAKANO**
Y-Yes.
**[19:26] NAKANO**
For some reason, even though I was born
to a family of no face, I have a face!
**[19:35] NAKANO**
Snow woman doesn't do well in summer
and can't produce freezing breath.
**[19:40] NAKANO**
And Kappa isn't good at swimming,
even though he's a kappa.
**[19:46] NAKANO**
Long-neck woman can only
elongate her neck this much.
**[19:51] FUJIKI**
Oh boy...
**[19:52] NAKANO**
Monsters' job is to scare humans.
**[19:57] NAKANO**
But we're not scary at all.
**[20:00] FUJIKI**
That's why we live secretly in
an abandoned castle like this.
**[20:05] MARUKO**
I had no idea.
**[20:07] TOMOZOU**
It's rather sad to hear.
**[20:09] MARUKO**
Right. But all I can say is good luck.
**[20:12] TOMOZOU**
By the way, Maruko.
**[20:13] TOMOZOU**
Don't you need to find the treasures?
**[20:15] MARUKO**
You're right!
**[20:16] MARUKO**
Hey, is it true that treasures
are hidden in this castle?
**[20:20] NAKANO**
Treasures?
**[20:22] MARUKO**
Yes. I have to bring them home.
**[20:26] NAKANO**
Do you know of any treasures?
**[20:28] NOGUCHI**
No idea. No idea.
**[20:30] YAMADA**
I don't know, either.
**[20:32] FUJIKI**
Maybe they're talking about *that*.
**[20:35] MARUKO**
Which is?
**[20:37] MARUKO**
Huh? This is the treasure?
**[20:40] FUJIKI**
I found this in the secret
chamber the other day.
**[20:43] NAKANO**
N-No way!
**[20:46] NAKANO**
Th-This is a legendary crystal ball
that increases your magical power
**[20:51] NAKANO**
and helps you become a full-fledged monster!
**[20:53] ALL**
What?!
**[20:55] NOGUCHI**
So it really does exist.
**[21:32] NAKANO**
N-Now we can live as full-fledged monsters.
**[21:37] MARUKO**
Don't scare people too much.
**[21:40] TOMOZOU**
Be well!
**[21:41] NAKANO**
Thank you very much! Take care!
**[21:42] FUJIKI**
Bye! See you!
**[21:45] TOMOZOU**
We couldn't bring back
the treasure, after all.
**[21:49] MARUKO**
But it would make no sense for us
to become full-fledged monsters.
**[21:54] NARRATOR/I**
And thus, the problem of the
monster castle was solved.
**[21:58] NARRATOR/I**
However, since Maruko didn't
bring back the treasure,
**[21:59] MARUKO**
Real ninja tools... I want
to use real ninja tools!
**[22:01] NARRATOR/I**
she will have to wait until she
can use real ninja tools.
**[22:07] MARUKO**
Oh boy...
***SIGN*** Good Business
***SIGN*** Safe & Peaceful
Family
***SIGN*** Fortune
***SIGN*** Road Safety
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
We went on an excursion,
**[22:17] MARUKO**
but nothing good came of it.
Even the bicycle chain came off.
**[22:21] MARUKO**
I should have stayed home
**[22:22] MARUKO**
and read the really scary book on
curses I borrowed from Noguchi-san.
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:27] MARUKO**
"Maruko and Big Sis Go on a
Bicycle Excursion," and
***SIGN*** Maruko and Big Sis Go on a Bicycle Excursion Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read
**[22:30] MARUKO**
"Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1443 - Maruko and Big Sis Go on an Excursion on Bicycles/Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GMKUX1G29/maruko-and-big-sis-go-on-an-excursion-on-bicyclesmaruko-is-scared-but-wants-to-read)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] TAMAE**
Everyone, over here!
**[00:02] TAMAE**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Maruko and Big Sis Go on an Excursion on Bicycles
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Maruko and Big Sis Go on an Excursion on Bicycles."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:38] MARUKO**
We're going to the department
store in Shizuoka!
**[01:41] MARUKO**
I'm so excited!
**[01:42] TOMOZOU**
Are you going shopping?
**[01:42] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[01:44] MARUKO**
No, this is happening there.
**[01:47] TOMOZOU**
Hm, "Craft Time for Parents and Children:
Creating Fashion Accessories with Beads."
**[01:52] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[01:53] TOMOZOU**
So you're going too, Mom?
**[01:55] SUMIRE**
Yes, she's been pleading with me to take her.
**[01:59] MARUKO**
Naturally. It's summer break.
**[02:02] MARUKO**
It's parents' responsibility to
take your children places.
**[02:05] MARUKO**
All right then, I'm going to bed.
**[02:08] SAKIKO**
Huh?! Even though it's still eight o'clock?
**[02:12] MARUKO**
I don't want to oversleep tomorrow.
**[02:12] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[02:13] MARUKO**
Good night.
**[02:16] TOMOZOU**
She must be really looking forward to it.
**[02:20] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[02:21] MARUKO**
Huh?!
**[02:23] MARUKO**
What do you mean you're
expecting a visitor now?!
**[02:26] SUMIRE**
I got a phone call this morning.
**[02:28] MARUKO**
Then what about the department store?!
**[02:30] SUMIRE**
I'm sorry, but maybe some other time.
**[02:32] MARUKO**
When is that exactly?
**[02:35] SUMIRE**
Um, like next week or the week after that?
**[02:39] MARUKO**
Then "Creating Fashion Accessories
with Beads" will be over!
**[02:43] SUMIRE**
There's nothing I can do.
**[02:45] SUMIRE**
I'm disappointed too, you know.
**[02:47] SUMIRE**
Anyhow, we'll do it some other time.
**[02:49] MARUKO**
This can't be happening.
**[02:58] MARUKO**
Man, today of all days,
**[03:00] MARUKO**
Grandpa and Grandma are out for
the seniors' association business.
**[03:05] MARUKO/I**
"Today of all days"
**[03:06] MARUKO/I**
"I wanted you to be here"
**[03:07] MARUKO/I**
"Oh, Grandpa"
**[03:10] MARUKO**
Ah, department store...
**[03:12] SAKIKO**
What can we do?
**[03:13] SAKIKO**
You can't attend without a guardian.
**[03:16] MARUKO**
No, I wanna go!
**[03:17] MARUKO**
I want to go somewhere!
**[03:22] MARUKO**
Oh, I know!
**[03:23] MARUKO**
Big Sis, do you want to go
somewhere with the two of us?
**[03:26] SAKIKO**
Huh?! Alone with you?!
**[03:29] MARUKO**
Yes! I don't care if it's
a mountain or a beach.
**[03:33] SAKIKO**
Oh, that reminds me.
**[03:35] SAKIKO**
Yoshiko-san said there's a
wind chime festival happening.
**[03:39] MARUKO**
A wind chime festival?
**[03:40] SAKIKO**
Yes, in the next town
over, until the evening.
**[03:43] MARUKO**
All right! Then after lunch, let's go there!
**[03:55] SAKIKO**
Hey, Maruko.
**[03:56] SAKIKO**
Don't ride right next to me.
**[03:58] MARUKO**
Why not?
**[03:59] SAKIKO**
It's dangerous when a car drives by.
**[04:01] MARUKO**
Yeah, sure.
**[04:05] MARUKO**
Look, Big Sis!
**[04:09] MARUKO**
There are pretty flowers over there!
**[04:12] SAKIKO**
Oh yeah?
**[04:12] MARUKO**
Let's go check them out.
**[04:14] SAKIKO**
What are you talking about?
**[04:16] SAKIKO**
The wind chime festival will
be over if we take a detour.
**[04:19] MARUKO**
Why not, why not? Just a little bit.
**[04:26] MARUKO**
So beautiful!
**[04:28] SAKIKO**
Hibiscus has no scent.
**[04:30] MARUKO**
Huh? They don't?
**[04:33] SAKIKO**
Yup.
**[04:36] MARUKO**
You're right.
**[04:37] MARUKO**
I don't smell anything.
**[04:38] NAGASAWA**
Sakura.
**[04:39] MARUKO**
Oh, Nagasawa.
**[04:42] NAGASAWA**
Hello, Sakura's big sister.
**[04:44] SAKIKO**
Hello.
**[04:45] MARUKO**
What are you doing here?
**[04:47] NAGASAWA**
Homework for the summer break.
**[04:49] NAGASAWA**
I was going to draw for the
Arts and Crafts assignment.
**[04:52] MARUKO**
How diligent of you!
**[04:54] MARUKO**
Why not take a break during the summer break?
**[04:57] NAGASAWA**
Sakura, are you aware that the summer
break will be over in about two weeks?
**[05:04] NAGASAWA**
Knowing you, I bet you're planning
on doing everything on the last day.
**[05:10] NAGASAWA**
It must be a lot of work for you
to help her every year, big sister.
**[05:19] MARUKO**
Jeez, Nagasawa had to go
and ruin my fun outing.
**[05:24] SAKIKO**
What? Nagasawa-kun only spoke the truth.
**[05:28] MARUKO**
Hmph.
**[05:29] MARUKO**
Oh.
**[05:33] SAKIKO**
What is it this time?
**[05:35] MARUKO**
There's a huge tree over there.
**[05:38] MARUKO**
Let's take a break there!
**[05:41] SAKIKO**
Huh?! We just took a break!
**[05:43] MARUKO**
Please, it's a hydration break this time.
**[05:47] MARUKO**
It's so hot today, we'll dry
up if we don't drink something.
**[05:51] SAKIKO**
You do know how to talk your way into things.
**[06:00] MARUKO**
It feels lovely.
**[06:02] SAKIKO**
I know.
**[06:11] SAKIKO**
Th-There's a cicada... on your hat...
**[06:15] SAKIKO**
C-Cicada...
**[06:23] SAKIKO**
I'm so glad it flew away.
**[06:27] MARUKO**
Seriously.
**[06:29] SAKIKO**
Shall we get going?
**[06:31] MARUKO**
Yeah.
**[06:35] SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[06:36] MARUKO**
Big Sis?
**[06:38] SAKIKO**
Um, which way do we go?
**[06:42] SAKIKO**
This way? Or that way?
**[06:52] MARUKO**
You're the older one, so get it together.
**[06:56] SAKIKO**
Huh?! This wouldn't have happened
if you didn't take a detour!
**[07:00] SAKIKO**
If you hadn't, we would've been there by now.
**[07:02] MARUKO**
Oh please, you were drinking
it appreciatively.
**[07:06] SAKIKO**
I was going along with you
because I had no choice!
**[07:13] MARUKO/I**
*This isn't good.*
**[07:14] MARUKO/I**
* At this rate, the wind chime festival will*
* be over while we're wandering around.*
**[07:23] MARUKO/I**
*Let's ask that person for directions...*
**[07:26] MARUKO/I**
*O-Or should we? He kinda looks scary.*
**[07:36] SAKIKO**
E-Excuse me!
**[07:39] SAKIKO**
We're trying to go to
the wind chime festival.
**[07:41] SAKIKO**
Do you know where the shrine is?
**[07:43] MARUKO/I**
*Big Sis...*
**[07:47] MAN**
Oh yeah. It's over there.
**[07:51] SAKIKO**
Thank you!
**[07:53] MAN**
Have fun.
**[07:55] SAKIKO**
Let's go, Maruko.
**[07:57] MARUKO**
O-Okay.
**[07:59] MARUKO/I**
* Big Sis is amazing, talking to*
* a scary-looking guy like that.*
**[08:10] MARUKO**
Big Sis, there's a stray dog!
**[08:12] SAKIKO**
Oh no! No way!
**[08:17] MARUKO**
Big Sis, this way!
**[08:24] MARUKO**
We're safe.
**[08:26] SAKIKO**
Th-Thank you.
**[08:28] MARUKO**
I-It's nothing.
**[08:29] MARUKO**
H-Huh?
**[08:33] SAKIKO**
Gosh, your chain came off, didn't it?
**[08:36] MARUKO**
You think so?
**[08:40] SAKIKO**
Yeah, it did.
**[08:41] SAKIKO**
We're nowhere. What do we do?
**[08:44] HIDEKI**
What's the matter?
**[08:47] SAKIKO**
W-Well, her bicycle chain came off.
**[08:51] HIDEKI**
Let me take a look.
**[08:55] HIDEKI**
Oh yeah, you're right
**[08:57] HIDEKI**
Come with us.
**[09:02] SAKIKO**
I'm sorry for troubling you.
**[09:04] HIDEKI'S FRIEND**
No worries.
**[09:05] HIDEKI'S FRIEND**
Hideki's good at fixing stuff.
**[09:07] SAKIKO**
H-Hideki?!
**[09:11] SAKIKO**
Your name is Hideki?
**[09:14] HIDEKI**
Yeah.
**[09:15] SAKIKO**
Hideki...
**[09:18] MARUKO/I**
* Big Sis, I know exactly what's going*
* through your mind right now.*
**[09:24] SAKIKO**
H-Hideki, the same name as
my beloved Saijo Hideki!
**[09:30] SAKIKO**
Oh my! Anyone named Hideki
is bound to be a saint!
**[09:36] HIDEKI**
There, now it's all fixed.
**[09:38] SAKIKO**
Thank you so much, Hideki-san.
**[09:43] SAKIKO**
Thank you so much, Hideki-san!
**[09:45] HIDEKI**
Don't mention it.
**[09:49] MARUKO**
Big Sis.
**[09:51] SAKIKO**
Yeah?
**[09:54] MARUKO**
Thanks for asking that scary
person for directions earlier.
**[09:59] SAKIKO**
Wh-Why bring that up now?
**[10:01] MARUKO**
I remembered that I didn't thank you for it.
**[10:05] SAKIKO**
It's fine.
**[10:06] SAKIKO**
I'm the older one, like you said.
**[10:09] MARUKO**
Don't be like that.
**[10:13] SAKIKO**
Okay, let's go.
**[10:14] MARUKO**
Yes!
**[10:27] SAKIKO**
They're so pretty.
**[10:28] MARUKO**
For sure.
**[10:30] SAKIKO**
Maruko, close your eyes.
**[10:32] MARUKO**
Huh? Okay.
**[10:45] MARUKO**
Big Sis.
**[10:46] SAKIKO**
Hm?
**[10:47] MARUKO**
Let's come here again.
**[10:50] SAKIKO**
Sure.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[10:57] SUMIRE**
Really, they were beautiful, huh?
**[10:57] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[11:00] MARUKO**
Yes. They were so colorful and cute!
**[11:03] SAKIKO**
My favorite was blue.
**[11:05] MARUKO**
Mine was yellow.
**[11:07] SAKIKO**
And the clear one too.
**[11:09] HIROSHI**
And you got to meet a nice Hideki.
**[11:12] SAKIKO**
I know! He was so nice!
**[11:15] MARUKO**
Big Sis was acting all flirty.
**[11:18] SAKIKO**
I was not!
**[11:19] SAKIKO**
He had the same name, so
I was happy. That's all!
**[11:23] TOMOZOU/I**
"Anyone with"
**[11:25] TOMOZOU/I**
"The name of Hideki is"
**[11:26] TOMOZOU/I**
"A good person"
**[11:28] SAKIKO**
Jeez, not you too, Grandpa.
**[11:28] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[11:31] HIROSHI**
Sounds like you had a great day.
**[11:34] MARUKO/SAKIKO**
Yes!
**[11:36] SUMIRE**
Maybe it was for the best that we
didn't go to the department store.
**[11:39] MARUKO/SAKIKO**
Huh?
**[11:40] SUMIRE**
Oh, nothing. Don't mind me. Right?
**[11:44] HIROSHI**
Yeah.
**[11:47] NARRATOR/I**
A little adventure on a summer day.
**[11:49] NARRATOR/I**
It turned out to be a memorable day
with the two sisters working together.
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read
**[12:01] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
**[12:02] MARUKO**
"Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read."
**[12:13] NOGUCHI**
Yesterday, my brother
screamed out of the blue
**[12:17] NOGUCHI**
while reading a manga he got from someone.
**[12:19] MARUKO/TAMAE**
What?
**[12:20] TAMAE**
What happened?
**[12:21] NOGUCHI**
Apparently, the manga was too scary.
**[12:26] FUJIKI**
There is a manga that scary?
**[12:29] MARUKO**
Noguchi-san, did you read it too?
**[12:32] NOGUCHI**
Yes. Since there were some
difficult kanji letters,
**[12:36] NOGUCHI**
I asked Grandpa to read it for me.
**[12:40] NOGUCHI**
A cursed monster of the darkest
black eats humans one after another.
**[12:46] NOGUCHI**
It's scary.
**[12:49] FUJIKI**
I don't like it.
**[12:50] MARUKO**
But I kind of want to read it.
**[12:52] TAMAE**
What?!
**[12:54] NOGUCHI**
Sure, my brother gave it to
me, so you can borrow it.
**[12:58] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, are you sure about this?
**[13:01] MARUKO**
Curiosity got the best of me.
**[13:03] FUJIKI**
I don't want to read it.
**[13:06] MARUKO**
Oh, Sasayama-san.
**[13:13] FUJIKI**
On second thought, maybe I'll give it a try.
**[13:16] MARUKO**
I know what you were thinking.
**[13:17] MARUKO**
You thought, "I don't want
Sasayama-san to think I'm a wuss."
***SIGN*** Noguchi
***SIGN*** The Cursed Girl in the Dark
**[13:28] MARUKO**
It's got more punch than I expected.
**[13:31] NOGUCHI**
You changed your mind?
**[13:32] MARUKO**
Oh, I'll read it...
**[13:35] MARUKO**
Thank you.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[13:44] MARUKO**
It's only sitting there,
but it gives me creeps.
**[13:49] MARUKO**
Kuma-chan, please protect me from the curse.
**[13:53] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:01] SUMIRE**
Oh my.
***SIGN*** The Cursed Girl in the Dark
**[14:05] SUMIRE**
What is this?
**[14:06] SUMIRE**
It's creepy.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[14:08] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[14:12] MARUKO**
Huh? Kuma-chan's missing.
**[14:18] MARUKO**
What? Why?
**[14:21] MARUKO**
Don't tell me it's the curse!
**[14:25] SUMIRE**
I moved it to vacuum the room.
**[14:30] MARUKO**
I'm glad.
**[14:33] MARUKO**
Grandpa.
**[14:35] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[14:36] MARUKO**
Do you want to read a manga together?
**[14:38] MARUKO**
There are some kanji letters I can't read.
**[14:40] TOMOZOU**
Sure thing.
***SIGN*** The Cursed Girl in the Dark
**[14:43] TOMOZOU**
Th-This looks... rather bad for my heart.
**[14:48] MARUKO**
Then you can't?
**[14:50] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, I'll read it.
**[14:53] TOMOZOU**
Oh, I will read it!
**[14:56] TOMOZOU**
"The cursed monster hid itself around here."
**[15:01] TOMOZOU**
What, a monster?!
**[15:03] TOMOZOU**
I mean... "From the darkness,
a girl called out,
**[15:08] TOMOZOU**
'What are you doing?' so I turned
around. And there it is—"
**[15:14] SAKIKO**
What are you reading?
**[15:17] SUMIRE**
What is it?!
**[15:18] SUMIRE**
What's wrong?!
**[15:20] MARUKO**
You scared us, jeez!
**[15:22] SAKIKO**
I didn't mean to do that.
**[15:25] SAKIKO**
You scared yourself!
**[15:27] SUMIRE**
Stop reading that, now!
**[15:30] MARUKO**
It's a story of a cursed monster.
**[15:33] MARUKO**
What if I get cursed for returning
the book without reading it...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[15:38] HIROSHI**
It's a manga, right?
**[15:40] HIROSHI**
There's no need for you to be that scared.
**[15:43] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[15:43] MARUKO**
Dad, if you aren't scared of it,
can you read it with me later?
**[15:48] HIROSHI**
Sure, I can do that.
**[15:50] HIROSHI**
Bring it on.
**[15:52] HIROSHI**
"It ran into the closet.
Okay, let's sneak up to it."
**[15:59] HIROSHI**
"Rattle rattle rattle!"
**[16:03] MARUKO**
Ouch!
**[16:06] HIROSHI**
I'm a good reader, right?
**[16:08] MARUKO**
Dad, you meanie!
**[16:09] MARUKO**
I hit my leg!
**[16:11] SUMIRE**
You two, enough!
**[16:15] MARUKO/HIROSHI**
Okay.
**[16:16] MARUKO**
It's over, I'm done!
**[16:18] MARUKO**
Can I leave this here because it's scary?
**[16:22] MARUKO**
I'll give it to Fujiki tomorrow.
**[16:25] SUMIRE**
Okay, fine.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[16:29] HIROSHI**
I wonder what happens in the end.
**[16:33] SUMIRE**
Who knows?
**[16:33] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[16:34] SUMIRE**
I'll go take a bath.
**[16:37] HIROSHI**
Hold on, do you want to read it with me?
**[16:40] SUMIRE**
Huh?
**[16:42] SUMIRE**
What, are you scared?
**[16:44] HIROSHI**
That's not true, but come on. Sit down.
**[16:49] SUMIRE**
Okay.
**[16:57] TOMOZOU/I**
*Look at the love birds.*
**[17:02] TOMOZOU/I**
* Oh no! If I sneeze now,*
* I'll destroy this nice mood!*
**[17:10] HIROSHI**
Hm? Did you hear a noise just now?
**[17:14] SUMIRE**
I don't know...
**[17:21] HIROSHI**
Oh, I didn't know you were there, Grandpa.
**[17:24] TOMOZOU**
I didn't want to interfere
with the nice mood.
**[17:29] SUMIRE**
I'm going to take a bath.
**[17:32] HIROSHI**
I guess I'll go to bed.
**[17:36] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
***SIGN*** Fujiki
**[17:38] FUJIKI**
Sakura, thank you.
**[17:39] MARUKO**
I was on my way to the library
anyhow, so no worries.
**[17:43] FUJIKI**
You haven't finished reading, right?
**[17:45] MARUKO**
That's right.
**[17:47] MARUKO**
I'd love to have read it,
but it's just too scary.
**[17:51] FUJIKI**
Then, would you like to read it with me?
**[17:54] FUJIKI**
I'd rather not read it alone.
**[17:57] MARUKO**
What? It's really scary, so reading
with just the two of us won't help.
**[18:02] MARUKO**
There are difficult letters too.
**[18:04] FUJIKI**
We can skip the parts we can't read.
**[18:07] MARUKO**
Oh, okay.
**[18:09] FUJIKI**
Shall we invite someone else?
**[18:11] MARUKO**
Good idea.
**[18:13] MARUKO**
Someone like Ohno-kun or Sugiyama-kun
would be good to have.
**[18:18] KOSUGI**
I can eat as much as I want, right?
**[18:21] KOSUGI**
Thanks a lot, Fujiki.
**[18:23] FUJIKI**
I said you could eat them if you
read the scary manga with us.
**[18:29] KOSUGI**
Digging in!
**[18:33] KOSUGI**
So good!
**[18:35] YAMADA**
What kind of scary manga is it?
**[18:38] YAMADA**
I'm looking forward to it!
**[18:39] MARUKO**
Spoken like someone who's oblivious to fear.
**[18:42] FUJIKI**
I'll be skipping the parts I can't read.
**[18:46] FUJIKI**
Is that okay for you?
**[18:47] KOSUGI**
Sure, I don't care.
**[18:50] FUJIKI**
Are you ready?
***SIGN*** The cursed monster hid
itself around here!
**[18:51] FUJIKI**
"The... hid it-itself...a...around... here."
**[19:05] MARUKO**
It says, "The cursed monster
hid itself around here."
**[19:09] MARUKO**
"Cursed" is one thing,
**[19:11] MARUKO**
but you should be able to read words like
"monster," which we've already learned.
**[19:16] YAMADA**
Sakura, you're smart.
**[19:19] KOSUGI**
Do it quickly, or I'll finish eating.
**[19:22] FUJIKI**
What?
**[19:24] YAMADA**
Look! A tea stalk is floating upright!
**[19:26] YAMADA**
You see, in my tea?
**[19:28] YAMADA**
Yay! Yay! Such good luck!
**[19:31] MARUKO**
Good for you.
**[19:33] FUJIKI**
"D-Don't come here. I know you're a monster."
**[19:37] KOSUGI**
Hey, I finished eating the
snack, so I'm going home.
**[19:42] FUJIKI**
What?! At least stay until I finish reading!
**[19:46] MARUKO**
Exactly, stay!
**[19:48] KOSUGI**
But I'm hungry.
**[19:52] MARUKO**
After eating that much snack?
**[19:57] YAMADA**
Kosugi-kun, you eat like a monster.
***SIGN*** Fujiki
**[20:03] MARUKO**
We somehow managed to finish reading.
**[20:05] YAMADA**
I didn't get it at all, but it was fun!
**[20:11] KOSUGI**
Okay, let's go home.
**[20:13] KOSUGI**
I'm starving.
**[20:14] MARUKO**
Kosugi, if you aren't scared, then
would you walk with me to my house?
**[20:19] KOSUGI**
What? It's still bright
out, but you're scared?
**[20:24] MARUKO**
Well, it's... I don't want something
to attack me out of nowhere.
**[20:30] KOSUGI**
I guess I can walk with you.
**[20:32] MARUKO**
See you, Fujiki.
**[20:34] MARUKO**
Thank you for having me.
**[20:37] FUJIKI**
I'll go, too.
**[20:39] MARUKO**
Huh? Why?
**[20:41] FUJIKI**
Because I'm scared to stay home alone.
**[20:44] MARUKO**
I see.
**[20:46] MARUKO**
Then why don't you stop by
Noguchi-san's and return the manga?
**[20:50] FUJIKI**
Yeah, I'll do that.
**[20:54] NOGUCHI**
How do you do?
**[20:58] MARUKO**
Oh, Noguchi-san.
**[21:00] MARUKO**
Please, don't scare us like that.
**[21:04] NOGUCHI**
Did you read that manga by any chance?
**[21:07] MARUKO**
Yeah, we were on our way to return it to you.
**[21:12] NOGUCHI**
Was it scary?
**[21:14] MARUKO**
It was, but there were many
kanji letters we couldn't read,
**[21:17] MARUKO**
so we only got half of the story.
**[21:21] NOGUCHI**
Oh yeah? Then would you
like to come to my house?
**[21:24] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[21:25] NOGUCHI**
We can ask my grandpa to read it.
**[21:29] MARUKO**
Oh, but it's getting late,
and I'd hate to bother him.
**[21:32] MARUKO**
You know, and uh, looks like it's
going to rain too. Right, Fujiki?
**[21:38] FUJIKI**
Y-Yes. I hate to bother him.
**[21:42] NOGUCHI**
Don't be shy.
**[21:45] YAMADA**
Sakura, Fujiki-kun, good for you.
**[21:48] YAMADA**
Okay, my house is this way. Bye-bye!
**[21:51] KOSUGI**
I'm heading home too. See you!
**[21:54] MARUKO**
Oh wait, hold up—
**[21:58] NOGUCHI**
This is exciting, huh?
**[22:02] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko and Fujiki-kun's scary
manga was just beginning.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
An eerie cry draws near Tama-chan.
**[22:18] MARUKO**
Dad, if you're off from work and
have nothing to do, please help me.
**[22:21] MARUKO**
We'll use this paper pistol
to chase away the ghost bird.
**[22:24] MARUKO**
But, but I'm still scared!
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:28] MARUKO**
"Dad's Holiday," and "Maruko
is Afraid of the Ghost Bird."
***SIGN*** Dad's Holiday Maruko is Afraid of the Ghost Bird
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1444 - Dad's Holiday / Maruko is Afraid of the Ghost Bird
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GVWU0M4EX/dads-holiday--maruko-is-afraid-of-the-ghost-bird)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] HANAWA**
Hey there, babies.
**[00:02] HANAWA**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Dad's Holiday
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Dad's Holiday."
**[01:38] MARUKO**
Oh man. Big Sis went out, so I'm bored.
**[01:44] TOMOZOU**
Then how about taking a walk with me?
**[01:47] MARUKO**
In this rain? I don't wanna go.
**[01:50] TOMOZOU**
I see...
**[01:53] MARUKO**
Oh.
**[01:54] MARUKO**
Mom, what's for lunch?
**[01:57] MARUKO**
I could really use an unexpected joy.
**[02:00] SUMIRE**
It's cold somen noodles.
**[02:01] MARUKO**
What? Not again!
**[02:04] SUMIRE**
It's cold somen noodles.
**[02:05] MARUKO**
Can't you at least make it flowing noodles?
**[02:09] SUMIRE**
I can't.
**[02:14] MARUKO**
Dad!
**[02:16] MARUKO**
Do you want to play with me once in a while?
**[02:19] HIROSHI**
No, thanks. I'm busy.
**[02:21] MARUKO**
Busy? Your book is upside down, and
you were napping just a minute ago.
**[02:29] NARRATOR/I**
Hiroshi, why do you tell such an obvious lie?
**[02:33] HIROSHI**
I just want to chill out on my day off.
**[02:36] HIROSHI**
I don't have time to play.
**[02:38] MARUKO**
You say that, but your time
with me is running out.
**[02:44] MARUKO**
My cute childhood will be over in a flash.
**[02:47] HIROSHI**
Okay...
**[02:49] MARUKO**
How about playing horsey?
**[02:52] HIROSHI**
That sounds tiring...
**[02:52] MARUKO**
Yay! Yay!
**[02:54] MARUKO**
Then how about playing house?
**[02:57] HIROSHI**
"Have a good day," "I'm home."
**[02:59] HIROSHI**
I do that every day. No thanks.
**[03:03] MARUKO**
Then read me a book.
**[03:05] HIROSHI**
I'm not interested.
**[03:08] MARUKO**
What's your idea of play and fun?
**[03:13] HIROSHI**
Drinking, fishing, and
watching baseball, of course.
**[03:20] HIROSHI**
I'm an adult, and you're a child.
**[03:23] HIROSHI**
We live in different worlds.
**[03:25] HIROSHI**
You'd better give up.
**[03:28] MARUKO**
Is there something we can play inside
the house that Dad might enjoy?
**[03:34] TOMOZOU**
How about a game of moving
beans with your chopsticks?
**[03:38] MARUKO**
Wow, what is that? Is it fun?
**[03:40] TOMOZOU**
Moving slippery beans from the
right plate to the left one
**[03:46] TOMOZOU**
requires fine motor skills,
and it's good for your brain.
**[03:50] TOMOZOU**
They told me at the seniors' association.
**[03:52] MARUKO**
Oh yeah?
**[03:53] TOMOZOU**
Once you're done moving them from
right to left, then do left to right.
**[03:57] TOMOZOU**
You can play it endlessly.
**[03:59] TOMOZOU**
What do you think?
**[04:01] MARUKO**
I don't want to do that.
**[04:04] MARUKO**
You can do it by yourself if
that's what you want to do.
**[04:12] TOMOZOU**
Oh, Hiroshi.
**[04:13] TOMOZOU**
Do you want to move beans
from right to left with me?
**[04:18] HIROSHI**
Huh? Beans?
**[04:19] TOMOZOU**
Right to left, then left to right.
**[04:22] TOMOZOU**
It'll be fun.
**[04:23] HIROSHI**
I don't wanna do that.
**[04:29] MARUKO**
H-Hey, I saw boys do it at school before.
**[04:33] MARUKO**
How about making a paper
pistol with newspaper?
**[04:37] MARUKO**
The one that makes a bang noise.
**[04:40] TOMOZOU**
Oh, that one!
**[04:42] MARUKO**
You won't sweat, it's not playing
house, and it's not reading a book.
**[04:47] MARUKO**
Let's make a loud bang
with gusto and have fun!
**[04:50] MARUKO**
What do you say, Dad?
**[04:52] HIROSHI**
No thanks! I'm watching the news right now.
**[04:57] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, I'll make it with you.
**[05:01] MARUKO**
Okay!
**[05:04] MARUKO**
Hm? How does it go next?
**[05:08] TOMOZOU**
Let's see... I don't remember...
**[05:11] MARUKO**
Um... That's strange.
**[05:14] HIROSHI**
Not like that. Open it once and
fold the corner into a triangle.
**[05:19] MARUKO**
Um, which means what?
**[05:22] HIROSHI**
You're hopeless. Let me.
**[05:26] MARUKO**
It's done!
**[05:32] MARUKO**
Wow! It's fun!
**[05:34] MARUKO**
It might be fun to use this with
chants when someone is singing?
**[05:38] TOMOZOU**
Oh, I see.
**[05:40] MARUKO**
Grandpa, sing something for us.
**[05:43] MARUKO**
How about Hideki's song?
**[05:45] MARUKO**
Dad, we'll hype it up with chants.
**[05:49] TOMOZOU/I**
*If it's what you desire*
**[05:53] MARUKO**
Tomozou!
**[05:54] MARUKO**
Hey Dad, you do it too.
**[05:58] HIROSHI**
Gosh, what a bother.
**[06:00] TOMOZOU/I**
*If it's what you desire*
**[06:03] MARUKO**
Tomo!
**[06:04] HIROSHI**
Zou...
**[06:05] TOMOZOU/I**
*I don't mind giving you my life*
**[06:08] MARUKO**
Tomo!
**[06:09] HIROSHI**
Zou...
**[06:11] SAKIKO**
Shut up!
**[06:14] MARUKO**
Oh Big Sis, you're back.
**[06:16] SAKIKO**
Don't interject weird stuff in Hideki's song!
**[06:19] MARUKO/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU**
O-Okay...
**[06:22] MARUKO**
Oh! Dad, let's make shaved ice!
**[06:25] HIROSHI**
Yeah, I want to eat it,
but it's too much work.
**[06:29] MARUKO**
It'll cool you down.
**[06:31] HIROSHI**
Unless your role is "only eating,"
making shaved ice is a lot of work.
**[06:36] HIROSHI**
It'll make me even hotter.
**[06:38] MARUKO**
But the shaved ice after you
sweat would taste even better.
**[06:43] TV REPORTER/I**
Wow, so cold! So yummy!
**[06:46] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[06:48] HIROSHI**
Okay, fine. Let's do it.
**[06:50] MARUKO**
Yay! All right!
**[06:58] HIROSHI**
Here you go.
**[07:00] MARUKO**
Wow, thank you.
**[07:03] SAKIKO**
Hey Dad, I want some too.
**[07:06] TOMOZOU**
Me too!
**[07:10] HIROSHI**
This is all I get after
the hard work I put in?
**[07:14] MARUKO**
Dad, let me pour you some syrup.
**[07:16] HIROSHI**
No, thanks.
***SIGN*** Sake Fujizakari
**[07:21] HIROSHI**
I'm going to use this.
**[07:24] MARUKO**
Oh, sake.
**[07:30] HIROSHI**
So good! This is the best.
**[07:35] HIROSHI**
Maybe I'll take a nap.
**[07:37] MARUKO**
Good idea.
**[07:39] SUMIRE**
Dad, I'm thinking about replacing
the paper of the shoji screen.
**[07:42] HIROSHI**
Huh? We did that at the end of last year.
**[07:45] SUMIRE**
We did, but one of the screens
has a light stain at the bottom,
**[07:50] SUMIRE**
and it's been bothering me.
**[07:52] HIROSHI**
Is that so?
**[07:53] SUMIRE**
I have to run some errands, so
do you mind doing it for me?
**[07:56] HIROSHI**
Who, me? Right now?
**[07:59] SUMIRE**
The paper gets stretchier on
a rainy day, so it's perfect.
**[08:02] HIROSHI**
What? I didn't even notice the stain, though.
**[08:06] HIROSHI**
Plus, Maruko and I were
going to take a nap now.
**[08:10] HIROSHI**
Right?
**[08:11] MARUKO**
Yup, that's right.
**[08:13] HIROSHI**
See?
**[08:14] HIROSHI**
Let's wait for the next rainy day.
**[08:18] SUMIRE**
Maruko, if you help replace the screen
right now, I'll give you 30 yen.
**[08:23] MARUKO**
Really?! Then I'll do it!
**[08:25] HIROSHI**
You traitor!
**[08:27] MARUKO**
Hehehe, you'll have to forgive me, master.
**[08:31] HIROSHI**
What a bother.
**[08:33] SUMIRE**
Since we're replacing it, go
ahead and rip the paper off.
**[08:43] SUMIRE**
Huh?! You ripped *that* one too?!
**[08:46] SUMIRE**
Only Maruko's side needed replacing.
**[08:49] SUMIRE**
I said, "one of the screens"!
**[08:51] HIROSHI**
Did you?
**[08:53] SUMIRE**
I guess we'll have to replace both.
**[08:58] MARUKO**
We're done!
**[09:00] MARUKO**
It's too late to take a nap.
**[09:02] HIROSHI**
It stopped raining too.
**[09:04] HIROSHI**
Maybe I'll go take a walk on
my way to get some cigarettes.
**[09:07] HIROSHI**
Maruko, you want to come with me?
**[09:09] MARUKO**
Yes, I'll come!
**[09:10] SUMIRE**
Can you buy oil and flour while you're at it?
**[09:14] SUMIRE**
I need a little more to make tempura.
**[09:16] HIROSHI**
Sure.
**[09:19] HIROSHI**
It's still bright out.
**[09:22] MARUKO**
The sky after rain is pretty.
**[09:25] MARUKO**
Hm?
**[09:27] MARUKO**
Dad, melons are on sale today.
**[09:30] HIROSHI**
You're right.
**[09:32] MARUKO**
Can we get it, please?
**[09:36] HIROSHI**
It's heavier than I thought.
**[09:38] MARUKO**
Hooray, hooray, Dad!
**[09:41] HIROSHI**
Aren't you a smooth talker?
**[09:46] MARUKO**
Aw, aw, aw!
**[09:48] HIROSHI**
Are you okay?
**[09:49] MARUKO**
My foot!
**[09:53] HIROSHI**
Want a piggyback ride?
**[09:54] GIRL**
Up! Up!
**[09:55] WOMAN**
My my, aren't you spoiled?
**[09:58] MARUKO**
I'm fine. I can walk.
**[10:02] MARUKO**
Ouch...
**[10:06] MARUKO**
I said I'm fine.
**[10:10] HIROSHI**
You've gotten heavy.
**[10:12] MARUKO**
I bet it's the melon.
**[10:15] HIROSHI**
Then should we return it?
**[10:18] MARUKO**
Huh?! No! You can't do that!
**[10:20] HIROSHI**
All right.
**[10:25] HIROSHI**
It was my day off, but I didn't
really do anything special.
**[10:28] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[10:31] MARUKO**
What are you talking about, Dad?!
**[10:33] MARUKO**
We made shaved ice,
**[10:36] MARUKO**
replaced shoji screens,
and then bought a melon.
**[10:41] MARUKO**
Plus a piggyback ride.
**[10:44] MARUKO**
We did a lot of things. It was fun.
**[10:48] HIROSHI**
Is that so?
**[10:55] MARUKO**
So tasty.
**[10:57] SUMIRE**
When I was looking for the
shoji paper, I found fireworks.
***SIGN*** Family Size Fireworks
**[11:01] SUMIRE**
Do you want to try them?
**[11:14] HIROSHI**
I didn't do anything special today, but I'm
glad that the kids seem to have had fun.
**[11:21] SUMIRE**
That's true. We have fresh
paper on our shoji screens too.
**[11:26] HIROSHI**
What's up?
**[11:27] MARUKO**
I'm thirsty, so I came to get some water.
**[11:32] MARUKO**
Oh, fireworks!
**[11:35] MARUKO**
Can I watch?
**[11:38] HIROSHI**
Just for a while.
**[11:42] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[11:42] NARRATOR/I**
Although it was short, staying
up late with her parents
**[11:47] NARRATOR/I**
was a happy conclusion to her day off.
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Maruko is Afraid of the Ghost Bird
**[11:56] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
**[11:57] MARUKO**
"Maruko is Afraid of the Ghost Bird."
**[12:02] MAN/I**
* In the middle of my trip, I was taking*
* a break at the base of a tree.*
**[12:09] MAN/I**
* Suddenly, I heard... a strange*
* voice coming from somewhere.*
**[12:24] MAN**
Did I imagine it?
**[12:39] TAMAE'S MOM**
Tamae?!
**[12:41] TAMAE'S MOM**
What's wrong?!
**[12:42] TAMAE**
Mom!
**[12:48] TAMAE/TAMAE'S MOM**
A s-stink bug?!
**[13:03] TAMAE'S MOM**
O-Open the window!
**[13:04] TAMAE**
S-Sure!
**[13:12] TAMAE**
Thank you, Mom.
**[13:14] TAMAE**
Jeez, that scared me.
**[13:16] TAMAE'S MOM**
I was scared too.
**[13:18] TAMAE'S MOM**
I'm glad we managed it without your dad.
**[13:22] TAMAE**
Is Dad working late again?
**[13:25] TAMAE'S MOM**
He'll be busy for a while longer.
**[13:28] TAMAE**
I see...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[13:46] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[13:47] SAKIKO**
Maruko, Tama-chan's on the phone!
**[13:51] MARUKO**
Hello?
**[13:52] TAMAE/I**
*Oh, Maru-chan!*
**[13:54] TAMAE/I**
*I'm sorry, I know we promised to play today,*
**[13:57] TAMAE/I**
* but something's come up and*
* I have to watch the house.*
**[14:00] MARUKO**
Oh, Okay. Not much we can do about that.
**[14:06] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, were you still
asleep by any chance?
**[14:09] TAMAE**
It's almost noon.
**[14:11] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[14:14] MARUKO**
I couldn't really get to sleep because of
the ghost special program on TV last night.
**[14:19] TAMAE/I**
*Oh, the ghost special.*
**[14:21] MARUKO**
Yesterday's "Ghost Bird" was frightening.
**[14:25] MARUKO**
It cries with such an eerie
voice, "Creak, creak."
**[14:33] MARUKO**
But something like that
doesn't exist in real life,
**[14:36] MARUKO**
so it's all right.
**[14:40] MARUKO**
Tama-chan?
**[14:43] TAMAE**
Well, the thing is...
**[14:46] SAKIKO**
Jeez, what a lazy bun.
**[14:50] SUMIRE**
After you eat, make sure
you do your homework.
**[14:53] MARUKO**
Oh no, I don't have time for that.
**[14:55] MARUKO**
After I eat, I need to
go to Tama-chan's place.
**[14:58] SUMIRE**
You can play after you
finish today's homework.
**[15:01] MARUKO**
Oh please, I'm not going there to play.
**[15:04] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/TOMOZOU**
What?!
**[15:06] MARUKO**
Apparently there was a Ghost
Bird at Tama-chan's house.
**[15:09] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/TOMOZOU**
What?!
**[15:11] TAMAE/I**
*I heard it last night.*
**[15:14] TAMAE**
"Creak, creak," just like you did.
**[15:18] TAMAE**
It was kind of creepy.
**[15:22] MARUKO**
I-Is that so?
**[15:25] MARUKO**
Tama-chan has to watch the house alone today!
**[15:30] MARUKO**
It's her emergency.
**[15:33] TOMOZOU**
My goodness! That's not good!
**[15:35] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[15:35] TOMOZOU**
Okay Maruko, I'm coming with you!
**[15:40] TOMOZOU**
Oh no, this is also an emergency!
**[15:42] SUMIRE**
Are you all right?
**[15:43] TOMOZOU**
My bad.
**[15:45] MARUKO**
Grandpa...
**[15:47] NARRATOR/I**
"Bringing him would be useless."
**[15:50] NARRATOR/I**
That's what Maruko thought.
**[15:54] MARUKO/I**
*But what could be causing the noise?*
**[15:57] MARUKO/I**
*Obviously, a ghost can't exist for real.*
**[16:02] MARUKO/I**
*Hm?*
**[16:19] MARUKO/I**
*Wait, don't tell me...*
**[16:22] MARUKO/I**
*This reminds me...*
**[16:23] (Flashback) MAN**
Someone's coming to get me.
**[16:26] (Flashback) MAN**
I had that lingering feeling.
**[16:36] MARUKO**
No, no, no way!
**[16:40] P-CHAN'S OWNER**
What was that?
**[16:42] P-CHAN'S OWNER**
P-chan! So that's where you were hiding!
**[16:45] P-CHAN'S OWNER**
I've been looking for you, P-chan!
**[16:51] MARUKO**
H-H-Hello!
**[16:52] TAMAE**
Welcome!
**[16:54] TAMAE**
What's the matter?
**[16:56] MARUKO**
Nothing.
**[16:58] MARUKO**
Did you hear any more voices after that?
**[17:00] TAMAE**
No. I was half asleep, so
I must have imagined it.
**[17:04] MARUKO**
Okay, that's good to hear.
**[17:07] MARUKO**
By golly, we both have so many dresses
we don't know what to do with.
**[17:12] MARUKO**
I know, perhaps I'll have some
of them altered for Francois.
**[17:16] TAMAE**
So your daughter's name is Francois.
**[17:21] MARUKO**
Oh, please. Francois is my dog.
**[17:24] TAMAE**
I-Is that so?
**[17:27] MARUKO**
I've had enough of playing with dolls.
**[17:30] TAMAE**
Then shall we play something else?
**[17:36] TAMAE**
J-Jeez, that was scary, huh?
**[17:38] MARUKO**
Th-That was a wind, wasn't it?
**[17:40] TAMAE**
Yeah, it was just some wind.
**[17:43] MARUKO**
I know, right?
**[17:48] (Flashback) MAN**
It's just wind. It's got to be.
**[17:59] TAMAE**
Do you want to play tiddlywinks next?
**[18:01] MARUKO**
Huh? Oh, Sure.
**[18:03] TAMAE**
I played it with my mom yesterday.
**[18:06] TAMAE**
It's downstairs, so I'll go grab it.
**[18:08] MARUKO/I**
*Don't leave me alone right now.*
**[18:11] MARUKO**
You don't have to go!
**[18:14] TAMAE**
Huh?
**[18:14] MARUKO**
Let's keep on playing with dolls.
**[18:16] TAMAE**
But you said you had enough...
**[18:18] MARUKO**
Not enough at all!
**[18:20] MARUKO**
I just want to play with
dolls as long as we can.
**[18:24] TAMAE**
As long as we can?
**[18:25] MARUKO**
Yes. Forever.
**[18:27] TAMAE**
Forever?
**[18:29] MARUKO**
Ma'am.
**[18:30] TAMAE**
Oh my.
**[18:31] MARUKO**
Ma'am.
**[18:32] TAMAE**
Oh my.
**[18:34] MARUKO**
Ma'am.
**[18:35] TAMAE**
Oh my.
**[18:37] MARUKO**
Ma'am.
**[18:38] TAMAE**
Oh my.
**[18:41] TAMAE**
Shall we play, then?
**[18:45] TAMAE**
But let me go use the bathroom first.
**[18:47] MARUKO**
What?!
**[18:49] NARRATOR/I**
She couldn't say "no" to using the bathroom.
**[18:51] NARRATOR/I**
Maruko had no choice but to watch her go.
**[19:03] MARUKO/I**
*I-It's gotten dark all of a sudden.*
**[19:07] MARUKO**
Wh-What's on the menu tonight?
**[19:10] MARUKO**
Ma'am, we have sushi, tempura, beef
steak, and pudding for dessert tonight.
**[19:19] MARUKO**
Thunder?!
**[19:20] MARUKO**
Please stop it!
**[19:22] MARUKO**
An elegant drama with madams will
turn into a suspenseful thriller!
**[19:44] MARUKO**
Gh-Ghost Bird...
**[19:51] MARUKO**
H-Help me!
**[19:58] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, are you okay?!
**[20:00] TAMAE'S MOM**
What's wrong?!
**[20:03] TAMAE**
Mom!
**[20:04] MARUKO**
Ouch...
**[20:06] TAMAE'S MOM**
Maru-chan.
**[20:08] TAMAE'S MOM**
Ghost Bird, huh?
**[20:10] TAMAE'S MOM**
"Creak, creak"...
**[20:14] TAMAE'S MOM**
It could be!
**[20:19] TAMAE**
This is it!
**[20:20] MARUKO**
The Ghost Bird!
**[20:22] TAMAE'S MOM**
I'm sorry.
**[20:24] TAMAE'S MOM**
The hinge of the door is creaky.
**[20:27] TAMAE'S MOM**
I'll add some oil to it.
**[20:29] TAMAE**
Then what I heard last night...
**[20:31] TAMAE'S MOM**
Maybe your dad used this room last night?
**[20:36] MARUKO**
I see.
**[20:38] TAMAE'S MOM**
I almost forgot.
**[20:39] TAMAE'S MOM**
I bought some cakes.
**[20:40] TAMAE'S MOM**
It's time for snacks.
**[20:42] MARUKO**
Cakes? Yay!
**[20:44] MARUKO**
Thank you very much!
**[20:48] TAMAE/I**
But what was Dad doing
there so late at night?
**[20:54] MARUKO**
Tama-chan.
**[20:55] TAMAE**
Hm?
**[20:56] MARUKO**
Anything wrong?
**[20:57] TAMAE**
Oh no, it's nothing.
**[20:59] TAMAE**
Let's go.
**[21:00] MARUKO**
Yeah.
**[21:03] NARRATOR/I**
Here is... what happened last night.
**[21:12] TAMAE'S DAD/I**
*Good night, Tamae.*
**[21:14] TAMAE'S DAD/I**
*Have a good dream.*
**[21:22] TAMAE'S DAD/I**
* Good, now that I recharged my*
* Tamae power, I'll work a bit more!*
**[21:31] TAMAE'S DAD/I**
*Oops! Quietly, so I won't wake her up...*
**[21:39] NARRATOR/I**
And that night...
**[21:42] TAMAE'S DAD**
I'm home.
***SIGN*** Dad, Thank you for your work
**[21:44] TAMAE'S MOM**
Here you go.
**[21:47] TAMAE'S DAD**
I-Is this...
**[21:52] TAMAE'S DAD**
My hard work was worth it!
**[21:56] NARRATOR/I**
Tama-chan's dad is overcome with
emotion by Tama-chan's message.
**[21:59] TAMAE'S DAD**
I'm happy!
**[22:00] NARRATOR/I**
His passionate yell confused Tama-chan
even more than the Ghost Bird.
**[22:00] TAMAE'S DAD**
I'm happy!
**[22:03] TAMAE'S DAD**
I'm so happy!
**[22:06] TAMAE'S DAD**
Man, I'm so happy!
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
My gosh, what do I do?!
**[22:16] MARUKO**
Mom's new shoes...
**[22:19] MARUKO**
Oh, I know. I didn't do this.
**[22:21] MARUKO**
That huge mouth chomped
on them, so they broke.
**[22:25] MARUKO**
It was the alligator's fault.
**[22:27] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
***SIGN*** There's an Alligator in the Tomoe River Mom's High Heels
**[22:29] MARUKO**
"There's an Alligator in the Tomoe
River," and "Mom's High Heels."
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!
# E1445 - There's an Alligator in the Tomoe River / Mom's High Heels
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/G31UXNZ12/theres-an-alligator-in-the-tomoe-river--moms-high-heels)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] MARUKO**
Hi everyone, gather around!
**[00:02] MARUKO**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** There's an Alligator in the Tomoe River?!
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
***SIGN*** Oden
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"There's an Alligator in the Tomoe River?!"
***SIGN*** Africa - The Nile
**[01:36] TV REPORTER/I**
*Nile crocodiles have sharp teeth.*
**[01:39] TV REPORTER/I**
*Big ones can reach up to six meters long.*
**[01:42] MARUKO**
They're six meters long?
**[01:42] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[01:44] MARUKO**
So big.
**[01:46] TV REPORTER/I**
*And its bite force is over one ton.*
**[01:49] TV REPORTER/I**
*Which equals something that weighs one ton.*
**[01:54] MARUKO**
One ton? I wonder how heavy it is.
**[01:57] MARUKO**
How many of you would it be?
**[02:00] SUMIRE/I**
Why are you using me as an example?
**[02:03] TOMOZOU**
Anyhow, one bite by something like
that, and you're dead as a doornail.
**[02:08] MARUKO**
You're right. It's terrifying.
**[02:11] MARUKO**
Oh, but I read a book with an
alligator in it the other day.
**[02:15] SAKIKO**
You did?
**[02:16] MARUKO**
Yeah.
**[02:18] MARUKO**
It was a story called
"An Alligator and a Bird."
**[02:22] MARUKO**
When an alligator yawns, a bird flies
by and perches inside its mouth.
**[02:27] TOMOZOU**
What?!
**[02:28] TOMOZOU**
Then the bird is going to get eaten!
**[02:28] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[02:31] MARUKO**
You'd think that, right?
**[02:33] MARUKO**
But the gator keeps its mouth open.
**[02:35] TOMOZOU**
Huh? Why?
**[02:38] MARUKO**
Turns out, the bird is eating the
food stuck in the gator's teeth.
**[02:43] MARUKO**
The gator is letting the bird
clean its mouth, you see?
**[02:47] TOMOZOU**
I see, so that's how it was.
**[02:50] SAKIKO**
That changes my impression of an alligator.
**[02:53] TV REPORTER/I**
* The Egyptian plovers are also*
* known as the crocodile birds.*
**[02:57] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[02:57] SAKIKO**
Maybe the bird you read about is this one.
**[03:00] MARUKO**
It might be.
**[03:01] TV REPORTER/I**
* It is said that Egyptian plovers*
* go into the crocodile's mouth*
**[03:04] TV REPORTER/I**
*and remove the food stuck between its teeth.*
**[03:08] MARUKO**
So they actually do that.
**[03:10] MARUKO**
I'm jealous that the gators
don't have to brush their teeth.
**[03:13] MARUKO**
I wish they did mine too.
**[03:20] SUMIRE**
Jeez, how lazy is this child?
**[03:24] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[03:25] TV REPORTER/I**
However, such behavior has
not been observed in reality.
**[03:30] MARUKO**
O-Okay, I see.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[03:32] SAKIKO**
I guess it is what it is.
***SIGN*** Shimizu City Library
**[03:36] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[03:38] MARUKO**
It's hot again today.
**[03:40] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, why don't we cool
down at the library for a bit?
**[03:43] TAMAE**
Good idea, let's do that.
**[03:46] MARUO**
Oh, if it isn't Sakura-san and Honami-san.
**[03:48] MARUKO**
Maruo-kun.
**[03:50] MARUO**
How rare it is to meet you at
a place like this, Sakura-san.
**[03:54] MARUO**
I didn't know you read books.
**[03:56] MARUKO**
How rude. I do read books sometimes.
**[04:00] MARUKO**
I did come here for some
cool air today though.
**[04:03] MARUKO**
Oh, Fujiki.
**[04:05] FUJIKI**
Hey.
**[04:06] MARUKO**
What's the matter?
**[04:07] MARUKO**
You kind of look depressed.
**[04:10] FUJIKI**
Right. I just happen to overhear
the boys from the next class.
**[04:15] MARUKO**
What? Tell us.
**[04:17] FUJIKI**
Apparently, there's an
alligator in the Tomoe river.
**[04:20] MARUKO/TAMAE/MARUO**
What?!
**[04:22] MARUKO**
Is that true?
**[04:24] FUJIKI**
I only overheard it.
**[04:26] FUJIKI**
They mentioned someone saw
it, or didn't see it...
**[04:29] MARUKO**
Did they see it?
**[04:30] TAMAE**
Or didn't they?
**[04:32] MARUO**
Indeed, which one is it?
**[04:34] FUJIKI**
I-It's not like I saw it!
**[04:38] MARUKO**
I thought alligators were in
rivers in other countries.
**[04:41] TAMAE**
Right. I don't think they live in Japan.
**[04:44] MARUO**
Yes, indeed! There's no way there's
an alligator in the Tomoe river.
**[04:49] MARUO**
However, it is true that there
is such a rumor, correct?
**[04:52] FUJIKI**
Yes, I guess...
**[04:53] MARUO**
That means, there must be
people who are worried.
**[04:58] MARUO**
As a class representative,
I cannot overlook this matter!
***SIGN*** Class
Representative
**[05:02] TAMAE**
What?! Then what will you do?
**[05:05] MARUO**
I will reassure people by proving that
there is no alligator in the Tomoe river.
**[05:11] MARUKO**
Oh yeah? I think that's great.
**[05:13] MARUKO**
Good luck.
**[05:14] MARUO**
Huh?
**[05:15] TAMAE**
Yeah.
**[05:15] FUJIKI**
We're counting on you.
**[05:17] MARUO**
P-Please wait for a moment!
**[05:19] MARUKO/TAMAE/FUJIKI**
Huh?
**[05:20] MARUO**
You're not going to help me?
**[05:23] MARUKO**
Why should we?
**[05:25] MARUO**
Please don't say that.
**[05:27] MARUO**
Let us go together.
**[05:29] MARUO**
If, although unlikely, there is an alligator
and I get attacked, what will you do?!
**[05:36] MARUO**
Please help me!
**[05:40] TAMAE**
Maru-chan, maybe we can go with him.
**[05:46] FUJIKI**
I'm curious too.
**[05:48] FUJIKI**
Let's go check it out.
**[05:50] MARUKO**
Okay, let's do that.
**[05:53] MARUO**
Wow, that's reassuring!
**[05:55] MARUO**
Well then! Let us form an investigation team!
**[05:59] MARUKO/TAMAE/FUJIKI**
Investigation team?
**[06:00] MARUO**
Indeed. Let's take "su" from Sueo,
"ta" from Tamae, "mo" from Momoko,
**[06:06] MARUO**
and "shi" from Shigeru, and let's
call it Sutamoshi investigation team!
***SIGN*** Sutamoshi Investigation Team
***SIGN*** Sutamoshi Investigation Team
**[06:15] MARUO**
Well then, let us commence the investigation
of Sutamoshi investigation team, indeed!
***SIGN*** Sutamoshi Investigation Team
***SIGN*** Sutamoshi Investigation Team
***SIGN*** Sutamoshi Investigation Team
**[06:20] MARUO**
Oh, I came here to return my books.
**[06:25] MARUO**
We should do some research on alligators
prior to our investigation.
**[06:29] MARUO**
Let's see, "Alligators live in tropical and
subtropical rivers, lakes, and marshes."
**[06:36] MARUO**
Which means they can't be in the Tomoe river.
**[06:40] MARUKO**
I know, right?
**[06:42] MARUKO**
Maybe it ran away from the zoo?
**[06:45] TAMAE**
If that's the case, it would all over the TV.
**[06:49] MARUKO**
You're right.
**[06:50] FUJIKI**
I saw someone keeping an
alligator as a pet on TV.
**[06:54] FUJIKI**
Would it be possible that
a pet alligator escaped?
**[06:58] MARUO**
That is a possibility.
**[07:02] MARUO**
It seems it would be wise to be prepared.
**[07:06] MARUKO**
It says so right here that their
biting strength is one ton.
**[07:10] MARUO**
H-H-Holy moly! One ton, you said?!
**[07:13] FUJIKI**
But check this out.
**[07:15] FUJIKI**
The opening force of an alligator's mouth
***SIGN*** Gator Note
***SIGN*** The opening force of an
alligator's mouth is weaker than a
human hand grabbing something!
**[07:17] FUJIKI**
is weaker than a human
hand grabbing something.
**[07:20] TAMAE**
I didn't know that.
**[07:22] MARUO**
Indeed, we have found the
alligator's weakness.
**[07:27] MARUO**
If we can bind its mouth
with a rope or something
**[07:31] MARUO**
before it has a chance to
open it, we'll be safe.
**[07:34] MARUKO**
You might be right, but who's gonna do it?
**[07:38] MARUO**
Th-That's...
**[07:41] FUJIKI**
I-I'm not going to do it!
**[07:44] FUJIKI**
I don't know if it'll be helpful,
**[07:46] FUJIKI**
but do you want to pick up my fishing
net from my house before heading there?
**[07:50] MARUO**
All right, then.
**[07:52] MARUO**
Let us find the alligator first.
**[08:03] MARUO**
May I ask you a question?
**[08:05] MARUO**
Have you heard a rumor that an alligator
has been sighted around here?
**[08:09] CHILD 1**
An alligator?
**[08:10] CHILD 1**
I haven't heard anything.
**[08:11] CHILD 2**
Me neither.
**[08:12] MARUO**
Is that so?
**[08:14] MARUKO**
I guess it's not here.
**[08:16] TAMAE**
Right.
**[08:18] CHILD 3**
I've seen an alligator.
**[08:20] MARUKO/TAMAE/MARUO/FUJIKI**
What?!
**[08:21] MARUKO**
Is that true?
**[08:22] CHILD 3**
There's a zoo with alligators.
**[08:25] MARUKO**
A zoo with alligators?
**[08:27] FUJIKI**
Oh yeah, I think there's a zoo with lots
of alligators is in the Izu area.
**[08:33] TAMAE**
Is that so?
**[08:35] MARUKO**
A zoo full of alligators is a bit scary.
**[08:39] MARUO**
It might be possible due to
the warm climate of Shizuoka.
**[08:43] MARUO**
Which means...
**[08:45] MARUO**
it's not too crazy to assume that an
alligator has settled down in Tomoe river.
**[08:51] MARUKO**
What?
**[08:58] MARUKO**
Alligator!
**[09:02] MARUO**
Y-You said an alligator?!
**[09:08] MARUO**
M-M-My glasses!
**[09:12] TAMAE**
Maruo-kun, are you okay?!
**[09:15] MARUO**
M-My glasses, where are my glasses?
**[09:17] MARUKO**
Maruo-kun, the alligator!
**[09:19] MARUO**
G-Gator! Gator! Gator! Where is it?!
**[09:20] MARUKO**
Maruo-kun, calm down!
**[09:23] MARUO**
Gator! Gator! Gator! Where is it?!
**[09:24] TAMAE**
Look at that!
**[09:26] TAMAE**
Is that... a log?
**[09:29] FUJIKI**
Jeez, it's not an alligator.
**[09:32] MARUO**
Gator, gator, gator, gator!
**[09:34] MARUKO**
Maruo-kun, Maruo-kun!
**[09:39] MARUO**
So it was just a log.
**[09:41] MARUKO**
I knew it. There's no alligator here.
**[09:44] FUJIKI**
You're right.
**[09:46] MARUKO**
Fujiki, you tried to run to
safety by yourself, didn't you?
**[09:52] TAMAE**
If that's true, that's a bit cowardly of you.
**[09:55] FUJIKI**
P-Please, I only took a small step back.
**[10:01] MARUO**
We must not let our guard down.
**[10:03] MARUO**
Let us continue our patrol.
**[10:18] CHILD 4**
I just saw an alligator.
**[10:20] MARUKO/TAMAE/MARUO/FUJIKI**
What?!
**[10:21] MARUKO**
Wh-Where did you see it?
**[10:24] CHILD 4**
Over there.
**[10:29] CHILD 4**
Right there.
***SIGN*** It's DANGEROUS after the rain!!
**[10:33] MARUKO**
It's... a sign?
**[10:37] MARUO**
It says, "It's dangerous after the rain."
**[10:42] TAMAE**
It warns us about the higher
water level of the river.
**[10:45] KAWADA**
Hello.
**[10:48] KAWADA**
The river can be dangerous after the
rain since the current is strong.
***SIGN*** It's DANGEROUS after the rain!!
**[10:52] KAWADA**
So I made this sign.
**[10:54] MARUKO**
You drew this alligator too, Kawada-san?
**[10:57] KAWADA**
Y-Yes, but I couldn't really draw well.
**[11:01] TAMAE**
Maybe the kids who saw this talked about
an alligator, and the rumor spread?
***SIGN*** It's DANGEROUS after the rain!!
**[11:07] FUJIKI**
This alligator is pretty scary.
**[11:10] KAWADA**
If that's the case, I kind of feel bad.
**[11:20] TAMAE**
L-Lizard!
**[11:25] NARRATOR/I**
And the case was closed on
the whole alligator business.
**[11:29] NARRATOR/I**
Sutamoshi investigation team was disbanded.
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Oden
***SIGN*** Mom's High Heels
**[11:40] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
**[11:41] MARUKO**
"Mom's High Heels."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[11:51] MOM**
I bought these.
**[11:53] MOM**
I'm going to wear them to the
reunion that's coming up.
**[11:56] MOM**
What do you think?
**[11:59] MOM**
The shop staff said that high
heels could make you look slim.
**[12:06] MARUKO**
She fell for the smooth
talk by the shop staff.
**[12:10] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
I-I mean...
**[12:12] TOMOZOU**
Yumi Kaoru!
***SIGN*** Yumi
Kaoru
**[12:14] TOMOZOU**
You look just like Yumi Kaoru, Mom!
***SIGN*** Sakura
Sumire
**[12:21] TOMOZOU**
Right, Maruko?
**[12:23] MARUKO**
Oh yeah, totally.
**[12:25] SUMIRE**
Oh please, you flatter me.
**[12:28] TOMOZOU**
Oh no, the shop staff was right!
**[12:31] TOMOZOU**
Right, Maruko?!
**[12:32] MARUKO**
Yes, totally.
**[12:35] SUMIRE**
Flattery isn't gonna get you anywhere.
**[12:41] MARUKO**
Wow, we've got yokan bean jelly, Grandpa.
**[12:45] TOMOZOU**
Yes, thanks to Yumi Kaoru, perhaps?
**[12:48] MARUKO**
It doesn't hurt to try
out a compliment or two.
**[12:53] NARRATOR/I**
The day before the reunion...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[12:59] MARUKO**
Are you going out, Mom?
**[13:02] SUMIRE**
Yes. I'm going to the hair salon,
so watch the house, will you?
**[13:10] SUMIRE**
Okay, I'm off.
**[13:12] MARUKO**
Okay. Bye!
**[13:22] MARUKO**
Wow...
**[13:25] MARUKO**
So pretty.
**[13:31] MARUKO**
It feels like I'm taller now.
**[13:37] TOMOZOU**
Maruko.
**[13:38] MARUKO**
It's just you, Grandpa.
**[13:40] MARUKO**
Don't scare me like that.
**[13:41] TOMOZOU**
Oh no!
**[13:43] TOMOZOU**
Your mom is going to yell at you.
**[13:46] MARUKO**
I know, I just wanted to try them out.
**[13:50] TOMOZOU**
Oh no, don't do it!
**[13:51] TOMOZOU**
If your mom finds out, and
you'll be in big trouble!
**[13:55] SUMIRE**
Maruko!
**[13:58] TOMOZOU**
My heart is going to explode just
imagining you getting yelled at!
**[14:10] MARUKO**
I won't do it again.
**[14:11] TOMOZOU**
You promise?
**[14:13] MARUKO**
Yes.
**[14:14] TOMOZOU**
Then pinky swear me.
**[14:17] MARUKO/TOMOZOU**
Cross my heart and hope to
die, stick a needle in my eye!
**[14:27] TOMOZOU**
I'm going to the post office.
**[14:29] TOMOZOU**
I'll be right back.
**[14:31] MARUKO**
Okay, see you!
**[14:40] MARUKO**
I'm Cinderella.
**[14:43] MARUKO**
I have to go to the ball at the castle.
**[14:47] MARUKO**
Where's my pumpkin carriage?
**[14:49] MARUKO**
I'll be right there, my prince!
**[14:57] MARUKO**
Kitty cat.
**[14:59] MARUKO**
Meow, meow, meow.
**[15:04] MARUKO**
Kitty cat...
**[15:06] MARUKO**
Meow!
**[15:10] MARUKO**
Hey, wait up!
**[15:20] MARUKO**
Wh... What do I do?
**[15:24] MARUKO**
Where's the glue? Glue?
**[15:29] MARUKO**
There it is!
**[15:37] MARUKO**
It's for arts and crafts, so I'm
not sure this is strong enough.
**[15:41] MARUKO**
But it's all or nothing.
**[15:45] MARUKO/I**
Please, stick together!
**[15:53] SUMIRE**
I'm home.
**[15:55] MARUKO**
Oh, welcome home.
**[15:57] SUMIRE**
What are you doing?
**[15:58] MARUKO**
Oh, I'm hot!
**[16:00] MARUKO**
It's nice and cool here.
**[16:03] SUMIRE**
I'll make dinner right away.
**[16:05] MARUKO**
Okay...
**[16:18] MARUKO**
Wh... What do I do?
**[16:31] MARUKO/I**
Okay, now's the chance to come clean.
**[16:34] MARUKO**
Hey, Mom.
**[16:35] SUMIRE**
Hm?
**[16:37] MARUKO**
You know, about your high heels.
**[16:40] SUMIRE**
What about them?
**[16:42] MARUKO**
Ah, well...
**[16:46] SUMIRE**
You didn't do something
funny with them, did you?
**[16:50] MARUKO**
O-Of course not!
**[16:52] MARUKO**
I'd never do that.
**[16:55] SUMIRE**
Then what were you going to say?
**[16:56] MARUKO**
W-Well, you see...
**[17:00] MARUKO**
I'm sorry I said you fell for the
smooth talk of the shop staff.
**[17:04] MARUKO**
The high heels looked good on you.
**[17:07] SUMIRE**
Oh. You think so?
**[17:12] NARRATOR/I**
Unable to take it anymore, Maruko wanted
to run away from home right then and there.
**[17:21] MARUKO**
This is a dream.
**[17:23] MARUKO**
The high heels aren't actually broken.
**[17:39] SAKIKO**
I'm home!
**[17:42] SAKIKO**
What are you doing?
**[17:44] MARUKO**
N-Nothing.
**[17:48] SAKIKO**
Maruko?
**[17:54] MARUKO/I**
I'll stay here until the sun sets so
that Mom'll be worried sick about me.
**[17:58] MARUKO/I**
That way, she'll be...
**[18:01] SUMIRE**
Maruko!
**[18:03] SUMIRE**
Maruko!
**[18:07] SUMIRE**
I'm so glad you're safe!
**[18:08] SUMIRE**
You were so late coming
home, I was really worried!
**[18:11] MARUKO**
But your high heels...
**[18:14] SUMIRE**
They don't matter, as long as you are safe!
**[18:21] NARRATOR/I**
What an appalling delusion.
**[18:37] MARUKO**
Jeez, stop it.
**[18:47] MARUKO**
Oh, come on!
**[18:54] MARUKO/I**
* I hope that heel's gonna*
* stick on its own by accident.*
**[18:59] NARRATOR/I**
What kind of accident would that be?
**[19:01] MARUKO/I**
*Aha! How about telekinesis?*
**[19:05] MARUKO**
Stick together, stick together...
**[19:08] MARUKO**
Stick together!
**[19:19] SUMIRE**
Welcome home, Maruko.
**[19:21] SUMIRE**
Where have you been?
**[19:22] SUMIRE**
You're awfully late.
**[19:24] MARUKO**
R-Right...
**[19:30] MARUKO/I**
*It's stuck together.*
**[19:32] SUMIRE**
Go wash your hands.
**[19:34] SUMIRE**
Dinner will be ready soon.
**[19:41] MARUKO**
What's going on?
**[19:43] MARUKO**
Why is that heel fixed?
**[19:45] MARUKO**
I know!
**[19:47] MARUKO**
Grandpa!
**[19:48] TOMOZOU**
Oh, Maruko. You're home.
**[19:51] MARUKO**
Grandpa, thank you!
**[19:53] TOMOZOU**
Huh? Did I do something good?
**[19:56] MARUKO**
You know, what you did with the high heel.
**[19:59] TOMOZOU**
What I did with the high heel?
**[20:01] TOMOZOU**
What did I do?
**[20:03] MARUKO/I**
*Huh? It wasn't him?*
**[20:06] TOMOZOU**
Maruko?
**[20:07] MARUKO**
O-Oh, never mind.
**[20:15] MARUKO/I**
*Don't tell me telekinesis actually worked...*
**[20:21] SUMIRE**
Maruko, you're awfully quiet.
**[20:23] SUMIRE**
What's wrong?
**[20:25] MARUKO**
N-Nothing.
**[20:27] SAKIKO**
Thank you for the food.
**[20:29] SUMIRE**
Oh. You're done already?
**[20:31] SAKIKO**
Yeah...
**[20:33] SUMIRE**
Big Sis, you don't need to worry about it.
**[20:36] SAKIKO**
But...
**[20:38] MARUKO**
What's wrong, Big Sis?
**[20:39] SAKIKO**
I broke Mom's high heels!
**[20:44] SAKIKO**
I tried to take my sandals out of the
shoe rack, and it caught the shoe box...
**[20:51] SAKIKO**
When I opened the box, the heel was...
**[20:54] SAKIKO**
I'm so sorry!
**[20:56] SUMIRE**
It's fine.
**[20:58] SUMIRE**
If that was all it took to break,
those shoes were cheaply made.
**[21:02] SUMIRE**
You bought the glue with
your own money and fixed it.
**[21:07] SUMIRE**
You've done enough.
**[21:12] MARUKO/I**
* I guess I'll have Big Sis*
* to take the blame here.*
**[21:19] MARUKO**
Cheer up, Big Sis.
**[21:35] SUMIRE**
Now that I'm looking at it closely,
why is it so dirty and scratched?
**[21:44] SUMIRE**
Oh!
**[21:54] SUMIRE**
I see how it is...
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[21:57] SUMIRE**
Maruko!
**[22:00] NARRATOR/I**
You should have apologized like Big Sis...
**[22:04] NARRATOR/I**
It was too late to be sorry for Maruko.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
Grandpa has a new grandchild!
**[22:18] MARUKO**
Her name is Emiko.
**[22:20] MARUKO**
We'll teach Big Sis the
power of younger siblings
**[22:23] MARUKO**
because Big Sis is bossing us
around just because she's older.
**[22:26] Maruko**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:27] Maruko**
"Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel,"
***SIGN*** Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel
**[22:30] Maruko**
and "Noguchi-san Becomes the
Grandchild of the Sakura Family?!"
***SIGN*** Noguchi-san Becomes the Grandchild of the Sakura Family?!
**[22:33] Maruko**
Look forward to it!
# E1446 - Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel / Noguchi-san Becomes the Grandchild of the Sakura Family
Source: [Crunchyroll](https://www.crunchyroll.com/watch/GPWUK9D7K/big-sis-learns-how-the-younger-ones-feel--noguchi-san-becomes-the-grandchild-of-the-sakura-family)
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
**[00:00] SUGIYAMA/OHNO**
Everyone, gather around!
**[00:02] SUGIYAMA/OHNO**
Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
**[00:11] MARUKO**
Let's go, everyone!
***SIGN*** Chibi Maruko-chan
**[01:27] NARRATOR/I**
Let it begin!
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel
**[01:29] [SONG] SIGN**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
**[01:30] MARUKO**
"Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel."
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[01:36] MARUKO**
I'm home.
**[01:39] MARUKO**
Oh! It's Baumkuchen.
**[01:41] SAKIKO**
Grandma got it as a gift.
**[01:44] SUMIRE**
It's snack time, so you two can share it.
**[01:47] MARUKO**
Hooray! I'm so happy!
**[01:51] MARUKO**
I want to cut it.
**[01:53] SAKIKO**
You're gonna mess it up.
**[01:56] MARUKO**
You think so?
**[01:57] SAKIKO**
You can't cut it neatly.
**[02:00] MARUKO**
Okay.
**[02:05] SAKIKO**
Sh-Shut up!
**[02:11] MARUKO**
You messed it up, too.
**[02:13] SAKIKO**
I'll take this one.
**[02:15] MARUKO**
What?! Isn't that one a bit bigger?
**[02:19] SAKIKO**
That's not true.
**[02:20] MARUKO**
It is true.
**[02:22] SAKIKO**
I'm the older one, so
I get to pick one first.
**[02:26] MARUKO**
That's not fair.
**[02:28] SAKIKO**
That's how it works.
**[02:29] MARUKO**
But you'll always be older than me.
**[02:34] SAKIKO**
Naturally.
**[02:35] MARUKO**
I can never catch up to you ever!
**[02:38] SAKIKO**
Naturally.
**[02:40] MARUKO**
That's totally unfair!
**[02:42] TOMOZOU**
Oh my, what seems to be the problem?
**[02:44] MARUKO**
Listen, it's awful.
**[02:46] MARUKO**
Big Sis took the bigger piece.
**[02:48] TOMOZOU**
Oh? But they seem like the same size to me.
**[02:52] MARUKO**
They're not the same! That one's bigger.
**[02:56] SAKIKO**
I'm digging in!
**[03:01] SAKIKO**
Oh wow, it's so good!
**[03:03] SAKIKO**
Aren't you gonna eat it?
**[03:04] MARUKO**
Hmph. You don't need to tell me. I will.
**[03:07] SUMIRE**
I almost forgot.
**[03:09] SUMIRE**
There's a community cleanup with
the neighborhood association today.
**[03:12] SUMIRE**
Two people are supposed to participate,
so can someone come with me?
**[03:15] TOMOZOU**
Sorry, I have plans after this.
**[03:19] SUMIRE**
Then how about Big Sis or Maruko?
**[03:21] MARUKO**
No, thanks.
**[03:22] MARUKO**
This is a great opportunity
for Big Sis to step up.
**[03:25] SAKIKO**
Why me?
**[03:27] MARUKO**
Because you're the older one.
**[03:29] SAKIKO**
That's got nothing to do with it.
**[03:31] MARUKO**
Yes, it does.
**[03:33] SAKIKO**
No, it doesn't!
**[03:34] MARUKO**
Yes, it does!
**[03:36] SUMIRE**
I don't care who.
**[03:38] SAKIKO**
Maruko, you go.
**[03:40] MARUKO**
No, thank you.
**[03:41] MARUKO**
I'll just eat my small piece of Baumkuchen.
**[03:46] MARUKO**
Yum! What a tasty, tiny Baumkuchen.
**[03:51] SUMIRE**
I don't care which one of
you comes. Pick one.
**[03:55] SAKIKO**
Fine. Rock-paper-scissors it is.
**[03:57] MARUKO**
Okay. Don't you cheat.
**[04:00] SAKIKO**
I could say the same thing.
**[04:02] MARUKO/SAKIKO**
Rock, paper, scissors!
**[04:04] MARUKO/SAKIKO**
Rock, paper, scissors!
**[04:06] MARUKO/SAKIKO**
Rock, paper, scissors!
**[04:07] MARUKO**
I win!
**[04:10] SAKIKO**
You cheated! You were a bit slow!
**[04:13] MARUKO**
I didn't! Have fun.
**[04:17] SAKIKO**
Jeez. There goes my Sunday.
**[04:20] MARUKO**
Best of luck to you.
**[04:24] MARUKO**
Gosh, it's so yummy!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[04:28] NARRATOR/I**
That evening...
**[04:32] TOMOZOU**
Great work.
**[04:34] MARUKO**
Was cleaning that hard?
**[04:36] SAKIKO**
No, that's not it.
**[04:40] MARUKO**
Huh? Then what is it?
**[04:42] SAKIKO**
Well, the thing is...
***SIGN*** Shimizu Civic Center
**[04:46] (Flashback) WOMAN**
Sakura-san! Over here!
**[04:51] (Flashback) SUMIRE**
I'm sorry to have made you wait.
**[04:52] (Flashback) WOMAN**
Not at all.
**[04:53] (Flashback) WOMAN**
Oh, this must be Sakiko-chan.
**[04:55] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
Hello.
**[04:57] (Flashback) WOMAN**
We are going to clean around here,
**[04:59] (Flashback) WOMAN**
so you go with those girls
and clean over there, please.
**[05:04] (Flashback) GIRL 1**
Hello.
**[05:05] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
Hello.
**[05:06] (Flashback) WOMAN**
Girls, Sakiko-chan is still
in elementary school.
**[05:09] (Flashback) WOMAN**
So you take care of her, okay?
**[05:11] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
Okay. Nice to meet you, Sakiko-chan.
**[05:15] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
Nice to meet you.
**[05:18] (Flashback) MARUKO**
Oh, so you worked with middle schoolers.
**[05:21] (Flashback) TOMOZOU**
So they were hard on you?
**[05:24] (Flashback) TOMOZOU**
Were they harsh?
**[05:27] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
Not at all.
**[05:28] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
They were very nice, but...
**[05:30] (Flashback) MARUKO**
What's the matter?
***SIGN*** Shimizu Civic Center
**[05:35] (Flashback) GIRL 1**
Sakiko-chan, what grade are you in?
**[05:37] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
I'm in 6th grade.
**[05:39] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
I see, then you're two years below us.
**[05:42] (Flashback) GIRL 1**
Wow.
**[05:44] (Flashback) GIRL 1and 2**
So adorable!
**[05:54] (Flashback) GIRL 1**
Oh, Sakiko-chan. I can do
that, so just leave it there.
**[05:58] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
We'll carry heavy stuff.
**[06:01] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
Okay.
**[06:04] SAKIKO**
They both treated me like a child.
**[06:07] TOMOZOU**
That was nice of them.
**[06:09] MARUKO**
Goodness, that's all?
**[06:11] MARUKO**
Some insufferable child you are.
**[06:14] SAKIKO**
What do you mean?
**[06:15] MARUKO**
You treat me like a child all the time.
**[06:19] SAKIKO**
That's totally a different story!
**[06:21] MARUKO**
Take earlier today, for example.
**[06:24] MARUKO**
I wanted to cut Baumkuchen,
but you didn't let me.
**[06:27] SAKIKO**
That's because you suck at it.
**[06:29] MARUKO**
You sucked at it too.
**[06:32] SAKIKO**
That's enough out of you!
**[06:33] TOMOZOU**
Come on now, you two.
**[06:38] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
I have a little sister that's the
same age as you, Sakiko-chan.
**[06:41] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
And she never listens to me.
**[06:44] (Flashback) GIRL 1**
Really? But she's so adorable.
**[06:46] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
I invited her to a picnic, but she
said she didn't want to go with me.
**[06:52] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
I wish I had a little sister who
would willingly come to clean with me
**[06:57] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
even on a Sunday, like you.
**[06:59] SAKIKO**
*Jeez. There goes my Sunday.*
**[07:07] (Flashback) GIRL 1**
Sakiko-chan, you're so attentive.
**[07:09] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
We can do that rest.
**[07:11] (Flashback) GIRL 1**
Go ahead and sit down, get some rest.
**[07:13] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
Okay...
**[07:16] SAKIKO**
They were treating me as
a child, not their equal.
**[07:21] TOMOZOU**
That's not true!
**[07:22] TOMOZOU**
That was their kindness.
**[07:24] MARUKO**
I've felt that way before.
**[07:27] SAKIKO**
What?
**[07:28] MARUKO**
When we played tag a long time
ago, you'd run slow to chase me.
**[07:34] SAKIKO**
Did I do that?
**[07:35] MARUKO**
You finally understand how
I, a younger one, feel.
**[07:39] MARUKO**
Good girl.
**[07:41] SAKIKO**
What does that mean?
**[07:44] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
Sakiko-chan, you worked hard!
**[07:47] (Flashback) GIRL 1**
Yes! You're a good girl, Sakiko-chan.
**[07:50] (Flashback) WOMAN**
Thank you for your work.
**[07:52] (Flashback) WOMAN**
This is for everyone. Here you go.
**[07:55] (Flashback) GIRLS**
Thank you very much!
***SIGN*** Assorted Snacks
**[07:58] SAKIKO/I**
*There's a lot in here.*
**[08:00] (Flashback) GIRL 2**
I know! Sakiko-chan, would you like
to go on a picnic next Sunday?
**[08:05] (Flashback) GIRL 1**
That sounds fun. I'll go with you. Okay?
**[08:08] (Flashback) SAKIKO**
S-Sure.
**[08:12] SAKIKO**
So I promised to go.
**[08:15] TOMOZOU**
It's good that you became friends.
**[08:17] MARUKO**
Picnicking sounds fun.
**[08:19] MARUKO**
So, can I have some of those snacks?
**[08:22] SAKIKO**
No way! If you didn't
clean, you can't have it.
**[08:25] MARUKO**
You meanie. One or two won't hurt.
**[08:27] SAKIKO**
I told you, no!
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[08:31] NARRATOR/I**
The next Sunday...
**[08:39] SAKIKO**
What do you want?
**[08:40] MARUKO**
Putting on stuff like this...
**[08:42] SAKIKO**
Don't touch it.
**[08:43] MARUKO**
Oops.
**[08:44] SAKIKO**
Hey, watch it!
**[08:46] SAKIKO**
You almost spilled it on my clothes.
**[08:48] MARUKO**
I didn't do anything.
**[08:51] SAKIKO**
You just tried to touch it.
**[08:53] MARUKO**
I didn't spill it, so what's the problem?
**[08:55] SAKIKO**
Jeez. Whatever.
**[09:00] GIRLS**
Sakiko-chan!
**[09:21] GIRL 1**
Sakiko-chan, did you have fun?
**[09:23] GIRL 2**
Was it a bit too far for you?
**[09:25] GIRL 2**
Are you tired?
**[09:26] SAKIKO**
Not at all.
**[09:31] GIRLS**
Is that so?
**[09:33] MARUKO**
Big Sis.
**[09:39] GIRL 1**
Sakiko-chan, let's hang out again.
**[09:41] SAKIKO**
Okay!
**[09:42] MARUKO**
Big Sis.
**[09:48] GIRL 2**
Anything wrong?
**[09:50] GIRL 1**
Someone's looking at us.
**[09:52] SAKIKO/GIRL 2**
What?
**[09:54] MARUKO/I**
*They found me!*
**[09:59] SAKIKO**
Maruko?!
**[10:01] GIRL 1**
Your little sister?
**[10:02] SAKIKO**
Y-Yes.
**[10:04] MARUKO**
I'm Sakura Momoko.
**[10:05] GIRL 2**
What grade are you in?
**[10:07] MARUKO**
I'm in third grade.
**[10:09] GIRLS**
Third grade? So adorable!
**[10:13] GIRLS**
Bye bye! Let's play again!
**[10:19] SAKIKO**
You are such an embarrassment.
**[10:22] MARUKO**
Why? I was only looking.
**[10:29] MARUKO**
Was the picnic fun?
**[10:32] SAKIKO**
Yes.
**[10:32] SAKIKO**
I mean, I'm happy that they treat
me like their little sister, but...
**[10:38] SAKIKO**
I'm not used to being treated like
a younger one, so it's a little...
**[10:46] SAKIKO**
It just felt strange all day long today.
**[10:49] SAKIKO**
I guess I'm a big sister after all.
**[10:52] MARUKO**
And I'm a little sister, for sure.
**[10:56] SAKIKO**
Yup. You'll always be my little sister.
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[11:04] NARRATOR/I**
A few days later...
**[11:05] SAKIKO**
Maruko!
**[11:07] SAKIKO**
You used my color pencils
again without asking me!
**[11:10] MARUKO**
I have no idea what you're talking about.
**[11:13] SAKIKO**
Who else could it be?
**[11:15] SAKIKO**
Stupid Maruko!
**[11:16] MARUKO**
Someone who says "stupid" is stupid.
**[11:18] MARUKO**
Stupid, stupid Big Sis!
**[11:20] SAKIKO/MARUKO**
Stupid, stupid, stupid, stupid!
**[11:23] NARRATOR/I**
Big Sis felt like she had a glimpse of
what a little sister had to go through,
**[11:27] NARRATOR/I**
but her silly fight with
Maruko would continue.
***SIGN*** Ice cream
***SIGN*** Noguchi-san Becomes the Grandchild of the Sakura Family?!
**[11:40] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)**
Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
**[11:41] MARUKO**
"Noguchi-san Becomes the
Grandchild of the Sakura Family?!"
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[11:47] NARRATOR/I**
On Saturday...
**[11:49] SAKIKO**
Hold on, give me a sec.
**[11:51] SAKIKO'S FRIEND**
Sakura-san, this is your second time.
**[11:54] SAKIKO**
Oh, come on. Please?
**[11:54] NARRATOR/I**
Big Sis is having a sleepover
with her friends tonight.
**[11:55] SAKIKO'S FRIEND**
Then I'll give you five seconds.
**[11:57] SAKIKO**
Then... this!
**[11:59] MARUKO**
That looks fun.
**[12:01] MARUKO**
Must be nice.
**[12:04] TOMOZOU**
Oh, Maruko.
**[12:06] TOMOZOU**
Is this okay for your futon?
**[12:08] MARUKO**
I don't care.
**[12:10] MARUKO**
I'm a poor child who's been
chased away from her own room.
**[12:15] TOMOZOU**
Now, now.
**[12:18] MARUKO**
I'm exhausted today.
**[12:20] MARUKO**
I had to clean up my room just so
Big Sis' friends could come over.
**[12:25] MARUKO**
Jeez, it took me two whole hours.
**[12:28] NARRATOR/I**
That's because you're messy.
**[12:32] MARUKO**
And to top it off, Big Sis
isn't letting me join them.
**[12:36] MARUKO**
Boo.
**[12:37] TOMOZOU**
Then why don't you hold your own sleepover?
**[12:41] MARUKO**
Huh?
**[12:41] TOMOZOU**
Big Sis can have one, so I'm
sure you can have one too.
**[12:46] TOMOZOU**
Why not ask your mom?
**[12:48] MARUKO**
Good idea! I think I'll ask her.
***SIGN*** Elementary School
**[12:52] NARRATOR/I**
A few days later...
**[12:54] TAMAE**
I can come to your sleepover.
**[12:58] MARUKO**
You can?! When do you want to come over?
**[13:01] NOGUCHI**
What will you do at your sleepover?
**[13:04] MARUKO**
What?
**[13:06] MARUKO**
My big sister played cards and watched
Hideki on TV with her friends.
**[13:11] NOGUCHI**
Next Saturday, the music program
will be a Momoe-chan's special.
**[13:15] MARUKO**
What? For real?
**[13:16] NOGUCHI**
After that is a Kin-chan's special.
**[13:19] MARUKO**
Wow, that's amazing!
**[13:21] TAMAE**
Chock-full of exciting stuff! How fun!
**[13:24] MARUKO**
Then how about we have a
sleepover next Saturday?
**[13:28] MARUKO**
We can watch TV together.
**[13:30] TAMAE**
That sounds good! I'll ask my mom.
**[13:33] MARUKO**
Listen, Noguchi-san, would
you like to join us?
**[13:38] NOGUCHI**
Are you sure?
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[13:41] NOGUCHI/I**
I can come to your sleepover.
**[13:44] MARUKO**
You can? Yay!
**[13:46] MARUKO**
Tama-chan says Saturday
works fine for her, too.
**[13:49] MARUKO**
So exciting!
**[13:51] MARUKO**
Mom, can you make sukiyaki
for my sleepover feast?
**[13:55] SUMIRE**
Sukiyaki, huh?
**[13:55] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[13:57] HIROSHI**
Maruko, that's one tough order to fill.
**[14:00] MARUKO**
Why not?
**[14:01] MARUKO**
We had sukiyaki for Big Sis' sleepover.
**[14:05] HIROSHI**
We're poor.
**[14:07] HIROSHI**
We can't be eating sukiyaki all the time.
**[14:10] MARUKO**
No!
**[14:11] MARUKO**
Please, can you do me the
biggest favor of my life?
**[14:13] MARUKO**
Cook sukiyaki. It's not fair
Big Sis got it and I don't!
**[14:16] TOMOZOU**
Maruko, what do you think of chestnut
rice for your sleepover feast?
**[14:21] MARUKO**
Chestnut rice? That sounds yummy!
**[14:23] HIROSHI**
Hey now, Gramps. Chestnuts don't
come cheap either, you know?
**[14:28] TOMOZOU**
A friend of mine has a chestnut field.
**[14:32] TOMOZOU**
They said I could come
chestnut-picking anytime I wanted.
**[14:36] TOMOZOU**
So I thought maybe we could
cook chestnut rice with them.
**[14:40] SUMIRE**
That's a great idea.
**[14:42] SUMIRE**
I'd love that.
**[14:44] MARUKO**
Yay! Chestnut rice!
**[14:46] TOMOZOU**
If that's the case, then let's go
chestnut-picking tomorrow, Maruko!
**[14:46] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[14:51] MARUKO**
Okay! I'll go!
**[14:54] NARRATOR/I**
The next day...
**[14:55] MARUKO**
What? We can't go chestnut picking?
**[14:58] TOMOZOU**
Sorry, Maruko.
**[15:01] TOMOZOU**
I called my friend, and they told me
it was too early for chestnut picking.
**[15:06] MARUKO**
What?
**[15:08] MARUKO**
I've already told Tama-chan and Noguchi-san
to look forward to the chestnut rice...
**[15:14] TOMOZOU**
You did?!
**[15:15] MARUKO**
I want my sleepover feast
to be chestnut rice!
**[15:22] TOMOZOU**
I've got it!
***SIGN*** Yaotatsu
**[15:25] MARUKO**
Grandpa, it's expensive.
***SIGN*** Premium Chestnuts
1380 yen/plate
**[15:28] TOMOZOU**
It really is.
**[15:31] TOMOZOU/I**
* Aren't there more reasonably*
* priced chestnuts?*
**[15:34] TOMOZOU/I**
*What do I do?*
**[15:35] TOMOZOU/I**
*I don't want to buy more than one basket,*
**[15:39] TOMOZOU/I**
* but that won't be enough to*
* cook respectable chestnut rice.*
**[15:42] TOMOZOU/I**
*There's no way around it.*
**[15:44] TOMOZOU/I**
*This is what my pension is for.*
**[15:46] TOMOZOU/I**
* All right, go for it! Now*
* is the time, Tomozou!*
**[15:50] TOMOZOU**
Excuse me! Three baskets of these, please!
**[15:52] MARUKO**
What? Three?
**[15:54] STAFF**
Sure thing.
**[15:55] TOMOZOU/I**
*My gosh! I bought them!*
**[15:58] TOMOZOU/I**
*Three baskets of premium chestnuts...*
**[16:00] TOMOZOU/I**
*Three baskets...*
**[16:02] TOMOZOU/I**
*Three baskets...*
**[16:04] MARUKO**
Grandpa, are you all right?
**[16:06] TOMOZOU**
Yes, I am fine.
**[16:10] TOMOZOU**
"Bought some chestnuts"
**[16:12] TOMOZOU**
'Which made my wallet"
**[16:14] TOMOZOU**
"Lighter than it was"
**[16:15] TOMOZOU**
Tomozou's poem of the heart, which
is astounded by unexpected expense
***SIGN*** Sakura
**[16:22] NARRATOR/I**
And on the day of the sleepover...
**[16:26] MARUKO**
Mom, Tama-chan developed a
fever, so she can't come today.
**[16:31] SUMIRE**
Oh, that's too bad.
**[16:33] SUMIRE**
I hope Tama-chan is okay.
**[16:35] MARUKO**
What should I do about the sleepover?
**[16:37] MARUKO**
Should I cancel it?
**[16:39] NOGUCHI**
Excuse me.
**[16:41] MARUKO**
Oh.
**[16:42] MARUKO**
Noguchi-san, welcome.
***SIGN*** Swan
**[16:44] NOGUCHI**
I brought some flan.
**[16:45] NOGUCHI**
Let's eat together.
**[16:47] MARUKO**
Thank you!
**[16:49] MARUKO**
Listen, Noguchi-san.
**[16:51] MARUKO**
It's about Tama-chan.
**[16:53] MARUKO**
Mom, we'll have a sleepover
with just two of us.
**[16:57] MARUKO**
Thanks!
**[16:59] SUMIRE**
Very good.
**[17:01] TOMOZOU**
Noguchi-san, thank you for having me in
place of Tama-chan to play house with.
**[17:08] TOMOZOU**
All righty! Then I shall play a lively dad!
**[17:13] MARUKO**
Grandpa, don't push yourself.
**[17:16] MARUKO**
You can just play grandfather, as you are.
**[17:21] TOMOZOU**
I understand.
**[17:22] TOMOZOU**
Grandpa will play a grandpa.
**[17:26] MARUKO**
So, what do you want to play, Noguchi-san?
**[17:30] NOGUCHI**
A grandchild.
**[17:31] MARUKO**
Huh? You mean the grandchild of Grandpa?
**[17:34] NOGUCHI**
Yes.
**[17:35] TOMOZOU**
Noguchi-san, you'll be my grandchild?!
**[17:39] NOGUCHI**
Yes.
**[17:39] TOMOZOU**
Heavens! I am going to get
a new grandchild, huh?
**[17:43] TOMOZOU**
That makes me happy.
**[17:46] MARUKO**
Then I'll play a grandmother.
**[17:50] MARUKO**
Oh boy, my shoulders are stiff.
**[17:53] MARUKO**
Dear, please massage my shoulders.
**[17:55] TOMOZOU**
My pleasure!
**[18:00] MARUKO**
Dear, you're not good at massaging.
**[18:04] TOMOZOU/I**
Maruko, you don't hold back even
though this is just playing house...
**[18:09] MARUKO**
Dear, that's enough.
**[18:11] MARUKO**
Thank you.
**[18:12] TOMOZOU**
Okay...
**[18:17] TOMOZOU**
Oh, Noguchi-san! Thank you!
**[18:20] NOGUCHI**
Call me Emiko.
**[18:21] TOMOZOU**
Oh, my bad.
**[18:24] TOMOZOU**
Thank you, Emiko.
**[18:30] TOMOZOU**
Ah, my shoulders feel so light,
I feel like I can fly away.
**[18:39] TOMOZOU**
Oh?
**[18:40] TOMOZOU**
Where am I?
**[18:43] TOMOZOU**
Am I in heaven?
**[18:44] MARUKO**
Pull yourself together, dear.
**[18:47] NOGUCHI**
Please don't die.
**[18:51] TOMOZOU**
Emiko, I want to thank you
for the shoulder massage.
**[18:57] TOMOZOU**
Name your price.
**[18:59] TOMOZOU**
I'm happy to do anything
for my precious grandchild.
**[19:04] NOGUCHI**
Then... make me laugh.
**[19:08] TOMOZOU**
Make you laugh?
**[19:13] TOMOZOU**
How is that, Emiko?
**[19:15] NOGUCHI**
I love it!
**[19:19] MARUKO/NOGUCHI**
Thank you for the food!
**[19:21] MARUKO**
Wow! So many chestnuts!
**[19:24] NOGUCHI**
It's tasty.
**[19:24] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[19:26] TOMOZOU**
It is?
**[19:27] TOMOZOU**
I'm glad you like it!
**[19:28] MARUKO**
Grandpa splurged on the expensive
chestnuts for our sleepover.
**[19:34] NOGUCHI**
What happened to the chestnut picking?
**[19:38] TOMOZOU**
Due to various circumstances,
we couldn't do it.
**[19:43] TOMOZOU**
I'm sorry.
**[19:44] NOGUCHI**
Hmm.
**[19:45] NOGUCHI**
Thank you.
**[19:47] TOMOZOU/I**
Noguchi-san is such a good kid.
**[19:53] MARUKO**
Momoe-chan!
**[19:58] HIROSHI**
Kin-chan truly is a funny guy.
**[19:58] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[20:01] NOGUCHI**
Exactly.
**[20:02] HIROSHI**
Oh, Noguchi-san. We're like-minded, huh?
**[20:05] NOGUCHI**
I like Jiro-san, too.
**[20:08] HIROSHI**
Oh yeah, Sakagami Jiro is great too.
**[20:10] HIROSHI**
Kin-chan can shine because Jiro-san is there.
**[20:16] MARUKO**
Dad, you can say something
good every now and then.
**[20:19] NOGUCHI**
Sakura-san's dad is amazing.
**[20:21] HIROSHI**
You think so?
**[20:22] HIROSHI**
That's right. I might not look
it, but I'm actually amazing.
**[20:26] MARUKO**
Jeez, Dad. Don't get carried away.
**[20:33] MARUKO**
Kin-chan makes me laugh too much!
**[20:39] TOMOZOU**
My stomach hurts!
**[20:43] MARUKO**
Was that you?! Come on, Dad!
**[20:46] HIROSHI**
I shouldn't have done that
in front of our guest.
**[20:48] HIROSHI**
My bad, my bad!
**[20:50] MARUKO**
Forgive us, Noguchi-san.
**[20:52] MARUKO**
We're one silly family.
**[20:55] NOGUCHI**
Sakura-san's family is fun.
**[20:57] MARUKO**
What? You think so?
**[20:59] TOMOZOU**
That's nice to hear.
**[21:01] TOMOZOU**
Noguchi-san, if you find this family so fun,
**[21:05] TOMOZOU**
would you like to become a
grandchild of this family?
**[21:07] HIROSHI**
Yeah, good idea.
**[21:09] MARUKO**
What? I feel bad for Noguchi-san if she
has to become a part of this silly family.
**[21:14] HIROSHI**
You've got a point there.
**[21:14] [SONG] SIGN**
Sato Sake Shop
**[21:20] NARRATOR/I**
The next morning...
**[21:22] MARUKO**
Noguchi-san, I heard
Tama-chan's doing fine now,
**[21:26] MARUKO**
so we can go visit her.
**[21:29] NOGUCHI**
Sakura-san.
**[21:30] MARUKO**
What's up?
**[21:34] MARUKO/NOGUCHI**
Excuse us.
**[21:36] MARUKO**
Tama-chan.
**[21:38] TAMAE**
Huh?
**[21:40] MARUKO**
Tama-chan, please enjoy our loach-catching
dance of get-well wishes.
**[21:45] MARUKO**
There we go.
**[21:46] MARUKO**
Here we go.
**[21:50] NOGUCHI**
Here.
**[21:51] TAMAE**
Flan!
**[21:53] TAMAE**
Thank you.
**[21:54] NOGUCHI**
Feel better soon.
**[21:56] MARUKO**
Feel better soon.
**[21:58] TAMAE**
Wow, chestnut rice!
**[22:01] TAMAE**
Thank you.
**[22:02] NARRATOR/I**
Tamae was happy to see this unexpected
gift from Maruko and Noguchi.
***SIGN*** Next Time
**[22:15] MARUKO**
What is happening with you, Dad?
**[22:17] MARUKO**
You're like a totally different person,
playing so well in the baseball game.
**[22:21] MARUKO**
Maybe I'll change my hairstyle like
Momoe-chan to transform my image.
**[22:26] MARUKO**
Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
**[22:27] MARUKO**
"Hiroshi Teaches Baseball," and
"Mom Wants to Cut Maruko's Hair."
***SIGN*** Hiroshi Teaches Baseball Mom Wants to Cut Maruko's Hair
**[22:33] MARUKO**
Look forward to it!